nsIUpdateTimerManager
toolkit/mozapps/update/nsiupdatetimermanager.idlscriptable this interface provides a global application service that provides support for long-duration timers (on the order of many days, weeks, or even months). these timers are used to schedule update checks in the future, for example. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.8 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.8 (firefox 1.5 / thunderbird 1.5 / seamonkey 1.0) method overview void registertimer(in astring id, in nsitimercallback callback, in unsigned long interval); methods registertimer() presents a user interface that checks for and displays the available updates. void registertimer( in astring id, in nsitimercallback callback, in unsigned long interval ); parameters id...
... callback an nsitimercallback object that is notified when the interval expires. interval the length of time, in seconds, until the timer should fire. remarks note that the timer is not precise, and that the default minimum interval is 2 minutes. ...
... seconds, until the timer should fire. remarks note that the timer is not precise, and that the default minimum interval is 2 minutes. in order to avoid having to instantiate a component to call the registertimer() method, the component can instead register an update-timer category with comma-separated values as a single string representing the timer, like this: _xpcom_categories: [{ category: "update-timer", value: "contractid," + "method," + "id," + "preference," + "interval" }], this allows you to schedule the timer without actually having to instantiate the component; instead, the component is instantiated when the timer is triggered. the values ar...
...And 7 more matches

PaymentDetailsUpdate - Web APIs
displayitems optional an array of paymentitem objects, each describing one line item for the payment request. ...
... displayitems optional an array of paymentitem objects, each describing one line item for the payment request. ...
... displayitems optional an array of paymentitem objects, each describing one line item for the payment request. ...
...And 7 more matches

nsIUpdateManager
toolkit/mozapps/update/nsiupdateservice.idlscriptable this interface describes a global application service that maintains a list of previously installed updates, as well as the currently in use update. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.8 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.8 (firefox 1.5 / thunderbird 1.5 / seamonkey 1.0) method overview nsiupdate getupdateat(in long index); void saveupdates(); attributes attribute type description activeupdate nsiupdate an nsiupdate object describing the currently in use update. this update is not in the history list. read only. updatecount long the number of updates in the history list; the updates can be fetched by calling getupdateat(). read only. ...
... method overview nsiupdate getupdateat(in long index); void saveupdates(); attributes attribute type description activeupdate nsiupdate an nsiupdate object describing the currently in use update. this update is not in the history list. read only. updatecount long the number of updates in the history list; the updates can be fetched by calling getupdateat(). read only. methods getupdateat() returns the update at the specified index into the history list. nsiupdate getupdateat( in long index ); parameters index an index into the history list for the nsiupdate to retrieve. return value the nsiupdate at the specified index into the history list. saveupdates() saves all updates to disk. void saveupdates(); parameters none. ...
...dateat(). read only. methods getupdateat() returns the update at the specified index into the history list. nsiupdate getupdateat( in long index ); parameters index an index into the history list for the nsiupdate to retrieve. return value the nsiupdate at the specified index into the history list. saveupdates() saves all updates to disk. void saveupdates(); parameters none. ...
...And 6 more matches

nsIUpdateItem
.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) this interface is obsolete; instead of using the extension manager, you should use the addon manager. method overview void init(in astring id, in astring version, in astring installlocationkey, in astring minappversion, in astring maxappversion, in astring name, in astring downloadurl, in astring xpihash, in astring iconurl, in astring updateurl, in astring updatekey, in long type, in astring targetappid); attributes attribute type description iconurl astring the url of the icon that can be shown for this item. read only. id astring the guid of the item. read only. installlocationkey astring the name of the install location where this item is installed. read only. ...
... maxappversion astring the maximum version of the application that this item works with, in fvf format. read only. minappversion astring the minimum version of the application that this item works with, in fvf format. read only. name astring the name of this item. read only. ...
...read only. version astring the version of the item, in fvf format. read only. ...
...And 4 more matches

AnimationEffect.updateTiming() - Web APIs
working draft editor's draft. ...
... working draft editor's draft. ...
... working draft editor's draft. ...
...And 2 more matches

PaymentRequestUpdateEvent - Web APIs
properties provides only the properties inherited from its parent interface, event. ...
...equest. those events are: shippingaddresschange secure context dispatched whenever the user changes their shipping address. also available using the onshippingaddresschange event handler property. shippingoptionchange secure context dispatched whenever the user changes a shipping option. also available using the onshippingoptionchange event handler property. ...
...context dispatched whenever the user changes their shipping address. also available using the onshippingaddresschange event handler property. shippingoptionchange secure context dispatched whenever the user changes a shipping option. also available using the onshippingoptionchange event handler property. constructor paymentrequestupdateevent() secure context creates a new paymentrequestupdateevent object. ...
...And 2 more matches

XRSession.updateRenderState() - Web APIs
the specified object may have any combination of the following fields. baselayer optional an xrwebgllayer object from which the webxr compositor will obtain imagery. this is null by default. ...
... the specified object may have any combination of the following fields. baselayer optional an xrwebgllayer object from which the webxr compositor will obtain imagery. this is null by default. ...
... the specified object may have any combination of the following fields. baselayer optional an xrwebgllayer object from which the webxr compositor will obtain imagery. this is null by default. ...
...And 2 more matches

Animation.updatePlaybackRate() - Web APIs
the updateplaybackrate() method of the web animations api's animation interface sets the speed of an animation after first synchronizing its playback position. in some cases, an animation may run on a separate thread or process and will continue updating even while long-running javascript delays the main thread. in such a case, setting the playbackrate on the animation directly may cause the animation's playback position to jump since its playback position on the main thread may have drifted from the playback position where it is currently running. updateplaybackrate() is an asynchronous method that sets the speed of an animation after synchronizing with its current playback position, ensuring that the resulting change in speed does not produce a sharp jump. ...
... cause the animation's playback position to jump since its playback position on the main thread may have drifted from the playback position where it is currently running. updateplaybackrate() is an asynchronous method that sets the speed of an animation after synchronizing with its current playback position, ensuring that the resulting change in speed does not produce a sharp jump. after calling updateplaybackrate() the animation's playbackrate is not immediately updated. it will be updated once the animation's ready promise is resolved. syntax animation.updateplaybackrate(2); parameters playbackrate the new speed to set. this may be a positive number (to speed up or slow down the animation), a negative number (to make it play backwards), or zero (to effectively pause the animation). ...
...animation's ready promise is resolved. syntax animation.updateplaybackrate(2); parameters playbackrate the new speed to set. this may be a positive number (to speed up or slow down the animation), a negative number (to make it play backwards), or zero (to effectively pause the animation). return value none. ...
...krate the new speed to set. this may be a positive number (to speed up or slow down the animation), a negative number (to make it play backwards), or zero (to effectively pause the animation). return value none. examples a speed selector component would benefit from smooth updating of updateplaybackrate(), as demonstrated below: speedselector.addeventlistener('input', evt => { cartoon.updateplaybackrate(parsefloat(evt.target.value)); cartoon.ready.then(() => { console.log(`playback rate set to ${cartoon.playbackrate}`); }); }); specifications specification status comment web animationsthe definition of 'updateplaybackrate()' in that specification. working draft ...

HTMLMediaElement: timeupdate event - Web APIs
the timeupdate event is fired when the time indicated by the currenttime attribute has been updated. the event frequency is dependant on the system load, but will be thrown between about 4hz and 66hz (assuming the event handlers don't take longer than 250ms to run). user agents are encouraged to vary the frequency of the event based on the system load and the average cost of processing the event each time, so that the ui updates are not any more frequent than the user agent can comfortably handle while decoding the video. ...
...nt based on the system load and the average cost of processing the event each time, so that the ui updates are not any more frequent than the user agent can comfortably handle while decoding the video. bubbles no cancelable no interface event target element default action none event handler property globaleventhandlers.ontimeupdate specification html5 media examples these examples add an event listener for the htmlmediaelement's timeupdate event, then post a message when that event handler has reacted to the event firing. remember, the event frequency is dependant on the system load. ...
...dlers.ontimeupdate specification html5 media examples these examples add an event listener for the htmlmediaelement's timeupdate event, then post a message when that event handler has reacted to the event firing. remember, the event frequency is dependant on the system load. using addeventlistener(): const video = document.queryselector('video'); video.addeventlistener('timeupdate', (event) => { console.log('the currenttime attribute has been updated. again.'); }); using the ontimeupdate event handler property: const video = document.queryselector('video'); video.ontimeupdate = (event) => { console.log('the currenttime attribute has been updated. again.'); }; specifications specification status html living standardthe definition of 'timeup...
...he ontimeupdate event handler property: const video = document.queryselector('video'); video.ontimeupdate = (event) => { console.log('the currenttime attribute has been updated. again.'); }; specifications specification status html living standardthe definition of 'timeupdate media event' in that specification. living standard html5the definition of 'timeupdate media event' in that specification. recommendation ...

ServiceWorkerRegistration.update() - Web APIs
the update() method of the serviceworkerregistration interface attempts to update the service worker. it fetches the worker's script url, and if the new worker is not byte-by-byte identical to the current worker, it installs the new worker. the fetch of the worker bypasses any browser caches if the previous fetch occurred over 24 hours ago. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax serviceworkerregistration.update(); parameters none. return value a promise that resolves with a serviceworkerregistration object. ...
... any browser caches if the previous fetch occurred over 24 hours ago. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax serviceworkerregistration.update(); parameters none. return value a promise that resolves with a serviceworkerregistration object. ...
... working draft initial definition. ...
... working draft initial definition. ...

FC_DecryptDigestUpdate
name fc_decryptdigestupdate - continue a multi-part decrypt and digest operation syntax ck_rv fc_decryptdigestupdate( ck_session_handle hsession, ck_byte_ptr pencryptedpart, ck_ulong ulencryptedpartlen, ck_byte_ptr ppart, ck_ulong_ptr pulpartlen ); parameters hsession [in] session handle. pencryptedpart [in] pointer to the encrypted data part. ulencryptedpartlen [in] length of encrypted data in bytes. ppart [in] pointer to the location which receives the recovered data part or null. pulpartlen [in] pointer to the length of the recovered part buffer. description fc_decryptdigestupdate continues a multi-part decrypt and digest operation. after calling both fc_decryptinit and fc_digestinit to set up the operations this function may be called multiple times. the operat...
...ecovered part buffer. description fc_decryptdigestupdate continues a multi-part decrypt and digest operation. after calling both fc_decryptinit and fc_digestinit to set up the operations this function may be called multiple times. the operation is finished by calls to fc_digestfinal and fc_decryptfinal. a user must log into the token (to assume the nss user role) before calling fc_decryptdigestupdate. ...
...inues a multi-part decrypt and digest operation. ...

FC_DecryptUpdate
name fc_decryptupdate - decrypt a block of a multi-part encryption operation. syntax ck_rv fc_decryptupdate( ck_session_handle hsession, ck_byte_ptr pencryptedpart, ck_ulong usencryptedpartlen, ck_byte_ptr ppart, ck_ulong_ptr puspartlen ); parameters hsession [in] session handle. pencryptedpart [in] pointer to the next block of data to be decrypted. usencryptedpartlen [in] length of data block in bytes. ppart [out] pointer to location where recovered block is to be stored. puspartlen [in,out] pointer the location where the number of bytes of recovered data is to be stored. description fc_decryptupdate decrypts a block of data according to the attributes of the previous call to fc_decryptinit. the block may be part of a multi-part decryption operation. a user must l...
...red block is to be stored. puspartlen [in,out] pointer the location where the number of bytes of recovered data is to be stored. description fc_decryptupdate decrypts a block of data according to the attributes of the previous call to fc_decryptinit. the block may be part of a multi-part decryption operation. ...
...the number of bytes of recovered data is to be stored. description fc_decryptupdate decrypts a block of data according to the attributes of the previous call to fc_decryptinit. the block may be part of a multi-part decryption operation. a user must log into the token (to assume the nss user role) before calling fc_decryptupdate. ...

FC_DecryptVerifyUpdate
name fc_decryptverifyupdate - continue a multi-part decrypt and verify operation syntax ck_rv fc_decryptverifyupdate( ck_session_handle hsession, ck_byte_ptr pencrypteddata, ck_ulong ulencrypteddatalen, ck_byte_ptr pdata, ck_ulong_ptr puldatalen ); parameters hsession [in] session handle. pencrypteddata [in] pointer to the encrypted data part. ulencrypteddatalen [in] length of encrypted data in bytes. pdata [in] pointer to the location which receives the recovered data part or null. puldatalen [in] pointer to the length of the recovered part buffer. description fc_decryptverifyupdate continues a multi-part decryption and and signature verification operation. after calling both fc_decryptinit and fc_verifyinit to set up the operations this function may be called mul...
... description fc_decryptverifyupdate continues a multi-part decryption and and signature verification operation. after calling both fc_decryptinit and fc_verifyinit to set up the operations this function may be called multiple times. the operation is finished by calls to fc_decryptfinal and fc_verifyfinal. a user must log into the token (to assume the nss user role) before calling fc_decryptverifyupdate. ...
...yption and and signature verification operation. ...

FC_DigestEncryptUpdate
name fc_digestencryptupdate - continue a multi-part digest and encryption operation syntax ck_rv fc_digestencryptupdate( ck_session_handle hsession, ck_byte_ptr ppart, ck_ulong ulpartlen, ck_byte_ptr pencryptedpart, ck_ulong_ptr pulencryptedpartlen ); parameters hsession [in] session handle. ppart [in] pointer to the data part. ulpartlen [in] length of data in bytes. pencryptedpart [in] pointer to the location which receives the digested and encrypted part or null. pulencryptedpartlen [in] pointer to the length of the encrypted part buffer. description fc_digestencryptupdate continues a multi-part digest and encryption operation. after calling both fc_digestinit and fc_encryptinit to set up the operations this function may be called multiple times. the operation is...
...fer. description fc_digestencryptupdate continues a multi-part digest and encryption operation. after calling both fc_digestinit and fc_encryptinit to set up the operations this function may be called multiple times. the operation is finished by calls to fc_digestfinal and fc_encryptfinal in that order. a user must log into the token (to assume the nss user role) before calling fc_digestencryptupdate. ...
...t digest and encryption operation. ...

FC_EncryptUpdate
name fc_encryptupdate - encrypt a block of a multi-part encryption operation. syntax ck_rv fc_encryptupdate( ck_session_handle hsession, ck_byte_ptr ppart, ck_ulong uspartlen, ck_byte_ptr pencryptedpart, ck_ulong_ptr pusencryptedpartlen ); parameters hsession [in] session handle. ppart [in] pointer to the next block of data to be encrypted. uspartlen [in] length of data block in bytes. pencryptedpart [out] pointer to location where encrypted block is to be stored. pusencryptedpartalen [out] pointer the location where the number of bytes of encrypted data is to be stored. description fc_encryptupdate encrypts a block of data according to the attributes of the previous call to fc_encryptinit. the block may be part of a multi-part encryption operation. a user must lo...
...ck is to be stored. pusencryptedpartalen [out] pointer the location where the number of bytes of encrypted data is to be stored. description fc_encryptupdate encrypts a block of data according to the attributes of the previous call to fc_encryptinit. the block may be part of a multi-part encryption operation. ...
...the number of bytes of encrypted data is to be stored. description fc_encryptupdate encrypts a block of data according to the attributes of the previous call to fc_encryptinit. the block may be part of a multi-part encryption operation. a user must log into the token (to assume the nss user role) before calling fc_encryptupdate. ...

FC_SignEncryptUpdate
name fc_signencryptupdate - continue a multi-part signing and encryption operation syntax ck_rv fc_signencryptupdate( ck_session_handle hsession, ck_byte_ptr ppart, ck_ulong ulpartlen, ck_byte_ptr pencryptedpart, ck_ulong_ptr pulencryptedpartlen ); parameters hsession [in] session handle. ppart [in] pointer to the data part. ulpartlen [in] length of data in bytes. pencryptedpart [in] pointer to the location which receives the signed and encrypted data part or null. pulencryptedpartlen [in] pointer to the length of the encrypted part buffer. description fc_signencryptupdate continues a multi-part signature and encryption operation. after calling both fc_signinit and fc_encryptinit to set up the operations this function may be called multiple times. the operation is ...
... encrypted part buffer. description fc_signencryptupdate continues a multi-part signature and encryption operation. after calling both fc_signinit and fc_encryptinit to set up the operations this function may be called multiple times. the operation is finished by calls to fc_signfinal and fc_encryptfinal. a user must log into the token (to assume the nss user role) before calling fc_signencryptupdate. ...
...ntinues a multi-part signature and encryption operation. ...

Element: compositionupdate event - Web APIs
the compositionupdate event is fired when a new character is received in the context of a text composition session controlled by a text composition system such as an input method editor. for example, this event could be fired while a user enters a chinese character using a pinyin ime. ...
...on system such as an input method editor. for example, this event could be fired while a user enters a chinese character using a pinyin ime. ...
...nst log = document.queryselector('.event-log-contents'); const clearlog = document.queryselector('.clear-log'); clearlog.addeventlistener('click', () => { log.textcontent = ''; }); function handleevent(event) { log.textcontent = log.textcontent + `${event.type}: ${event.data}\n`; } inputelement.addeventlistener('compositionstart', handleevent); inputelement.addeventlistener('compositionupdate', handleevent); inputelement.addeventlistener('compositionend', handleevent); result specifications specification status ui events working draft ...

startSoftwareUpdate - Web APIs
this method has been largely superseded by newer install method, which is more flexible and allows you to install more than one xpi. ...
...this method has been largely superseded by newer install method, which is more flexible and allows you to install more than one xpi. ...
...this method has been largely superseded by newer install method, which is more flexible and allows you to install more than one xpi. ...

ServiceWorkerRegistration.onupdatefound - Web APIs
working draft initial definition. ...
... working draft initial definition. ...
...ever an event of type statechange is fired; it is fired any time the serviceworkerregistration.installing property acquires a new service worker. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax serviceworkerregistration.onupdatefound = function() { ... }; specifications specification status comment service workersthe definition of 'serviceworkerregistration.onupdatefound' in that specification. working draft initial definition. ...

updateready - Archive of obsolete content
read only. cancelable boolean is it possible to cancel the event? ...
... property type description target eventtarget (dom element) the event target (the topmost target in the dom tree). read only. type string the type of event. read only. canbubble boolean does the event normally bubble? read only. cancelable boolean is it possible to cancel the event? read only. related events checking noupdate downloading progress cached updateready obsolete error ...

Debugging update problems
checking update requests if you're debugging the application update feature in firefox or other mozilla applications, you may need to see what requests are occurring. you can do this using the live http headers addon to determine the url of the update request. that url might look something like: https://aus3.mozilla.org/update/3/firefox/12.0a1/20120106040225/darwin_x86_64-gcc3-u-i386-x86_64-shark/nightly-profiling/darwin%2010.8.0/default/default/update.xml?force=1 you can then request this url manually to see what's inside. useful preferences enabling the following preferences in about:config can help troubleshoot problems with updates: app.update.log - for application updates; extensions.logging.enabled - for add-on updates. ...
...i386-x86_64-shark/nightly-profiling/darwin%2010.8.0/default/default/update.xml?force=1 you can then request this url manually to see what's inside. useful preferences enabling the following preferences in about:config can help troubleshoot problems with updates: app.update.log - for application updates; extensions.logging.enabled - for add-on updates. related resources extension versioning, update and compatibility. ...

FC_DigestUpdate
name fc_digestupdate - process the next block of a multi-part digest operation. syntax ck_rv fc_digestupdate( ck_session_handle hsession, ck_byte_ptr ppart, ck_ulong uspartlen ); parameters hsession [in] session handle. ppart [in] pointer to the next block of data to be digested. uspartlen [in] length of data block in bytes. description fc_digestupdate starts or continues a multi-part digest operation. one or more blocks may be part of the message digest operation. the digest for the entire message is returned by a call to fc_digestfinal. a user may call fc_digestupdate without logging into the token (to assume the nss user role). ...
...tes. description fc_digestupdate starts or continues a multi-part digest operation. one or more blocks may be part of the message digest operation. the digest for the entire message is returned by a call to fc_digestfinal. a user may call fc_digestupdate without logging into the token (to assume the nss user role). ...

FC_SignUpdate
name fc_signupdate - process the next block of a multi-part signing operation. syntax ck_rv fc_signupdate( ck_session_handle hsession, ck_byte_ptr ppart, ck_ulong uspartlen ); parameters hsession [in] session handle. ppart [in] pointer to the next block of the data to be signed. uspartlen [in] length of data block in bytes. description fc_signupdate starts or continues a multi-part signature operation. one or more blocks may be part of the signature. the signature for the entire message is returned by a call to fc_signfinal. a user must log into the token (to assume the nss user role) before calling fc_signupdate. ...
...th of data block in bytes. description fc_signupdate starts or continues a multi-part signature operation. one or more blocks may be part of the signature. the signature for the entire message is returned by a call to fc_signfinal. a user must log into the token (to assume the nss user role) before calling fc_signupdate. ...

FC_VerifyUpdate
name fc_verifyupdate - process the next block of a multi-part verify operation. syntax ck_rv fc_verifyupdate( ck_session_handle hsession, ck_byte_ptr ppart, ck_ulong uspartlen ); parameters hsession [in] session handle. ppart [in] pointer to the next block of the data to be verified. uspartlen [in] length of data block in bytes. description fc_verifyupdate starts or continues a multi-part signature verification operation where the signature is an appendix to the data. one or more blocks may be part of the signature. the result for the entire message is returned by a call to fc_verifyfinal. a user must log into the token (to assume the nss user role) before calling fc_verifyupdate. ...
...ate starts or continues a multi-part signature verification operation where the signature is an appendix to the data. one or more blocks may be part of the signature. the result for the entire message is returned by a call to fc_verifyfinal. a user must log into the token (to assume the nss user role) before calling fc_verifyupdate. return value examples see also fc_verifyfinal, nsc_verifyupdate ...

JS_updateMallocCounter
this article covers features introduced in spidermonkey 17 decrement malloc counter. syntax void js_updatemalloccounter(jscontext *cx, size_t nbytes); name type description cx jscontext * pointer to a js context to decrement the malloc counter. nbytes size_t number of bytes to decrement from malloc counter. description js_updatemalloccounter decrements malloc counter of gc and the zone of the context. malloc counter measures memory pressure for gc scheduling. it runs from maxmallocbytes down to zero. ...
... description js_updatemalloccounter decrements malloc counter of gc and the zone of the context. malloc counter measures memory pressure for gc scheduling. it runs from maxmallocbytes down to zero. maxmallocbytes is initialized with maxbytes parameter of js_newruntime, and could be configured later by calling js_getgcparameter with jsgc_max_malloc_bytes. ...

nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater
the nsimsgdbviewcommandupdater interface controls changes that occur as the selection changes. mailnews/base/public/nsimsgdbview.idl#349scriptable please add a summary to this article. last changed in gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) inherits from: nsisupports in thunderbird this is implemented for different windows in several different places: nsmsgdbviewcommandupdater (for the standalone message window) nsmsgdbviewcommandupdater (for the threadpane message window) nsmsgsearchcommandupdater (for search dialogs) method overview void updatecommandstatus(); void displaymessagechanged(in nsimsgfolder afolder, in astring asubject, in acstring akeywords); void updatenextmessageafterdelete(); methods updatecommandstatus() called when the number of selected items changes. void up...
...changes. void updatecommandstatus(); parameters none. displaymessagechanged() called when the displayed message has changed. void displaymessagechanged(in nsimsgfolder afolder, in astring asubject, in acstring akeywords ); parameters afolder the folder containing selected message. asubject the subject of the selected message. akeywords keywords associated with the selected message. updatenextmessageafterdelete() allows the backend to tell the front end to re-determine which message we should select after a delete or move void updatenextmessageafterdelete(); parameters none. ...

MSCandidateWindowUpdate - Web APIs
non-standard this feature is non-standard and is not on a standards track. do not use it on production sites facing the web: it will not work for every user. there may also be large incompatibilities between implementations and the behavior may change in the future. mscandidatewindowupdate fires after the input method editor (ime) candidate window has been identified as needing to change size, but before any visual updates have rendered. this proprietary method is specific to internet explorer. general info synchronous no bubbles no cancelable no note windows 8.1 and windows 7 imes for certain languages on internet explorer for the desktop might not support this event. on internet explorer in the new windows ui, this event is supported in windows 8.1...
...ry method is specific to internet explorer. general info synchronous no bubbles no cancelable no note windows 8.1 and windows 7 imes for certain languages on internet explorer for the desktop might not support this event. on internet explorer in the new windows ui, this event is supported in windows 8.1 imes of all languages. syntax event property object.oncandidatewindowupdate = handler; addeventlistener method object.addeventlistener("mscandidatewindowupdate", handler, usecapture) parameters pevtobj [in] type: ihtmleventobj pointer to an ihtmleventobj interface for the current event. tan ime candidate window may be identified as needing to change size for any of the following reasons: as a result of displaying new / changed alternatives or p...

PaymentDetailsUpdate.error - Web APIs
the paymentdetailsupdate dictionary's error property is a human-readable domstring which provides an error message to be displayed if the specified information doesn't offer any valid shipping options. syntax errorstring = paymentdetailsupdate.error; paymentdetailsupdate.error = errorstring; value a domstring specifying the string to display to the user if the information specified in the paymentdetailsupdate doesn't provide any valid shipping options. this happens if both of the following are true: the paymentrequest specifies using its requestshipping property that shipping information is required. the paymentdetailsupdate object specifies no valid shipping options in its shippingoptions list. this message can be used to explain to the user why they cannot submit their payment a...
...list. this message can be used to explain to the user why they cannot submit their payment as currently specified—whether that's because the selected products cannot be shipped to their region or because their address is not served by any of the shipping companies you use. specifications specification status comment payment request apithe definition of 'paymentdetailsupdate.error' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

PaymentDetailsUpdate.shippingAddressErrors - Web APIs
for each property in paymentaddress, a property by the same name is found in shippingaddresserrors if and only if a validation error occurred for that property. in that case, the property in shippingaddresserrors is a string describing the validation error, ideally including suggestions about fixing the error. ...
... candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

Window.updateCommands() - Web APIs
whether we are in bold right now). notes this enables or disables items (setting or clearing the "disabled" attribute on the command node as appropriate), or ensures that the command state reflects the state of the selection by setting current state information in the "state" attribute of the xul command nodes. specification dom level 0. not part of specification. browser compatibility the compatibility table in this page is generated from structured data. ...
...of specification. browser compatibility the compatibility table in this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out https://github.com/mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...

update - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
example: documents printed on paper. slow the layout may change dynamically according to the usual rules of css, but the output device is not able to render or display changes quickly enough for them to be perceived as a smooth animation. examples: e-book readers or severely underpowered devices. ...
...ng to the usual rules of css, and the output device is not unusually constrained in speed, so regularly-updating things like css animations can be used. example: computer screens. examples html <p>if this text animates for you, you are using a fast-updating device.</p> css @keyframes jiggle { from { transform: translatey(0); } to { transform: translatey(25px); } } @media (update: fast) { p { animation: 1s jiggle linear alternate infinite; } } result specifications specification status comment media queries level 4the definition of 'update' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

noupdate - Archive of obsolete content
the noupdate event is fired after checking for an application cache update, if the manifest hasn't changed. general info specification offline interface event bubbles no cancelable no target applicationcache default action none properties property type description target eventtarget (dom element) the event target (the topmost target in the dom tree). read only. type string the type of event. read only. canbubble boolean does the event normally bubble? read only. cancelable boolean is it possible to cancel the event? read only. related events checking noupdate downloading progress cached updateready obsolete error ...

InstallTrigger.startSoftwareUpdate - Archive of obsolete content
function triggerurl(url) { installtrigger.startsoftwareupdtate(url); } // get the url to the .xpi from either a form // or text field entry. then do: ... ...

commandupdater - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home commandupdater type: boolean if true, the commandset is used for updating commands. typically, this is used to update menu commands such as undo and cut based on when an event occurs. for example, since the cut command is only valid when something is selected, a command updater might be used when the select event occurs. ...

oncommandupdate - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home oncommandupdate type: script code this event occurs when a command update occurs. you would use this to update the disabled status of items. ...

commandupdate - Archive of obsolete content
general info specification xul interface event bubbles no cancelable no target element default action none. properties property type description target read only eventtarget the event target (the topmost target in the dom tree). type read only domstring the type of event. bubbles read only boolean whether the event normally bubbles or not. cancelable read only boolean whether the event is cancellable or not. ...

Debug.msUpdateAsyncCallbackRelation - Archive of obsolete content
relationtype optional the value that specifies the relationship status. remarks the synchronous work item is typically the callback function for the asynchronous operation. this function may be called when an asynchronous operation is aborted, when a join operation is used, or in other scenarios. ...

Getting documentation updated
this backup is maintained by andrew sachen of realityripple software. it may see periodical improvements or updates, and may eventually even be cleaned up (and de-archived) for better uxp focus, but for now, it's a historical snapshot for reference, not a living website. ...

UpdateCheckListener
updatechecklisteners are passed the results of update checks performed by the addonupdatechecker. method overview void onupdatecheckcomplete(in updateinfo results[]) void onupdatecheckerror(in integer status) methods onupdatecheckcomplete() called when the update check completed successfully. void onupdatecheckcomplete( in updateinfo results[] ) parameters results an array of updateinfo objects representing the available add-on versions onupdatecheckerror() called when the update check fails. void onupdatecheckerror( in integer status ) parameters status a value representing the type of failure; see the range of possible values. ...

Updates
march 22, 2011 firefox 4.0 has been released! this new version comes with several bug fixes and new features for mathml. some improvements are particularly worth noting: a new html parser, which lets you use mathml inside non-xhtml documents. complete support for stix fonts 1.0. better rendering of mathematical symbols, especially stretchy operators. october 21, 2010 mathml 3.0 is now a w3c recommendation! june 11, 2010 stix fonts version 1.0 are now compatible with trunk. may 28, 2010 stix fonts version 1.0 released. ...

nsIAccelerometerUpdate
xpcom/system/nsiaccelerometer.idlnot scriptable replaced by nsidevicemotionupdate 1.0 66 introduced gecko 2.0 obsolete gecko 6.0 inherits from: nsiaccelerometer last changed in gecko 5.0 (firefox 5.0 / thunderbird 5.0 / seamonkey 2.2) this method is only used in content tabs to receive nsiacceleration data from the chrome process. method overview void accelerationchanged(in double x, in double y, in double z); methods accelerationchanged() void accelerationchanged( in double x, in double y, in double z ); parameters x y z the coordinates of the nsiacceleration data. ...

nsIGeolocationUpdate
idlscriptable provides a way for a geolocation provider to notify the system that a new location is available. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.9.1 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.9.1 (firefox 3.5 / thunderbird 3.0 / seamonkey 2.0) interface provides a way for a geolocation provider to notify the system that a new location is available. method overview void update(in nsidomgeoposition position); methods update() notify the geolocation service that a new geolocation has been discovered. note: this must be called on the main thread. void update( in nsidomgeoposition position ); parameters position a nsidomgeoposition object describing the updated position information. see also using geolocation nsigeolocationprovider w3c geolocation specification ...

update() - Web APIs
the mediakeysession.update() method loads messages and licenses to the cdm, and then returns a promise . syntax mediakeysession.update(response).then(function() { ... }); parameters response an instance of type buffersource. return value a promise. specifications specification status comment encrypted media extensionsthe definition of 'update()' in that specification. recommendation initial definition ...

Index - Web APIs
rty, reference, web animations, timeline, web animations api the animation.timeline property of the animation interface returns or sets the timeline associated with this animation. a timeline is a source of time values for synchronization purposes, and is an animationtimeline-based object. by default, the animation's timeline and the document's timeline are the same. 81 animation.updateplaybackrate() api, animation, experimental, interface, method, reference, web animations, playbackrate, updateplaybackrate, waapi, web animations api the updateplaybackrate() method of the web animations api's animation interface sets the speed of an animation after first synchronizing its playback position. 82 animationeffect api, animation, experimental, interface, refe...
...face returns the calculated timing properties for this animation effect. 84 animationeffect.gettiming() api, animation, experimental, method, reference, timing, waapi, web animations api the animationeffect.gettiming() method of the animationeffect interface returns an effecttiming object containing the timing properties for the animation effect. 85 animationeffect.updatetiming() api, animation, experimental, method, reference, web animations, waapi, web animations api the updatetiming() method of the animationeffect interface updates the specified timing properties for an animation effect. 86 animationevent api, experimental, interface, reference, web animations the animationevent interface represents events providing information re...
...y api, needsmarkupwork, property, reference, référence(2) indicates the current battery charge level as a value between 0.0 and 1.0. 269 batterymanager.onchargingchange api, battery api, event handler, needsmarkupwork, property, reference, référence(2) specifies an event listener to receive chargingchange events. these events occur when the battery charging state is updated. 270 batterymanager.onchargingtimechange api, battery api, event handler, needsmarkupwork, property, reference, référence(2) specifies an event listener to receive chargingtimechange events. these events occur when the battery chargingtime is updated. 271 batterymanager.ondischargingtimechange api, battery api, event handler, needsmarkupwork, property, refer...
...And 84 more matches

Index - Archive of obsolete content
e. 52 passwords add-on sdk interact with firefox's password manager to add, retrieve and remove stored credentials. 53 private-browsing add-on sdk check whether a given object is private, so an add-on can respect private browsing 54 querystring add-on sdk utility functions for working with query strings. 55 request needsupdate, sdk, add-on make simple network requests. 56 selection add-on sdk get and set text and html selections in the current web page. 57 self add-on sdk access data that is bundled with the add-on, and add-on metadata. 58 simple-prefs add-on sdk store preferences across application restarts. 59 simple-storage add-on sd...
...the code snippets on this page will let your site work until these new features are more widely available. 190 isdefaultnamespace no summary! 191 js xpcom code snippets, javascript, xpcom, about:...
...lt settings by allowing default preferences. 228 deploying a plugin as an extension add-ons, plugins one of the new features available in firefox 1.5 is the ability to place browser plugins in a firefox extension. this feature is particularly useful for vendors who wish to deploy the plugin even if firefox is not currently installed, or who want to use the automatic extension update mechanism to update their plugin to a newer version. 229 developing add-ons add-ons this page will help guide you to the information you need in order to create add-ons for firefox, thunderbird, or other software based on the mozilla platform, as well as how to distribute your add-ons. 230 displaying web content in an extension without security issues extension...
...And 60 more matches

Linear-gradient Generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
| this.isvalidrgbvalue(blue) === false) return; this.r = red | 0; this.g = green | 0; this.b = blue | 0; if (this.isvalidrgbvalue(alpha) === true) this.a = alpha | 0; }; color.prototype.setbyname = function setbyname(name, value) { if (name === 'r' || name === 'g' || name === 'b') { if(this.isvalidrgbvalue(value) === false) return; this[name] = value; this.updatehsx(); } }; color.prototype.sethsv = function sethsv(hue, saturation, value) { this.hue = hue; this.saturation = saturation; this.value = value; this.hsvtorgb(); }; color.prototype.sethsl = function sethsl(hue, saturation, lightness) { this.hue = hue; this.saturation = saturation; this.lightness = lightness; this.hsltorgb(); }; color.prototype.sethue = function sethue(va...
... this.value = value; this.hsvtorgb(); }; color.prototype.sethsl = function sethsl(hue, saturation, lightness) { this.hue = hue; this.saturation = saturation; this.lightness = lightness; this.hsltorgb(); }; color.prototype.sethue = function sethue(value) { if (typeof(value) !== 'number' || isnan(value) === true || value < 0 || value > 359) return; this.hue = value; this.updatergb(); }; color.prototype.setsaturation = function setsaturation(value) { if (typeof(value) !== 'number' || isnan(value) === true || value < 0 || value > 100) return; this.saturation = value; this.updatergb(); }; color.prototype.setvalue = function setvalue(value) { if (typeof(value) !== 'number' || isnan(value) === true || value < 0 || value > 100) return; this.value =...
... this.alpha = 1; this.rgbtohsv(); }; /*========== conversion methods ==========*/ color.prototype.converttohsl = function converttohsl() { if (this.format === 'hsl') return; this.setformat('hsl'); this.rgbtohsl(); }; color.prototype.converttohsv = function converttohsv() { if (this.format === 'hsv') return; this.setformat('hsv'); this.rgbtohsv(); }; /*========== update methods ==========*/ color.prototype.updatergb = function updatergb() { if (this.format === 'hsv') { this.hsvtorgb(); return; } if (this.format === 'hsl') { this.hsltorgb(); return; } }; color.prototype.updatehsx = function updatehsx() { if (this.format === 'hsv') { this.rgbtohsv(); return; } if (this.format === 'hsl') { this.rgbtohsl(); return; } }...
...And 46 more matches

Color picker tool - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
| this.isvalidrgbvalue(blue) === false) return; this.r = red | 0; this.g = green | 0; this.b = blue | 0; if (this.isvalidrgbvalue(alpha) === true) this.a = alpha | 0; }; color.prototype.setbyname = function setbyname(name, value) { if (name === 'r' || name === 'g' || name === 'b') { if(this.isvalidrgbvalue(value) === false) return; this[name] = value; this.updatehsx(); } }; color.prototype.sethsv = function sethsv(hue, saturation, value) { this.hue = hue; this.saturation = saturation; this.value = value; this.hsvtorgb(); }; color.prototype.sethsl = function sethsl(hue, saturation, lightness) { this.hue = hue; this.saturation = saturation; this.lightness = lightness; this.hsltorgb(); }; color.prototype.sethue = function sethue(va...
... this.value = value; this.hsvtorgb(); }; color.prototype.sethsl = function sethsl(hue, saturation, lightness) { this.hue = hue; this.saturation = saturation; this.lightness = lightness; this.hsltorgb(); }; color.prototype.sethue = function sethue(value) { if (typeof(value) !== 'number' || isnan(value) === true || value < 0 || value > 359) return; this.hue = value; this.updatergb(); }; color.prototype.setsaturation = function setsaturation(value) { if (typeof(value) !== 'number' || isnan(value) === true || value < 0 || value > 100) return; this.saturation = value; this.updatergb(); }; color.prototype.setvalue = function setvalue(value) { if (typeof(value) !== 'number' || isnan(value) === true || value < 0 || value > 100) return; this.value =...
... this.alpha = 1; this.rgbtohsv(); }; /*========== conversion methods ==========*/ color.prototype.converttohsl = function converttohsl() { if (this.format === 'hsl') return; this.setformat('hsl'); this.rgbtohsl(); }; color.prototype.converttohsv = function converttohsv() { if (this.format === 'hsv') return; this.setformat('hsv'); this.rgbtohsv(); }; /*========== update methods ==========*/ color.prototype.updatergb = function updatergb() { if (this.format === 'hsv') { this.hsvtorgb(); return; } if (this.format === 'hsl') { this.hsltorgb(); return; } }; color.prototype.updatehsx = function updatehsx() { if (this.format === 'hsv') { this.rgbtohsv(); return; } if (this.format === 'hsl') { this.rgbtohsl(); return; } }...
...And 38 more matches

Box-shadow generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
.max = max > 0 ? max : 100; this.step = step === 0 ? 1 : step; this.value = value <= max && value >= min ? value : (min + max) / 2 | 0; this.snap = snap === "true" ? ...
...= slider.step; setvalue(slider.topic, slider.value) notify.call(slider); } }; var decrement = function decrement(topic) { var slider = sliders[topic]; if (slider === null || slider === undefined) return; if (slider.value - slider.step >= slider.min) { slider.value -= slider.step; setvalue(topic, slider.value) notify.call(slider); } } // this = slider object var updateslider = function updateslider(e) { var node = this.node; var pos = e.pagex - node.offsetleft; var width = node.clientwidth; var delta = this.max - this.min; var offset = this.pointer.clientwidth + 4; // border width * 2 if (pos < 0) pos = 0; if (pos > width) pos = width; var value = pos * delta / width | 0; var precision = value % this.step; value = value - precision + this.
...s.g = green | 0; if (blue != undefined) this.b = blue | 0; if (alpha != undefined) this.a = alpha | 0; } /** * hsv/hsb (hue, saturation, value / brightness) * @param hue 0-360 * @param saturation 0-100 * @param value 0-100 */ color.prototype.sethsv = function sethsv(hue, saturation, value) { this.hue = hue; this.saturation = saturation; this.value = value; this.updatergb(); } color.prototype.updatergb = function updatergb() { var sat = this.saturation / 100; var value = this.value / 100; var c = sat * value; var h = this.hue / 60; var x = c * (1 - math.abs(h % 2 - 1)); var m = value - c; var precision = 255; c = (c + m) * precision; x = (x + m) * precision; m = m * precision; if (h >= 0 && h < 1) { this.setrgba(c, x, m); return; } ...
...And 29 more matches

Working with Svelte stores - Learn web development
; } </style> let's walk through this piece of code in detail. at the beginning we import the alert store. next we import the ondestroy() lifecycle function, which lets us execute a callback after the component has been unmounted. we then create a local variable named alertcontent. remember that we can access top-level variables from the markup, and whenever they are modified the dom will update accordingly. then we call the method alert.subscribe(), passing it a callback function as a parameter. whenever the value of the store changes, the callback function will be called with the new value as its parameter. in the callback function we just assign the value we receive to the local variable, which will trigger the update of the component's dom. the subscribe() method also returns a cle...
...ontent variable in our markup, and if the user clicks on the alert we clean it. at the end we include a few css lines to style our alert component. this setup allows us to work with stores in a reactive way. when the value of the store changes, the callback is executed. there we assign a new value to a local variable, and thanks to svelte reactivity all our markup and reactive dependencies are updated accordingly. using the component let's now use our component. in app.svelte we'll import the component; add the following import statement below the existing one: import alert from './components/alert.svelte' then call the alert component just above the todos call, like this: <alert /> <todos {todos} /> load your test app now, and you should now see the alert message on...
... automatically. so our previous code block can be replaced with this: <script> import mystore from './stores.js' </script> {$mystore} and $mystore will be fully reactive. this also applies to your own custom stores. if you implement the subscribe() and set() methods, like we'll do later, the reactive $store syntax will also apply to your stores. let's apply this to our alert component. update the <script> and markup sections of alert.svelte as follows: <script> import { alert } from '../stores.js' </script> {#if $alert} <div on:click={() => $alert = ''}> <p>{ $alert }</p> </div> {/if} check your app again and you'll see that this works just like before. that's much better! behind the scenes svelte has generated the code to declare the local variable $alert, subscri...
...And 27 more matches

Componentizing our Svelte app - Learn web development
previous overview: client-side javascript frameworks next in the last article we started developing our todo list app. the central objective of this article is to look at how to break our app into manageable components and share information between them. we'll componentize our app, then add more functionality to allow users to update existing components. prerequisites: at minimum, it is recommended that you are familiar with the core html, css, and javascript languages, and have knowledge of the terminal/command line. you'll need a terminal with node + npm installed to compile and build your app. objective: to learn how to break our app into components and share information among them. code along with us git clone the github repo ...
...e below line is all you need: <filterbutton {filter} /> note: remember that when the html attribute name and variable matches, they can be replaced with {variable}, that's why we could replace <filterbutton filter={filter} /> with <filterbutton {filter} />. so far so good! let's try out the app now. you'll notice that when you click on the filter buttons, they are selected and the style updates appropriately. but! we have a problem — the todos aren't filtered. that's because the filter variable flows down from the todos component to the filterbutton component through the prop, but changes occurring in the filterbutton component don't flow back up to its parent — the data binding is one-way by default. let's look at a way to solve this. sharing data between components: passing a ha...
... any filter button, the child will call the onclick handler, passing the selected filter as a parameter, back up to its parent. ...
...And 26 more matches

Index
xpcom in xpcom, a weak reference is a special object that contains a pointer to an xpcom object, but doesnot keep that object alive. if the referent object is destroyed before the weak reference, the pointer inside the weak reference is set to nsnull. 91 working with multiple versions of interfaces add-ons, extensions, xpcom in this short note we illustrate how one can update an xpcom module in order for it to work in both firefox 2 and firefox 3, even if the interfaces have changed in the interim. 92 working with out parameters add-ons, extensions, xpcom:language bindings, xpconnect no summary! 93 xpcom abi xpcom xpcom abi is the binary interface of xpcom components. while xpcom components written in a scripting language (suc...
...o 2.0. 98 xpcom guide add-ons, extensions, guide, landing, mozilla, xpcom these articles provide tutorials and usage documentation for xpcom, including how to use it in your own projects and how to build xpcom components for your firefox add-ons and the like. 99 avoiding leaks in javascript xpcom components add-ons, developing mozilla, extensions, mozilla, needsupdate, obsolete, xpcom, xpcom:language bindings, xpconnect programmers writing and reviewing javascript code in mozilla should understand how code using xpcom in javascript can leak so that they can avoid leaks. this document attempts to help them do so, first by explaining the underlying concepts, and second by describing a number of common javascript patterns that cause leaks. 100 cr...
... it with mozilla - prompts a discussion of the relationship between components and modules, of xpcom interfaces, and of the registration process in general. 108 resources guide, xpcom this last section of the book provides a list of resources referred to in the tutorial and other links that may be useful to the gecko developer. 109 setting up the gecko sdk needsupdate, tutorial, xpcom this chapter provides basic setup information for the gecko software development kit (sdk) used to build the weblock component in this tutorial. the following four sections tell the developer how to download and organize the gecko sdk and create a new project in which components like weblock can be created. 110 starting weblock xpcom in this chapter, we...
...And 25 more matches

Theme changes in Firefox 2 - Archive of obsolete content
filename css file details browser/base/searchdialog.xul browser/base/content/searchdialog.css removed from firefox 2. ...
... filename css file details browser/base/searchdialog.xul browser/base/content/searchdialog.css removed from firefox 2. ...
... filename css file details browser/base/searchdialog.xul browser/base/content/searchdialog.css removed from firefox 2. ...
...And 22 more matches

Advanced Svelte: Reactivity, lifecycle, accessibility - Learn web development
into the app and try it out! you'll find that the remove completed button works fine, but the check all/uncheck all button just silently fails. to find out what is happening here, we'll have to dig a little deeper into svelte reactivity. reactivity gotchas: updating objects and arrays to see what's happening we can log the todos array from the checkalltodos() function to the console. ...
...this also means that in this case, a reactive statement like $: console.log('todos', todos) won't be very useful. ...
...the todo objects' completed properties are toggled between true and false), but svelte is not aware of that. this also means that in this case, a reactive statement like $: console.log('todos', todos) won't be very useful. to find out why this is happening, we need to understand how reactivity works in svelte when updating arrays and objects. many web frameworks use the virtual dom technique to update the page. basically, the virtual dom is an in-memory copy of the contents of the web page. the framework updates this virtual representation which is then synced with the "real" dom. this is much faster than directly updating the dom and allows the framework to apply many optimization techniques. these frameworks, by default, basically re-run all our javascript on every change against this virtu...
...And 21 more matches

Dynamic behavior in Svelte: working with variables and props - Learn web development
ding">{completedtodos} out of {totaltodos} items completed</h2> go to the app, and you should see the "2 out of 3 items completed" message as before, but this time the information is coming from the todos array. to prove it, go to that array, and try changing some of the todo object's completed property values, and even add a new todo object. observe how the numbers in the message are updated appropriately. dynamically generating the todos from the data at the moment, our displayed todo items are all static. we want to iterate over each item in our todos array and render the markup for each task, so let's do that now. html doesn't have a way of expressing logic — like conditionals and loops. svelte does. in this case we use the {#each...} directive to iterate over the todos a...
...lay the tasks from our component's state. great! we are getting there. working with props with a hardcoded list of todos, our todos component is not very useful. to turn our component into a general purpose to-do editor we should allow the parent of this component to pass in the list of todos to edit. this would allow us to save them to a web service or local storage and later retrieve them for update. so let's turn the array into a prop. in todos.svelte, replace the existing let todos = ... block with export let todos = []. export let todos = [] this may feel a little weird at first. that's not how export normally works in javascript modules! this is how svelte 'extends' javascript by taking valid syntax and giving it a new purpose. in this case svelte is using the export keyword...
....svelte component will accept a todos attribute, which when omitted will be initialized to an empty array. have a look at the app, and you'll see the "nothing to do here!" message. this is because we are currently not passing any value into it from app.svelte, so it's using the default value. now let's move our todos to app.svelte and pass them to the todos.svelte component as a prop. ...
...And 21 more matches

Install Manifests - Archive of obsolete content
ntroduction an install manifest is the file an add-on manager-enabled xul application (e.g. firefox or thunderbird) uses to determine information about an add-on as it is being installed. it contains metadata identifying the add-on, providing information about who created it, where more information can be found about it, which versions of what applications it is compatible with, how it should be updated, and so on. the format of the install manifest is rdf/xml. the file must be called install.rdf and live at the top level of an add-on's xpi file. layout the basic layout of an install manifest is like so: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <rdf xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" xmlns:em="http://www.mozilla.org/2004/em-rdf#"> <description about="urn:mozilla:inst...
...the same fashion as the version property and will be compared to the application version; this allows the extension author to specify which versions of firefox an extension has been tested with. id, minversion, and maxversion are all required. note: extensions compatible with firefox 3.5 should specify a maxversion of 3.5.*, so that they are automatically compatible with security and stability updates. for firefox 3.0, a maxversion of 3.0.* should be used. extensions compatible only with firefox or thunderbird 2 should specify a maxversion of 2.0.0.*. the install manifest must specify at least one of these objects, and may specify more if the add-on targets multiple applications that support the add-on manager (e.g. firefox and thunderbird). examples <em:targetapplication> <description>...
...s property was added for firefox 1.5, and is only required for add-on types other than extensions and themes. firefox 2 and previous supported a value of 16 to represent plug-ins. in firefox 3 this has been removed. version a version string identifying the version of the add-on being supplied. for firefox/thunderbird 1.0, the format must conform to the rules specified in extension versioning, update and compatibility. for firefox/thunderbird 1.5, see toolkit version format. examples <em:version>2.0</em:version> <em:version>1.0.2</em:version> <em:version>0.4.1.2005090112</em:version> firefox 1.5 / xulrunner 1.8 - add-ons that do not use a valid version format will not be installed. the version format is different from, although backwards-compatible with, 1.0's. for add-ons hosted on add...
...And 19 more matches

WAI-ARIA basics - Learn web development
wai-aria is a technology that can help with such problems by adding in further semantics that browsers and assistive technologies can recognize and use to let users know what is going on. here we'll show how to use it at a basic level to improve accessiblity. ...
...ace, your operating system needs to run browsers that have the necessary accessibility apis in place to expose the information screenreaders need to do their job. most popular oses have one or two browsers in place that screenreaders can work with. the paciello group has a fairly up-to-date post that provides data for this — see rough guide: browsers, operating systems and screen reader support updated. next, you need to worry about whether the browsers in question support aria features and expose them via their apis, but also whether screenreaders recognise that information and present it to their users in a useful way. browser support is generally quite good — at the time of writing, caniuse.com stated that global browser support for wai-aria was around 88%. screenreader support for a...
...hat prompted wai-aria to be created earlier on, but essentially, there are four main areas that wai-aria is useful in: signposts/landmarks: aria's role attribute values can act as landmarks that either replicate the semantics of html5 elements (e.g. <nav>), or go beyond html5 semantics to provide signposts to different functional areas, e.g search, tabgroup, tab, listbox, etc. dynamic content updates: screenreaders tend to have difficulty with reporting constantly changing content; with aria we can use aria-live to inform screenreader users when an area of content is updated, e.g. via xmlhttprequest, or dom apis. enhancing keyboard accessibility: there are built-in html elements that have native keyboard accessibility; when other elements are used along with javascript to simulate similar i...
...And 16 more matches

HTML text fundamentals - Learn web development
.a11y-label { margin: 0; text-align: right; font-size: 0.7rem; width: 98%; } body { margin: 10px; background: #f5f9fa; } var textarea = document.getelementbyid('code'); var reset = document.getelementbyid('reset'); var solution = document.getelementbyid('solution'); var output = document.queryselector('.output'); var code = textarea.value; var userentry = textarea.value; function updatecode() { output.innerhtml = textarea.value; } reset.addeventlistener('click', function() { textarea.value = code; userentry = textarea.value; solutionentry = htmlsolution; solution.value = 'show solution'; updatecode(); }); solution.addeventlistener('click', function() { if(solution.value === 'show solution') { textarea.value = solutionentry; solution.value = 'hide solution...
...) { textarea.value = code; userentry = textarea.value; solutionentry = htmlsolution; solution.value = 'show solution'; updatecode(); }); solution.addeventlistener('click', function() { if(solution.value === 'show solution') { textarea.value = solutionentry; solution.value = 'hide solution'; } else { textarea.value = userentry; solution.value = 'show solution'; } updatecode(); }); var htmlsolution = '<h1>my short story</h1>\n<p>i am a statistician and my name is trish.</p>\n<p>my legs are made of cardboard and i am married to a fish.</p>'; var solutionentry = htmlsolution; textarea.addeventlistener('input', updatecode); window.addeventlistener('load', updatecode); // stop tab key tabbing out of textarea and // make it write a tab at the caret position instead...
...op; var caretpos = textarea.selectionstart; var front = (textarea.value).substring(0, caretpos); var back = (textarea.value).substring(textarea.selectionend, textarea.value.length); textarea.value = front + text + back; caretpos = caretpos + text.length; textarea.selectionstart = caretpos; textarea.selectionend = caretpos; textarea.focus(); textarea.scrolltop = scrollpos; } // update the saved usercode every time the user updates the text area code textarea.onkeyup = function(){ // we only want to save the state when the user code is being shown, // not the solution, so that solution is not saved over the user code if(solution.value === 'show solution') { userentry = textarea.value; } else { solutionentry = textarea.value; } updatecode(); }; why do w...
...And 16 more matches

React interactivity: Events and state - Learn web development
te a function named addtask() which has a single parameter of name: function addtask(name) { alert(name); } next, we'll pass addtask() into <form /> as a prop. the prop can have whatever name you want, but pick a name you’ll understand later. something like addtask works, because it matches the name of the function as well as what the function will do. ...
... <form /> as a prop. the prop can have whatever name you want, but pick a name you’ll understand later. something like addtask works, because it matches the name of the function as well as what the function will do. your <form /> component call should be updated as follows: <form addtask={addtask} /> finally, you can use this prop inside the handlesubmit() function in your <form /> component! update it as follows: function handlesubmit(e) { e.preventdefault(); props.addtask("say hello!"); } clicking on the "add" button in your browser will prove that the addtask() callback function works, but it'd be nice if we could get the alert to show us what we're typing in our input field! this is what we'll do next. note: we decided to name our callback prop addtask to make it easy to understa...
...cross in react code is to prefix callback prop names with the word on, followed by the name of the event that will cause them to be run. for instance, we could have given our form a prop of onsubmit with the value of addtask. state and the usestate hook so far, we've used props to pass data through our components and this has served us just fine. now that we're dealing with user input and data updates, however, we need something more. for one thing, props come from the parent of a component. our <form /> will not be inheriting a new name for our task; our <input /> element lives directly inside of <form />, so <form/> will be directly responsible for creating that new name. we can't ask <form /> to spontaneously create its own props, but we can ask it to track some of its own data for us. d...
...And 16 more matches

Anatomy of a video game - Game development
ow a game engine is programmed. the specifics depend on the game. some games drive this cycle by user input. imagine that you are developing a "find the differences between these two similar pictures"-type game. these games present two images to the user; they accept their click (or touch); they interpret the input as a success, failure, pause, menu interaction, etc.; finally, they calculate an updated scene resulting from that input. the game loop is advanced by the user's input and sleeps until they provide it. this is more of a turn-based approach that doesn't demand a constant update every frame, only when the player reacts. other games demand control over each of the smallest possible individual timeslices. the same principles as above apply with a slight twist: each frame of animation p...
...ncluding multiple webgl canvases with transparent backgrounds if you want) into a complex hierarchy. each of these paths will lead to different opportunities and constraints. it is decision... time you will need to make hard decisions about your main loop: how to simulate the accurate progress of time. if you demand per-frame control then you will need to determine how frequently your game will update and draw. you might even want update and draw to occur at different rates. you will also need to consider how gracefully your game will fail if the user's system cannot keep up with the workload. let us start by assuming that you will handle user input and update the game state every time you draw. we will branch out later. note: changing how your main loop deals with time is a debugging nightm...
... /* * starting with the semicolon is in case whatever line of code above this example * relied on automatic semicolon insertion (asi). the browser could accidentally * think this whole example continues from the previous line. the leading semicolon * marks the beginning of our new line if the previous one was not empty or terminated. ...
...And 15 more matches

NSS functions
ssl functions the public functions listed here are used to configure sockets for communication via the ssl and tls protocols. ...
... 3.2 and later pk11_isreadonly mxr 3.2 and later pk11_isremovable mxr 3.12 and later pk11_ivfromparam mxr 3.2 and later pk11_keygen mxr 3.2 and later pk11_linkgenericobject mxr 3.9.2 and later pk11_listcerts mxr 3.2 and later. updated 3.8 with new options. see bug 215186 pk11_listfixedkeysinslot mxr 3.4 and later pk11_listprivkeysinslot mxr 3.4 and later pk11_listpublickeysinslot mxr 3.4 and later pk11_loadprivkey mxr 3.4 and later pk11_logoutall mxr 3.4 and later pk11_mak...
... 3.9.3 and later pk11_pubencryptraw mxr 3.2 and later pk11_pubunwrapsymkey mxr 3.2 and later pk11_pubunwrapsymkeywithflags mxr 3.6 and later pk11_pubunwrapsymkeywithflagsperm mxr 3.9 and later pk11_pubwrapsymkey mxr 3.2 and later pk11_randomupdate mxr 3.2 and later pk11_readrawattribute mxr 3.9.2 and later pk11_referencesymkey mxr 3.2 and later pk11_resettoken mxr 3.4 and later pk11_restorecontext mxr 3.2 and later pk11_savecontext mxr 3.2 and later pk11_savecontextalloc ...
...And 15 more matches

Background Tasks API - Web APIs
the cooperative scheduling of background tasks api (also referred to as the background tasks api or simply the requestidlecallback() api) provides the ability to queue tasks to be executed automatically by the user agent when it determines that there is free time to do so. concepts and usage the main thread of a web browser is centered around its event loop. this code draws any pending updates to the document currently being displayed, runs any javascript code the page needs to run, accepts events from input devices, and dispatches those events to the elements that should receive them. in addition, the event loop handles interactions with the operating system, updates to the browser's own user interface, and so forth. it's an extremely busy chunk of code, and your main javascript code...
...he browser's own user interface, and so forth. it's an extremely busy chunk of code, and your main javascript code may run right inside this thread along with all of this. certainly most if not all code that is capable of making changes to the dom is running in the main thread, since it's common for user interface changes to only be available to the main thread. because event handling and screen updates are two of the most obvious ways users notice performance issues, it's important for your code to be a good citizen of the web and help to prevent stalls in the execution of the event loop. in the past, there's been no way to do this reliably other than by writing code that's as efficient as possible and by offloading as much work as possible to workers. window.requestidlecallback() makes it pos...
... should be thoughtful about how you go about using them. use idle callbacks for tasks which don't have high priority. because you don't know how many callbacks have been established, and you don't know how busy the user's system is, you don't know how often your callback will be run (unless you specify a timeout. there's no guarantee that every pass through the event loop (or even every screen update cycle) will include any idle callbacks being executed; if the event loop uses all available time, you're out of luck (again, unless you've used a timeout). idle callbacks should do their best not to overrun the time allotted. while the browser, your code, and the web in general will continue to run normally if you go over the specified time limit (even if you go way over it), the time restrictio...
...And 15 more matches

Border-image generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
elect'; while (node.firstelementchild !== null) { option = node.firstelementchild; option_value = option.getattribute('data-value'); if (option_value === null) option.setattribute('data-value', uval); list.appendchild(node.firstelementchild); uval++; } node.appendchild(select); node.appendchild(list); select.onclick = this.toggle.bind(this); list.onclick = this.updatevalue.bind(this); document.addeventlistener('click', clickout); this.state = 0; this.time = 0; this.dropmenu = list; this.select = select; this.toggle(false); this.value = {}; this.topic = topic; if (label) select.textcontent = label; else this.setnodevalue(list.children[selected]); dropdowns[topic] = this; }; dropdown.prototype.toggle = function toggle(state) { ...
...{ if (active) active.toggle(false); active = this; } if (this.state === 0) this.dropmenu.setattribute('data-hidden', 'true'); else this.dropmenu.removeattribute('data-hidden'); }; var clickout = function clickout(e) { if (active.state === 0 || e.target === active.dropmenu || e.target === active.select) return; active.toggle(false); }; dropdown.prototype.updatevalue = function updatevalue(e) { if (date.now() - this.time < 500) return; if (e.target.classname !== "ui-dropdown-list") { this.setnodevalue(e.target); this.toggle(false); } this.time = date.now(); }; dropdown.prototype.setnodevalue = function setnodevalue(node) { this.value['name'] = node.textcontent; this.value['value'] = node.getattribute('data-value'); this.sele...
...manager.setvalue('slice-fill', prop['fill']); dropdownmanager.setvalue('image-repeat-x', prop['repeat'][0]); dropdownmanager.setvalue('image-repeat-y', prop['repeat'][1]); inputslidermanager.setvalue('preview-width', prop['size'][0]); inputslidermanager.setvalue('preview-height', prop['size'][1]); inputslidermanager.setvalue('preview-area-height', prop['preview_area']); }; var update = function update() { scale = math.min(300, (30000 / this.width) | 0); setscale(scale); inputslidermanager.setvalue('scale', scale, false); subject.style.backgroundimage = 'url("' + this.src + '")'; preview.style.borderimagesource = 'url("' + this.src + '")'; guidelines['slice-top'].setmax(this.height); guidelines['slice-right'].setmax(this.width); guidelines['slice-bot...
...And 15 more matches

Application cache implementation overview
's enough to describe the simplest case ; for complete documentation of the selection algorithm refer to the spec or to the code. when the url in the manifest attribute of the html tag is identical to the manifest url the channel's nsiapplicationcache object belongs to and, the channel's loadedfromapplicationcache flag is set, the document is associated with that nsiapplicationcache object and an update attempt for the manifest is scheduled after the document completely loads. marking entries as foreign when nscontentsink::processofflinemanifest() discovers that the url in the manifest attribute of the html tag is different from the manifest url the channel's nsiapplicationcache object belongs to, the entry the document has been loaded from is marked “foreign” and the page load is completely...
... namespace failed to load from the network, we perform fallback to the previously remembered fallback entry. it's actually a redirect to the fallback url loading from the associated nsiapplicationcache. ...
...orm fallback to the previously remembered fallback entry. it's actually a redirect to the fallback url loading from the associated nsiapplicationcache. updating an existing cache or first download of an offline cache the process of updating or first caching is invoked asynchronously from nscontentsink::processofflinemanifest() using nsofflinecacheupdateservice. the implementation of offline cache update is in /uriloader/prefetch. ...
...And 14 more matches

Web Console remoting - Firefox Developer Tools
ypical page errors and console api calls. these will be explained in the following sections of this document. actor preferences to allow the web console to configure logging options while it is running, we have added the setpreferences packet: { "to": "conn0.console9", "type": "setpreferences", "preferences": { "networkmonitor.saverequestandresponsebodies": false } } reply: { "updated": [ "networkmonitor.saverequestandresponsebodies" ], "from": "conn0.console10" } for convenience you can use webconsoleclient.setpreferences(prefs, onresponse). the prefs argument is an object like { prefname: prefvalue, ... }. in firefox 25 we added the getpreferences request packet: { "to": "conn0.console34", "type": "getpreferences", "preferences": [ "networkmonitor.save...
...nt", "bindobjectactor": null, "frameactor": null, "url": null, "selectednodeactor": null, } the bindobjectactor property is an optional objectactor id that points to a debugger.object. this option allows you to bind _self to the debugger.object of the given object actor, during string evaluation. see evalinglobalwithbindings() for information about bindings. the variable view needs to update objects and it does so by binding _self to the debugger.object of the objectactor that is being viewed. as such, variable view sends strings like these for evaluation: _self["prop"] = value; the frameactor property is an optional frameactor id. the fa holds a reference to a debugger.frame. this option allows you to evaluate the string in the frame of the given fa. the url property is an op...
... is created. the isxhr flag indicates if the request was initiated via an xmlhttprequest instance, that is: the nsihttpchannel's notification is of an nsixmlhttprequest interface. the private flag tells if the network request comes from a private window/tab (added in firefox 24). the networkeventactor the new network event actor stores further request and response information. ...
...And 14 more matches

Using XPInstall to Install Plugins - Archive of obsolete content
ugin dll, but also the realplayer application (exe) which the plugin dll is a subset of. in this case, the plugin is the part of the software package that is browser-specific, as a mechanism to give the application additional "hooks" into the browser. xpinstall can be used to install any combination of these files on an end-user's machine. ...
...nism to give the application additional "hooks" into the browser. xpinstall can be used to install any combination of these files on an end-user's machine. for those familiar with netscape communicator 4.x's smartupdate technology, this will be a familiar idea. a brief history of netscape installer technologies this section is relevant if you are familiar with netscape communicator 4.x's smartupdate installer technology. the use of javascript as the install logic is not unprecedented in netscape browsers. ...
...e familiar with netscape communicator 4.x's smartupdate technology, this will be a familiar idea. a brief history of netscape installer technologies this section is relevant if you are familiar with netscape communicator 4.x's smartupdate installer technology. the use of javascript as the install logic is not unprecedented in netscape browsers. netscape communicator 4.x uses the notion of smartupdate to install software, particularly plugins and java applets to be run locally. smartupdate is not supported by mozilla browsers (and netscape/aol browsers based on mozilla such as netscape 7), but because of the similarity between the two installer technologies, it is easy to convert your smartupdate files to xpinstall files. ...
...And 12 more matches

Border-radius generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
this.unity = 0; this.unitr = 0; this.maxw = 100; this.maxh = 100; this.maxr = 100; this.topic = y + '-' + x; var sliderw = inputslidermanager.getnode(this.topic + '-w'); var sliderh = inputslidermanager.getnode(this.topic + '-h'); var sliderr = inputslidermanager.getnode(this.topic); this.setunitx(this.unitx); this.setunity(this.unity); this.setunitr(this.unitr); this.updatewidth(); this.updateheight(); this.updateradius(); if (x === 'left') this.resizex = 1; if (x === 'right') this.resizex = -1; if (y === 'top') this.resizey = 1; if (y === 'bottom') this.resizey = -1; radius.classname = 'radius'; var unit_selector = document.getelementbyid("unit-selection"); var unitw = new unitselector(this.topic + '-w'); var unith = new unitselector(this.t...
...(x === 'right' && y == 'top') handle.classname = 'handle handle-top-right'; if (x === 'right' && y == 'bottom') handle.classname = 'handle handle-bottom-right'; if (x === 'left' && y == 'bottom') handle.classname = 'handle handle-bottom-left'; handle.addeventlistener("mousedown", function(e) { active = true; this.radius.style.display = 'block'; previewmousetracking.subscribe(this.updatecontainer.bind(this)); }.bind(this)); document.addeventlistener("mouseup", function(e) { this.radius.style.display = 'none'; if (active === true) previewmousetracking.unsubscribe(this.updatecontainer.bind(this)); }.bind(this)); inputslidermanager.subscribe(this.topic + '-w', this.setwidth.bind(this)); inputslidermanager.subscribe(this.topic + '-h', this.setheight.bind(this));...
...nd(this)); buttonmanager.subscribe(this.topic, function(value) { this.rounded = value; if (value === true) { unitw.container.style.display = 'none'; unith.container.style.display = 'none'; unitr.container.style.display = 'block'; sliderw.style.display = 'none'; sliderh.style.display = 'none'; sliderr.style.display = 'block'; this.setunitr(this.unitr); this.updateradius(); } if (value === false) { unitw.container.style.display = 'block'; unith.container.style.display = 'block'; unitr.container.style.display = 'none'; sliderw.style.display = 'block'; sliderh.style.display = 'block'; sliderr.style.display = 'none'; this.setunitx(this.unitx); this.setunity(this.unity); this.updatewidth(); this.updateheight(); ...
...And 12 more matches

Using CSS transitions - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
it-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transform color; -webkit-transition-duration: 0.5s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transformv color; transition-duration: 0.5s; transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; } function updatetransition() { var el = document.queryselector("div.box"); if (el) { el.classname = "box1"; } else { el = document.queryselector("div.box1"); el.classname = "box"; } return el; } var intervalid = window.setinterval(updatetransition, 7000); transition-duration: 1s <div class="parent"> <div class="box">lorem</div> </div> .parent { width: 250px; height...
...-webkit-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top -webkit-transform transform color; -webkit-transition-duration: 1s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transform color; transition-duration: 1s; transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; } function updatetransition() { var el = document.queryselector("div.box"); if (el) { el.classname = "box1"; } else { el = document.queryselector("div.box1"); el.classname = "box"; } return el; } var intervalid = window.setinterval(updatetransition, 7000); transition-duration: 2s <div class="parent"> <div class="box">lorem</div> </div> .parent { width: 250px; height...
...-webkit-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transform color; -webkit-transition-duration: 2s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transform color; transition-duration: 2s; transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; } function updatetransition() { var el = document.queryselector("div.box"); if (el) { el.classname = "box1"; } else { el = document.queryselector("div.box1"); el.classname = "box"; } return el; } var intervalid = window.setinterval(updatetransition, 7000); transition-duration: 4s <div class="parent"> <div class="box">lorem</div> </div> .parent { width: 250px; height...
...And 12 more matches

Making decisions in your code — conditionals - Learn web development
rning to our previous example about the child doing a chore for their parent, you could write it like this: let shoppingdone = false; if (shoppingdone) { // don't need to explicitly specify '=== true' let childsallowance = 10; } else { let childsallowance = 5; } nesting if ... else it is perfectly ok to put one if...else statement inside another one — to nest them. for example, we could update our weather forecast application to show a further set of choices depending on what the temperature is: if (choice === 'sunny') { if (temperature < 86) { para.textcontent = 'it is ' + temperature + ' degrees outside — nice and sunny. let\'s go out to the beach, or the park, and get an ice cream.'; } else if (temperature >= 86) { para.textcontent = 'it is ' + temperature + ' degrees...
... chooser where the styling for the site is applied using a ternary operator. ...
...e</option> <option value="black">black</option> </select> <h1>this is my website</h1> const select = document.queryselector('select'); const html = document.queryselector('html'); document.body.style.padding = '10px'; function update(bgcolor, textcolor) { html.style.backgroundcolor = bgcolor; html.style.color = textcolor; } select.onchange = function() { ( select.value === 'black' ) ? update('black','white') : update('white','black'); } here we've got a <select> element to choose a theme (black or white), plus a simple <h1> to display a website title. we also have a function called update(), which takes two colors as parameters (inputs). the website's background color is set to the first provided color, and its text color is set to the second provided color. finally, we've also ...
...And 11 more matches

TypeScript support in Svelte - Learn web development
cy manager to get started. npm install # download new dependencies npm run dev # start the app in development mode these instructions apply to any svelte project you'd like to convert to typescript. just take into account that the svelte community is constantly improving svelte typescript support, so you should run npm update regularly to take advantage of the latest changes. note: if you find any trouble working with typescript inside a svelte application, have a look at this troubleshooting/faq section about typescript support. as we said before, typescript is a superset of javascript, so your application will run without modifications. currently you will be running a regular javascript application with typescri...
... enabled, without taking advantage of any of the features that typescript provides. you can now start adding types progressively. once you have typescript configured, you can start using it from a svelte component by just adding a <script lang='ts'> at the beginning of the script section. to use it from regular javascript files, just change the file extension from .js to .ts. you'll also have to update any corresponding import statements (don't include the .ts in your import statements; typescript chose to omit the extensions). note: using typescript in component markup sections is not supported yet. you'll have to use javascript from the markup, and typescript in the <script lang='ts'> section. improved developer experience with typescript typescript provides code editors and ides with lo...
...array of todotype. replace export let todos = [] with the following two lines: import type { todotype } from '../types/todo.type' export let todos: todotype[] = [] next we'll specify all the missing types. the variable todosstatus, which we used to programmatically access the methods exposed by the todosstatus component, is of type todosstatus. and each todo will be of type todotype. ...
...And 11 more matches

IME handling guide
by automated tests. mozilla::widgetcompositionevent internally, widgetcompositionevent represents native ime behavior. its message is one of following values: ecompositionstart this is dispatched at starting a composition. this represents a dom compositionstart event. the mdata value is a selected string at dispatching the dom event and it's automatically set by textcomposition. ecompositionupdate this is dispatched by textcomposition when an ecompoitionchange will change the composition string. this represents a dom compositionupdate event. ecompositionend this is dispatched by textcomposition when an ecompositioncommitasis or ecomposiitoncommit event is dispatched. this represents a dom compositionend event. ecompositionchange this is used internally only. this is dispatched at modi...
...ific string. the mdata value is the commit string. this causes a dom text event without clause information and a dom compositionend event. ...
...nt without clause information and a dom compositionend event. ...
...And 11 more matches

Battery Status API - Web APIs
w events you can handle to monitor the battery status. example in this example, we watch for changes both to the charging status (whether or not we're plugged in and charging) and for changes to the battery level and timing. this is done by listening for the chargingchange, levelchange, chargingtimechange, dischargingtimechange events. ...
...onitor the battery status. example in this example, we watch for changes both to the charging status (whether or not we're plugged in and charging) and for changes to the battery level and timing. this is done by listening for the chargingchange, levelchange, chargingtimechange, dischargingtimechange events. ...
...s. example in this example, we watch for changes both to the charging status (whether or not we're plugged in and charging) and for changes to the battery level and timing. this is done by listening for the chargingchange, levelchange, chargingtimechange, dischargingtimechange events. ...
...And 11 more matches

ARIA live regions - Accessibility
while these changes are usually visually apparent to users who can see the page, they may not be obvious to users of assistive technologies. aria live regions fill this gap and provide a way to programmatically expose dynamic content changes in a way that can be announced by assistive technologies. ...
...ssistive technologies will announce dynamic changes in the content of a live region. including an aria-live attribute or a specialized live region role (such as role="alert") on the element you want to announce changes to works as long as you add the attribute before the changes occur — either in the original markup, or dynamically using javascript. ...
...the default setting is off. this attribute is by far the most important. aria-controls: the aria-controls=[idlist] is used to associate a control with the regions that it controls. ...
...And 11 more matches

Event reference
vent name fired when beforeprint the print dialog is opened afterprint the print dialog is closed text composition events event name fired when compositionstart the composition of a passage of text is prepared (similar to keydown for a keyboard input, but works with other inputs such as speech recognition). compositionupdate a character is added to a passage of text being composed. compositionend the composition of a passage of text has been completed or canceled. view events event name fired when fullscreenchange an element was toggled to or from fullscreen mode. fullscreenerror it was impossible to switch to fullscreen mode for technical reasons or ...
...but estimates that not enough data has been loaded to play the media up to its end without having to stop for further buffering of content. canplaythrough the browser estimates it can play the media up to its end without stopping for content buffering. complete the rendering of an offlineaudiocontext is terminated. durationchange the duration attribute has been updated. emptied the media has become empty; for example, this event is sent if the media has already been loaded (or partially loaded), and the load() method is called to reload it. ended playback has stopped because the end of the media was reached. loadeddata the first frame of the media has finished loading. loadedmetadata the metadata has been loaded.
...is ready to start after having been paused or delayed due to lack of data. ratechange the playback rate has changed. seeked a seek operation completed. seeking a seek operation began. stalled the user agent is trying to fetch media data, but data is unexpectedly not forthcoming. suspend media data loading has been suspended. timeupdate the time indicated by the currenttime attribute has been updated. volumechange the volume has changed. waiting playback has stopped because of a temporary lack of data. progress events event name fired when abort progression has been terminated (not due to an error). error progression has failed. load prog...
...And 11 more matches

2D maze game with device orientation - Game development
create: function() { this.game.state.start('mainmenu'); } }; there are single images, spritesheets and audio files loaded by the framework. in this state the preloadbar is showing the progress on the screen. that progress of the loaded assets is visualized by the framework with the use of one image. with every asset loaded you can see more of the preloadbar image: from 0% to 100%, updated on every frame. after all the assets are loaded, the mainmenu state is launched. mainmenu.js the mainmenu state shows the main menu of the game, where you can start playing by clicking the button. ball.mainmenu = function(game) {}; ball.mainmenu.prototype = { create: function() { this.add.sprite(0, 0, 'screen-mainmenu'); this.gametitle = this.add.sprite(ball._width*0.5, 40...
...after clicking the screen the actual game is launched. game.js the game state from the game.js file is where all the magic happens. all the initialization is in the create() function (launched once at the beginning of the game). after that some functionality will require further code to control — we will write our own functions to handle more complicated tasks. ...
...ed. game.js the game state from the game.js file is where all the magic happens. all the initialization is in the create() function (launched once at the beginning of the game). after that some functionality will require further code to control — we will write our own functions to handle more complicated tasks. in particular, take note of the update() function (executed at every frame), which updates things such as the ball position. ...
...And 10 more matches

Getting started with HTML - Learn web development
llowed by content, followed by the closing tag. active learning: creating your first html element edit the line below in the input area by wrapping it with the tags <em> and </em>. to open the element, put the opening tag <em> at the start of the line. to close the element, put the closing tag </em> at the end of the line. doing this should give the line italic text formatting! see your changes update live in the output area. if you make a mistake, you can clear your work using the reset button. if you get really stuck, press the show solution button to see the answer. playable code <h2>live output</h2> <div class="output" style="min-height: 50px;"> </div> <h2>editable code</h2> <p class="a11y-label">press esc to move focus away from the code area (tab inserts a tab character).</p> <text...
... .a11y-label { margin: 0; text-align: right; font-size: 0.7rem; width: 98%; } body { margin: 10px; background: #f5f9fa; } var textarea = document.getelementbyid('code'); var reset = document.getelementbyid('reset'); var solution = document.getelementbyid('solution'); var output = document.queryselector('.output'); var code = textarea.value; var userentry = textarea.value; function updatecode() { output.innerhtml = textarea.value; } reset.addeventlistener('click', function() { textarea.value = code; userentry = textarea.value; solutionentry = htmlsolution; solution.value = 'show solution'; updatecode(); }); solution.addeventlistener('click', function() { if(solution.value === 'show solution') { textarea.value = solutionentry; solution.value = 'hide solution...
...) { textarea.value = code; userentry = textarea.value; solutionentry = htmlsolution; solution.value = 'show solution'; updatecode(); }); solution.addeventlistener('click', function() { if(solution.value === 'show solution') { textarea.value = solutionentry; solution.value = 'hide solution'; } else { textarea.value = userentry; solution.value = 'show solution'; } updatecode(); }); var htmlsolution = '<em>this is my text.</em>'; var solutionentry = htmlsolution; textarea.addeventlistener('input', updatecode); window.addeventlistener('load', updatecode); // stop tab key tabbing out of textarea and // make it write a tab at the caret position instead textarea.onkeydown = function(e){ if (e.keycode === 9) { e.preventdefault(); insertatcaret('\t'); } ...
...And 10 more matches

Useful string methods - Learn web development
s works very simply at a basic level, although there are some advanced things you can do with it that we won't go into yet. it takes two parameters — the string you want to replace, and the string you want to replace it with. try this example: browsertype.replace('moz','van'); this returns "vanilla" in the console. but if you check the value of browsertype, it is still "mozilla". to actually update the value of the browsertype variable in a real program, you'd have to set the variable value to be the result of the operation; it doesn't just update the substring value automatically. so you'd have to actually write this: browsertype = browsertype.replace('moz','van'); active learning examples in this section we'll get you to try your hand at writing some string manipulation code. in each ex...
...: sans-serif; } h2 { font-size: 16px; } .a11y-label { margin: 0; text-align: right; font-size: 0.7rem; width: 98%; } body { margin: 10px; background: #f5f9fa; } const textarea = document.getelementbyid('code'); const reset = document.getelementbyid('reset'); const solution = document.getelementbyid('solution'); let code = textarea.value; let userentry = textarea.value; function updatecode() { eval(textarea.value); } reset.addeventlistener('click', function() { textarea.value = code; userentry = textarea.value; solutionentry = jssolution; solution.value = 'show solution'; updatecode(); }); solution.addeventlistener('click', function() { if(solution.value === 'show solution') { textarea.value = solutionentry; solution.value = 'hide solution'; } else { ...
...n() { textarea.value = code; userentry = textarea.value; solutionentry = jssolution; solution.value = 'show solution'; updatecode(); }); solution.addeventlistener('click', function() { if(solution.value === 'show solution') { textarea.value = solutionentry; solution.value = 'hide solution'; } else { textarea.value = userentry; solution.value = 'show solution'; } updatecode(); }); const jssolution = 'const list = document.queryselector(\'.output ul\');' + '\nlist.innerhtml = \'\';' + '\nlet greetings = [\'happy birthday!\',' + '\n \'merry christmas my love\',' + '\n \'a happy christmas to all the family\',' + '\n \'you\\\'re all i want for christmas\',' + '\n \'get well soon\'];' + '\n' + '\nfor (l...
...And 10 more matches

AddressErrors - Web APIs
s dictionary is used by the payment request api to to report validation errors in a physical address (typically a billing address or a shipping address). any members which is present indicates that a validation error occurred for the member of the same name in an address described using paymentaddress. addresserrors is the type of the object returned by shippingaddresserrors in the paymentdetailsupdate passed into paymentrequestupdateevent.updatewith() by the shippingaddresschange event handler if a change to the address resulted in a validation error occurring. see the examples below to see how this works. properties addressline a domstring which, if present, indicates that the addressline property of the paymentaddress could not be validated. the contents of the string provide a human-r...
...change(ev) { const validcountries = ["us", "ca", "gb", "jp", "cn", "mx"]; const genericaddresserror = "unable to ship to the given address. ...
... complete example here we'll see a complete, working version of the example above (except of course that it's not connected to an actual payment handler, so no payments are ac...
...And 10 more matches

Timing element visibility with the Intersection Observer API - Web APIs
t, and not the tab's visibility (which is a different issue entirely), we need to use the page visibility api to detect these tab switches and disable our timers for the duration. ...
... do is remove the ads from the set of visible ads (visibleads) and mark them as inactive. to do so, we begin by saving the set of visible ads into a variable known as previouslyvisibleads to be sure we can restore them when the user tabs back into the document, and we then empty the visibleads set so they won't be treated as visible. then, for each of the ads that are being suspended, we call our updateadtimer() function, which handles updating the ad's total visible time counter, then we set their dataset.lastviewstarted property to 0, which indicates that the tab's timer isn't running. if the document has just become visible, we reverse this process: first we go through previouslyvisibleads and set each one's dataset.lastviewstarted to the current document's time (in milliseconds since the do...
...tarted to the current document's time (in milliseconds since the document was created) using the performance.now() method. then we set visibleads back to previouslyvisibleads and set the latter to null. now the ads are all restarted, and configured to know that they became visible at the current time, so that they will not add up the duration of time the page was tabbed away the next time they're updated. handling intersection changes once per pass through the browser's event loop, each intersectionobserver checks to see if any of its target elements have passed through any of the observer's intersection ratio thresholds. for each observer, a list of targets that have done so is compiled, and sent to the observer's callback as an array of intersectionobserverentry objects. our callback, inters...
...And 10 more matches

Updating Commands - Archive of obsolete content
invoking commands if a command has an oncommand attribute, you can invoke it just by using the docommand method of the command or an element which links to it. for other commands, you will need to use a couple of additional lines of code. you will need to use these extra steps when invoking commands implemented by a controller. in addition, you will need to do this when creating your own menu commands, for instance to implement the edit menu commands in your own application. fortunately, the extra code is fairly simple. all we need to do is get the needed controller and call the command. ...
..." command="cmd_paste"/> the example above will implement a paste button. it is attached to the command which will invoke the command on the necessary controller when called. the code above is all you need to implement the functionality of the paste command in your application. the only other thing you need to do is ensure that the enabled status of the paste command, and therefore the button, is updated at the right time, which is described below. command updaters a command updater is a feature of the commandset element which allows it to update commands when certain events happen. you will need to think about when a command is valid and when it is not. in addition, you will need to consider when the state could change and when the commands should be updated. for example, the paste command is v...
...d to think about when a command is valid and when it is not. in addition, you will need to consider when the state could change and when the commands should be updated. for example, the paste command is valid when a textbox has the focus and there is something on the clipboard to paste. the command will become enabled whenever a textbox is focused and when the clipboard contents change. a command updater will listen for these situations and code can be executed which enables and disables commands as necessary. ...
...And 9 more matches

How to build custom form controls - Learn web development
iscussion of solving this issue for all scenarios would require a book). just remember, it is vital make your script generic and reusable. in our example, if our javascript code isn't running, we'll fall back to displaying a standard <select> element. we include our control and the <select>; which one is displayed depends on the class of the body element, with the class of the body element being updated by the script that makes the control function, when it loads successfully to achieve this, we need two things: first, we need to add a regular <select> element before each instance of our custom control. there is a benefit to having this "extra" select even if our javascript works as hoped: we will use this select to send data from our custom control along with the rest of our form data. we wi...
.... // we deactivate the control deactivateselect(select); }); // loose focus if the user hits `esc` select.addeventlistener('keyup', function (event) { // deactive on keyup of `esc` if (event.keycode === 27) { deactivateselect(select); } }); }); at that point, our control will change state according to our design, but its value doesn't get updated yet. we'll handle that next. live example check out the source code handling the control's value now that our control is working, we have to add code to update its value according to user input and make it possible to send the value along with form data. the easiest way to do this is to use a native control under the hood. such a control will keep track ...
...of the value with all the built-in controls provided by the browser, and the value will be sent as usual when a form is submitted. there's no point in reinventing the wheel when we can have all this done for us. ...
...And 9 more matches

Adding a new todo form: Vue events, methods, and models - Learn web development
ture. for installation, and to use some of the more advanced features of vue (like single file components or render functions), you'll need a terminal with node + npm installed. objective: to learn about handling forms in vue, and by association, events, models, and methods. creating a new to-do form we now have an app that displays a list of to-do items. however, we can't update our list of items without manually changing our code! let's fix that. let's create a new component that will allow us to add a new to-do item. in your components folder, create a new file called todoform.vue. add a blank <template> and a <script> tag like before: <template></template> <script> export default {}; </script> let's add in an html form that lets you enter a new...
...that will allow us to add a new to-do item. in your components folder, create a new file called todoform.vue. add a blank <template> and a <script> tag like before: <template></template> <script> export default {}; </script> let's add in an html form that lets you enter a new todo item and submit it into the app. we need a <form> with a <label>, an <input>, and a <button>. ...
...e of a new todo item (which will become a label for the corresponding todoitem when it is eventually rendered). let's load this component into our app. ...
...And 9 more matches

Desktop gamepad controls - Game development
fo and the pressed buttons: var controller = {}; var buttonspressed = []; function gamepadhandler(e) { controller = e.gamepad; output.innerhtml = "gamepad: " + controller.id; } the second line in the gamepadhandler function shows up on the screen when the device is connected: we can also show the id of the device — in the case above we're using the xbox 360 wireless controller. ...
...innerhtml = "gamepad: " + controller.id; } the second line in the gamepadhandler function shows up on the screen when the device is connected: we can also show the id of the device — in the case above we're using the xbox 360 wireless controller. to update the state of the gamepad's currently pressed buttons we will need a function that will do exactly that on every frame: function gamepadupdatehandler() { buttonspressed = []; if(controller.buttons) { for(var b=0; b<controller.buttons.length; b++) { if(controller.buttons[b].pressed) { buttonspressed.push(b); } } } } we first reset the buttonspressed array to get it ready to store the latest info we'll write to it from the current frame. then, if the buttons are availabl...
... if(buttonspressed[i] == button) { press = true; } } return press; } the function takes a button as a parameter; in the loop it checks if the given button's number is among the currently pressed buttons available in the buttonspressed array. if it is, then the function returns true; false otherwise. ...
...And 8 more matches

Advanced text formatting - Learn web development
l { margin: 0; text-align: right; font-size: 0.7rem; width: 98%; } body { margin: 10px; background: #f5f9fa; } const textarea = document.getelementbyid('code'); const reset = document.getelementbyid('reset'); const solution = document.getelementbyid('solution'); const output = document.queryselector('.output'); const code = textarea.value; const userentry = textarea.value; function updatecode() { output.innerhtml = textarea.value; } reset.addeventlistener('click', function() { textarea.value = code; userentry = textarea.value; solutionentry = htmlsolution; solution.value = 'show solution'; updatecode(); }); solution.addeventlistener('click', function() { if(solution.value === 'show solution') { textarea.value = solutionentry; solution.value = 'hide solution...
...) { textarea.value = code; userentry = textarea.value; solutionentry = htmlsolution; solution.value = 'show solution'; updatecode(); }); solution.addeventlistener('click', function() { if(solution.value === 'show solution') { textarea.value = solutionentry; solution.value = 'hide solution'; } else { textarea.value = userentry; solution.value = 'show solution'; } updatecode(); }); const htmlsolution = '<dl>\n <dt>bacon</dt>\n <dd>the glue that binds the world together.</dd>\n <dt>eggs</dt>\n <dd>the glue that binds the cake together.</dd>\n <dt>coffee</dt>\n <dd>the drink that gets the world running in the morning.</dd>\n <dd>a light brown color.</dd>\n</dl>'; const solutionentry = htmlsolution; textarea.addeventlistener('input', updatecode); window.addeventli...
...nst htmlsolution = '<dl>\n <dt>bacon</dt>\n <dd>the glue that binds the world together.</dd>\n <dt>eggs</dt>\n <dd>the glue that binds the cake together.</dd>\n <dt>coffee</dt>\n <dd>the drink that gets the world running in the morning.</dd>\n <dd>a light brown color.</dd>\n</dl>'; const solutionentry = htmlsolution; textarea.addeventlistener('input', updatecode); window.addeventlistener('load', updatecode); // stop tab key tabbing out of textarea and // make it write a tab at the caret position instead textarea.onkeydown = function(e){ if (e.keycode === 9) { e.preventdefault(); insertatcaret('\t'); } if (e.keycode === 27) { textarea.blur(); } }; function insertatcaret(text) { const scrollpos = textarea.scrolltop; const caretpos = textarea.selectionstart; const fr...
...And 8 more matches

Fetching data from the server - Learn web development
previous overview: client-side web apis next another very common task in modern websites and applications is retrieving individual data items from the server to update sections of a webpage without having to load an entire new page. this seemingly small detail has had a huge impact on the performance and behavior of sites, so in this article, we'll explain the concept and look at technologies that make it possible, such as xmlhttprequest and the fetch api. prerequisites: javascript basics (see first steps, building blocks, javascript objects), the basics of client-side apis objective: to learn how to fetch data from the server and use it to update the contents of a web page. what is the problem here? originally page loading on the web was simple — you...
...this is extremely wasteful and results in a poor user experience, especially as pages get larger and more complex. ...
...eload the entire page. let's think about the significance of this: go to one of your favorite information-rich sites, like amazon, youtube, cnn, etc., and load it. now search for something, like a new product. the main content will change, but most of the surrounding information, like the header, footer, navigation menu, etc., will stay the same. this is a really good thing because: page updates are a lot quicker and you don't have to wait for the page to refresh, meaning that the site feels faster and more responsive. less data is downloaded on each update, meaning less wasted bandwidth. this may not be such a big issue on a desktop on a broadband connection, but it's a major issue on mobile devices and in developing countries that don't have ubiquitous fast internet service. to spe...
...And 8 more matches

Index
pplication, you are able to register your own implementation of an http request callback interface, and nss can use your application code that supports proxies. when using hashing, encryption, and decryption functions, it is possible to stream data (as opposed to operating on a large buffer). create a context handle while providing all the parameters required for the operation, then call an “update” function multiple times to pass subsets of the input to nss. the data will be processed and either returned directly or sent to a callback function registered in the context. when done, you call a finalization function that will flush out any pending data and free the resources. this line is a placeholder for future sections that should explain how libpkix works and is designed. if you w...
... release for nss 3.20. the bug fixes in nss 3.20.1 are described in the "security advisories" section below. 73 nss 3.20.2 release notes network security services (nss) 3.20.2 is a security patch release for nss 3.20. the bug fixes in nss 3.20.2 are described in the "security fixes" section below. 74 nss 3.21 release notes 2016-01-07, this page has been updated to include additional information about the release. the sections "security fixes" and "acknowledgements" have been added. 75 nss 3.21.1 release notes network security services (nss) 3.21.1 is a security patch release for nss 3.21. the bug fixes in nss 3.21.1 are described in the "security fixes" section below. 76 nss 3.21.2 release notes network secur...
... this document describes the data formats used by nss 3.x for installing certificates. this document is currently being revised and has not yet been reviewed for accuracy. 162 nss code coverage nss no summary! 163 nss config options no summary! 164 nss developer tutorial nss, tutorial no summary! 165 nss faq nss, needsupdate nss is set of libraries, apis, utilities, and documentation designed to support cross-platform development of security-enabled client and server applications. it provides a complete open-source implementation of the crypto libraries used by mozilla and other companies in the firefox browser, aol instant messenger (aim), server products from red hat, and other products. 166 nss ke...
...And 8 more matches

nsICRLManager
security/manager/ssl/public/nsicrlmanager.idlscriptable please add a summary to this article. ...
... security/manager/ssl/public/nsicrlmanager.idlscriptable please add a summary to this article. ...
... gecko 1.7 method overview wstring computenextautoupdatetime(in nsicrlinfo info, in unsigned long autoupdatetype, in double noofdays); void deletecrl(in unsigned long crlindex); nsiarray getcrls(); void importcrl([array, size_is(length)] in octet data, in unsigned long length, in nsiuri uri, in unsigned long type, in boolean dosilentdownload, in wstring crlkey); void reschedulecrlautoupdate(); boolean updatecrlfromurl(in wstring url, in wstring key); constants constant value description type_autoupdate_time_based 1 type_autoupdate_freq_based 2 methods computenextautoupdatetime() wstring computenextautoupdatetime( in nsicrlinfo info, in unsigned long autoupdatetype, in double noofdays ); parameters info autoupdatetype noofdays return value deletecrl() ...
...And 8 more matches

Microsummary XML grammar reference - Archive of obsolete content
from the web via nssidebar::addmicrosummarygenerator are identified by the remote url from which they were downloaded, and firefox ignores the value of this attribute for them. child elements: <template> (required) defines how to transform pages into their microsummaries. <pages> (required) identifies the set of pages that the generator is able to summarize. <update> (optional) specifies how frequently firefox should update the microsummaries. the <template> element the <template> element contains the xslt stylesheet which transforms web pages into their microsummaries. attributes: none. child elements: <stylesheet> or <transform> (required) the xslt stylesheet which performs the transformation. per xslt, you may specify the styleshee...
...formation about the use of this element, see the entry for #the_<pages>_element. the <exclude> element the <exclude> element identifies a set of pages that the generator is not able to summarize. it must be a child of the <pages> element, and it must contain a javascript-compatible regular expression. for more information about the use of this element, see the entry for #the_<pages>_element. the <update> element the optional <update> element specifies how frequently firefox should update microsummaries generated by the generator. the element can be used to specify both an absolute update interval and a series of conditional intervals based on the content of the page being summarized. attributes: interval (optional) an absolute interval of time, in minutes, that must elapse between...
... the interval attribute defines an absolute interval in minutes. its value must be a number greater than or equal to 1. fractional values (e.g. ...
...And 7 more matches

Looping code - Learn web development
the loop, which means that you can complete a whole load of tasks that are similar but slightly different — if you've got a lot of different calculations to do, you want to do each different one, not the same one over and over again! let's look at an example to perfectly illustrate why loops are such a good thing. ...
...head> <meta charset="utf-8"> <title>random canvas circles</title> <style> html { width: 100%; height: inherit; background: #ddd; } canvas { display: block; } body { margin: 0; } button { position: absolute; top: 5px; left: 5px; } </style> </head> <body> <button>update</button> <canvas></canvas> <script> const btn = document.queryselector('button'); const canvas = document.queryselector('canvas'); const ctx = canvas.getcontext('2d'); let width = document.documentelement.clientwidth; let height = document.documentelement.clientheight; canvas.width = width; canvas.height = height; function random(number) { return ...
...sans-serif; } h2 { font-size: 16px; } .a11y-label { margin: 0; text-align: right; font-size: 0.7rem; width: 98%; } body { margin: 10px; background: #f5f9fa; } const textarea = document.getelementbyid('code'); const reset = document.getelementbyid('reset'); const solution = document.getelementbyid('solution'); let code = textarea.value; let userentry = textarea.value; function updatecode() { eval(textarea.value); } reset.addeventlistener('click', function() { textarea.value = code; userentry = textarea.value; solutionentry = jssolution; solution.value = 'show solution'; updatecode(); }); solution.addeventlistener('click', function() { if(solution.value === 'show solution') { textarea.value = solutionentry; solution.value = 'hide solution'; } else { ...
...And 7 more matches

AddonManager
moveaddonlistener(in addonlistener listener) void addtypelistener(in typelistener listener) void removetypelistener(in typelistener listener) nsiuri geturiforresourceinfile(in nsifile afile, in string apath) properties overview attribute type description addontypes dictionary a dictionary that maps type id to addontype. autoupdatedefault boolean whether add-ons should auto-update by default (overrideable per add-on). corresponds to the extensions.autoupdatedefault preference. callbacks installcallback() a callback that is passed a single addoninstall void installcallback( in addoninstall install ) parameters install the addoninstall passed back from the asynchronous request installlistcallback() a...
...stcallback( in addon addons[] ) parameters addons the array of addons passed back from the asynchronous request constants addoninstall states constant description state_available an install that is waiting to be started. state_downloading an install that is in the process of being downloaded. state_checking an install that is checking for updated information. state_downloaded an install that has finished downloading and is ready to install. state_download_failed an install that failed to download. state_installing an install that is in the process of being installed. state_installed an install that has successfully been installed. state_install_failed an install that has failed ...
... constant description error_network_failure a network error occurred. error_incorrect_hash the downloaded file did not match the expected hash. error_corrupt_file the file appears to be corrupt. error_file_access there was an error accessing the filesystem. error_signedstate_required the addon must be signed and isn't. ...
...And 7 more matches

nsICryptoHash
rithms supported are md2, md5, sha-1, sha-256, sha-384, and sha-512. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.8 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.8 (firefox 1.5 / thunderbird 1.5 / seamonkey 1.0) method overview acstring finish(in prbool aascii); void init(in unsigned long aalgorithm); void initwithstring(in acstring aalgorithm); void update([const, array, size_is(alen)] in octet adata, in unsigned long alen); void updatefromstream(in nsiinputstream astream, in unsigned long alen); constants hash algorithms these constants are used by the init() method to indicate which hashing function to use. the values map directly onto the values defined in mozilla/security/nss/lib/cryptohi/hasht.h. constant value ...
... times with different algorithm types. note: this method or " .. manch("init") .. " must be called before any other method on this interface is called. void initwithstring( in acstring aalgorithm ); parameters aalgorithm the hash algorithm type to be used as a string, such as "sha256". exceptions thrown ns_error_invalid_arg indicates that an unsupported algorithm type was passed update() adds an array of data to be hashed to the object. see computing the hash of a string for an example of using this method. void update( [const, array, size_is(alen)] in octet adata, in unsigned long alen ); parameters adata a buffer to calculate the hash over. alen the length of the buffer adata. exceptions thrown ns_error_not_initialized indicates that init() or initwithstri...
... be hashed to the object. see computing the hash of a string for an example of using this method. void update( [const, array, size_is(alen)] in octet adata, in unsigned long alen ); parameters adata a buffer to calculate the hash over. alen the length of the buffer adata. exceptions thrown ns_error_not_initialized indicates that init() or initwithstring() has not been called. updatefromstream() calculates and updates a new hash based on a given data stream (nsiinputstream). see computing the hash of a file for an example of using this method. void updatefromstream( in nsiinputstream astream, in unsigned long alen ); parameters astream an input stream to read from. alen how much to read from the given astream. passing pr_uint32_max indicates that all data availa...
...And 7 more matches

SVG documentation index - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
ll the attributes that can be specified on some svg elements to control whether or not the element on which it appears should be rendered. 15 svg core attributes attribute, intermediate, reference, svg the svg core attributes are all the common attributes that can be specified on any svg element. 16 svg event attributes advanced, attribute, draft, landing, needsupdate, svg event attributes always have their name starting with "on" followed by the name of the event for which they are intended. they specifies some script to run when the event of the given type is dispatched to the element on which the attributes are specified. 17 svg presentation attributes attribute, beginner, draft, reference, svg svg presentation attributes are css ...
...initial coordinate system, the positive z-axis comes out towards the person viewing the content and assuming that one unit along the z-axis equals one unit in x and y. 269 zoomandpan deprecated, svg, svg attribute the zoomandpan attribute specifies whether the svg document can be magnified and panned. 270 svg tutorial intermediate, needscontent, needshelp, needsupdate, svg, svg:tutorial scalable vector graphics, svg, is a w3c xml dialect to mark up graphics. it is partially implemented in firefox, opera, webkit browsers, internet explorer and other browsers. 271 basic transformations intermediate, svg, svg:tutorial now we're ready to start distorting our beautiful images. but first, let's formally introduce the <g> element. with this...
...lter effects advanced, needscontent, svg, svg:tutorial there are situations, where basic shapes do not provide the flexibility you need to achieve a certain effect. drop shadows, to provide a popular example, cannot be created reasonably with a combination of gradients. filters are svg's mechanism to create sophisticated effects. ...
...And 7 more matches

places/bookmarks - Archive of obsolete content
create, modify, and retrieve bookmarks. usage this module exports: three constructors: bookmark, group, and separator, corresponding to the types of objects, referred to as bookmark items, in the bookmarks database in firefox two additional functions, save() to create, update, and remove bookmark items, and search() to retrieve the bookmark items that match a particular set of criteria. save() and search() are both asynchronous functions: they synchronously return a placesemitter object, which then asynchronously emits events as the operation progresses and completes. each retrieved bookmark item represents only a snapshot of state at a specific time. the module does not automatically sync up a bookmark instance with ongoing changes to that item in the database from the same add-on, ...
...ark, save } = require("sdk/places/bookmarks"); // create a new bookmark instance, unsaved let bookmark = bookmark({ title: "mozilla", url: "http://mozilla.org" }); // attempt to save the bookmark instance to the bookmarks database // and store the emitter let emitter = save(bookmark); // listen for events emitter.on("data", function (saved, inputitem) { // on a "data" event, an item has been updated, passing in the // latest snapshot from the server as `saved` (with properties // such as `updated` and `id`), as well as the initial input // item as `inputitem` console.log(saved.title === inputitem.title); // true console.log(saved !== inputitem); // true console.log(inputitem === bookmark); // true }).on("end", function (saveditems, inputitems) { // similar to "data" events, ex...
...hildren // of `group`. this will be saved implicitly. save(bookmarks).on("data", function (saved, input) { // a data event is called once for each item saved, as well // as implicit items, like `group` console.log(input === group || ~bookmarks.indexof(input)); // true }).on("end", function (saves, inputs) { // like the previous example, the "end" event returns an // array of all of our updated saves. only explicitly saved // items are returned in this array -- the `group` won't be // present here. console.log(saves[0].title); // "ran" console.log(saves[2].group.title); // "guitars" }); searching for bookmarks bookmarks can be queried with the search() function, which accepts a query object or an array of query objects, as well as a query options object. query properties are ...
...And 6 more matches

Inner-browsing extending the browser navigation paradigm - Archive of obsolete content
d control. this model is also interesting because is optimized to access contextual data instead reloading full web pages. this article discusses the concept of inner-browsing and possible approaches for its implementation. it also provides two implementation examples using the model. the first one looks like a traditional dhtml ticker application and uses hidden iframes and javascript to provide updates inside the webpage's ticker headlines section. this sample was made using iframes to illustrate a possible implementation. an implementation can also use other transport technologies such as soap-based remote procedure calls, xmlhttprequest interfaces, or dom 3 load. the second example shows a tabbed menu that dynamically loads news headlines into the current web page. this implementation uses x...
...w web technologies in the html 4.0 specification, xml 1.0, dom level 3 were explicitly created with application-like behavior and more sophisticated navigational models in mind. in the next section we will introduce inner-browsing as an extension to the traditional model. let's start defining what we mean by inner-browsing. in this model, when a request goes to the web server, the current page is updated rather than replaced. without leaving the page, the user browses new information and preserves the page's context. this new navigational method allows us to make html user interfaces behave similarly to non-web based applications such as contact management software. the basic implementation uses a resource such as the web page or the web application to control the navigation system. in other wor...
...ated way, much like a client mail app; and a stock ticker that spools the information across the web page. see the table below for a description of how applications like this exemplify inner-browsing and how they might be implemented using the inner-browsing approach. some examples: web page with ticker it is common to see web pages with a ticker element, often used to rotate news or stock quotes updates. a simple ticker element implemented in dhtml statically includes the data in the page. if the data changes, it will not update unless you reload the web page. this article includes a ticker example demonstrating that the inner-browsing model can be used to dynamically request new data from the server side and provide updates to the ticker. spell check suppose you have a web publishing system fo...
...And 6 more matches

Index - Archive of obsolete content
y! 62 collapsed xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 63 color xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 64 colorpicker.type xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 65 cols xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 66 command xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 67 commandupdater xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 68 completedefaultindex xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 69 completeselectedindex no summary! 70 container xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 71 containment xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 72 contentcontextmenu xul attri...
...an event listener to the object for the event change. ...
...he attributes of the element (such as a broadcaster) being listened to are changed. the event handler should be placed on an observer. 986 close the close event is executed when a request has been made to close the window when the user presses the close button. 987 command the command event is executed when an element is activated. 988 commandupdate the commandupdate event is executed when a command update occurs on a <commandset>. this event would be used to update the disabled status of its commands. 989 popuphidden the popuphidden event is executed when a <menupopup>, <panel> or <tooltip> has become hidden. 990 popuphiding the popuphiding event is executed when a <menupopup>, <panel> ...
...And 6 more matches

Drawing graphics - Learn web development
hen the image has finished loading. add the following block below the previous one: image.onload = function() { ctx.drawimage(image, 50, 50); } if you load your example in the browser now, you should see the image embeded in the canvas. but there's more! what if we want to display only a part of the image, or to resize it? we can do both with the more complex version of drawimage(). update your ctx.drawimage() line like so: ctx.drawimage(image, 20, 20, 185, 175, 50, 50, 185, 175); the first parameter is the image reference, as before. parameters 2 and 3 define the coordinates of the top left corner of the area you want to cut out of the loaded image, relative to the top-left corner of the image itself. nothing to the left of the first parameter or above the second will...
...this case, we have specified the same dimensions as the original slice, but you could resize it by specifying different values. the final example should look like so: note: the finished code is available on github as 5_canvas_images.html. loops and animations we have so far covered some very basic uses of 2d canvas, but really you won't experience the full power of canvas unless you update or animate it in some way. after all, canvas does provide scriptable images! if you aren't going to change anything, then you might as well just use static images and save yourself all the work. creating a loop playing with loops in canvas is rather fun — you can run canvas commands inside a for (or other type of) loop just like any other javascript code. let's build a simple example. ...
...e defines how far we want to move each time we draw a new triangle. draw a line to a coordinate of (moveoffset+length, moveoffset). this draws a line of length length parallel to the x axis. calculate the triangle's height, as before. draw a line to the downward-pointing corner of the triangle, then draw a line back to the start of the triangle. call fill() to fill in the triangle. update the variables that describe the sequence of triangles, so we can be ready to draw the next one. we decrease the length value by 1, so the triangles get smaller each time; increase moveoffset by a small amount so each successive triangle is slightly further away, and use another new function, rotate(), which allows us to rotate the entire canvas! we rotate it by 5 degrees before drawing the next t...
...And 6 more matches

What is JavaScript? - Learn web development
css. objective: to gain familiarity with what javascript is, what it can do, and how it fits into a web site. a high-level definition javascript is a scripting or programming language that allows you to implement complex features on web pages — every time a web page does more than just sit there and display static information for you to look at — displaying timely content updates, interactive maps, animated 2d/3d graphics, scrolling video jukeboxes, etc. — you can bet that javascript is probably involved. it is the third layer of the layer cake of standard web technologies, two of which (html and css) we have covered in much more detail in other parts of the learning area. html is the markup language that we use to structure and give meaning to our web content, fo...
... so what can it really do? the core ...
... so what can it really do? the core client-side javascript ...
...And 6 more matches

Vue conditional rendering: editing existing todos - Learn web development
previous overview: client-side javascript frameworks next now it is time to add one of the major parts of functionality that we're still missing — the ability to edit existing todo items. to do this, we will take advantage of vue's conditional rendering capabilities — namely v-if and v-else — to allow us to toggle between the existing todo item view, and an edit view where you can update todo item labels. we'll also look at adding functionality to delete todo items. prerequisites: familiarity with the core html, css, and javascript languages, knowledge of the terminal/command line. vue components are written as a combination of javascript objects that manage the app's data and an html-based template syntax that maps to the underlying dom structure. for inst...
...ked, the component signals this by emitting an edit-cancelled event. modifying our todoitem component before we can add todoitemeditform to our app, we need to make a few modifications to our todoitem component. specifically, we need to add a variable to track if the item is being edited, and a button to toggle that variable. we’ll also add a delete button since deletion is closely related. update your todoitem’s template as shown below. <template> <div class="stack-small"> <div class="custom-checkbox"> <input type="checkbox" class="checkbox" :id="id" :checked="isdone" @change="$emit('checkbox-changed')" /> <label :for="id" class="checkbox-label">{{label}}</label> </div> <div class="btn-group"> <button type="button" class="btn" @click="toggl...
...r todo item, via an event handler function called toggletoitemeditform(). this handler will set an isediting flag to true. to do that, we'll need to first define it inside our data() property. the "delete" button, when clicked, will delete the todo item via an event handler function called deletetodo(). in this handler we’ll emit an item-deleted event to our parent component so the list can be updated. let's define our click handlers, and the necessary isediting flag. add isediting below your existing isdone data point: data() { return { isdone: this.done, isediting: false }; } now add your methods inside a methods property, right below your data() property: methods: { deletetodo() { this.$emit('item-deleted'); }, toggletoitemeditform() { this.isediti...
...And 6 more matches

Setting up your own test automation environment - Learn web development
ators embedded in the docs. see run tests on mobile browsers and run tests on desktop browsers. filling in browserstack test details programmatically you can use the browserstack rest api and some other capabilities to annotate your test with more details, such as whether it passed, why it passed, what project the test is part of, etc. ...
...ed, why it passed, what project the test is part of, etc. browserstack doesn't know these details by default! ...
...roject' : 'google test 2' next we need to access the sessionid of the current session, so we know where to send the request (the id is included in the request url, as you'll see later). include the following lines just below the block that creates the driver object (let driver ...) : let sessionid; driver.session_.then(function(sessiondata) { sessionid = sessiondata.id_; }); finally, update the driver.sleep(2000) ... block near the bottom of the code to add rest api calls (again, replace the your-user-name and your-access-key placeholders in the code with your actual user name and access key values): driver.sleep(2000).then(function() { driver.gettitle().then(function(title) { if(title === 'webdriver - google search') { console.log('test passed'); request({uri: "...
...And 6 more matches

Addon
s are considered "required" and others "optional," which means that the optional methods or property may not exist on addon instances for some types of add-ons. api consumers should take care to verify the existence of these methods or properties before relying on them. ...
...dered "required" and others "optional," which means that the optional methods or property may not exist on addon instances for some types of add-ons. api consumers should take care to verify the existence of these methods or properties before relying on them. ...
...h them. permissions read only integer a bitfield holding all the the operations that can be performed on this add-on. operations my be restricted based on system policies (e.g., the system administrator may not allow certain add-ons to be uninstalled), add-on type (e.g., themes may not be disabled), or add-on state (e.g., an incompatible add-on cannot be enabled). providesupdatessecurely read only boolean true if the add-on has a secure means of updating or cannot be updated at all. scope read only integer indicates what scope the add-on is installed in, per profile, user, system, or application. type read only string the type of the add-on. userdisabled boolean true if the user wants this add-on to be disabled. ...
...And 6 more matches

CustomizableUI.jsm
ent and isn't invisible), the binding will call into customizableui and register the toolbar's node as being one of the concrete instances of its area. for each area, customizableui keeps track of a list of the widgets they contain, generally refered to as 'placements'. this is analogous to the old currentset attribute. if consumers make a change to the placements in an area, customizableui will update the actual nodes in each area instance for them. toolbars generally function the same way they always have. however, they can now be 'overflowable', that is, if there are too many widgets to fit in the toolbar's horizontal space, the excess widgets will be placed in a panel accessible from an anchor (chevron) in the toolbar. in order to register such a toolbar, set the 'overflowable' property to...
...d areason indicates whether the area as a whole was unregistered (reason_area_unregistered), or whether a window closed (reason_window_closed). onareanoderegistered(aarea, anode) fired after an area node is first built when it is registered. this is often when the window has opened, but in the case of add-ons, could fire when the node has just been registered with customizableui after an add-on update or disable/enable sequence. onwidgetcreated(awidgetid) fired when a widget with id awidgetid has been created, but before it is added to any placements or any dom nodes have been constructed. only fired for api-based widgets. onwidgetaftercreation(awidgetid, aarea) fired after a widget with id awidgetid has been created, and has been added to either its default area or the area in which it wa...
...rnode(atoolbar, aexistingchildren); void registermenupanel(apanel); void unregisterarea(aareaid, adestroyplacements); void addwidgettoarea(awidgetid, aareaid, [optional] aposition); void removewidgetfromarea(awidgetid); void movewidgetwithinarea(awidgetid, aposition); void ensurewidgetplacedinwindow(awidgetid, awindow); void beginbatchupdate(); void endbatchupdate(aforcedirty); widgetgroupwrapper createwidget(awidgetspecification); void destroywidget(awidgetid); widgetgroupwrapper getwidget(awidgetid); array getunusedwidgets(awindow); array getwidgetidsinarea(aareaid); array getwidgetsinarea(aareaid); string getareatype(aareaid); domelement getcustomizet...
...And 6 more matches

Mozilla Development Strategies
this article offers some strategies and suggestions to help developers stay productive. warning: the content of this article may be out of date. it has not been updated for usage of mercurial (instead of cvs). work on the most important bugs first everyone likes to check in. but keep in mind that your checkin rate isn't everything. it's better to fix one data loss bug, crasher, or performance bug that really affects the user than edge case bugs that are rarely seen or minor bugs. make sure documentation gets updated if the bug you're fixing is likely to require an update to developer documentation once it's fixed, be sure to add the dev-doc-needed keyword to the bug (or ask someone to do it, if you don't have editbugs privileges on bugzilla). this puts the bug on the radar of ...
...if you don't mark the bug, your work might go unnoticed by the docs team! of course, our documentation is a wiki; you can really help by updating the documentation yourself. even if you're not comfortable with your writing skills, keep in mind that our helpful, happy documentation gnomes will follow along behind you and clean up for you. ...
... you appreciate anyone who finds a bug in your code. appreciate it even more if they find it before you ship. they're giving you a second chance to get it right before it becomes a bug that affects users. minimize how you are affected by regressions unless you are the type to go out and tackle daily regressions, you need to find a way to not let them affect you. ...
...And 6 more matches

nsINavBookmarksService
ey 2.11) implemented by: @mozilla.org/browser/nav-bookmarks-service;1. ...
...obsolete since gecko 1.9 void getbookmarkidsforuri(in nsiuri auri, [optional] out unsigned long count, [array, retval, size_is(c...
...ill keep an owning reference to the observer. if ownsweak is true, then aobserver must implement nsisupportsweakreference, and the bookmark service will keep a weak reference to the observer. void addobserver( in nsinavbookmarkobserver observer, in boolean ownsweak ); parameters observer the bookmark observer to be added. ownsweak the owning reference state (boolean). ...
...And 6 more matches

Using the application cache - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
er has allowed to use offline capabilities. loading documents the use of an application cache modifies the normal process of loading a document: if an application cache exists, the browser loads the document and its associated resources directly from the cache, without accessing the network. this speeds up the document load time. the browser then checks to see if the cache manifest has been updated on the server. if the cache manifest has been updated, the browser downloads a new version of the manifest and the resources listed in the manifest. this is done in the background and does not affect performance significantly. the process for loading documents and updating the application cache is specified in greater detail below: when the browser visits a document that includes the manif...
...t document cause the browser to load the document and other assets specified in the manifest file from the application cache (not from the server). in addition, the browser also sends a checking event to the window.applicationcache object, and fetches the manifest file, following the appropriate http caching rules. if the currently-cached copy of the manifest is up-to-date, the browser sends a noupdate event to the applicationcache object, and the update process is complete. note that if you change any cached resources on the server, you must also change the manifest file itself, so that the browser knows it needs to fetch all the resources again. if the manifest file has changed, all the files listed in the manifest—as well as those added to the cache by calling applicationcache.add()—are...
... manifest file has changed, all the files listed in the manifest—as well as those added to the cache by calling applicationcache.add()—are fetched into a temporary cache, following the appropriate http caching rules. for each file fetched into this temporary cache, the browser sends a progress event to the applicationcache object. if any errors occur, the browser sends an error event, and the update halts. once all the files have been successfully retrieved, they are moved into the real offline cache automatically, and a cached event is sent to the applicationcache object. since the document has already been loaded into the browser from the cache, the updated document will not be rendered until the document is reloaded (either manually or programatically). storage location and clearing th...
...And 6 more matches

ui/button/toggle - Archive of obsolete content
/firefox-32.png" }, onchange: function(state) { console.log(state.label + " checked state: " + state.checked); } }); by default, the button appears in the firefox toolbar: however, users can move it to the firefox menu panel: badged buttons new in firefox 36. you can add a "badge" to a button using its badge property. this can contain a number or a string, and you can update it at any time. by default the badge's color is red, but you can set your own color using the badgecolor property, specified as a css <color> value: var { togglebutton } = require("sdk/ui/button/toggle"); var button = togglebutton({ id: "my-button1", label: "my button1", icon: "./icon-16.png", onchange: changed, badge: 0, badgecolor: "#00aaaa" }); function changed(sta...
...hide }); function handlechange(state) { if (state.checked) { panel.show({ position: button }); } } function handlehide() { button.state('window', {checked: false}); } disabling buttons you can disable a button by setting its disabled property to true. a disabled button will not generate click or change events and its icon will appear disabled: updating state you can update all the button's properties, except for its id. depending on your application, you might want a button to have different state in different browser windows or different tabs. for example, you might want to give it a different appearance when the current page is being served over https. the button api handles this by defining a tree of potential states. at the root is the global state, then there...
...abel"; you can set state to be specific to a window or tab using the button's state() method. to set state like this, call state() with 2 parameters: the first parameter is a window or tab object or as a shorthand, the string "window" for the currently active window, or the string "tab" for the currently active tab the second parameter is an object containing the state properties you wish to update. here's an add-on with a button that disables itself when you click it, but only for the currently active window: var { togglebutton } = require("sdk/ui/button/toggle"); var button = togglebutton({ id: "my-button", label: "my button", icon: { "16": "./firefox-16.png", "32": "./firefox-32.png" }, onclick: disableforthiswindow }); function disableforthiswindow...
...And 5 more matches

How to convert an overlay extension to restartless - Archive of obsolete content
eferences if you want to keep your preference file in defaults/preferences/, the approach above only works as long as your extension is unpacked. for packed extensions (the default), you can either load a module similar to firebug’s prefloader.js or load this workaround module (n.b. as of may 29, 2017, that module does not work with packed extensions; i'm preserving the link in case the author updates the gist to fix this issue). step 5: no more internal jar files you know how i've been mentioning extractionless add-ons every once in a while thus far? well, you should probably consider switching to be extractionless when you go restartless. an old-style add-on installer is packaged something like this: myaddon.xpi file (glorified zip) └─ chrome.manifest └─ install.rdf └─ chrome...
...single jar file made all your stuff load in one file read, which was faster. extractionless xpis are bascially a standardization of this idea. xpi files are glorified zips, and zip compression is horrible. doing anuncompressed internal jar (aka, another zip) acts like a poor-man's solid archive and significantly boosts the overall compression ratio of the xpi, resulting in smaller installers and updates. so, it's pretty much internal jaror extractionless xpi. well, you can't use an internal jar anymore. firefox aggressively caches add-on data a bit too much. your restartless add-on won't actually reload some types of files if they are in a jar and the add-on is updated without a restart. the big culprits are jsm files and locale files (namely property files), though in some situations this is...
...on == app_shutdown) return; foreachopenwindow(unloadfromwindow); services.wm.removelistener(windowlistener); mymodule.shutdown(); // do whatever shutdown stuff you need to do on addon disable components.utils.unload("chrome://myaddon/content/mymodule.jsm"); // same url as above // hack warning: the addon manager does not properly clear all addon related caches on update; // in order to fully update images and locales, their caches need clearing here services.obs.notifyobservers(null, "chrome-flush-caches", null); } function install(data,reason) { } function uninstall(data,reason) { } function loadintowindow(window) { /* call/move your ui construction function here */ } function unloadfromwindow(window) { /* call/move your ui tear down funct...
...And 5 more matches

Implementing controls using the Gamepad API - Game development
connected. ...
...an array of gamepadbutton objects containing pressed and value properties. the index variable is useful if we're connecting more than one controller and want to identify them to act accordingly — for example when we have a two-player game requiring two devices to be connected. ...
...cts containing pressed and value properties. the index variable is useful if we're connecting more than one controller and want to identify them to act accordingly — for example when we have a two-player game requiring two devices to be connected. querying the gamepad object beside connect() and disconnect(), there are two more methods in the gamepadapi object: update() and buttonpressed(). ...
...And 5 more matches

Images in HTML - Learn web development
.a11y-label { margin: 0; text-align: right; font-size: 0.7rem; width: 98%; } body { margin: 10px; background: #f5f9fa; } var textarea = document.getelementbyid('code'); var reset = document.getelementbyid('reset'); var solution = document.getelementbyid('solution'); var output = document.queryselector('.output'); var code = textarea.value; var userentry = textarea.value; function updatecode() { output.innerhtml = textarea.value; } reset.addeventlistener('click', function() { textarea.value = code; userentry = textarea.value; solutionentry = htmlsolution; solution.value = 'show solution'; updatecode(); }); solution.addeventlistener('click', function() { if(solution.value === 'show solution') { textarea.value = solutionentry; solution.value = 'hide solution...
...) { textarea.value = code; userentry = textarea.value; solutionentry = htmlsolution; solution.value = 'show solution'; updatecode(); }); solution.addeventlistener('click', function() { if(solution.value === 'show solution') { textarea.value = solutionentry; solution.value = 'hide solution'; } else { textarea.value = userentry; solution.value = 'show solution'; } updatecode(); }); var htmlsolution = '<img src="https://udn.realityripple.com/samples/ec/5a13bd14f6.jpg"\n alt="the head and torso of a dinosaur skeleton; it has a large head with long sharp teeth"\n width="200"\n height="171"\n title="a t-rex on display in the manchester university museum">'; var solutionentry = htmlsolution; textarea.addeventlistener('input', updatecode); window.addeventlistener('lo...
...); }); var htmlsolution = '<img src="https://udn.realityripple.com/samples/ec/5a13bd14f6.jpg"\n alt="the head and torso of a dinosaur skeleton; it has a large head with long sharp teeth"\n width="200"\n height="171"\n title="a t-rex on display in the manchester university museum">'; var solutionentry = htmlsolution; textarea.addeventlistener('input', updatecode); window.addeventlistener('load', updatecode); // stop tab key tabbing out of textarea and // make it write a tab at the caret position instead textarea.onkeydown = function(e){ if (e.keycode === 9) { e.preventdefault(); insertatcaret('\t'); } if (e.keycode === 27) { textarea.blur(); } }; function insertatcaret(text) { var scrollpos = textarea.scrolltop; var caretpos = textarea.selectionstart; var front = ...
...And 5 more matches

Arrays - Learn web development
otal.tofixed(2); </textarea> <div class="playable-buttons"> <input id="reset" type="button" value="reset"> <input id="solution" type="button" value="show solution"> </div> const textarea = document.getelementbyid('code'); const reset = document.getelementbyid('reset'); const solution = document.getelementbyid('solution'); let code = textarea.value; let userentry = textarea.value; function updatecode() { eval(textarea.value); } reset.addeventlistener('click', function() { textarea.value = code; userentry = textarea.value; solutionentry = jssolution; solution.value = 'show solution'; updatecode(); }); solution.addeventlistener('click', function() { if(solution.value === 'show solution') { textarea.value = solutionentry; solution.value = 'hide solution'; } else { ...
...n() { textarea.value = code; userentry = textarea.value; solutionentry = jssolution; solution.value = 'show solution'; updatecode(); }); solution.addeventlistener('click', function() { if(solution.value === 'show solution') { textarea.value = solutionentry; solution.value = 'hide solution'; } else { textarea.value = userentry; solution.value = 'show solution'; } updatecode(); }); const jssolution = 'const list = document.queryselector(\'.output ul\');\nconst totalbox = document.queryselector(\'.output p\');\nlet total = 0;\nlist.innerhtml = \'\';\ntotalbox.textcontent = \'\';\n\nlet products = [\'underpants:6.99\',\n \'socks:5.99\',\n \'t-shirt:14.99\',\n \'trousers:31.99\',\n \'shoes:23.99\'];\n\nfor(let i = 0; i < products.length; i++) {\n let subarray ...
...ucts[i].split(\':\');\n let name = subarray[0];\n let price = number(subarray[1]);\n total += price;\n let itemtext = name + \' — $\' + price;\n\n let listitem = document.createelement(\'li\');\n listitem.textcontent = itemtext;\n list.appendchild(listitem);\n}\n\ntotalbox.textcontent = \'total: $\' + total.tofixed(2);'; let solutionentry = jssolution; textarea.addeventlistener('input', updatecode); window.addeventlistener('load', updatecode); // stop tab key tabbing out of textarea and // make it write a tab at the caret position instead textarea.onkeydown = function(e){ if (e.keycode === 9) { e.preventdefault(); insertatcaret('\t'); } if (e.keycode === 27) { textarea.blur(); } }; function insertatcaret(text) { const scrollpos = textarea.scrolltop; const c...
...And 5 more matches

React interactivity: Editing, filtering, conditional rendering - Learn web development
filtering and an editing ui in our app. editing the name of a task we don’t have a user interface for editing the name of a task yet. we'll get to that in a moment. to start with, we can at least implement an edittask() function in app.js. it’ll be similar to deletetask() because it'll take an id to find its target object, but it'll also take a newname property containing the name to update the task to. we'll use array.prototype.map() instead of array.prototype.filter() because we want to return a new array with some changes, instead of deleting something from the array. add the edittask() function inside your app component, in the same place as the other functions: function edittask(id, newname) { const editedtasklist = tasks.map(task => { // if this task has the same id as t...
...default isediting state from false to true in your code for now; we will look at making the edit button toggle this in the next section! toggling the <todo /> templates at long last, we are ready to make our final core feature interactive. to start with, we want to call setediting() with a value of true when a user presses the "edit" button in our viewtemplate, so that we can switch templates. ...
...n switch templates. update the "edit" button in the viewtemplate like so: <button type="button" classname="btn" onclick={() => setediting(true)}> edit <span classname="visually-hidden">{props.name}</span> </button> now we'll add the same onclick handler to the "cancel" button in the editingtemplate, but this time we'll set isediting to false so that it switches us back to the view template. update the "cancel" button in the edittemplate like so: <button type="button" classname="btn todo-cancel" onclick={() => setediting(false)} > cancel <span classname="visually-hidden">renaming {props.name}</span> </button> with this code in place, you should be able to press the "edit" and "cancel" buttons in your todo items to toggle between templates. the next step is to actually make ...
...And 5 more matches

FIPS mode of operation
fc_login fc_logout object management functions these functions manage certificates and keys. fc_createobject fc_copyobject fc_destroyobject fc_getobjectsize fc_getattributevalue fc_setattributevalue fc_findobjectsinit fc_findobjects fc_findobjectsfinal encryption functions these functions support triple des and aes in ecb and cbc modes. ...
..._getobjectsize fc_getattributevalue fc_setattributevalue fc_findobjectsinit fc_findobjects fc_findobjectsfinal encryption functions these functions support triple des and aes in ecb and cbc modes. fc_encryptinit fc_encrypt fc_encryptupdate fc_encryptfinal decryption functions these functions support triple des and aes in ecb and cbc modes. fc_decryptinit fc_decrypt fc_decryptupdate fc_decryptfinal message digesting functions these functions support sha-1, sha-256, sha-384, and sha-512. ...
... support triple des and aes in ecb and cbc modes. fc_encryptinit fc_encrypt fc_encryptupdate fc_encryptfinal decryption functions these functions support triple des and aes in ecb and cbc modes. fc_decryptinit fc_decrypt fc_decryptupdate fc_decryptfinal message digesting functions these functions support sha-1, sha-256, sha-384, and sha-512. fc_digestinit fc_digest fc_digestupdate fc_digestkey fc_digestfinal signature and mac generation functions these functions support dsa, rsa, ecdsa, and hmac. fc_signinit fc_sign fc_signupdate fc_signfinal fc_signrecoverinit fc_signrecover signature and mac verification functions these functions support dsa, rsa, ecdsa, and hmac. ...
...And 5 more matches

Utility functions
hash_gethashtypebyoidtag mxr 3.8 and later hash_gettype mxr 3.12 and later hash_hashbuf mxr 3.10 and later hash_resultlen mxr 3.4 and later hash_resultlenbyoidtag mxr 3.10 and later hash_resultlencontext mxr 3.10 and later hash_update mxr 3.4 and later nss_init mxr 3.2 and later nss_initialize mxr 3.2 and later nss_initreadwrite mxr 3.2 and later nss_initwithmerge mxr 3.12 and later nss_isinitialized mxr 3.9.2 and later nss_nodb_init mxr 3.2 and late...
...r 3.2 and later nss_unregistershutdown mxr 3.11.1 and later nss_versioncheck mxr 3.2 and later nssbase64_decodebuffer mxr 3.4 and later nssbase64decoder_create mxr 3.2 and later nssbase64decoder_destroy mxr 3.2 and later nssbase64decoder_update mxr 3.2 and later nssbase64_encodeitem mxr 3.4 and later nssbase64encoder_create mxr 3.2 and later nssbase64encoder_destroy mxr 3.2 and later nssbase64encoder_update mxr 3.2 and later nssrwlock_destroy mxr 3.2 and later nssrwlock_h...
... later sec_asn1decoderclearnotifyproc mxr 3.2 and later sec_asn1decoderfinish mxr 3.2 and later sec_asn1decodersetfilterproc mxr 3.2 and later sec_asn1decodersetnotifyproc mxr 3.2 and later sec_asn1decoderstart mxr 3.2 and later sec_asn1decoderupdate mxr 3.2 and later sec_asn1encode mxr 3.2 and later sec_asn1encodeinteger mxr 3.2 and later sec_asn1encodeitem mxr 3.2 and later sec_asn1encoderabort mxr 3.9 and later sec_asn1encoderclearnotifyproc mxr 3.2 and later sec_asn1encoder...
...And 5 more matches

Places Developer Guide
the bookmarks service: removeitem(aitemid) - works for all types removefolder(aitemid) - works for folders and livemarks removefolderchildren(aitemid) - works for folders and livemarks observing bookmark events the nsinavbookmarkobserver interface is used for observing bookmarks activity such as item additions, changes and deletions. ...
...ildren(aitemid) - works for folders and livemarks observing bookmark events the nsinavbookmarkobserver interface is used for observing bookmarks activity such as item additions, changes and deletions. // create a bookmark observer var observer = { onbeginupdatebatch: function() { // this method is notified when a batch of changes are about to occur. // observers can use this to suspend updates to the user-interface, for example // while a batch change is occurring. ...
...server interface is used for observing bookmarks activity such as item additions, changes and deletions. // create a bookmark observer var observer = { onbeginupdatebatch: function() { // this method is notified when a batch of changes are about to occur. // observers can use this to suspend updates to the user-interface, for example // while a batch change is occurring. }, onendupdatebatch: function() { this._inbatch = false; }, onitemadded: function(id, folder, index) { }, onitemremoved: function(id, folder, index) { }, onitemchanged: function(id, property, isannotationproperty, value) { // isannotationproperty is a boolean value that is true of the changed property is an annotation. // you can access a bookmark item's annotations with the <code>nsiann...
...And 5 more matches

nsIDOMWindowUtils
boolean dispatchdomeventviapresshell(in nsidomnode atarget, in nsidomevent aevent, in boolean atrusted); nsidomelement elementfrompoint(in float ax, in float ay, in boolean aignorerootscrollframe, in boolean aflushlayout); void entermodalstate(); nsidomelement findelementwithviewid(in nsviewid aid); void focus(in nsidomelement aelement); void forceupdatenativemenuat(in astring indexstring); void garbagecollect([optional] in nsicyclecollectorlistener alistener); short getcursortype(); astring getdocumentmetadata(in astring aname); nsidomwindow getouterwindowwithid(in unsigned long long aouterwindowid); long getpccountscriptcount(); astring getpccountscriptsummary(in long ascript); ...
... void removesheet(in nsiuri sheeturi, in unsigned long type); void resumetimeouts(); voi...
...hat currently has focus, and focus the document. cannot be accessed from unprivileged context (not content-accessible) will throw a dom security error if called without universalxpconnect privileges. do not use this method. just use element.focus if available or nsifocusmanager.setfocus() instead. void focus( in nsidomelement aelement ); parameters aelement the element to focus. forceupdatenativemenuat() see nsiwidget.forceupdatenativemenuat(). cannot be accessed from unprivileged context (not content-accessible) will throw a dom security error if called without universalxpconnect privileges. void forceupdatenativemenuat( in astring indexstring ); parameters indexstring garbagecollect() force a garbage collection followed by a cycle collection. will throw a dom secu...
...And 5 more matches

Drawing and Event Handling - Plugins
igin(portx, porty) to place the upper-left corner of its rectangle at (0,0). the mac os grafport structure's cliprgn field should be set to the clipping rectangle for the instance in port coordinates. because the plug-in and the browser share the same graphics port, they share the responsibility for managing it correctly. the browser sets up the port for the plug-in before passing the plug-in an update event in two ways: the browser calls setorigin(npport->portx, npport->porty). this method makes the instance's upper-left coordinate equal to (0,0). the browser sets the port's clip region to the region of the plug-in currently visible (not scrolled off the page, obscured by floating palettes, or otherwise hidden). however, for the plug-in to draw at any other time, for example, to highligh...
...pvpluginwindowbool, (void*)false); } invalidating the drawing area before it can repaint or refresh part of its drawing area, a windowless plug-in must first invalidate the area with either of these browser methods: npn_invalidaterect or npn_invalidateregion. both methods perform the same operations: they invalidate the specified drawing area prior to repainting or refreshing. they pass an update event or a paint message to the plug-in. the browser redraws invalid areas of the document and windowless plug-ins at regularly timed intervals. to force a paint message, the plug-in can call npn_forceredraw after calling one of the invalidate methods. if a plug-in calls one of these methods, it receives a paint message asynchronously. void npn_invalidaterect(npp instance, nprect *invalidrect)...
...void npn_invalidaterect(npp instance, nprect *invalidrect); void npn_invalidateregion(npp instance, npregion invalidregion); the instance parameter represents the current plug-in. the invalidrect and invalidregion parameters represent the area to invalidate, specified in a coordinate system whose origin is at the top left of the plug-in. both methods cause the npp_handleevent method to pass an update event or a paint message to the plug-in. #ifdef xp_mac typedef rgnhandle npregion; #elif defined(xp_win) typedef hrgn npregion; #elif defined(xp_unix) typedef region npregion; #else typedef void* npregion; #endif /* xp_mac */ void npn_invalidaterect(npp instance, nprect *invalidrect); void npn_invalidateregion(npp instance, npregion invalidregion); forcing a paint message windowed an...
...And 5 more matches

Using IndexedDB - Web APIs
...
...n mode when necessary. you can concurrently run multiple readonly transactions with overlapping scopes, but you can have only one readwrite transaction for an object store. to learn more, see the definition for transactions in the basic concepts article. updating an entry in the database now we've retrieved some data, updating it and inserting it back into the indexeddb is pretty simple. ...
...ved some data, updating it and inserting it back into the indexeddb is pretty simple. let's update the previous example somewhat: var objectstore = db.transaction(["customers"], "readwrite").objectstore("customers"); var request = objectstore.get("444-44-4444"); request.onerror = function(event) { // handle errors! ...
...And 5 more matches

MediaDevices.ondevicechange - Web APIs
the mediadevices.ondevicechange property is an eventhandler which specifies a function to be called when the devicechange event occurs on a mediadevices instance. this happens whenever the set of media devices available to the user agent and, by extension, to the web site or app has changed. you can at any time use enumeratedevices() to get the updated list of available devices. ...
...t and, by extension, to the web site or app has changed. you can at any time use enumeratedevices() to get the updated list of available devices. syntax mediadevices.ondevicechange = eventhandler; value a function you provide which accepts as input a event object describing the devicechange event that occurred. there is no information about the change included in the event object; to get the updated list of devices, you'll have to use enumeratedevices(). example in this example, we create a function called updatedevicelist(), which is called once when mediadevices.getusermedia() successfully obtains a stream, and then is called any time the device list changes. it displays in the browser window two lists: one of audio devices and one of video devices, with both the device's label (name) a...
...og(msg) { logelement.innerhtml += msg + "<br>"; } document.getelementbyid("startbutton").addeventlistener("click", function() { navigator.mediadevices.getusermedia({ video: { width: 160, height: 120, framerate: 30 }, audio: { samplerate: 44100, samplesize: 16, volume: 0.25 } }).then(stream => { videoelement.srcobject = stream; updatedevicelist(); }) .catch(err => log(err.name + ": " + err.message)); }, false); we set up global variables that contain references to the <ul> elements that are used to list the audio and video devices: let audiolist = document.getelementbyid("audiolist"); let videolist = document.getelementbyid("videolist"); getting and drawing the device list now let's take a look at updatedevicelist...
...And 5 more matches

Using the Web Animations API - Web APIs
in the above example, to make sure that alice’s color changes at 30% (not 50%) for the color change, we are giving it offset: 0.3. currently, there should be at least two keyframes specified (representing the starting and ending states of the animation sequence). if your keyframe list has only one entry, element.animate() may throw a notsupportederror exception in some browsers until they are updated. so to recap, the keys are equally spaced by default unless you specify an offset on a key. handy, no? representing timing properties we’ll also need to create an object of timing properties (an animationeffecttimingproperties object) corresponding to the values in alice’s animation: var alicetiming = { duration: 3000, iterations: infinity } you’ll notice a few differences here fr...
...the web animations api provides several useful methods for controlling playback. let’s take a look at pausing and playing animations in the growing/shrinking alice game (check out the full code on codepen): in this game, alice has an an...
...to a world where she must run to stay in place — and run twice as fast to move forward! in the red queen’s race example, alice and the red queen are running to stay in place (check out the full code on codepen): because small children tire out easily, unlike automaton chess pieces, alice is constantly slowing down. we can do this by setting a decay on her animation’s playbackrate. ...
...And 5 more matches

widget - Archive of obsolete content
} }); // a widget that changes display on mouseover. widgets.widget({ id: "mouseover-effect", label: "widget with changing image on mouseover", contenturl: "http://www.yahoo.com/favicon.ico", onmouseover: function() { this.contenturl = "http://www.bing.com/favicon.ico"; }, onmouseout: function() { this.contenturl = "http://www.yahoo.com/favicon.ico"; } }); // a widget that updates content on a timer. widgets.widget({ id: "auto-update-widget", label: "widget that updates content on a timer", content: "0", contentscript: 'settimeout(function() {' + ' document.body.innerhtml++;' + '}, 2000)', contentscriptwhen: "ready" }); // a widget created with a specified width, that grows. var mywidget = widgets.widget({ id: "widget-effect...
.... parameters window : browserwindow the browserwindow instance to match. returns widgetview : a widgetview instance associated with the browser window. any changes subsequently applied to this object will only be applied to the widget attached to that window. properties label the widget's label. read-only. content a string containing the widget's content. it can contain html. setting it updates the widget's appearance immediately. however, if the widget was created using contenturl, then this property is meaningless, and setting it has no effect. contenturl the url of content to load into the widget. this can point to local content loaded from your add-on's "data" directory or remote content, an image or web content. setting it updates the widget's appearance immediately. however, if...
...effect. setting the contenturl property will break the channel of communication between this widget and any content scripts it contains. messages sent from the content script will no longer be received by the main add-on code, and vice versa. this issue is currently tracked as bug 825434. panel a panel to open when the user clicks on the widget. width the widget's width in pixels. setting it updates the widget's appearance immediately. tooltip the text of the tooltip that appears when the user hovers over the widget. allow a object describing permissions for the content. it contains a single key named script whose value is a boolean that indicates whether or not to execute script in the content. contentscriptfile a local file url or an array of local file urls of content scripts to lo...
...And 4 more matches

cfx - Archive of obsolete content
. defaults to test-harness. cfx xpi this tool is used to package your add-on as an xpi file, which is the install file format for mozilla add-ons. called with no options, this command looks for a file called package.json in the current directory and creates the corresponding xpi file. once you have built an xpi file you can distribute your add-on by submitting it to addons.mozilla.org. ...
...test-harness. cfx xpi this tool is used to package your add-on as an xpi file, which is the install file format for mozilla add-ons. called with no options, this command looks for a file called package.json in the current directory and creates the corresponding xpi file. once you have built an xpi file you can distribute your add-on by submitting it to addons.mozilla.org. ...
...nd looks for a file called package.json in the current directory and creates the corresponding xpi file. once you have built an xpi file you can distribute your add-on by submitting it to addons.mozilla.org. updateurl and updatelink if you choose to host the xpi yourself you should enable the host application to find new versions of your add-on. to do this, include a url in the xpi called the updateurl: the host application will go here to get information about updates. ...
...And 4 more matches

MCD, Mission Control Desktop, AKA AutoConfig - Archive of obsolete content
curial.i586 0:1.2.1-1.fc11 check merge tools in [root@b008-02 ~]# vim /etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/mergetools.rc get the source comm-central [root@b008-02 moz]# time hg clone http://hg.mozilla.org/comm-central/ commsrc requesting all changes adding changesets adding manifests adding file changes added 2975 changesets with 16793 changes to 7117 files (+3 heads) updating working directory 5644 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved real 0m40.771s user 0m9.284s sys 0m1.304s [root@b008-02 commsrc]# python client.py checkout executing command: ['hg', 'pull', '-r', './.', '-r', 'tip'] pulling from http://hg.mozilla.org/comm-central/ searching for changes no changes found executing command: ['hg', 'update', '-r', 'default', '-r', './.'] 0 files updated, 0 files ...
...unresolved real 0m40.771s user 0m9.284s sys 0m1.304s [root@b008-02 commsrc]# python client.py checkout executing command: ['hg', 'pull', '-r', './.', '-r', 'tip'] pulling from http://hg.mozilla.org/comm-central/ searching for changes no changes found executing command: ['hg', 'update', '-r', 'default', '-r', './.'] 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved updated to revision c10119db13cad9797b05750bfe18a57261a88922. ...
...hing for changes no changes found executing command: ['hg', 'update', '-r', 'default', '-r', './.'] 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved updated to revision c10119db13cad9797b05750bfe18a57261a88922. executing command: ['hg', 'clone', 'http://hg.mozilla.org/releases/mozilla-1.9.1/', './mozilla'] requesting all changes adding changesets ... executing command: ['hg', 'update', '-r', 'default', '-r', './mozilla/extensions/inspector'] 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved updated to revision 51c6d483a4c15a657df18540219bd0201896c6f2. cvs checkout begin: 2009-06-30 10:28:31 utc executing command: ['cvs', '-d', ':pserver:anonymous@cvs-mirror.mozilla.org:/cvsroot', '-q', 'checkout', '-p', '-r', 'ldapcsdk_6_0_6b_mozilla_rtm', '-d', 'c-sdk', 'm...
...And 4 more matches

How to Write and Land Nanojit Patches - Archive of obsolete content
eful. scenario 1: creating an internal (ie. nanojit-only) patch write the patch in whichever repository you like. for mozilla people it's probably best done in your tracemonkey repo, for adobe people it's probably best done in your tamarin-redux repo. once the patch seems ready, copy it to the other two repositories and test it. ...
...le it's probably best done in your tamarin-redux repo. once the patch seems ready, copy it to the other two repositories and test it. [njn: it's possible that the other tm/tr public repo hasn't been updated from nanojit-central sufficiently recently, in which case the patch won't apply cleanly. if the breakage is minor you'll be able to fix it by hand. if it's major you'll need to do a private update of that other repo in order to test. but don't push that update, as that should only be done by a member of that public repo.] once it passes testing, file the patch to bugzilla (file a bug under the "nanojit" component in the "core" product) and get a review. generally, patches by mozilla people should be reviewed by adobe people and vice versa. once it passes review, land it on nanojit-central...
...reakage. scenario 2: creating an external patch write and test the patch, as in scenario 1 above. split the patch into three parts: nanojit, tracemonkey, tamarin. file them all in a single bug. reviews should involve people from both mozilla and adobe. once all the patches pass review, land the nanojit patch on nanojit-central and mark the bug as fixed-in-nanojit. whoever does the next tm/tr update (scenario 3 below) will deal with the other patches. scenario 3: doing a periodic nj-to-tm/tr update this step is only done by certain people. nnethercote usually does it for mozilla, edwsmith and stejohns usually do it for adobe. note that you'd only do this for your company's tm/tr repo, ie. mozilla people for tm, and adobe people for tr. propagate all recent nanojit-central changes to your...
...And 4 more matches

Using workers in extensions - Archive of obsolete content
tus bar extension creating a dynamic status bar extension adding preferences to an extension localizing an extension updating an extension to support multiple mozilla applications download the sample you may download the complete example: download the example. how this differs from previous versions this version of the stock ticker extension moves the xmlhttprequest call that fetches updated stock information into a worker thread, which then passes that information back to the main body of the extension's code to update the display in the status bar. this demonstrates not only how to use workers in an extension, but also how to perform xmlhttprequest in a worker, and how workers and main thread code can pass data back and forth. the worker the worker thread's job in this example i...
...that's all it does. every 10 minutes, it calls xmlhttprequest, and, when the results are received, sends an event back to the main thread with the received data. so we need to move the refreshinformation() method from the stockwatcher2.js file into a separate file that will host the worker thread. ...
... the stock symbol being tracked is set to the upper case version of that value. this is used to initialize the worker, and to change which stock is being monitored. if there is no data field, the refreshinformation() method is called to fetch the latest information about the stock and pass it back to the main thread. this provides a way for the main thread to specifically request that the worker update the stock information at once. the refreshinformation() method is fairly similar to the previous versions, with two notable exceptions: if the ticker symbol has not been set yet, an exception is thrown (lines 4-6). when the result is received from xmlhttprequest, instead of immediately updating the displayed information in the status bar, a message is sent to the main thread using the worke...
...And 4 more matches

XForms Input Element - Archive of obsolete content
allows for free-form data entry (xhtml/xul). characteristics a text field is presented to the user when there is no type given for the bound node or a type is specified that is not handled by one of the other widgets (as documented below). analogous widgets are <xhtml:input type="text"/> and <xul:textbox/> specific handling of attributes incremental - if "true", the bound instance node will be updated on each character typed by the user. if "false", or the incremental attribute is omitted on this element then the bound instance node will be updated when the control loses the focus. checkbox most often used when the form author only needs a simple 'true', 'false', '1', or '0' response from the user (xhtml/xul). characteristics used when the instance node is of type xsd:boolean or a type deri...
...ics used when the instance node is of type xsd:boolean or a type derived from it analogous widgets are <xhtml:input type="checkbox"/> and <xul:checkbox/> the corresponding label can be displayed before or after the checkbox by using the labelposition attribute. specific handling of attributes incremental - if "true" or this attribute is omitted from this element, then the instance node will be updated when the user checks or un-checks the checkbox. if "false" then the instance node will be updated when the checkbox loses the focus. labelposition - a mozilla xforms extension in the namespace http://www.mozilla.org/projects/xfor...009/extensions. this attribute is optional, possible values are before and after. the default value if omitted is after. it controls the display of the label relative...
...field for direct user input next to a button that when activated will 'drop down' a calender widget that the user can also interact with (xhtml/xul). characteristics used when the instance node is of type xsd:date or a type derived from it. will not work with xsd:datetime (behavior defaults to text input). specific handling of attributes incremental - if "true", the bound instance node will be updated on each character typed by the user or when the user clicks on a date from the calendar widget. if "false" or the incremental attribute is omitted on this element then the bound instance node will be updated when the control loses focus. calendar a form author may notice a xforms input element represented by a calendar widget in the mozilla xforms processor if the control meets the following cr...
...And 4 more matches

Building up a basic demo with the PlayCanvas engine - Game development
example code in the second one. there is one helper variable already included, which will store a reference to the <canvas> element. before reading on, copy this code to a new text file and save it in your working directory as index.html. playcanvas application to begin developing our game we have to create the playcanvas application first (using the given <canvas> element), and then start the update loop. add the following code to the bottom of your second <script> element: var app = new pc.application(canvas); app.start(); the pc global object contains all the playcanvas functions available in the engine. next, we'll set the canvas to fill the window, and automatically change its resolution to be the same as the canvas size. again, add the following lines at the bottom of your script. ...
...e code above assign a dark grey ambient light for the whole scene. the box look better now, but it could get some colors to look even better - for that we need to create material for it. material the basic playcanvas material is called phongmaterial — add the following lines below the previous code. var boxmaterial = new pc.phongmaterial(); boxmaterial.diffuse.set(0, 0.58, 0.86); boxmaterial.update(); box.model.model.meshinstances[0].material = boxmaterial; by diffusing the light on the object we can give it it's own color —we'll choose a nice familiar blue. note: in playcanvas, the color channel values are provided as floats in the range 0-1, instead of integers of 0-255 as you might be used to using on the web. after the material is created and its color is set, it has to be updat...
... code we used for creating a cube, but instead of the box component we are adding a cylinder. it is also rotated around the x axis to show it's actually a 3d shape. to make the cylinder have a color, let's say yellow, we need to create the material for it, as before. add the following lines: var cylindermaterial = new pc.phongmaterial(); cylindermaterial.diffuse.set(1, 0.58, 0); cylindermaterial.update(); cylinder.model.model.meshinstances[0].material = cylindermaterial; cone creating a cone and its material is done in almost exacly the same way as we did for the cylinder. add the following code, again, at the bottom of your script: var cone = new pc.entity(); cone.addcomponent("model", { type: "cone" }); app.root.addchild(cone); cone.translate(2, 0, 0); var conematerial = new pc.phongmate...
...And 4 more matches

Index - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
ered when responses are processed by cors, since they're considered safe (as the headers listed in access-control-expose-headers). 51 crlf cr, crlf, glossary, infrastructure, lf, carriage return, line feed cr and lf are control characters or bytecode that can be used to mark a line break in a text file. 52 crud glossary, infrastructure crud (create, read, update, delete) is an acronym for ways one can operate on stored data. it is a mnemonic for the four basic functions of persistent storage. crud typically refers to operations performed in a database or datastore, but it can also apply to higher level functions of an application such as soft deletes where data is not actually deleted but marked as deleted via a status. 53 csp glossary, h...
...ferent numeric types exist; for example, integers, floats, doubles, or bignums. 295 oop beginner, codingscripting, glossary oop (object-oriented programming) is an approach in programming in which data is encapsulated within objects and the object itself is operated on, rather than its component parts. 296 ota glossary, infrastructure, intro, ota, over the air, updates over the air (ota) refers to automatic updating of software on connected devices from a central server. all device owners receiving a given set of updates are on the same "channel", and each device often can access several channels (e.g. for production or engineering builds). 297 owasp glossary, security owasp (open web application security project) is a non-profit org...
...sary, infrastructure, intro, mobile, telephony ril (radio interface layer) is a mobile operating system component which communicates between the device's software and the device's phone, radio, or modem hardware. 356 rss glossary, openpractices, rss, sharing, webmechanics rss (really simple syndication) refers to several xml document formats designed for publishing site updates. when you subscribe to a website's rss feed, the website sends information and updates to your rss reader in an rss document called a feed, so you don't need to check all your favorite websites manually. 357 rtcp (rtp control protocol) glossary, media, networking, protocol, rtcp, control the rtp control protocol (rtcp) is a partner to the rtp protocol. rtcp is used to provid...
...And 4 more matches

Client-side storage - Learn web development
item on one website, it won't be available to the other website. this makes sense — you can imagine the security issues that would arise if websites could see each other's data! a more involved example let's apply this new-found knowledge by writing a simple working example to give you an idea of how web storage can be used. our example will allow you enter a name, after which the page will update to give you a personalized greeting. this state will also persist across page/browser reloads, because the name is stored in web storage. you can find the example html at personal-greeting.html — this contains a simple website with a header, content, and footer, and a form for entering your name. let's build up the example, so you can understand how it works. first, make a local copy ...
...tings and updating the form display namedisplaycheck(); }); at this point we also need an event handler to run a function when the "forget" button is clicked — this is only displayed after the "say hello" button has been clicked (the two form states toggle back and forth). in this function we remove the name item from web storage using removeitem(), then again run namedisplaycheck() to update the display. add this to the bottom: // run function when the 'forget' button is clicked forgetbtn.addeventlistener('click', function() { // remove the stored name from web storage localstorage.removeitem('name'); // run namedisplaycheck() to sort out displaying the // generic greeting again and updating the form display namedisplaycheck(); }); it is now time to define the name...
... displaydata(); }; transaction.onerror = function() { console.log('transaction not opened due to error'); }; } this is quite complex; breaking it down, we: run event.preventdefault() on the event object to stop the form actually submitting in the conventional manner (this would cause a page refresh...
...And 4 more matches

Object building practice - Learn web development
opens. type in the following to create a new ball instance: let testball = new ball(50, 100, 4, 4, 'blue', 10); try calling its members: testball.x testball.size testball.color testball.draw() when you enter the last line, you should see the ball draw itself somewhere on the canvas. ...
... 'blue', 10); try calling its members: testball.x testball.size testball.color testball.draw() when you enter the last line, you should see the ball draw itself somewhere on the canvas. updating the ball's data we can draw the ball in position, but to actually move the ball, we need an update function of some kind. ...
...ball.size testball.color testball.draw() when you enter the last line, you should see the ball draw itself somewhere on the canvas. updating the ball's data we can draw the ball in position, but to actually move the ball, we need an update function of some kind. ...
...And 4 more matches

Routing in Ember - Learn web development
ow for routing. creating the routes let's start by creating three new routes: "index", "active" and "completed". to do this you’ll need to enter the following commands into your terminal, inside the root directory of your app: ember generate route index ember generate route completed ember generate route active the second and third commands should have not only generated new files, but also updated an existing file, app/router.js. it contains the following contents: import emberrouter from '@ember/routing/router'; import config from './config/environment'; export default class router extends emberrouter { location = config.locationtype; rooturl = config.rooturl; } router.map(function() { this.route('completed'); this.route('active'); }); the highlighted lines were added when th...
...r route javascript files to allow us to easily return specific data sets to display in those models. model is a data loading lifecycle hook. for todomvc, the capabilities of model aren't that important to us; you can find more information in the ember model guide if you want to dig deeper. we also provide access to the service, like we did for the components. ...
...ex route model first of all, update todomvc/app/routes/index.js so it looks as follows: import route from '@ember/routing/route'; import { inject as service } from '@ember/service'; export default class indexroute extends route { @service('todo-data') todos; model() { let todos = this.todos; return { get alltodos() { return todos.all; } } } } we can now update the todomvc/app/templates/index.hbs file so that when it includes the <todolist /> component, it does so explicitly with the available model, calling its alltodos() getter to make sure all of the todos are shown. ...
...And 4 more matches

Using Vue computed properties - Learn web development
his.todoitems.filter(item =>item.done).length return `${numberfinisheditems} out of ${this.todoitems.length} items completed` } } now we can add {{listsummary}} directly to our template; we'll add this inside an <h2> element, just above our <ul>. we'll also add an id and an aria-labelledby attribute to assign the <h2> contents to be a label for the <ul> element. ...
...e described <h2> and update the <ul> inside your app's template as follows: <h2 id="list-summary">{{listsummary}}</h2> <ul aria-labelledby="list-summary" class="stack-large"> <li v-for="item in todoitems" :key="item.id"> <to-do-item :label="item.label" :done="item.done" :id="item.id"></to-do-item> </li> </ul> you should now see the list summary in your app, and the total number of items update as you add more todo items! however, if you try checking and unchecking some items, you'll reveal a bug. currently, we're not actually tracking the "done" data in any fashion, so the number of completed items does not change. tracking changes to "done" we can use events to capture the checkbox update and manage our list accordingly. since we're not relying on a button press to trigger the chan...
...ou'll reveal a bug. currently, we're not actually tracking the "done" data in any fashion, so the number of completed items does not change. tracking changes to "done" we can use events to capture the checkbox update and manage our list accordingly. since we're not relying on a button press to trigger the change, we can attach a @change event handler to each checkbox instead of using v-model. update the <input> element in todoitem.vue to look like this. <input type="checkbox" class="checkbox" :id="id" :checked="isdone" @change="$emit('checkbox-changed')" /> since all we need to do is emit that the checkbox was checked, we can include the $emit() inline. in app.vue, add a new method called updatedonestatus(), below your addtodo() method. this method should take one parameter: the to...
...And 4 more matches

Deploying our app - Learn web development
s possible. here's just a few things to consider for this particular project: generating a production build: ensuring files are minimised, chunked, have tree-shaking applied, and that versions are "cache busted". running tests: these can range from "is this code formatted properly?" to "does this thing do what i expect?", and ensuring failing tests prevent deployment. actually deploying the updated code to a live url: or potentially a staging url so it can be reviewed first. note: cache busting is a new term that we haven't met before in the module. this is the strategy of breaking a browser's own caching mechanism, which forces the browser to download a new copy of your code. parcel (and indeed many other tools) will generate filenames that are unique to each new build. this unique fil...
...a new term that we haven't met before in the module. this is the strategy of breaking a browser's own caching mechanism, which forces the browser to download a new copy of your code. parcel (and indeed many other tools) will generate filenames that are unique to each new build. this unique filename "busts" your browser's cache, thereby making sure the browser downloads the fresh code each time an update is made to the deployed code. the above tasks also break down into further tasks; note that most web development teams will have their own terms and processes for at least some part of the post-development phase. for this project, we're going to use netlify's wonderful static hosting offering to host our project. netlify gives us hosting or more specifically, a url to view your project online ...
...if the build is successful, the website changes will be deployed. although netlify offers a drag and drop deployment service, we are intending to trigger a new deployment to netlify each time we push to a github repo. it's exactly these kinds of connected services that we would encourage you to look for when deciding on your own build toolchain. we can commit our code and push to github and the updated code will automatically trigger the entire build routine. if all is well, we get a live change deployed automatically. the only action we need to perform is that initial "push". however, we do have to set these steps up, and we'll look at that now. the build process again, because we're using parcel for development, the build option is extremely simple to add. instead of running the server wi...
...And 4 more matches

Webapps.jsm
/webapps.jsm"); // exported symbol is domapplicationregistry method overview init: function() loadcurrentregistry: function() notifyappsregistrystart: function notifyappsregistrystart() notifyappsregistryready: function notifyappsregistryready() sanitizeredirects: function sanitizeredirects(asource) _savewidgetsfullpath: function(amanifest, adestapp) appkind: function(aapp, amanifest) updatepermissionsforapp: function(aid, aispreinstalled) updateofflinecacheforapp: function(aid) installpreinstalledapp: function installpreinstalledapp(aid) removeifhttpsduplicate: function(aid) installsystemapps: function() loadandupdateapps: function() updatedatastore: function(aid, aorigin, amanifesturl, amanifest) _registersystemmessagesforentrypoint: function(amanifest, aapp, aentrypoint) _...
...() updatedatastore: function(aid, aorigin, amanifesturl, amanifest) _registersystemmessagesforentrypoint: function(amanifest, aapp, aentrypoint) _registerinterappconnectionsforentrypoint: function(amanifest, aapp,) _registersystemmessages: function(amanifest, aapp) _registerinterappconnections: function(amanifest, aapp) _createactivitiestoregister: function(amanifest, aapp, aentrypoint, arunupdate) _registeractivitiesforapps: function(aappstoregister, arunupdate) _registeractivities: function(amanifest, aapp, arunupdate) _createactivitiestounregister: function(amanifest, aapp, aentrypoint) _unregisteractivitiesforapps: function(aappstounregister) _unregisteractivities: function(amanifest, aapp) _processmanifestforids: function(aids, arunupdate) observe: function(asubject, atopic, ad...
...on(amanifest, aapp) _processmanifestforids: function(aids, arunupdate) observe: function(asubject, atopic, adata) addmessagelistener: function(amsgnames, aapp, amm) removemessagelistener: function(amsgnames, amm) formatmessage: function(adata) receivemessage: function(amessage) getappinfo: function getappinfo(aappid) broadcastmessage: function broadcastmessage(amsgname, acontent) registerupdatehandler: function(ahandler) unregisterupdatehandler: function(ahandler) notifyupdatehandlers: function(aapp, amanifest, azippath) _getappdir: function(aid) _writefile: function(apath, adata) dogetlist: function() doexport: function(amsg, amm) doimport: function(amsg, amm) doextractmanifest: function(amsg, amm) dolaunch: function (adata, amm) launch: function launch(amanifesturl, astartpo...
...And 4 more matches

nsIDOMOfflineResourceList
iptable please add a summary to this article. last changed in gecko 1.9.2 (firefox 3.6 / thunderbird 3.1 / fennec 1.0) inherits from: nsisupports method overview void mozadd(in domstring uri); boolean mozhasitem(in domstring uri); domstring mozitem(in unsigned long index); void mozremove(in domstring uri); void swapcache(); void update(); attributes attribute type description mozitems nsidomofflineresourcelist the list of dynamically-managed entries in the offline resource list. read only. mozlength unsigned long the number of entries in the dynamically managed offline resource list. read only. onchecking nsidomeventlistener an event listener to be called whe...
...ption mozitems nsidomofflineresourcelist the list of dynamically-managed entries in the offline resource list. read only. mozlength unsigned long the number of entries in the dynamically managed offline resource list. read only. onchecking nsidomeventlistener an event listener to be called when fetching the application cache manifest and checking for updates. onerror nsidomeventlistener an event listener to be called when an error occurs during the caching process. onnoupdate nsidomeventlistener an event listener to be called when there is no update to download. ondownloading nsidomeventlistener an event listener to be called when resources are being downloaded into the cache. onprogress nsido...
... oncached nsidomeventlistener an event listener to be called when caching is complete. ...
...And 4 more matches

Capabilities, constraints, and settings - Web APIs
ect that eventually gets passed into getusermedia(). you can also change the constraints of an existing mediastreamtrack on the fly, by calling the track's applyconstraints() method, passing into it an object representing the constraints you wish to apply to the track: videotrack.applyconstraints({ width: 1920, height: 1080 }); in this snippet, the video track referenced by videotrack is updated so that its resolution as closely as possible matches 1920x1080 pixels (1080p high definition). retrieving current constraints and settings it's important to remember the difference between constraints and settings. constraints are a way to specify what values you need, want, and are willing to accept for the various constrainable properties (as described in the documentation for mediatrackcon...
...ample below. function switchcameras(track, camera) { let constraints = track.getconstraints(); constraints.facingmode = camera; track.applyconstraints(constraints); } this function accepts a mediastreamtrack and a string indicating the camera facing mode to use, fetches the current constraints, sets the value of the mediatrackconstraints.facingmode to the specified value, then applies the updated constraint set. getting the current settings for a track unless you only use exact constraints (which is pretty restrictive, so be sure you mean it!), there's no guarantee exactly what you're going to actually get after the constraints are applied. the values of the constrainable properties as they actually are in the resulting media are referred to as the settings. if you need to know the tru...
... contents of the two constraint set editor elements to the defaults. videoconstrainteditor.value = videodefaultconstraintstring; audioconstrainteditor.value = audiodefaultconstraintstring; updating the settings display to the right of each of the constraint set editors is a second text box which we use to display the current configuration of the track's configurable properties. this display is updated by the function getcurrentsettings(), which gets the current settings for the audio and video tracks and inserts the corresponding code into the tracks' settings display boxes by setting their value. function getcurrentsettings() { if (videotrack) { videosettingstext.value = json.stringify(videotrack.getsettings(), null, 2); } if (audiotrack) { audiosettingstext.value = json.strin...
...And 4 more matches

PaymentRequest.show() - Web APIs
t a time. if your architecture doesn't necessarily have all of the data ready to go at the moment it instantiates the payment interface by calling show(), specify the detailspromise parameter, providing a promise that is fulfilled once the data is ready. if this is provided, show() will not allow the user to interact with the payment interface until the promise is fulfilled, so that data can be updated prior to the user engaging with the payment process. processing the result and, if necessary, calling paymentresponse.retry() to retry a failed payment can all be done either asynchronously or synchronously, depending on your needs. for the best user experience, asynchronous solutions are typically the best way to go. most examples on mdn and elsewhere use async/await to wait asynchronously whi...
...ence, asynchronous solutions are typically the best way to go. most examples on mdn and elsewhere use async/await to wait asynchronously while results are validated and so forth. syntax paymentpromise = paymentrequest.show(detailspromise); parameters detailspromise optional an optional promise that you can provide if your architecture requires that the payment request's details need to be updated between instantiating the payment interface and the user beginning to interact with it. the promise should resolve with a paymentdetailsupdate object containing the updated information. return value a promise that eventually resolves with a paymentresponse. the promise is resolved when the user accepts the payment request (such as by clicking a "pay" button in the browser's payment sheet). e...
...en().catch() to handle the response and any possible rejection. ...
...And 4 more matches

context-menu - Archive of obsolete content
f.on("click", function (node, data) {' + ' self.postmessage(node.src);' + '});', onmessage: function (imgsrc) { openimageeditor(imgsrc); } }); updating a menu item's label each menu item must be created with a label, but you can change its label later using a couple of methods. the simplest method is to set the menu item's label property. ...
...for instance, if your item performs a search with the user's selected text, it would be nice to display the text in the item to provide feedback to the user. in these cases you can use the second method. ...
... labeled menu item that can perform an action when clicked. methods destroy() permanently removes the item from its parent menu and frees its resources. the item must not be used afterward. if you need to remove the item from its parent menu but use it afterward, call removeitem() on the parent menu instead. properties label the menu item's label. you can set this after creating the item to update its label later. image the item's icon, a string url. the url can be remote, a reference to an image in the add-on's data directory, or a data uri. you can set this after creating the item to update its image later. to remove the item's image, set it to null. data an optional arbitrary value to associate with the item. it must be either a string or an object that implements tostring(). it wil...
...And 3 more matches

Creating Reusable Modules - Archive of obsolete content
var s = array.from(hash, (c, i) => tohexstring(hash.charcodeat(i))).join(""); return s; } putting it together the complete add-on adds a butto...
... var s = array.from(hash, (c, i) => tohexstring(hash.charcodeat(i))).join(""); return s; } putting it together the complete add-on adds a button to firefox: when the user clicks the button, we ask them to select a file, compu...
... var s = array.from(hash, (c, i) => tohexstring(hash.charcodeat(i))).join(""); return s; } function promptforfile() { var window = require("sd...
...And 3 more matches

JavaScript Client API - Archive of obsolete content
} foorecord.prototype = { __proto__: cryptowrapper.prototype, _logname: "record.foo", ttl: foo_ttl // optional }; utils.defergetset(foorec, "cleartext", ["bar", "baz"]); the store object the store object (which extends store, as defined in services/sync/modules/engines.js) has the job of creating and maintaining a set of record objects from the underlying data. the store must also make updates to the underlying data itself based on incoming record objects. the majority of the code you write for syncing a new data type will most likely be in the store implementation. each record that the store keeps track of must be identified by a unique id (unique among all records in the store) called guid. depending of what type of data you're working with, you might already have guids built into ...
..., you may have to invent your own mapping from data objects to guids as long as it's consistent. in this case, it is highly recommended to use the utils.makeguid() helper to generate new guids: let newguid = utils.makeguid(); your store object must implement the following methods: itemexists(id) createrecord(id, collection) changeitemid(oldid, newid) getallids() wipe() create(record) update(record) remove(record) you may also find it useful to override other methods of the base implementation, for example applyincomingbatch if the underlying storage for your data supports batch operations. createrecord the createrecord( id, collection ) method gets called by the engine to request a new record for an item with a given guid. it's your store's responsibility to instantiate a ...
... deletes all bookmarks from the current firefox profile. how to do this for your particular data type is up to you to figure out. the next three methods are called by the sync algorithm when it determines that the state of the local application needs to be changed to keep it up-to-date with the user's remote activities. the sync algorithm will call your store object with a record to be created, updated, or removed, and it is your store object's responsibility to apply this change to the local application using whatever methods are neccessary. create(record) not to be confused with createrecord(), this method (which should probably be renamed for clarity soon) tells your store to create a new item in the local application, based on the data in record. (so for example, bookmarkstore.creat...
...And 3 more matches

Monitoring downloads - Archive of obsolete content
(source text, size integer," + " starttime integer, endtime integer," + " speed real, status integer)"); dbconn.close(); }, this is fairly simple stuff. the download manager instance is cached into a member variable in the downloadlogger object for reuse later, and its addlistener() method is called to start listening for download status updates. the database file is opened, and an sqlite create table command is executed to create the table. finally, the database is closed. note: the mozistorageconnection method close() is being added to firefox 3 alpha 8; in prior versions of firefox, there is no way to explicitly close the database. instead, it is closed when the garbage collector disposes of the connection object. handling downloa...
...g the database and building a replace into sqlite command. the first three rows are set to the values of the source uri, file size, and start time fields from the download object. the remaining rows are set to zeroes since that's not information we have at the moment. if the download's state indicates that the download is finished, canceled, or failed, we call our logtransfercompleted routine to update the log to indicate that state change. that code looks like this: logtransfercompleted: function(adownload) { var endtime = new date(); // current time is the end time // issue the replace sqlite command to update the record. we find a // record for the same source uri and start time, then update the end // time, size, and speed entries in the record. by ma...
...command to update the record. we find a // record for the same source uri and start time, then update the end // time, size, and speed entries in the record. by matching on both // source uri and start time, we support logging multiple downloads of // the same file. ...
...And 3 more matches

XUL Events - Archive of obsolete content
broadcaster) being listened to are changed. ...
...g listened to are changed. ...
...dler should be placed on an observer.checkboxstatechangethe checkboxstatechange event is executed when the state of a <checkbox> element has changed.closethe close event is executed when a request has been made to close the window when the user presses the close button.commandthe command event is executed when an element is activated.commandupdatethe commandupdate event is executed when a command update occurs on a <commandset>. ...
...And 3 more matches

commandset - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home [ examples | attributes | properties | methods | related ] this element is not displayed and serves as a container for command elements. in addition, this element can hold a command updater which is used to update commands when certain events occur. a common use of the command updater is to update cut, copy, and paste menu items. more information is available in the xul tutorial. ...
... attributes | properties | methods | related ] this element is not displayed and serves as a container for command elements. in addition, this element can hold a command updater which is used to update commands when certain events occur. a common use of the command updater is to update cut, copy, and paste menu items. more information is available in the xul tutorial. ...
...| methods | related ] this element is not displayed and serves as a container for command elements. in addition, this element can hold a command updater which is used to update commands when certain events occur. a common use of the command updater is to update cut, copy, and paste menu items. more information is available in the xul tutorial. attributes commandupdater, events, oncommandupdate, targets example <commandset> <command id="cmd_open" oncommand="alert('open!');"/> <command id="cmd_help" oncommand="alert('help!');"/> </commandset> attributes commandupdater type: boolean if true, the commandset is used for updating commands. typically, this is used to update menu commands such as undo and cut based on when an event occurs. for example, since ...
...And 3 more matches

Adding features to our bouncing balls demo - Learn web development
e program (have not been eaten by the evil circle). this should be a boolean (true/false). the ball() constructor should inherit the x, y, velx, vely, and exists properties from the shape() constructor. it should also define a color and a size property, like the original ball() constructor did. remember to set the ball() constructor's prototype and constructor appropriately. the ball draw(), update(), and collisiondetect() method definitions should be able to stay exactly the same as they were before. you also need to add a new parameter to the new ball() ( ... ) constructor call — the exists parameter should be the 5th parameter, and should be given a value of true. at this point, try reloading the code — it should work just the same as it did before, with our redesigned objects. de...
...ust have an outer line (stroke). you can achieve this by updating fillstyle and fill() to strokestyle and stroke(). we also want to make the stroke a bit thicker, so you can see the evil circle a bit more easily. this can be achieved by setting a value for linewidth somewhere after the beginpath() call (3 will do). ...
...the evil circle a bit more easily. this can be achieved by setting a value for linewidth somewhere after the beginpath() call (3 will do). checkbounds() this method will do the same thing as the first part of ball()'s update() function — look to see whether the evil circle is going to go off the edge of the screen, and stop it from doing so. ...
...And 3 more matches

Client-Server Overview - Learn web development
ng the hypertext transfer protocol (http). when you click a link on a web page, submit a form, or run a search, the browser sends an http request to the server. this request includes: a url identifying the target server and resource (e.g. an html file, a particular data point on the server, or a tool to run). a method that defines the required action (for example, to get a file or to save or update some data). the different methods/verbs and their associated actions are listed below: get: get a specific resource (e.g. an html file containing information about a product, or a list of products). post: create a new resource (e.g. add a new article to a wiki, add a new contact to a database). head: get the metadata information about a specific resource without getting the body lik...
...et: get a specific resource (e.g. an html file containing information about a product, or a list of products). post: create a new resource (e.g. add a new article to a wiki, add a new contact to a database). head: get the metadata information about a specific resource without getting the body like get would. you might for example use a head request to find out the last time a resource was updated, and then only use the (more "expensive") get request to download the resource if it has changed. put: update an existing resource (or create a new one if it doesn't exist). delete: delete the specified resource. trace, options, connect, patch: these verbs are for less common/advanced tasks, so we won't cover them here. additional information can be encoded with the request (for ...
...://mysite.com?name=fred&age=11. you always have a question mark (?) separating the rest of the url from the url parameters, an equals sign (=) separating each name from its associated value, and an ampersand (&) separating each pair. url parameters are inherently "insecure" as they can be changed by users and then resubmitted. as a result url parameters/get requests are not used for requests that update data on the server. post data. post requests add new resources, the data for which is encoded within the request body. client-side cookies. cookies contain session data about the client, including keys that the server can use to determine their login status and permissions/accesses to resources. web servers wait for client request messages, process them when they arrive, and reply to...
...And 3 more matches

Ember interactivity: Events, classes and state - Learn web development
ent super-class. to create a header class to go with your header component, type this in to your terminal: ember generate component-class header this will create the following empty class file — todomvc/app/components/header.js: import component from '@glimmer/component'; export default class headercomponent extends component { } inside this file we will implement the event handler code. ...
...rom an event that occurred in the template. @action also binds the this of the function to the class instance. note: a decorator is basically a wrapper function, which wraps and calls other functions or properties, providing additional functionality along the way. for example, the @tracked decorator (see slightly later on) runs code it is applied to, but additionally tracks it and automatically updates the app when values change. read javascript decorators: what they are and when to use them for more general information on decorators. coming back to our browser tab with the app running, we can type whatever we want, and when we hit enter we'll be greeted with an alert message telling us exactly what we typed. with the interactivity of the header input out of the way, we need a place to st...
...ext of the todo, and a @tracked iscompleted property that specifies whether the todo has been completed or not. when instantiated, a todo object will have an initial text value equal to the text given to it when created (see below), and an iscompleted value of false. ...
...And 3 more matches

Focus management with Vue refs - Learn web development
it form is shown. we'll also want to put focus back on the "edit" button when a user cancels or saves their edit. in order to set focus, we need to understand a little bit more about how vue works internally. virtual dom and refs vue, like some other frameworks, uses a virtual dom (vdom) to manage elements. this means that vue keeps a representation of all of the nodes in our app in memory. any updates are first performed on the in-memory nodes, and then all the changes that need to be made to the actual nodes on the page are synced in a batch. since reading and writing actual dom nodes is often more expensive than virtual nodes, this can result in better performance. however, it also means you often should not edit your html elements directly through native browser apis (like document.getele...
...bout and understand. to use a ref in a component, you add a ref attribute to the element that you want to access, with a string identifier for the value of the attribute. it's important to note that a ref needs to be unique within a component. no two elements rendered at the same time should have the same ref. adding a ref to our app so, let's attach a ref to our "edit" button in todoitem.vue. update it like this: <button type="button" class="btn" ref="editbutton" @click="toggletoitemeditform"> edit <span class="visually-hidden">{{label}}</span> </button> to access the value associated with our ref, we use the $refs property provided on our component instance. to see the value of the ref when we click our "edit" button, add a console.log() to our toggletoitemeditform() method, like so: ...
...he component featuring the "edit" button. this means there's no element to bind the ref to, so it becomes undefined. you might now be thinking "hey, don’t we set isediting=false before we try to access the ref, so therefore shouldn't the v-if now be displaying the button?” this is where the virtual dom comes into play. because vue is trying to optimize and batch changes, it won't immediately update the dom when we set isediting to false. so when we call focusonedit(), the "edit" button has not been rendered yet. instead, we need to wait until after vue undergoes the next dom update cycle. to do that, vue components have a special method called $nexttick(). this method accepts a callback function, which then executes after the dom updates. since the focusoneditbutton() method needs to be i...
...And 3 more matches

Package management basics - Learn web development
ngle file on your web server that contains all the javascript for your software — typically compressed as much as possible to help reduce the time it takes to get your software downloaded and displayed in your visitors’ browser. in addition, what happens if you find a better tool that you want to use instead of the current one, or a new version of your dependency is released that you want to update to? this is not too painful for a couple of dependencies, but in larger projects with many dependencies this kind of thing can become really challenging to keep track of. it makes more sense to use a package manager such as npm, as this will guarantee that the code is added and removed cleanly, as well as a host of other advantages. what exactly is a package manager? we've met npm already, but ...
...ty, i.e. npx parcel index.html. now we're ready to benefit from the full javascript package ecosystem. for a start, there is now a local web server running at http://localhost:1234. go there now and you’ll not see anything for now, but what is cool is that when you do make changes to your app, parcel will rebuild it and refresh the server automatically so you can instantly see the effect your update had. now for some page content. let's say we want to show human-readable relative dates, such as "2 hours ago", "4 days ago" and so on. the date-fns package’s formatdistancetonow() method is useful for this (there's other packages that do the same thing too). in the index.js file, add the following code and save it: import { formatdistancetonow } from 'date-fns' const date = '1996-09-13 10:...
...rly special about the code above is that it is using the formatdistancetonow() function from the date-fns package, which we didn’t install! parcel has spotted that you need the module, searched for it in the npmjs.com package registry, and installed it locally for us, automatically. you can prove this by looking in our package.json file again — you'll see that the dependencies field have been updated for us: "dependencies": { "date-fns": "^2.12.0", "parcel-bundler": "^1.12.4" } parcel has also added the files required for someone else to pick up this project and install any dependencies that we’ve used. if you take a look in the directory you ran the parcel command in, you’ll find a number of new files; the most interesting of which are: node_modules: the dependency files of par...
...And 3 more matches

Eclipse CDT
will be displayed after the command completes. manual setup, and more more information can be found on the eclipse cdt manual setup page. much of that page is redundant (taken care of by the mach setup), but there is still some information there that is relevant that should make its way back here at some point. keeping the index up-to-date as the source changes from day-to-day, you'll want to update the index to keep the code assistance working well. since the compiler options used to build the source change relatively infrequently, the "build" step above doesn't need to be rerun all that often. rerun it (and then rebuild the index) once a week or so, or as necessary when you start to notice unusual code assistance issues that aren't fixed by rebuilding the index alone. rebuilding the inde...
...ce a week or so, or as necessary when you start to notice unusual code assistance issues that aren't fixed by rebuilding the index alone. rebuilding the index itself is required much more frequently since the source changes more frequently. in principle, you can set the index to rebuild automatically by opening the workspace preferences, selecting "c/c++ > indexer", and reenabling "automatically update the index". however, you may find this too disruptive, since re-indexing will then happen very frequently and code assistance can be broken while the index is rebuilding. the alternative is to leave that option disabled and update the index manually as necessary. to update the index manually, use the context menu in the project explorer tab on the left side of the window. to rebuild for changes i...
...nless the user takes extra steps to tell it. this is the reason that the instructions in the initial project properties section above instruct users that have their object directory outside their source directory to explicitly add {objdir}/dist/include to the project's "cdt user setting entries". fixing eclipse bug 381601 would considerably reduce the impact of the "unresolved inclusion" issue. ...
...And 3 more matches

McCoy
mccoy uses xulrunner which is bound to break, for details see this post. mozilla calls mccoy a "simple system" which is a clear sign that something probably is not working, and indeed, is not. mccoy is an application that allows add-on authors to provide secure updates to their users. applications periodically look for and install updates to their add-ons. it's important that the update information retrieved has not been tampered with since being written by the add-on author. specifically, it focuses on the process of digitally signing update manifests so the applications can verify the integrity of a manifest retrieved over normally insecure channels. if you want to learn about the technical details of mccoy then visit the project wiki. installing mccoy to use mccoy you need to do...
...this is in the form of the public part of a cryptographic key included in the original add-on you release. the first step is to create a cryptographic key. simply click the "create" toolbar button or select "create key" from the "keys" me...
...this is in the form of the public part of a cryptographic key included in the original add-on you release. the first step is to create a cryptographic key. simply click the "create" toolbar button or select "create key" from the "keys" menu. you should give the key a name that will remind you what you are usin...
...And 3 more matches

XPCOM changes in Gecko 2.0
prior to gecko 2, during component registration, all binary and javascript component files were loaded and called, asking them to register themselves. ...
...prior to gecko 2, during component registration, all binary and javascript component files were loaded and called, asking them to register themselves. ...
...omponent files were loaded and called, asking them to register themselves. if you used xpcomutils.jsm, some of this was hidden from you, but it was still there. starting in gecko 2, however, components are registered using manifest files, similarly to how chrome is registered. in fact, the same chrome manifest file will be used to register components. all existing xpcom components will need to be updated to support this. however, it's very easy to do, and you can actually support both types of registration for backward compatibility. component manifests all component registration is now handled through manifest files. for extensions, this is the same chrome.manifest currently used to register chrome. xpt files the path of any xpt files must be listed explicitly in a manifest using an interfaces ...
...And 3 more matches

IDBObjectStore.put() - Web APIs
the put() method of the idbobjectstore interface updates a given record in a database, or inserts a new record if the given item does not already exist. it returns an idbrequest object, and, in a separate thread, creates a structured clone of the value and stores the cloned value in the object store. this is for adding new records, or updating existing records in an object store when the transaction's mode is readwrite. if the record is successfully stored, then a success event is fired on the returned request object with the result set to the key for the stored record, and the transaction set to the transaction in which this object store is opened. the put method is an update or insert method. see the idbobjectstore.add method for an insert only method. bear in mind that if you have a idb...
...d is successfully stored, then a success event is fired on the returned request object with the result set to the key for the stored record, and the transaction set to the transaction in which this object store is opened. the put method is an update or insert method. see the idbobjectstore.add method for an insert only method. bear in mind that if you have a idbcursor to the record you want to update, updating it with idbcursor.update() is preferable to using idbobjectstore.put(). doing so makes it clear that an existing record will be updated, instead of a new record being inserted. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax let request = objectstore.put(item); let request = objectstore.put(item, key); parameters item the item you wish to update (or insert). key optional...
...from idbcursor.primarykey). this is only needed for object stores that have an autoincrement primary key, therefore the key is not in a field on the record object. ...
...And 3 more matches

Online and offline events - Web APIs
now when the user comes back online, so that you can re-synchronize with the server. you need to know when the user is offline, so that you can queue your server requests for a later time. it is this process that online/offline events help to simplify. api navigator.online navigator.online is a property that maintains a true/false value (true for online, false for offline). this property is updated whenever the user switches into "offline mode" by selecting the corresponding menu item (file -> work offline in firefox). additionally, this property should update whenever a browser is no longer capable of connecting to the network. according to the specification: the navigator.online attribute must return false if the user agent will not contact the network when the user follows links or wh...
...ile -> work offline in firefox). additionally, this property should update whenever a browser is no longer capable of connecting to the network. according to the specification: the navigator.online attribute must return false if the user agent will not contact the network when the user follows links or when a script requests a remote page (or knows that such an attempt would fail)... firefox 2 updates this property when switching to/from the browser's offline mode. firefox 41 updates this property when the os reports a change in network connectivity on windows, linux, and os x. this property existed in older versions of firefox and internet explorer (the specification based itself off of these prior implementations), so you can begin using it immediately. network status autodetection was imp...
...ributes on the <body> tag in the html markup. example there's a simple test case that you can run to verify that the events are working (does not work in chrome due to attaching the event listener to document.body). ...
...And 3 more matches

PaymentRequest.shippingOption - Web APIs
equestshipping was false (or missing), shippingoption returns null, even the developer provides a selected a shipping option. syntax // returns the id of the selected paymentshippingoption var shippingoption = request.shippingoption; example in the example below, the paymentrequest.onshippingoptionchange and the paymentrequest.onshippingaoptionchange events are dispatched. ...
...tax // returns the id of the selected paymentshippingoption var shippingoption = request.shippingoption; example in the example below, the paymentrequest.onshippingoptionchange and the paymentrequest.onshippingaoptionchange events are dispatched. in each calls to updatedetails() are made, one using a promise, and the other with a plain js object. this demotrates synchrounous and asynchronous updates to a payment sheet. ...
... example in the example below, the paymentrequest.onshippingoptionchange and the paymentrequest.onshippingaoptionchange events are dispatched. in each calls to updatedetails() are made, one using a promise, and the other with a plain js object. this demotrates synchrounous and asynchronous updates to a payment sheet. ...
...And 3 more matches

PaymentRequest: shippingaddresschange event - Web APIs
the shippingaddresschange event is sent to the paymentrequest object when the user selects a shipping address or changes details of their shipping address. bubbles no cancelable no interface paymentrequestupdateevent event handler property onshippingaddresschange usage notes depending on the browser, the shipping address information may be redacted for privacy reasons. that is, the paymentaddress which contains the shipping address may have some portions of its content altered, obscured, or left out entirely in order to prevent identifying the user without their consent (since if they choose to have you ship products to them, you'll need their address). example in this example, a handler for the shippingaddresschange event is set up t...
...(since if they choose to have you ship products to them, you'll need their address). example in this example, a handler for the shippingaddresschange event is set up to validate that the address meets requirements set by the web application. ...
... need their address). example in this example, a handler for the shippingaddresschange event is set up to validate that the address meets requirements set by the web application. ...
...And 3 more matches

Request.cache - Web APIs
a matching request in its http cache. if there is a match and it is fresh, it will be returned from the cache. if there is a match but it is stale, the browser will make a conditional request to the remote server. if the server indicates that the resource has not changed, it will be returned from the cache. otherwise the resource will be downloaded from the server and the cache will be updated. if there is no match, the browser will make a normal request, and will update the cache with the downloaded resource. no-store — the browser fetches the resource from the remote server without first looking in the cache, and will not update the cache with the downloaded resource. reload — the browser fetches the resource from the remote server without first looking in the cache, b...
... no-cache — the browser looks for a matching request in its http cache. if there is a match, fresh or stale, the browser will make a conditional request to the remote server. if the server indicates that the resource has not changed, it will be returned from the cache. ...
...e the cache with the downloaded resource. no-cache — the browser looks for a matching request in its http cache. if there is a match, fresh or stale, the browser will make a conditional request to the remote server. if the server indicates that the resource has not changed, it will be returned from the cache. ...
...And 3 more matches

Animating textures in WebGL - Web APIs
project based on this code. our sample loads a copy from a cdn in our html's <head>. ...
...unction setupvideo(url) { const video = document.createelement('video'); var playing = false; var timeupdate = false; video.autoplay = true; video.muted = true; video.loop = true; // waiting for these 2 events ensures // there is data in the video video.addeventlistener('playing', function() { playing = true; checkready(); }, true); video.addeventlistener('timeupdate', function() { timeupdate = true; checkready(); }, true); video.src = url; video.play(); function checkready() { if (playing && timeupdate) { copyvideo = true; } } return video; } first we create a video element. we set it to autoplay, mute the sound, and loop the video. we then set up two events to make sure the video is playing and the time has been upd...
...ype, pixel); // turn off mips and set wrapping to clamp to edge so it // will work regardless of the dimensions of the video. ...
...And 3 more matches

ARIA Test Cases - Accessibility
however, the information might still be useful for some readers. for more up-to-date examples, see the openajaxalliance aria examples page. or copy-paste: http://oaa-accessibility.org/examples/ for each example we test the "expected" results with assistive technologies, for each browser that at supports wai-aria in. where a failure occurs we will test the browser for api incorrectness, using tools such as msaa inspect. this must be done in order to determine where to file a bug (browser or at). ...
... (al) if the screen reader provides a keystroke to announce the current progress, this should work with an aria progressbar as well. jaws - jaws announces the level of progress at each time interval the user selects in jaws configuration. markup ...
... - - - nvda - n/a - - zoom (leopard) pass n/a pass pass zoomtext - - - - orca - - - - progressbar dojo nightly build progress bar in "off" live region progressbar in "assertive" live region expected at behavior: the progress updates should be treated as the screen reader treats any progress updates. the live region markup should not affect how the progress updates are presented. (al) if the screen reader provides a keystroke to announce the current progress, this should work with an aria progressbar as well. jaws - jaws announces the level of progress at each time interval the user selects in jaws configuration. markup used: role="progressbar", aria-valuemin, aria-valuenow, aria-val...
...And 3 more matches

<input type="color"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
a-f]{6} or #[0-9a-fa-f]{6} (preferably the latter because some users may not expect a different result with just a letter-case change) and set a placeholder attribute equal to a color representing the expected format of the user's input, such as #ff0000. using color inputs inputs of type color are simple, due to the limited number of attributes they support. providing a default color you can update the simple example above to set a default value, so that the color well is pre-filled with the default color and the color picker (if any) will also default to that color: <input type="color" value="#ff0000"> if you don't specify a value, the default is #000000, which is black. the value must be in seven-character hexadecimal notation, meaning the "#" character followed by two digits each rep...
...can be used to detect changes to the color value: input and change. input is fired on the <input> element every time the color changes. the change event is fired when the user dismisses the color picker. in both cases, you can determine the new value of the element by looking at its value. ...
...d handler to do the main startup work once the page is fully loaded. var colorwell; var defaultcolor = "#0000ff"; window.addeventlistener("load", startup, false); initialization once the page is loaded, our load event handler, startup(), is called: function startup() { colorwell = document.queryselector("#colorwell"); colorwell.value = defaultcolor; colorwell.addeventlistener("input", updatefirst, false); colorwell.addeventlistener("change", updateall, false); colorwell.select(); } this gets a reference to the color <input> element in a variable called colorwell, then sets the color input's value to the value in defaultcolor. then the color input's input event is set up to call our updatefirst() function, and the change event is set to call updateall(). these are both seen belo...
...And 3 more matches

Browser detection using the user agent - HTTP
all of the above better alternatives to user agent sniffing, there are still some potential cases where user agent sniffing is appropriate and justified. one such case is using user agent sniffing as a fallback when detecting if the device has a touch screen. see the mobile device detection section for more information. another such case is for fixing bugs in browsers that do not automatically update. internet explorer (on windows) and webkit (on ios) are two perfect examples. prior to version 9, internet explorer had unbelievable issues with rendering bugs, css bugs, api bugs, and so forth. however, internet explorer was such a special little wasp exception prior to version 9 that it was very easy to detect the browser based upon the browser-specific features available. webkit is a bit worse...
...unbelievable issues with rendering bugs, css bugs, api bugs, and so forth. however, internet explorer was such a special little wasp exception prior to version 9 that it was very easy to detect the browser based upon the browser-specific features available. webkit is a bit worse because apple forces all of the browsers on ios to use webkit internally, thus the user has no way to get a better more updated browser on older devices. most bugs can be detected, but some bugs take more effort to detect than others. in such cases, it might be beneficial to use user agent sniffing to save on performance. for example, webkit 6 has a bug whereby when the device orientation changes, the browser might not fire mediaquerylist listeners when it should. to overcome this bug, observe the code below. var ua=nav...
... user agent sniffing to save on performance. for example, webkit 6 has a bug whereby when the device orientation changes, the browser might not fire mediaquerylist listeners when it should. to overcome this bug, observe the code below. ...
...And 3 more matches

HTTP conditional requests - HTTP
http has a concept of conditional requests, where the result, and even the success of a request, can be changed by comparing the affected resources with the value of a validator. such requests can be useful to validate the content of a cache, and sparing a useless control, to verify the integrity of a document, like when resuming a download, or when preventing to lose updates when uploading or modifying a document on the server. principles http conditional requests are requests that are executed differently, depending on the value of specific headers. these headers define a precondition, and the result of the request will be different if the precondition is matched or not. the different behaviors are defined by the method of the request used, and by the set of headers used for a precondition...
...s header. if-unmodified-since succeeds if the last-modified date of the distant resource is older or the same than the one given in this header. if-range similar to if-match, or if-unmodified-since, but can have only one single etag, or one date. if it fails, the range request fails, and instead of a 206 partial content response, a 200 ok is sent with the complete resource. use cases cache update the most common use case for conditional requests is updating a cache. with an empty cache, or without a cache, the requested resource is sent back with a status of 200 ok. together with the resource, the validators are sent in the headers. in this example, both last-modified and etag are sent, but it could equally have been only one of them. these validators are cached with the resource (lik...
...oad from the beginning: even if this method works, it adds an extra response/request exchange when the document has been changed. this impairs performance, and http has a specific header to avoid this scenario: if-range: this solution is more efficient, but slightly less flexible, as only one etag can be used in the condition. rarely is such additional flexibility needed. avoiding the lost update problem with optimistic locking a common operation in web applications is to update a remote document. this is very common in any file system or source control applications, but any application that allows to store remote resources needs such a mechanism. common web sites, like wikis and other cms, have such a need. with the put method you are able to implement this. the client first reads the ...
...And 3 more matches

HTTP Index - HTTP
nt-server model, with a client opening a connection to make a request, then waiting until it receives a response. http is a stateless protocol, meaning that the server does not keep any data (state) between two requests. though often based on a tcp/ip layer, it can be used on any reliable transport layer, that is, a protocol that doesn't lose messages silently like udp does. rudp — the reliable update of udp — is a suitable alternative. 2 a typical http session http in client-server protocols, like http, sessions consist of three phases: 3 an overview of http html, http, overview, webmechanics, l10n:priority http isthe foundation of any data exchange on the web and it is a client-server protocol, which means requests are initiated by the recipient, u...
...rls guide, http, url a recurring question among website owners is whether to choose non-www or www urls. this page provides some advice on what's best. 6 data urls base64, guide, http, intermediate, url data urls, urls prefixed with the data: scheme, allow content creators to embed small files inline in documents. 7 evolution of http guide, http, needsupdate, needsupdate(http/3) http (hypertext transfer protocol) is the underlying protocol of the world wide web. http has evolved from an early protocol to exchange files in a semi-trusted laboratory environment, to the modern maze of the internet, now carrying images, videos in high resolution and 3d. 8 identifying resources on the web domain, http, path, scheme, syntax, uri, url, ...
... requests, guide, http http has a concept of conditional requests, where the result, and even the success of a request, can be changed by comparing the affected resources with the value of a validator. such requests can be useful to validate the content of a cache, and sparing a useless control, to verify the integrity of a document, like when resuming a download, or when preventing to lose updates when uploading or modifying a document on the server. 45 http cookies advertising, browser, cookies, cookies article, guide, http, history, javascript, privacy, protocols, server, storage, web development, data, request, tracking an http cookie (web cookie, browser cookie) is a small piece of data that a server sends to the user's web browser. the browser may store it and se...
...And 3 more matches

Porting the Library Detector - Archive of obsolete content
estlibraries() function builds an array of libraries by iterating through the tests and adding an entry for each library which passes. once the list is built, the switchlibraries() function constructs a xul statusbarpanel element for each library it found, populates it with the icon at the corresponding chrome:// url, and adds it to the box. finally, it listens to gbrowser's tabselect event, to update the contents of the box for that window. content script separation the test objects in the original script need access to the dom window object, so in the sdk port, they need to run in a content script. in fact, they need access to the un-proxied dom window, so they can see the objects added by libraries, so we’ll need to use the experimental unsafewindow. the main add-on script, main.js, wi...
...so main.js needs to filter out any duplicates, in case a page contains more than one iframe, and those iframes use the same library. implementing the user interface showing the library array t...
...es, and use that to build the widget's html content dynamically: function buildwidgetviewcontent(librarylist) { widgetcontent = htmlcontentpreamble; librarylist.foreach(function(library) { widgetcontent += buildiconhtml(icons[library.name], library.name + "&lt;br&gt;version: " + library.version); }); widgetcontent += htmlcontentpostamble; return widgetcontent; } function updatewidgetview(tab) { var widgetview = widget.getview(tab.window); if (!tab.libraries) { tab.libraries = []; } widgetview.content = buildwidgetviewcontent(tab.libraries); widgetview.width = tab.libraries.length * icon_width; } main.js will use the tabs module to update the widget's content when necessary (for example, when the user switches between tabs): tabs.on('activate', function(...
...And 2 more matches

jpm - Archive of obsolete content
run -o this instructs jpm to use the local copies of the sdk modules, not the ones in firefox. if you do not want to set the jetpack_root environment variable, you can pass the location of your copy of the sdk modules along with -o: jpm run -o "/path/to/addon-sdk/" the path must be an absolute path and point to the sdk's root (not addon-sdk/sdk or addon-sdk/sdk/lib, for instance). supporting updates for self-hosted add-ons this feature is only supported from jpm 1.0.3 onwards. when you make updates to your add-on to add features or fix bugs, you'll want any previously installed versions of the add-on to update themselves to the new version. if you list your add-on on addons.mozilla.org, then all you have to do here is submit the new version; add-ons default to checking addons.mozilla.o...
...ion; add-ons default to checking addons.mozilla.org for new versions of themselves. you can stop reading this section. if you do not list your add-on on addons.mozilla.org, you need to generate a mozilla-signed xpi and tell firefox where it can find new versions of your add-on. the way this works is: you run jpm sign anytime you need to create a new version you host the signed add-on xpi and update it when you need to you host an "update manifest", which, among other things, contains a url pointing to the xpi your add-on tells firefox where it can find the update manifest to do this, include two extra keys in package.json: updateurl: this url is included in the install manifest of the xpi file that jpm xpi builds. it points to your update manifest. the updateurl value may be https. i...
...est", which, among other things, contains a url pointing to the xpi your add-on tells firefox where it can find the update manifest to do this, include two extra keys in package.json: updateurl: this url is included in the install manifest of the xpi file that jpm xpi builds. it points to your update manifest. the updateurl value may be https. if it is not, then you'll also need to sign the update manifest, and then include the public key using the updatekey field in package.json. see securing updates for more on this. updatelink: this url is included in the update manifest file. it points to the xpi, and must be an https url. ...
...And 2 more matches

Communication between HTML and your extension - Archive of obsolete content
between an html page and and extension after building a sample extension by reading carefully and following the complete instructions for building an extension i was able to get an extension that could display something on the status bar. what i wanted to do was have an extension "look" for something on an html page and if it found that something perform some operation on the found thing and then update the status bar with the results of the operation. with a lot of help from irc://irc.mozilla.org#js and irc://irc.mozilla.org#extdev i was able to get it running pretty well, but i still would rather have the client less responsible for pinging the extension to "look" for what is on the page. what i tried my first attempt was trying to create an xbl component. from what i gather, xbl components...
...re are only a handful of events and the w3c documentation is pretty complete. the basic problem with the event model is probably due to what i was trying to do. in my html i have an input element in a form. i set the onblur action to a little javascript function that performed a standard ajax request to get a result. the onreadystatechange was set to another little javascript function that would update a specific element on the html page with the result. the result of the ajax request was the something that i wanted the extension to find. there were only a handful of events that seemed relevant (load, change, dominsertnode, dominsertnodeintodocument, domactivate) and i tried them all in many different ways. some of the events only apply to certain types of elements so i included trying to modif...
...the result of the ajax request to be of the appropriate element type (img, which supports "onload," rather than span, which doesn't, for example). the problem with the events is the timing. i wasn't sure about the difference between the capture or bubbling flag that you pass to addeventlistener but every time i would catch the event in the extension, the element from the ajax request wasn't fully updated into the html page. what that meant is that everytime the extension went looking for the element, it wasn't there yet. as a last ditch effort i tried setting a timeout using settimeout when i got the event in the extension to wait a few milliseconds before looking for the desired element. this was non-optimal and the timeout wasn't very reliable for some reason. sometimes i would get the timeout...
...And 2 more matches

Enhanced Extension Installation - Archive of obsolete content
the appropriate type container. the system also writes a .autoreg file to the profile folder which tells the startup system that something has changed on the next restart. a copy of the xpi file the item was installed from is set aside since the xpinstall system cleans up the temporary file it hands to the extension system. if the item is not compatible, the extension system asks the appropriate update service (either the one specified by the item, or the default one) if there is remote compatibility information that supercedes the compatibility information held by the item. if there is, and this remote information makes it so that the item is now compatible with the running version of the application, the item is configured in the manner described above (metadata written, added to container). ...
...e extension system can quickly locate an install location for an item using the getinstalllocation method which basically reads this value from the datasource and retrieves the install location from the hash of registered install locations. item type install.rdf install manifests should now specify a <em:type> property which tells the extension system what their type is. types are defined in nsiupdateservice.idl on the nsiupdateitem interface. the types at the time of writing include: 2 - extension 4 - theme 8 - locale for backward compatibility the extension system will continue to assume an item is an extension by default, and a theme if the item has a <em:internalname> property, but extension and theme authors should be good citizens and upgrade their install manifests to include the...
... are validated, and then compatibility is checked for by the new _getinstalldata function. this function returns the guid, version, and type of the item, and also an error code listing either success, or the reason for a failure, such as invalid guid, version, or incompatible item. depending on the failure, the install function may take several steps. if the item is found incompatible, a version update check is performed as before. if updated compatibility information is found this is written into the in-memory representation of the the temporary install manifest and the install function is called recursively, supplying this updated install manifest as the source for _getinstalldata. if the item is determined compatible by either of the above processes, a copy of the item's file is staged into...
...And 2 more matches

Installing Extensions and Themes From Web Pages - Archive of obsolete content
oing so for theme jar files too and wondering why they aren't auto-detected and installed. well, xpi is a mozilla-specific extension and so we can have special handling for it, but jar is not - not all .jar files are firefox themes, so if you click on a .jar link you'll be shown the save as decision dialog. for this reason you should always use the installtrigger api to install themes. ...
...n't auto-detected and installed. well, xpi is a mozilla-specific extension and so we can have special handling for it, but jar is not - not all .jar files are firefox themes, so if you click on a .jar link you'll be shown the save as decision dialog. for this reason you should always use the installtrigger api to install themes. ...
...r is not - not all .jar files are firefox themes, so if you click on a .jar link you'll be shown the save as decision dialog. for this reason you should always use the installtrigger api to install themes. a note on updateenabled() installtrigger exposes a function called updateenabled that some of you may be calling before you call installtrigger.install. this is not necessary as install calls updateenabled itself internally. ...
...And 2 more matches

Chapter 1: Introduction to Extensions - Archive of obsolete content
an excellent way to manage extensions, and is a great step up in ease of use. the add-ons manager handles the following tasks: safely installs and uninstalls add-ons makes sure add-ons are compatible with the version of firefox you're using manages a whitelist of sites trusted for installing add-ons helps troubleshoot add-ons by disabling them and offering a safe mode confirms and runs updates provides access to add-ons' settings dialogs provides access to add-ons' support sites development environment amenities initially, there wasn't adequate documentation available, and extension developers were largely left to fend for themselves1; however, now there's a considerable store of knowledge. because firefox and its extensions are designed to support multiple languages, excellent ...
...ty, has created a positive feedback loop, with the number of extension users and extension developers growing explosively—there are now more than 7000 extensions and themes published at the firefox add-ons site (https://addons.mozilla.org). what you can do with extensions let's look at what features extensions can add, and some actual examples of extensions. single feature extensions fixme: update this. these are relatively simple extensions that add a single feature. text link makes it so that double-clicking on an unlinked url follows that url. undo closed tabs button adds a toolbar button to re-open the most recently closed tabs to the history menu. locationbar separates a url’s domain and path in the location bar for easier reading. feature enhancing extensions ...
... these are relatively simple extensions that add a single feature. text link makes it so that double-clicking on an unlinked url follows that url. undo closed tabs button adds a toolbar button to re-open the most recently closed tabs to the history menu. locationbar separates a url’s domain and path in the location bar for easier reading. feature enhancing extensions fixme: update this. these extensions enhance features that already exist in firefox. tab mix plus offers detailed tab-related settings. prefbar gives access to numerous preferences from the toolbar. noscript enables and disables javascript execution on a site-by-site basis. web application integration extensions fixme: update this. the use the apis of certain web applications to provide certain...
...And 2 more matches

Adding preferences to an extension - Archive of obsolete content
s won't be rehashed here, so if you haven't already seen them: creating a status bar extension creating a dynamic status bar extension also, for reference, you may want to take a look at preferences system and the preferences api. download the sample you can download a copy of this sample to look over, or to use as the basis for your own extension. get the code here: download the sample update the manifests the install manifest and chrome manifest need to be updated. by and large, the changes are simply changing the id of the extension. however, we do need to add one new line to the install.rdf file: <em:optionsurl>chrome://stockwatcher2/content/options.xul</em:optionsurl> this line establishes the url of the xul file that describes the options dialog. please note that if you ar...
...an object. that involves turning each function into a member of the stockwatcher class. let's take a look at each function in the class. startup() the stockwatcher.startup() function is called when our extension is first loaded. its job is to start up the observer to watch for changes to our preferences, instantiate an object to use to manage our preferences, and install an interval routine to update the stock information periodically. var stockwatcher = { prefs: null, tickersymbol: "", // initialize the extension startup: function() { // register to receive notifications of preference changes this.prefs = components.classes["@mozilla.org/preferences-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiprefservice) .getbranch("extensions.stockwatcher...
... the event, since all we're interested in is changes to the values of our preferences. once we've established that the event is in fact a preference change, we look at the data parameter, which contains the name of the preference that changed. in our example, we only have one preference, but you can monitor as many preferences as you wish here. if the changed preference is "symbol", we grab the updated value of the preference by calling the nsiprefbranch.getcharpref() method, and stash it in our tickersymbol variable. once we've gotten the updated preference, we call refreshinformation() to immediately update the display with the new stock's information. watchstock() while we're at it, let's add a method that sets which stock we want to be watching, changing the preference and immediately r...
...And 2 more matches

MenuItems - Archive of obsolete content
checkbox type. the first menuitem is checked by default, as indicated by the checked attribute set to the value true. the second menuitem is not checked by default. when the user activates the menuitem, the command event gets fired. from within a command listener, you can execute code which will change the state of the toolbar or status bar or whatever it is that need changing. you do not need to update the checked attribute as the menuitem will update this automatically before the command event is fired. note that the checked state is updated before the command event fires, so if you use the menuitem's checked attribute within the command listener, it will already be in the new state. <script> function changetoolbarstate(event) { if (event.target.getattribute("checked") == "true") showt...
...te(event) { if (event.target.getattribute("checked") == "true") showtoolbar(); else hidetoolbar(); } </script> ... <menuitem label="show toolbar" accesskey="t" type="checkbox" oncommand="changetoolbarstate();"/> in this example, we show the toolbar when the menuitem is checked and hide the toolbar otherwise. ...
... <script> function changetoolbarstate(event) { if (event.target.getattribute("checked") == "true") hidetoolbar(); event.target.removeattribute("checked"); } else { if (!showtoolbar()) return; event.target.setattribute("checked", "true"); } } </script> ... ...
...And 2 more matches

Gecko Compatibility Handbook - Archive of obsolete content
if you're new to standards, you may find using web standards in your web pages a helpful introduction. ...
...ike internet explorer for mac and ie for windows, which are very different programs and so may behave quite differently from each other. quick compatibility test if your site uses netscape 4.x and microsoft proprietary technologies, see using web standards in your web pages for a quick tutorial on standards. this compatibility test will be most beneficial to sites using simple code or that have updated to support standards. set up browsers for testing the various gecko-based browsers do not always contain netscape in the user-agent string. thus it's critical to verify that you are properly detecting browsers such as aol for macos. you can either download the various browsers. or, if you are using user-agent detection, you can install an extension in firefox or mozilla which allows you to "s...
...grade web authoring tool to versions that support the w3 standards and gecko browsers content differs in gecko browsers and internet explorer the javascript console in netscape 6.x and netscape 7.x displays errors about document.all, document.layers, document.<property> not being defined because of an incorrect browser sniffing, or use of proprietary javascript. update browser sniffing to correctly detect gecko browsers. upgrade apis to use newer standards-conformant versions upgrade web authoring tool to versions that support the w3 standards and gecko browsers content differs in gecko browsers and internet explorer your css relies on bugs in internet explorer's implementation of css. internet explorer incorrectly...
...And 2 more matches

Mozilla release FAQ - Archive of obsolete content
this document may be distributed and modified freely. no guarantee of factuality in this faq is made, and it is maintained by pat gunn, who is not affiliated with netscape. various other people have contributed to this faq. general questions about the mozilla project what is mozilla? mozilla is a project to continue netscape communicator as an open project. the project is maintained by employees of netscape (now a division of aol), red hat, some other companies, as well as contributors from the community. ...
...ource. mozilla 1.0 (mozilla uses a different versioning system than netscape) is due for release soon. when was mozilla released? the source to mozilla was first released on 31 march 1998. the code has been continually available since then via cvs (see section 1.8), and occasional binary releases (first as milestones, and more recently as versioned releases) have been made. as of the time of this update, mozilla 1.0 release candicate 2 is the most recent release. what is the current version of mozilla? mozilla is continually available via cvs, and also is occasionally released as versioned numbers. if built from cvs, the date of the cvs checkout is the best way to refer to the version, otherwise use the release number. older versions used milestone numbers (e.g. the milestone 7 release was known...
...s opposed to 4dos or 4nt) will probably yield better results. regarding compilation options, it would be good not to compile with optimization, because it's much slower to build, and on windows platforms, there's a bug in some versions of vc++ that makes mozilla crash in many common circumstances if compiled with optimization on. ...
...And 2 more matches

Initialize the framework - Game development
this tutorial uses phaser v2 — it won't work with the current version on phaser (v3). the v2 library is still available on the phase...
...this tutorial uses phaser v2 — it won't work with the current version on phaser (v3). the v2 library is still available on the phaser downlo...
...this tutorial uses phaser v2 — it won't work with the current version on phaser (v3). the v2 library is still available on the phaser download page, below the links for the v3 download. go to the phaser download page...
...And 2 more matches

Assessment: Accessibility troubleshooting - Learn web development
ring the questions given below. color the text is difficult to read because of the current color scheme. can you do a test of the current color contrast (text/background), report the results of the test, and then fix it by changing the assigned colors? semantic html the content is still not very accessible — report on what happens when you try to navigate it using a screenreader. ...
...once you add paragraph elements, you'll notice the styling looking better. ...
...once you add paragraph elements, you'll notice the styling looking better. ...
...And 2 more matches

Index - Learn web development
ges: 48 javascript — dynamic client-side scripting beginner, codingscripting, javascript, javascripting beginner, landing, module, topic, l10n:priority javascript is a programming language that allows you to implement complex things on web pages. every time a web page does more than just sit there and display static information for you to look at—displaying timely content updates, interactive maps, animated 2d/3d graphics, scrolling video jukeboxes, or more—you can bet that javascript is probably involved. 49 asynchronous javascript beginner, codingscripting, guide, javascript, landing, promises, async, asynchronous, await, callbacks, requestanimationframe, setinterval, settimeout in this module we take a look at asynchronous javascript, why it is ...
... sizing, viewport units this lesson has given you a rundown of some key issues that you might run into when sizing things on the web. when you move onto css layout, sizing will become very important in mastering the different layout methods, so it is worth understanding the concepts here before moving on. 124 styling tables article, beginner, css, codingscripting, guide, needsupdate, styling, tables with styling tables now behind us, we need something else to occupy our time. the next article explores debugging css — how to solve problems such as layouts not looking like they should, or properties not applying when you think they should. this includes information on using browser devtools to find solutions to your problems. 125 test your skills: images and...
...s to common problems you may face when working with css. 167 css faq css, example, faq, guide, web, questions in this article, you'll find some frequently-asked questions (faqs) about css, along with answers that may help you on your quest to become a web developer. 168 using css generated content basic, beginner, css, css:getting_started, graphics, guide, needsupdate, web this article describes some ways in which you can use css to add content when a document is displayed. you modify your stylesheet to add text content or images. 169 create fancy boxes beginner, css, codingscripting, learn css boxes are the building blocks of any web page styled with css. making them nice looking is both fun and challenging. it's fun because it's al...
...And 2 more matches

Ember Interactivity: Footer functionality, conditional rendering - Learn web development
where the checkbox has been checked). we'll also wire up our "clear completed" button. along the way, we'll learn about using conditional rendering in our templates. ...
... pending todo counter. filters for all, active, and completed todos. a button to clear the completed todos. because we need access to our service from the footer component, we need to generate a class for the footer. ...
...e" a todo. we need to wire up the todo.hbs template to the service, so that checking the relevant checkbox changes the state of each todo. we'll do that next. the todo/todos plural problem the above is fine, but we have another small issue to contend with. the "todos left" indicator always says "x todos left", even when there is only one todo left, which is bad grammar! to fix this, we need to update this part of the template to include some conditional rendering. in ember, you can conditionally render parts of the template using conditional content; a simple block example looks something like this: {{#if this.thingistrue}} content for the block form of "if" {{/if}} so let's try replacing this part of footer.hbs: <strong>{{this.todos.incomplete.length}}</strong> todos left with the foll...
...And 2 more matches

Ember app structure and componentization - Learn web development
ul in such cases where we have an <input> being used with no corresponding html text that could be turned into a label. when you save application.hbs, the development server you started earlier will automatically rebuild the app and refresh the browser. the rendered output should now look like this: it doesn't take too much effort to get our html looking like a fully-featured to-do list app. ...
...ent todo ember generate component footer you’ll now see the following inside your todomvc/app/components directory: now that we have all of our component structure files, we can cut and paste the html for each component out of the application.hbs file and into each of those components, and then re-write the application.hbs to reflect our new abstractions. ...
...cut and paste the html for each component out of the application.hbs file and into each of those components, and then re-write the application.hbs to reflect our new abstractions. the header.hbs file should be updated to contain the following: <input class="new-todo" aria-label="what needs to be done?" placeholder="what needs to be done?" autofocus > todo-list.hbs should be updated to contain this chunk of code: <section class="main"> <input id="mark-all-complete" class="toggle-all" type="checkbox"> <label for="mark-all-complete">mark all as complete</label> <ul class="todo-list"> <todo /> <todo /> </ul> </section> note: the only non-html in this new todo-list.hbs is the <todo /> component invocation. in ember, a component invocation is similar to...
...And 2 more matches

Getting started with Svelte - Learn web development
doesn't do any kind of magic — it just lets you download and unzip the latest version of a git repo's contents. this is much quicker than using git clone because it will not download all the history of the repo, or create a complete local clone. after running npm run dev, svelte will compile and build your application. it will start a local server at localhost:5000. svelte will watch for file updates, and automatically recompile and refresh the app for you when changes are made to the source files. your browser will display something like this: application structure the starter template comes with the following structure: moz-todo-svelte ├── readme.md ├── package.json ├── package-lock.json ├── rollup.config.js ├── .gitignore ├── node_modules ├──...
...). making a couple of changes now that we have a general idea of how it all fits together, we can start making a few changes. at this point you can try updating your app.svelte component — for example change the <h1> element on line 6 of app.svelte so that it reads like this: <h1>hello {name} from mdn!</h1> just save your changes and the app running at localhost:5000 will be automatically updated. a first look at svelte reactivity in the context of a ui framework, reactivity means that the framework can automatically update the dom when the state of any component is changed. in svelte, reactivity is triggered simply by assigning a new value to any top level variable in a component. for example, we could include a togglename() function in our app component, and a button to run it. try...
... note the use of : in on:click. that's svelte's syntax for listening to dom events. inspecting main.js: the entry...
...And 2 more matches

Handling common accessibility problems - Learn web development
using webgl 100% accessible to a blind person, but you could implement keyboard controls so it is usable by non-mouse users, and make the color scheme contrasting enough to be usable by those with color deficiencies. complex functionality one of the main areas problematic for accessibility is complex apps that involve complicated form controls (such as date pickers) and dynamic content that is updated often and incrementally. non-native complicated form controls are problematic because they tend to involve a lot of nested <div>s, and the browser does not know what to do with them by default. if you are inventing them yourself, you need to make sure that they are keyboard accessible; if you are using some kind of third-party framework, carefully review the options available to see how accessi...
... keyboard accessible; if you are using some kind of third-party framework, carefully review the options available to see how accessible they are before diving in. bootstrap looks to be fairly good for accessibility, for example, although making bootstrap a little more accessible by rhiana heath explores some of its issues (mainly related to color contrast), and looks at some solutions. regularly updated dynamic content can be a problem because screenreader users might miss it, especially if it updates unexpectedly. if you have a single-page app with a main content panel that is regularly updated using xmlhttprequest or fetch, a screenreader user might miss those updates. wai-aria do you need to use such complex functionality, or will plain old semantic html do instead? if you do need complexi...
...es like roles to state what role different elements have in a widget (for example, are they a tab, or a tab panel?), aria-disabled to say whether a control is disabled or not, etc. to deal with regularly updating regions of content, you can use the aria-live attribute, which identifies an updating region. its value indicates how urgently the screen reader should read it out: off: the default. updates should not be announced. polite: updates should be announced only if the user is idle. assertive: updates should be announced to the user as soon as possible. rude: updates should be announced straight away, even if this interrupts the user. here's an example: <p><span id="liveregion1" aria-live="polite" aria-atomic="false"></span></p> you can see an example in action at freedom scientifi...
...And 2 more matches

Creating a spell check dictionary add-on
parts needed to create a dictionary add-on, you first need two things: a spell check dictionary in hunspell or myspell format, with a license which allows you to use it. such a dictionary consists of two files, one with a .dic and one with an .aff file extension. a locale code to describe the language of the dictionary. for example en-us, de-de or da. ...
... locale code, or the spell checker will not be able to match the language of your dictionary against the language of a web page in order to select the right dictionary to use. if you are creating a new dictionary, as opposed to updating an existing one, please make sure that there is not already a dictionary available for your locale. if there already is one, try contacting the author to get it updated, or contact amo editors if the author does not respond. packaging a firefox add-on is a zip file renamed to use an .xpi file extension instead of the normal .zip file extension. to create a dictionary add-on, simply create a zip file which contains the following files and folders: my-dictionary.xpi install.rdf dictionaries/ locale-code.dic locale-code.aff the .dic and .aff...
...you should adapt the install.rdf file: if you are creating a new dictionary add-on, we recommend that the em:id consists of your locale code followed by @dictionaries.addons.mozilla.org, but if there is more than one dictionary for your language (for example the german "old spelling" versus "new spelling" dictionaries), you may need to choose another id, that follows the rules of em:id. if you update an existing dictionary add-on, you must keep the existing em:id, or your users will not be updated to the latest version. the em:version should follow the rules of mozilla add-on version numbers, and if you update an existing dictionary add-on, the new version number must be greater than the old one. don't change em:type or em:unpack, and don't add a em:bootstrap element. type = 64 indicates th...
...And 2 more matches

Updating NSPR or NSS in mozilla-central
d nss teams push a new hg tag to mozilla-central. ...
...d and released, the mozilla hg server rejects accidental changes/forking, if the required keywords are missing in the commit comment.) if nspr or nss must be upgraded to a new static tag, follow this procedure: before starting, make sure your local repository is updated to mozilla-central tip and that there are no local changes: $ hg status -mard pull the new sources $ python client.py update_nspr nspr_tag_name or $ python client.py update_nss nss_tag_name if you update a branch older than mozilla 17 (without the change from bug 782784), you must manually add a dummy change (add or remove a blank line) to force a rebuild of nspr: mozilla/nsprpub/config/prdepend.h or nss: mozilla/security/nss/coreconf/coreconf.dep check directory mozilla/nsprpub/patches/ for patches...
... must manually add a dummy change (add or remove a blank line) to force a rebuild of nspr: mozilla/nsprpub/config/prdepend.h or nss: mozilla/security/nss/coreconf/coreconf.dep check directory mozilla/nsprpub/patches/ for patches that need to be applied to nspr, and directory mozilla/security/patches/ for patches that need to be applied to nss. apply the patches. if merging is required, update the patch file. if a patch is no longer needed, remove the patch from the directory and update the readme file. check for new or removed files $ hg addremove -n review the output to make sure it looks correct update the minimum required system nss version in old-configure.in. this is for builds with --with-system-nss. for example, in the following, "3.16.1" would be replaced with the ...
...And 2 more matches

Localizing with Mercurial
path% variable (tortoisehg doesn't need this step). use the add_path.exe utility found in c:\mozilla-build\hg to do this. ps c:\users\your_id> cd c:\mozilla-build\hg ps c:\mozilla-build\hg> .\add_path.exe /result . note the dot (".") at the end of the second command, which means the current directory. if the utility modified your %path% successfully, a dialog will open saying, "%path% has been updated correctly." alternatively, you can edit the %path% variable manually. in order to do so, right-click on your computer icon, choose properties > advanced > environmental variables, select path and click edit. if you don't see path among the options, you'll have to click add and edit it within the add dialog. see the screenshot for an example. did it work? go to start > run... type cmd.exe a...
...illa-central, and pull some other hg repositories. the other directories are required for seamonkey and thunderbird. cloning your localization repository for the first time is just as easy. ...
... firefox nightly l10n repo, run the following command, replacing ab-cd with your locale code: hg clone https://hg.mozilla.org/l10n-central/ab-cd/ updating your local repos to update your working copy of mozilla-central, go to your local mozilla-central directory and run: hg pull -u this will both get new changesets from mozilla-central and apply those changes in your working copy. ...
...And 2 more matches

Localization formats
ent of mozilla web sites and not to the development of gecko-based extensions or applications. ...
...s or applications. there are 4 main approaches to web l10n with regards to the choice of technology used for localization logic: html/php .lang gettext (.po) wiki (tbd) the choice of the filetype depends on a couple of factors: how much content is there to be localized? how often, if at all, the site will be updated after the launch? is this a long-term project with continuous updates to content? is this a long-term project with stable content? is this a short-term project? will the content differ per locale? if so, to what extent? as every new web-dev project takes shape, a project manager should ask themselves these questions and have the answers ready before starting the web l10n process. html/php maybe you are designing a project that has relatively small...
...ort-term project? will the content differ per locale? if so, to what extent? as every new web-dev project takes shape, a project manager should ask themselves these questions and have the answers ready before starting the web l10n process. html/php maybe you are designing a project that has relatively small translation needs like three to four lines (or more) of content asking users to update to the next version of software available. you may choose to present just the html for localization: we give an html file which lists several pieces of content like, <h1>getting started</h1> and the localizer translates to <h1>débuter avec firefox</h1> the localizer then submits the translated html or php back to us by either checking in changes to svn or sending us a patch that pascal ...
...And 2 more matches

NSS 3.35 release notes
services (nss) 3.35, which is a minor release. distribution information the hg tag is nss_3_35_rtm. nss 3.35 requires nspr 4.18, or newer. nss 3.35 source distributions are available on ftp.mozilla.org for secure https download: source tarballs: https://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/nss/releases/nss_3_35_rtm/src/ new in nss 3.35 new functionality tls 1.3 support has been updated to draft -23. this includes a large number of changes since 3.34, which supported only draft -18. see below for details. new types in sslt.h sslhandshaketype - the type of a tls handshake message. for the sslsignaturescheme enum, the enumerated values ssl_sig_rsa_pss_sha* are deprecated in response to a change in tls 1.3. please use the equivalent ssl_sig_rsa_pss_rsae_sha* for rs...
... an option to enable tls 1.3 compatibility mode, ssl_enable_tls13_compat_mode, was added. note: in this release, support for new rsa_pss_pss_shax signature schemes have been disabl...
...print: 0c:25:8a:12:a5:67:4a:ef:25:f2:8b:a7:dc:fa:ec:ee:a3:48:e5:41:e6:f5:cc:4e:e6:3b:71:b3:61:60:6a:c3 cn = global chambersign root sha-256 fingerprint: ef:3c:b4:17:fc:8e:bf:6f:97:87:6c:9e:4e:ce:39:de:1e:a5:fe:64:91:41:d1:02:8b:7d:11:c0:b2:29:8c:ed significant changes to tls 1.3 were made, along with the update from draft -18 to draft -23: support for keyupdate was added. keyupdate will be used automatically, if a cipher is used for a sufficient number of records. ssl_keylogfile support was updated for tls 1.3. an option to enable tls 1.3 compatibility mode, ssl_enable_tls13_compat_mode, was added. note: in this release, support for new rsa_pss_pss_shax signature schemes have been disabled; end-entity certificates with rsa-pss keys will still ...
...And 2 more matches

Enc Dec MAC Output Public Key as CSR
null, keysize, keyid, pr_false, pwdata); if (!key) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "symmetric key generation failed \n"); } return key; } /* * macinit */ secstatus macinit(pk11context *ctx) { secstatus rv = pk11_digestbegin(ctx); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "compute mac failed : pk11_digestbegin()\n"); } return rv; } /* * macupdate */ secstatus macupdate(pk11context *ctx, unsigned char *msg, unsigned int msglen) { secstatus rv = pk11_digestop(ctx, msg, msglen); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "compute mac failed : digestop()\n"); } return rv; } /* * finalize macing */ secstatus macfinal(pk11context *ctx, unsigned char *mac, unsigned int *maclen, unsigned int maxle...
... pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "compute mac failed : pk11_digestfinal()\n"); } return secsuccess; } /* * compute mac */ secstatus computemac(pk11context *ctxmac, unsigned char *ptext, unsigned int ptextlen, unsigned char *mac, unsigned int *maclen, unsigned int maxlen) { secstatus rv = macinit(ctxmac); if (rv != secsuccess) return rv; rv = macupdate(ctxmac, ptext, ptextlen); if (rv != secsuccess) return rv; rv = macfinal(ctxmac, mac, maclen, maxlen); return rv; } /* * writetoheaderfile */ secstatus writetoheaderfile(const char *buf, unsigned int len, headertype type, prfiledesc *outfile) { secstatus rv; const char *header; const char *trailer; switch (type) { case symkey: ...
...arams rsaparams; void *params; seckeyprivatekey *privkey = null; secstatus rv; unsigned char randbuf[blocksize + 1]; rv = generaterandom(randbuf, blocksize); if (rv != secsuccess) { fprintf(stderr, "error while generating the random numbers : %s\n", port_errortostring(rv)); goto cleanup; } pk11_randomupdate(randbuf, blocksize); switch (keytype) { case rsakey: rsaparams.keysizeinbits = size; rsaparams.pe = publicexponent; mechanism = ckm_rsa_pkcs_key_pair_gen; algtag = sec_oid_pkcs1_md5_with_rsa_encryption; params = &rsaparams; break; default: ...
...And 2 more matches

Encrypt Decrypt_MAC_Using Token
*/ secstatus macfinal(pk11context *ctx, unsigned char *mac, unsigned int *maclen, unsigned int maxl...
... */ secstatus macfinal(pk11context *ctx, unsigned char *mac, unsigned int *maclen, unsigned int maxlen) { secstatus rv =...
... pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "compute mac failed : pk11_digestfinal()\n"); } return secsuccess; } /* * compute mac. ...
...And 2 more matches

GCIntegration - SpiderMonkey Redirect 1
ot been marked yet. in the middle frame some code creates a pointer from b to c and destroys the pointer from a to c. in the last frame, a gets marked by the gc. the problem is that c is never marked even though it's reachable. this will likely lead to a crash if c is accessed via b. write barriers all the schemes for preventing this sort of thing require write barriers. every time a pointer is updated, a small amount of code runs that may mark one of the objects involved in the update. this only happens if an incremental gc is in progress. spidermonkey uses a simple barrier commonly called a "snapshot at the beginning" barrier. the fundamental invariant that this barrier guarantees is that any object reachable when the incremental gc started will be marked. in addition, objects allocated duri...
...ll be marked when the pointer from a to c is nulled out. this barrier is conservative—it assumes that any destroyed pointer was pointing to an object that was part of the initial snapshot. consequently, more objects may be marked than necessary, but those objects will be collected in the next gc if they're unreachable. spidermonkey implements the write barrier internally. any time a property is updated in the vm or the jit, a write barrier is invoked. the troublesome spots are the pointers in gecko that spidermonkey doesn't know about. to understand the problem more, let's consider some reasons why barriers are not needed in common areas of firefox: if a pointer is never changed after it's initialized, then there's no need for a write barrier. initializing a pointer never requires a write ...
...t have a fully formed plan in place for what will replace it, but whatever it is will likely resemble auto-rooters. the main difference is that every reference will need to be rooted. for example, the following code will be incorrect: autorootedobject obj1 = ...; jsobject *obj2 = obj1; // use obj2 if a gc runs in the middle of this code, and if obj1/obj2 is moved, then the obj1 pointer will be updated to point to the new location. the obj2 pointer will not, and it will contain garbage. we have a three-pronged strategy for ensuring that no auto-rooters are missing: all spidermonkey apis will require that only rooted objects be passed to them. so you might be able to get your hands on an unrooted object, but you won't be able to do anything with it. brian hackett has written a dynamic anal...
...And 2 more matches

Parser API
<: statement { type: "whilestatement"; test: expression; body: statement; } a while statement. interface dowhilestatement <: statement { type: "dowhilestatement"; body: statement; test: expression; } a do/while statement. interface forstatement <: statement { type: "forstatement"; init: variabledeclaration | expression | null; test: expression | null; update: expression | null; body: statement; } a for statement. interface forinstatement <: statement { type: "forinstatement"; left: variabledeclaration | expression; right: expression; body: statement; each: boolean; } a for/in statement, or, if each is true, a for each/in statement. note: the for each form is spidermonkey-specific. interface forofstatement <: statement ...
...xpression. interface binaryexpression <: expression { type: "binaryexpression"; operator: binaryoperator; left: expression; right: expression; } a binary operator expression. interface assignmentexpression <: expression { type: "assignmentexpression"; operator: assignmentoperator; left: pattern; right: expression; } an assignment operator expression. interface updateexpression <: expression { type: "updateexpression"; operator: updateoperator; argument: expression; prefix: boolean; } an update (increment or decrement) operator expression. interface logicalexpression <: expression { type: "logicalexpression"; operator: logicaloperator; left: expression; right: expression; } a logical operator expression. interface conditiona...
...| "-" | "*" | "/" | "%" | "|" | "^" | "&" | "in" | "instanceof" | ".." } a binary operator token. note: the .. operator is e4x-specific. enum logicaloperator { "||" | "&&" } a logical operator token. enum assignmentoperator { "=" | "+=" | "-=" | "*=" | "/=" | "%=" | "<<=" | ">>=" | ">>>=" | "|=" | "^=" | "&=" } an assignment operator token. enum updateoperator { "++" | "--" } an update (increment or decrement) operator token. e4x this section describes node types that are provided for e4x support. e4x has since been removed as of gecko 21. note: e4x is not part of the ecmascript standard (ecma-262), but is a separate standard of its own (ecma-357). declarations interface xmldefaultdeclaration <: declaration { type: "xmldefault...
...And 2 more matches

mozIAsyncHistory
void getplacesinfo( in jsval aplaceidentifiers, in mozivisitinfocallback acallback ); parameters aplaceidentifiers the uri for...
... in nsiuri auri, in mozivisitedstatuscallback acallback ); parameters auri the places for which to retrieve information, identified by either a single place guid, a single uri, or a js array of uris and/or guids. acallback an object implementing the mozivisitedstatuscallback.isvisited() method; this method will be called with the results once the request has been completed. ...
... auri the places for which to retrieve information, identified by either a single place guid, a single uri, or a js array of uris and/or guids. acallback an object implementing the mozivisitedstatuscallback.isvisited() method; this method will be called with the results once the request has been completed. updateplaces() adds a set of visits for one or more moziplaceinfo objects, and updates each moziplaceinfo's title or guid. ...
...And 2 more matches

nsIMicrosummary
since generators and pages can be remote resources, and we need them to generate the content, this may not always be available. read only. generator nsimicrosummarygenerator the generator that generates this microsummary. may need to be loaded. need...
...s be available. read only. generator nsimicrosummarygenerator the generator that generates this microsummary. may need to be loaded. needsremoval boolean used when a site author has indicated that a microsummary (or an associated generator) will no longer be available. read only. pageuri nsiuri the uri of the page being summarized. read only. updateinterval long the minimum interval after which this microsummary would like to be refreshed or null if it doesn't care. read only. methods addobserver() add a microsummary observer to this microsummary. void addobserver( in nsimicrosummaryobserver observer ); parameters observer the microsummary observer to add. equals() microsummary equivalence test. microsummaries equal ...
... the microsummary to compare against. return value returns true if the microsummaries are equal. false if they aren't. note: this method returns false if either objects don't have a generator removeobserver() remove a microsummary observer from this microsummary. ...
...And 2 more matches

nsIMsgFolder
the nsimsgfolder interface is used to interact with folders in thunderbird. this page is out of date. check //github.com/realityripple/uxp/blob/master/mailnews/base/public/nsimsgfolder.idl for the newer methods (esp. isspecialfolder and such). ...
...dow amsgwindow,in nsisupportsarray aofflinefolderarray); void emptytrash(in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow, in nsiurllistener alistener); void rename(in astring name, in nsimsgwindow msgwindow); void renamesubfolders( in nsimsgwindow msgwindow, in nsimsgfolder oldfolder); astring generateuniquesubfoldername(in astring prefix,in nsimsgfolder otherfolder); void updatesummarytotals(in boolean force); void summarychanged(); long getnumunread(in boolean deep); long gettotalmessages(in boolean deep); void clearnewmessages(); void clearrequirescleanup(); void setflag(in unsigned long flag); void clearflag(in unsigned long flag); boolean getflag(in unsigned long flag); void toggleflag(i...
...ate_replied 0 nsmsgdispositionstate_forwarded 1 allmessagecountnotifications 0 turn notifications on/off for various notification types. currently only supporting allmessagecountnotifications which refers to both total and unread message counts. methods startfolderloading() void startfolderloading(); endfolderloading() void endfolderloading(); updatefolder() get new headers for the database. void updatefolder(nsimsgwindow awindow); getfilterlist() get the filter list on folder's server (or in the case of news, the filter list for this newsgroup). nsimsgfilterlist getfilterlist(nsimsgwindow msgwindow); setfilterlist() void setfilterlist(in nsimsgfilterlist filterlist); forcedbclosed() void forcedbclosed(); delete() void del...
...And 2 more matches

nsINavHistoryObserver
ports last changed in gecko 21.0 (firefox 21.0 / thunderbird 21.0 / seamonkey 2.18) warning: if you are in the middle of a batch transaction, there may be a database transaction active. you can still access the database in this situation but be careful (of what?). ...
...tabase in this situation but be careful (of what?). ...
...an out of memory error), then you may get a notification even though the page doesn't wind up getting deleted. note: see using onbeforedeleteuri() in gecko 1.9.1 for how to implement this in gecko 1.9.1 void onbeforedeleteuri( in nsiuri auri, in acstring aguid ); parameters auri the uri of the page about to be deleted. aguid the unique id associated with the page. onbeginupdatebatch() notifies you that a batch of things are about to change. you should avoid doing any heavy-duty processing until onendupdatebatch() is called. void onbeginupdatebatch(); parameters none. onclearhistory() called just prior to all of history being cleared. void onclearhistory(); parameters none. ondeleteuri() the specified page and all its visits has been deleted. delete notifications are n...
...And 2 more matches

nsIWindowMediator
zlevelbottom 2 send window to bottom. zlevelbelow 3 place window below some window. methods addlis...
... zlevelbottom 2 send window to bottom. zlevelbelow 3 place window below some window. methods addlistener() register a listener for window status changes. void addlistener( in ...
...getmostrecentwindow( in wstring awindowtype ); parameters awindowtype return the topmost window of this type. ("type" is the |windowtype| attribute of the xml <window> element.) if null, return the topmost window of any type. return value the topmost window. note: starting in gecko 8.0, the returned value is an nsidomwindow; previously, it was an nsidomwindowinternal. you may need to update your code or recompile binary components, if they use this method. getouterwindowwithid() return the outer window with the given id, if any. nsidomwindow getouterwindowwithid( in unsigned long long aouterwindowid ); parameters aouterwindowid the id of the outer window, e.g., as obtained by nsidomwindowutils.outerwindowid. return value the dom window with the given id. if no window ...
...And 2 more matches

XPCOM Interface Reference
tmozistorageprogresshandlermozistorageresultsetmozistoragerowmozistorageservicemozistoragestatementmozistoragestatementcallbackmozistoragestatementparamsmozistoragestatementrowmozistoragestatementwrappermozistoragevacuumparticipantmozistoragevaluearraymozitxttohtmlconvmozithirdpartyutilmozivisitinfomozivisitinfocallbackmozivisitstatuscallbacknsiabcardnsiaboutmodulensiabstractworkernsiaccelerometerupdatensiaccessnodensiaccessibilityservicensiaccessiblensiaccessiblecaretmoveeventnsiaccessiblecoordinatetypensiaccessibledocumentnsiaccessibleeditabletextnsiaccessibleeventnsiaccessiblehyperlinknsiaccessiblehypertextnsiaccessibleimagensiaccessibleprovidernsiaccessiblerelationnsiaccessibleretrievalnsiaccessiblerolensiaccessiblescrolltypensiaccessibleselectablensiaccessiblestatechangeeventnsiaccessiblest...
...accessibletablechangeeventnsiaccessibletextnsiaccessibletextchangeeventnsiaccessibletreecachensiaccessiblevaluensiaccessiblewin32objectnsialertsservicensiannotationobservernsiannotationservicensiappshellnsiappshellservicensiappstartupnsiappstartup_mozilla_2_0nsiapplicationcachensiapplicationcachechannelnsiapplicationcachecontainernsiapplicationcachenamespacensiapplicationcacheservicensiapplicationupdateservicensiarraynsiasyncinputstreamnsiasyncoutputstreamnsiasyncstreamcopiernsiasyncverifyredirectcallbacknsiauthinformationnsiauthmodulensiauthpromptnsiauthprompt2nsiauthpromptadapterfactorynsiauthpromptcallbacknsiauthpromptprovidernsiauthpromptwrappernsiautocompletecontrollernsiautocompleteinputnsiautocompleteitemnsiautocompletelistenernsiautocompleteobservernsiautocompleteresultnsiautocompletesea...
...nsifeedresultnsifeedresultlistenernsifeedtextconstructnsifilensifileinputstreamnsifileoutputstreamnsifilepickernsifileprotocolhandlernsifilespecnsifilestreamsnsifileurlnsifileutilitiesnsifileviewnsifocusmanagernsiformhistory2nsiframeloadernsiframeloaderownernsiframemessagelistenernsiframemessagemanagernsiframescriptloadernsigsettingscollectionnsigsettingsservicensigeolocationprovidernsigeolocationupdatensiglobalhistorynsiglobalhistory2nsiglobalhistory3nsihtmleditornsihttpheaderlistenernsihapticfeedbacknsihttpactivitydistributornsihttpactivityobservernsihttpchannelnsihttpchannelinternalnsihttpheadervisitornsihttpservernsihttpupgradelistenernsiidnservicensiiframeboxobjectnsiiniparsernsiiniparserfactorynsiiniparserwriternsiioservicensiidleservicensiinprocesscontentframemessagemanagernsiinputstreamn...
...And 2 more matches

Introduction to DOM Inspector - Firefox Developer Tools
it will contain the list of currently loaded chrome windows and subdocuments. a browser window and the dom inspector are likely be already open and displayed in this list. the dom inspector keeps track of all the windows that are open, so to inspect the dom of a particular window in the dom inspector, simply access that window as you would normally and then choose its title from this dynamically updated menulist. inspecting arbitrary urls you may also inspect the dom of arbitrary urls by using the inspect a url menuitem in the file menu, or by just entering a url into the dom inspector's address bar and clicking inspect or pressing enter. for example, you can enter http://www.mozilla.org in the address bar and see the dom structure of the mozilla.org home page. you should not use this appr...
...rome you are interested in, you'll see that it loads the dom nodes viewer in the document pane and the dom node viewer in the object pane. in the dom nodes viewer, there should be a structured, hierarchical view of the dom. by clicking around in the document pane, you'll see that the viewers are linked; whenever you select a new node from the dom nodes viewer, the dom node viewer is automatically updated to reflect the information for that node. linked viewers are the first major aspect to understand when learning how to use the dom inspector. dom inspector viewers note that these viewers are just two viewers that the dom inspector provides. it's possible to use other viewers, but for now we'll stick to describing the dom nodes viewer and the dom node viewer. you can use the dom nodes viewer ...
...n by id, class, or attribute. when you select edit > find nodes... or press ctrl + f, the dom inspector displays a find dialog that lets you find elements in various ways, and that gives you incremental searching by way of the <f3> shortcut key. updating the dom dynamically another feature to mention in this introduction is the ability is the ability the dom inspector gives you to dynamically update information reflected in the dom about web pages, user interface, and other elements. note that when the dom inspector displays information about a particular node or subtree, it presents individual nodes and their values (in the dom, attributes are subnodes of elements, typically) in an active list. you can perform actions on the individual items in this list from the context menu and the edit m...
...And 2 more matches

Element.shadowRoot - Web APIs
losed. (see element.attachshadow() for further details). examples the following snippets are taken from our life-cycle-callbacks example (see it live also), which creates an element that displays a square of a size and color specified in the element's attributes. ...
... in the element's attributes. inside the <custom-square> element's class definition we include some life cycle callbacks that make a call to an external function, updatestyle(), which actually applies the size and color to the element. you'll see that we are passing it this (the custom element itself) as a parameter. ...
...l to an external function, updatestyle(), which actually applies the size and color to the element. you'll see that we are passing it this (the custom element itself) as a parameter. connectedcallback() { console.log('custom square element added to page.'); updatestyle(this); } attributechangedcallback(name, oldvalue, newvalue) { console.log('custom square element attributes changed.'); updatestyle(this); } in the updatestyle() function itself, we get a reference to the shadow dom using element.shadowroot. ...
...And 2 more matches

Using files from web applications - Web APIs
doctype html> <html> <head> <meta charset="utf-8"> <title>file(s) size</title> </head> <body> <form name="uploadform"> <div> <input id="uploadinput" type="file" name="myfiles" multiple> selected files: <span id="filenum">0</span>; total size: <span id="filesize">0</span> </div> <div><input type="submit" value="send file"></div> </form> <script> function updatesize() { let nbytes = 0, ofiles = this.files, nfiles = ofiles.length; for (let nfileid = 0; nfileid < nfiles; nfileid++) { nbytes += ofiles[nfileid].size; } let soutput = nbytes + " bytes"; // optional code for multiples approximation const amultiples = ["kib", "mib", "gib", "tib", "pib", "eib", "zib", "yib"]; for (nmultiple = 0, napprox = nbytes /...
...you can do this by styling the input element with display:none and calling the click() method on the <input> element. conside...
... from which to read the image data. ...
...And 2 more matches

Using the Gamepad API - Web APIs
on that is fully pressed. axes: an array representing the controls with axes present on the device (e.g. analog thumb sticks). each entry in the array is a floating point value in the range -1.0 - 1.0, representing the axis position from the lowest value (-1.0) to the highest value (1.0). timestamp: this returns a domhighrestimestamp representing the last time the data for this gamepad was updated, allowing developers to determine if the axes and button data have been updated from the hardware. the value must be relative to the navigationstart attribute of the performancetiming interface. values are monotonically increasing, meaning that they can be compared to determine the ordering of updates, as newer values will always be greater than or equal to older values. note that this property ...
...l always be greater than or equal to older values. note that this property is not currently supported in firefox. note: the gamepad object is available on the gamepadconnected event rather than the window object itself, for security reasons. once we have a reference to it, we can query its properties for information about the current state of the gamepad. behind the scenes, this object will be updated every time the gamepad's state changes. using button information let's look at a simple example that displays connection information for one gamepad (it ignores subsequent gamepad connections) and allows you to move a ball around the screen using the four gamepad buttons on the right hand side of the gamepad. you can view the demo live, and find the source code on github. to start with, we d...
... { var gp = gamepads[i]; if (gp) { gamepadinfo.innerhtml = "gamepad connected at index " + gp.index + ": " + gp.id + ". it has " + gp.buttons.length + " buttons and " + gp.axes.length + " axes."; gameloop(); clearinterval(interval); } } } now on to the main game loop. in each execution of the loop we check if one of four buttons is being pressed; if so, we update the values of the a and b movement variables appropriately, then update the left and top properties, changing their values to the current values of a and b respectively. this has the effect of moving the ball around the screen. in current versions of chrome (version 34 as of this writing) the button values are stored as an array of double values, instead of gamepadbutton objects. this is fixed i...
...And 2 more matches

MouseEvent.pageX - Web APIs
specification as a long integer, but was redefined in the cssom view module to be a double-precision floating-point number to allow for subpixel precision. even though numeric types both are represented by number in javascript, they may be handled differently internally in the browser's code, resulting in potential behavior differences. see browser compatibility to learn which browsers have been updated to use the revised data type. example more examples you can also see an example that demonstrates how to access the mouse position information in every available coordinate system. let's take a look at a simple example that shows you the mouse's position relative to the page's origin. since this example is presented in an <iframe>, that top-left corner is the top-left corner of the frame, no...
...dinate system. let's take a look at a simple example that shows you the mouse's position relative to the page's origin. since this example is presented in an <iframe>, that top-left corner is the top-left corner of the frame, not the browser window. ...
... this example is presented in an <iframe>, that top-left corner is the top-left corner of the frame, not the browser window. ...
...And 2 more matches

Multi-touch interaction - Web APIs
ent is fired when a pointer (mouse, pen/stylus or touch point on a touchscreen) makes contact with the contact surface. the event's state must be cached, in case this down event is part of a multi-touch interaction. in this application, when a pointer is placed down on an element, the background color of the element changes, depending on the number of active touch points the element has. ...
...n element, the background color of the element changes, depending on the number of active touch points the element has. see the update_background function for more details about the color changes. function pointerdown_handler(ev) { // the pointerdown event signals the start of a touch interaction. // save this event for later processing (this could be part of a // multi-touch interaction) and update the background color push_event(ev); if (logevents) log("pointerdown: name = " + ev.target.id, ev); update_background(ev); } pointer move the pointermove handler is called when the pointer moves. it may be called multiple times (for example, if the user moves the pointer) before a different event type is fired. in this application, a pointer move is represented by the target's border being...
... the element has received this event. function pointermove_handler(ev) { // note: if the user makes more than one "simultaneous" touch, most browsers // fire at least one pointermove event and some will fire several pointermoves. // // this function sets the target element's border to "dashed" to visually // indicate the target received a move event. if (logevents) log("pointermove", ev); update_background(ev); ev.target.style.border = "dashed"; } pointer up the pointerup event is fired when a pointer is raised from the contact surface. when this occurs, the event is removed from the associated event cache. in this application, this handler is also used for pointercancel, pointerleave and pointerout events. function pointerup_handler(ev) { if (logevents) log(ev.type, ev); // re...
...And 2 more matches

Using Service Workers - Web APIs
ant to cache. if the promise is rejected, the install fails, and the worker won’t do anything. this is ok, as you can fix your code and then try again the next time registration occurs. after a successful installation, the service worker activates. this doesn’t have much of a distinct use the first time your service worker is installed/activated, but it means more when the service worker is updated (see the updating your service worker section later on.) note: localstorage works in a similar way to service worker cache, but it is synchronous, so not allowed in service workers. note: indexeddb can be used inside a service worker for data storage if you require it. custom responses to requests now you’ve got your site assets cached, you need to tell service workers to do something...
... self.addeventlistener('fetch', (event) => { event.respondwith( // magic goes here ); }); we could start by simply responding with the resource whose url matches that of the network request, in each case: self.addeventlistener('fetch', (event) => { event.respondwith( caches.match(event.request) ); }); caches.match(event.request) allows us to match each...
... updating your service worker if your service worker has previously been installed, but then a new version of the worker is available on refresh or page load, the new version is installed in the background, but not yet activated. it is only activated when ther...
...And 2 more matches

Service Worker API - Web APIs
they will also allow access to push notifications and background sync apis. ...
... installation/activation (see below) for urls accessed by the user inside the whole origin, or inside a subset specified by you. download, install and activate at this point, your service worker will observe the following lifecycle: download install activate the service worker is immediately downloaded when a user first accesses a service worker–controlled site/page. after that, it is updated when: a navigation to an in-scope page occurs. an event is fired on the service worker and it hasn't been downloaded in the last 24 hours. installation is attempted when the downloaded file is found to be new — either different to an existing service worker (byte-wise compared), or the first service worker encountered for this page/site. if this is the first time a service worker has be...
...nal events are not dispatched to the service worker until the promise is successfully resolved. for a complete tutorial to show how to build up your first basic example, read using service workers. other use case ideas service workers are also intended to be used for such things as: background data synchronization. responding to resource requests from other origins. receiving centralized updates to expensive-to-calculate data such as geolocation or gyroscope, so multiple pages can make use of one set of data. client-side compiling and dependency management of coffeescript, less, cjs/amd modules, etc. for development purposes. hooks for background services. custom templating based on certain url patterns. performance enhancements, for example pre-fetching resources that the user is l...
...And 2 more matches

ShadowRoot - Web APIs
e caret, and caret's character offset within that node. examples the following snippets are taken from our life-cycle-callbacks example (see it live also), which creates an element that displays a square of a size and color specified in the element's attributes. ...
... in the element's attributes. inside the <custom-square> element's class definition we include some life cycle callbacks that make a call to an external function, updatestyle(), which actually applies the size and color to the element. you'll see that we are passing it this (the custom element itself) as a parameter. ...
...l to an external function, updatestyle(), which actually applies the size and color to the element. you'll see that we are passing it this (the custom element itself) as a parameter. connectedcallback() { console.log('custom square element added to page.'); updatestyle(this); } attributechangedcallback(name, oldvalue, newvalue) { console.log('custom square element attributes changed.'); updatestyle(this); } in the updatestyle() function itself, we get a reference to the shadow dom using element.shadowroot. ...
...And 2 more matches

Web audio spatialization basics - Web APIs
function moveboombox(direction) { switch (direction) { case 'left': if (transform.xax...
...rbound = 1.5; let's create a function that takes the direction we want to move as a parameter, and both modifies the css transform and updates the position and orientation values of our panner node properties to change the sound as appropriate. to start with let's take a look at our left, right, up and down values as these are pretty straightforward. we'll move the boombox along these axis and update the appropriate position. function moveboombox(direction) { switch (direction) { case 'left': if (transform.xaxis > leftbound) { transform.xaxis -= 5; panner.positionx.value -= 0.1; } break; case 'up': if (transform.yaxis > topbound) { transform.yaxis -= 5; panner.posit...
...o: case 'back': if (transform.zaxis > innerbound) { transform.zaxis -= 0.01; panner.positionz.value += 40; } break; case 'forward': if (transform.zaxis < outerbound) { transform.zaxis += 0.01; panner.positionz.value -= 40; } break; our rotation values are a little more involved, however, as we need to move the sound around. not only do we have to update two axis values (e.g. if you rotate an object around the x-axis, you update the y and z coordinates for that object), but we also need to do some more maths for this. the rotation is a circle and we need math.sin and math.cos to help us draw that circle. let's set up a rotation rate, which we'll convert into a radian range value for use in math.sin and math.cos later, when we want to figure out ...
...And 2 more matches

Using the Web Storage API - Web APIs
ad by calling storageavailable('sessionstorage'). see here for a brief history of feature-detecting localstorage. example to illustrate some typical web storage usage, we have created an example, imaginatively called web storage demo. the landing page provides controls that can be used to customize the color, font, and decorative image: when you choose different options, the page is instantly updated; in addition, your choices are stored in localstorage, so that when you leave the page and load it again, later on, your choices are remembered. we have also provided an event output page — if you load this page in another tab, then make changes to your choices in the landing page, you'll see the updated storage information outputted as a storageevent is fired. note: as well as viewing th...
...was previously accessed): if(!localstorage.getitem('bgcolor')) { populatestorage(); } else { setstyles(); } the storage.getitem() method is used to get a data item from storage; in this case, we are testing to see whether the bgcolor item exists; if not, we run populatestorage() to add the existing customization values to the storage. if there are already values there, we run setstyles() to update the page styling with the stored values. note: you could also use storage.length to test whether the storage object is empty or not. getting values from storage as noted above, values can be retrieved from storage using storage.getitem(). this takes the key of the data item as an argument, and returns the data value. for example: function setstyles() { var currentcolor = localstorage.getite...
... document.getelementbyid('image').value = currentimage; htmlelem.style.backgroundcolor = '#' + currentcolor; pelem.style.fontfamily = currentfont; imgelem.setattribute('src', currentimage); } here, the first three lines grab the values from local storage. next, we set the values displayed in the form elements to those values, so that they keep in sync when you reload the page. finally, we update the styles/decorative image on the page, so your customization options come up again on reload. setting values in storage storage.setitem() is used both to create new data items, and (if the data item already exists) update existing values. this takes two arguments — the key of the data item to create/modify, and the value to store in it. function populatestorage() { localstorage.setitem('...
...And 2 more matches

ARIA: timer role - Accessibility
is defines this div element as a timer with no remaining time. description the timer role indicates to assistive technologies that this part of the web content is a live region containing a timer listing the time remaining or elapsed time. a timer's inner text should be an updating current time measurement. while the value does not necessarily need to be machine parsable, it should continuously update at regular intervals unless the timer is paused or reaches its end-point. associated wai-aria roles, states, and properties aria-label used to provide the name of the timer. aria-live elements with the role timer have an implicit aria-live value of off. aria-describedby used to indicate the idref of an element that contains additional instructions for navigating or operating this element...
...g to the regular web content on other parts of the page, must be handled. use wisely, and cautiously! examples some prominent web timers include clocks, stop watches and countdowns, such as ticketing websites, e-commerce sites, and event countdowns (see https://countingdownto.com/). as an illustration of aria-atomic, consider a site with a simple clock, showing hours and minutes. ...
...e sites, and event countdowns (see https://countingdownto.com/). as an illustration of aria-atomic, consider a site with a simple clock, showing hours and minutes. the clock is updated each minute, with the new remaining time simply overwriting the current content. ...
...And 2 more matches

Web applications and ARIA FAQ - Accessibility
his example, the role="progressbar" attribute informs the browser that this element is actually a javascript-powered progress bar widget. the aria-valuemin and aria-valuemax attributes specify the minimum and maximum values for the progress bar, and the aria-valuenow describes the current state of it. along with placing them directly in the markup, aria attributes can be added to the element and updated dynamically using javascript code like this: // find the progress bar <div> in the dom. var progressbar = document.getelementbyid("percent-loaded"); // set its aria roles and states, so that assistive technologies know what kind of widget it is. progressbar.setattribute("role", "progressbar"); progressbar.setattribute("aria-valuemin", 0); progressbar.setattribute("aria-valuemax", 100); // cre...
.../ find the progress bar <div> in the dom. var progressbar = document.getelementbyid("percent-loaded"); // set its aria roles and states, so that assistive technologies know what kind of widget it is. progressbar.setattribute("role", "progressbar"); progressbar.setattribute("aria-valuemin", 0); progressbar.setattribute("aria-valuemax", 100); // create a function that can be called at any time to update the value of the progress bar. function updateprogress(percentcomplete) { progressbar.setattribute("aria-valuenow", percentcomplete); } will adding aria change my page styles or behavior? no, aria is only made available to assistive technology apis, and doesn't affect native browser functionality with respect to the dom or styling. from the browser's point of view, the native html defines the...
...so, using the example of a progress bar, you can degrade gracefully to a role="progressbar" in cases where the <progressbar> tag isn't supported. here is an example of the markup used for an html5 progress bar: <!doctype html> <html> <head><title>gracefully degrading progress bar</title></head> <body> <progress id="progress-bar" value="0" max="100">0% complete</progress> <button id="update-button">update</button> </body> </html> ... and here is the javascript code that will ensure the progress bar still works in older browsers: var progressbar = document.getelementbyid("progress-bar"); // check to see if the browser supports the html5 <progress> tag. var supportshtml5progress = (typeof (htmlprogresselement) !== "undefined"); function setupprogress() { if (!supportshtml5prog...
...And 2 more matches

Cross-browser audio basics - Developer guides
ot due to an error. error an error is encountered while media data is being download. emptied the media buffer has been emptied, possibly due to an error or because the load() method was invoked to reload it. stalled media data is unexpectedly no longer available. media playing events we also have another set of events that are useful for reacting to the state of the media playback. ...
...or. error an error is encountered while media data is being download. emptied the media buffer has been emptied, possibly due to an error or because the load() method was invoked to reload it. stalled media data is unexpectedly no longer available. media playing events we also have another set of events that are useful for reacting to the state of the media playback. ...
...nexpectedly no longer available. media playing events we also have another set of events that are useful for reacting to the state of the media playback. timeupdate the timeupdate event is triggered every time the currenttime property changes. in practice, this occurs every 250 milliseconds. this event can be used to trigger the displaying of playback progress. myaudio.addeventlistener("timeupdate", function() { //update something related to playback progress }); playing the playing event is initiated when playback is ready to start after having being paused due to lack of media data. waiting the waiting event is triggered when playback has stopped due to lack of media data, although it is expected to resume once data becomes available. play the play event is initiated after the pl...
...And 2 more matches

Creating a cross-browser video player - Developer guides
n">mute/unmute</button></li> <li><button id="volinc" type="button">vol+</button></li> <li><button id="voldec" type="button">vol-</button></li> <li><button id="fs" type="button">fullscreen</button></li> </ul> each button is given an id so it can be easily accessed with javascript. the span within the <progress> element is for browsers that do not support the progress element and will be updated at the same time as progress (this span element won't be visible on browsers that support progress). the controls are initially hidden with a css display:none and will be enabled with javascript. again if a user has javascript disabled, the custom control set will not appear and they can use the browser's default control set unhindered. of course this custom control set is currently useless an...
...when the video's metadata has been loaded: video.addeventlistener('loadedmetadata', function() { progress.setattribute('max', video.duration); }); unfortunately in some mobile browsers, when loadedmetadata is raised — if it even is raised — video.duration may not have the correct value, or even any value at all. so something else needs to be done. more on that below. ...
...rect value, or even any value at all. so something else needs to be done. more on that below. another event, timeupdate, is raised periodically as the video is being played through. this event is ideal for updating the progress bar's value, setting it to the value of the video's currenttime attribute, which indicates how far through the video the current playback is. video.addeventlistener('timeupdate', function() { progress.value = video.currenttime; progressbar.style.width = math.floor((video.currenttime / video.duration) * 100) + '%'; }); as the timeupdate event is raised, the progress element's value attribute is set to the video's currenttime. ...
...And 2 more matches

Index - Developer guides
your until-now-webkit-only sites work with firefox, which uses the unprefixed version of the spec. 16 audio and video manipulation audio, canvas, examples, guide, html5, media, video, web audio api, webgl, developer recommendation the ability to read the pixel values from each frame of a video can be very useful. 17 event developer guide dom, event, guide, needsupdate, events events refers both to a design pattern used for the asynchronous handling of various incidents which occur in the lifetime of a web page and to the naming, characterization, and use of a large number of incidents of different types. 18 creating and triggering events advanced, dom, guide, javascript, needscontent, events this article demonstrates how to create an...
...number of incidents of different types. 18 creating and triggering events advanced, dom, guide, javascript, needscontent, events this article demonstrates how to create and dispatch dom events. such events are commonly called synthetic events, as opposed to the events fired by the browser itself. 19 dom onevent handlers beginner, dom, dom beginner, needsbeginnerupdate, needsupdate the web platform provides several ways to be notified of dom events. two common approaches are addeventlistener() and the specific onevent handlers. 20 media events intermediate, media various events are sent when handling media that are embedded in html documents using the <audio> and <video> elements; this section lists them and provides some helpful info...
...termediate, mobile, motion, needscontent, orientation, páginas_a_traducir, rotation when using orientation and motion events, it's important to understand what the values you're given by the browser mean. this article provides details about the coordinate systems at play and how you use them. 24 overview of events and handlers beginner, dom, example, javascript, needsbeginnerupdate, needsupdate, events this overview of events and event handling explains the code design pattern used to react to incidents occurring when a browser accesses a web page, and it summarizes the types of such incidents modern web browsers can handle. 25 touch events (mozilla experimental) dom the experimental touch events api described on this page was available from gecko...
...And 2 more matches

<input type="button"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
begin by creating a simple button with a click event handler that starts our machine (well, it toggles the value of the button and the text content of the following paragraph): <form> <input type="button" value="start machine"> </form> <p>the machine is stopped.</p> const button = document.queryselector('input'); const paragraph = document.queryselector('p'); button.addeventlistener('click', updatebutton); function updatebutton() { if (button.value === 'start machine') { button.value = 'stop machine'; paragraph.textcontent = 'the machine has started!'; } else { button.value = 'start machine'; paragraph.textcontent = 'the machine is stopped.'; } } the script gets a reference to the htmlinputelement object representing the <input> in the dom, saving this refence in the...
...cified as the access key (you'll need to press s plus the particular modifier keys for your browser/os combination; see accesskey for a useful list of those). ...
...(you'll need to press s plus the particular modifier keys for your browser/os combination; see accesskey for a useful list of those). ...
...And 2 more matches

Using custom elements - Web Components
/custom-square> the class constructor is really simple — here we attach a shadow dom to the element, then attach empty <div> and <style> elements to the shadow root: const shadow = this.attachshadow({mode: 'open'}); const div = document.createelement('div'); const style = document.createelement('style'); shadow.appendchild(style); shadow.appendchild(div); the key function in this example is updatestyle() — this takes an element, gets its shadow root, finds its <style> element, and adds width, height, and background-color to the style. function updatestyle(elem) { const shadow = elem.shadowroot; shadow.queryselector('style').textcontent = ` div { width: ${elem.getattribute('l')}px; height: ${elem.getattribute('l')}px; background-color: ${elem.getattribute('c')};...
...element, gets its shadow root, finds its <style> element, and adds width, height, and background-color to the style. function updatestyle(elem) { const shadow = elem.shadowroot; shadow.queryselector('style').textcontent = ` div { width: ${elem.getattribute('l')}px; height: ${elem.getattribute('l')}px; background-color: ${elem.getattribute('c')}; } `; } the actual updates are all handled by the life cycle callbacks, which are placed inside the class definition as methods. ...
...or('style').textcontent = ` div { width: ${elem.getattribute('l')}px; height: ${elem.getattribute('l')}px; background-color: ${elem.getattribute('c')}; } `; } the actual updates are all handled by the life cycle callbacks, which are placed inside the class definition as methods. ...
...And 2 more matches

ui/button/action - Archive of obsolete content
click: function(state) { console.log("button '" + state.label + "' was clicked"); } }); by default, the button appears in the firefox toolbar: however, users can move it to the firefox menu panel using the toolbar customization feature: badged buttons new in firefox 36. you can add a "badge" to a button using its badge property. this can be a number or a string, and you can update it at any time. by default the badge's color is red, but you can set your own color using the badgecolor property, specified as a css <color> value: var { togglebutton } = require("sdk/ui/button/toggle"); var button = togglebutton({ id: "my-button1", label: "my button1", icon: "./icon-16.png", onchange: changed, badge: 0, badgecolor: "#00aaaa" }); function changed(sta...
...ked '" + state.label + "' again"); } the listener is passed a state object that contains all the button's properties. you can generate click events programmatically with the button's click() method. disabling buttons you can disable a button by setting its disabled property to true. a disabled button will not generate click events and its icon will appear disabled: updating state you can update all the button's properties except for its id. by default, the button has global state: that is, its properties are the same across all open windows and tabs, and updating them updates the button's state across all open windows and tabs. you can set state to be specific to a window or tab using the button's state() method. to set state like this, call state() with 2 parameters: the first par...
... tabs. you can set state to be specific to a window or tab using the button's state() method. to set state like this, call state() with 2 parameters: the first parameter is a window or tab object or as a shorthand, the string "window" for the currently active window, or the string "tab" for the currently active tab the second parameter is an object containing the state properties you wish to update. here's an add-on with a button that disables itself when you click it, but only for the currently active window: var { actionbutton } = require("sdk/ui/button/action"); var button = actionbutton({ id: "my-button", label: "my button", icon: { "16": "./firefox-16.png", "32": "./firefox-32.png" }, onclick: disableforthiswindow }); function disableforthiswindow...
...el: "my button", icon: { "16": "./firefox-16.png", "32": "./firefox-32.png" }, onclick: function(state) { console.log("you clicked '" + state.label + "'"); } }); button.click(); state() get or set the button's state for a specific window or tab. by default, a button's properties are global, meaning that they are the same across all open windows and tabs, and that if you update these properties, then they are updated across all windows and tabs. but sometimes you want a button attached to one window (or tab) to have a different state to a button attached to a different window (or tab). that's what state() is for. to set a button's properties for a specific window or tab, call state(), passing it the window or tab you want the property to apply to, and the property valu...

package.json - Archive of obsolete content
.rdf. translators an array of strings listing the people who contributed to the localization of this add-on. these values will be used as the add-on's em:translator elements in its install.rdf. note: jpm supports nodejs people fields. unpack same as the unpack in an install.rdf file. useful when the extension contains binaries. updatekey same as the updatekey in an install.rdf file. see supporting updates for self-hosted add-ons. note: this key is only available with jpm. updatelink same as the updatelink for an update.rdf file. previously was --update-link in cfx. see supporting updates for self-hosted add-ons. note: this key is only available with jpm. ...
... note: this key is only available with jpm. version string representing the version of the add-on. defaults to "0.0.1". this value is used as the add-on's em:version element in its install.rdf. ...
... note: this key is only available with jpm. version string representing the version of the add-on. defaults to "0.0.1". this value is used as the add-on's em:version element in its install.rdf. ...
... note: this key is only available with jpm. version string representing the version of the add-on. defaults to "0.0.1". this value is used as the add-on's em:version element in its install.rdf. ...

Listening to events in Firefox extensions - Archive of obsolete content
for a number of these progress events from web pages. most of this goes on in browser.js. domlinkhandler the domlinkhandler object is called by the domlinkadded event in order to detect any rss feeds, site icons, or opensearch plugins for the web site. ...
...or the web site. pageshoweventhandlers the pageshoweventhandlers() function is called by the pageshow event and is used to populate the character set menu and update the ui elements associated with any detected feeds or opensearch plugins for the website. xulbrowserwindow xulbrowserwindow is an nsiwebprogresslistener used to get progress events for the currently visible browser. ...
...pageshoweventhandlers() function is called by the pageshow event and is used to populate the character set menu and update the ui elements associated with any detected feeds or opensearch plugins for the website. xulbrowserwindow xulbrowserwindow is an nsiwebprogresslistener used to get progress events for the currently visible browser. ...
...s associated with any detected feeds or opensearch plugins for the website. xulbrowserwindow xulbrowserwindow is an nsiwebprogresslistener used to get progress events for the currently visible browser. it is used to update the ui for many different reasons: update the progress bar and status messages as pages load turn on and off the throbber as pages load set the site icon when available update the address bar as the user navigates hide notification bars when appropriate as the user navigates apply the site zoom preferences to newly loading pages update the bookmarking star button ui update the identity display as the site's security changes tabsprogresslistener this object is a tabs progress listener and receives events for all browsers in the window. it is used to detect when a...

Chapter 5: Let's build a Firefox extension - Archive of obsolete content
e special visual effects for extensions. first, add the skin directory and its subordinate files to your helloworld directory as shown in figure 10. the purpose of each of these files is explained in table 4. download the files icon.png and icon-small.png from the resources website and place them appropriately. fixme: figure 10: directory structure with skin package added add the skin package update chrome.manifest with the contents of listing 10. listing 10: additional content for chrome.manifest skin helloworld classic/1.0 skin/classic/ style chrome://browser/content/browser.xul chrome://helloworld/skin/overlay.css style chrome://global/content/customizetoolbar.xul chrome://helloworld/skin/overlay.css register skin package (skin instruction) line 1 beginning skin is used to register t...
...e firefox standard theme. cross-package overlays with style sheets (style instruction) in phase 1, we used the overlay instruction to invoke a cross-package overlay with xul; to do this with a style sheet, we use the style instruction. lines 2-3 create overlays on the browser window and the “customize toolbar” window. add the toolbar button to add the toolbar button to the browser window, update overlay.xul as shown in listing 11. in order to make it so that users can relocate the button where they like, you will add a new toolbarbutton element, using the special element toolbarpalette with the id browsertoolbarpalette as the merge point. you’ll also add a new command element, so that a click on the toolbar button will share its process with the menu item. listing 11: revisions to ove...
...lines 1–3 define the icon image to use with full-sized icons, and lines 4–6 define the icon image to use when small toolbar icons have been selected. listing 12: content for overlay.css #helloworldbutton { list-style-image: url(chrome://helloworld/skin/icon.png); } toolbar[iconsize="small"] #helloworldbutton { list-style-image: ur...
...ld fr-fr jar:chrome/helloworld.jar!/locale/fr-fr/ skin helloworld classic/1.0 jar:chrome/helloworld.jar!/skin/classic/ style chrome://browser/content/browser.xul chrome://helloworld/skin/overlay.css style chrome://global/content/customizetoolbar.xul chrome://helloworld/skin/overlay.css that completes the process of xpi packaging. one point you need to take special note of is that in step 4, you updated chrome.manifest so that the files it refers to have paths pointing inside the zip archive. in order to go back into development mode after you’ve finished packaging the extension as an xpi, you need to revert the chrome.manifest you edited in step 4 to point to the backup files in step 3. if you forget to do this, any subsequent changes you make to your source files during development will no...

Creating a dynamic status bar extension - Archive of obsolete content
ck. concepts covered in the previous sample won't be reiterated here; instead, refer to the downloadable sample code or to the previous sample for further details. download the sample you can download a copy of this sample to look over, or to use as the basis for your own extension. ...
...ere; instead, refer to the downloadable sample code or to the previous sample for further details. download the sample you can download a copy of this sample to look over, or to use as the basis for your own extension. or, if you've already got the code from the creating a status bar extension sample, you can follow this tutorial to update that existing code with new features. ...
...his sample to look over, or to use as the basis for your own extension. or, if you've already got the code from the creating a status bar extension sample, you can follow this tutorial to update that existing code with new features. download the sample update the install manifest replace all occurrences of the first sample's id, "status-bar-sample-1", with the new sample's id, "stockwatcher", and update the front end metadata to describe our new extension. see install manifests for details. update the chrome manifest the chrome manifest needs only a minor update from the previous sample; simply replace the id of the first sample, "status-bar-sample-1", with the name of the new sample, "stockwatcher". if you need to brush up, visit the chrome manifest section. write the xul file we need a slightl...
...his so that upon loading, the stock information is displayed as soon as possible. after doing that, we install an interval routine on the browser window by calling window.setinterval(). this configures our refreshinformation() routine to be called every 10 minutes (the time interval is specified in milliseconds). refreshinformation() the refreshinformation() function is called whenever we want to update the stock information. it's called whenever the user clicks on the status bar panel, when our extension is first added to a browser window, and by the interval handler to periodically update the display. refreshinformation: function() { var httprequest = null; var fullurl = 'http://quote.yahoo.com/d/quotes.csv?f=sl1d1t1c1ohgv&e=.csv&s=goog'; // ... httprequest = new xmlhttprequest(); ...

Source code directories overview - Archive of obsolete content
he directory structure of the mozilla source code tree. it gives a bird's eye view of the source code so a developer can get a good idea what is in mozilla and where to find things. it is a good document for a new mozilla developer to start learning about the mozilla code base. this document contains material for seamonkey, firefox, and toolkit. it is a living document which is (supposed to be) updated monthly according to changes in the mozilla source tree. see also similar information in mozilla source code directory structure, and also see the more detailed overview of how the parts of gecko fit together. introduction: common subdirectories a common naming scheme is used throughout the mozilla source trees. at the top level is the name of the product (e.g. seamonkey). at the second level...
...ms are used for code level things instead of build level things (which are a stored in the build directory). content was split off from layout and contains objects as they are exposed to the dom. db contains c code for the mdb/mork database which is a low-level, general-purpose and cross-platform file library. it is used to store mail box data, news data and global history data. it has not been updated to support xpcom yet. this code originated in the mozilla classic code base. dbm contains c code for managing, reading and writing hash tables. it is used for the auto-completion feature on the url edit box (stored in netscape.hst in mozilla classic) and for the cached pages index (stored in fat.db in mozilla classic). this code originated at uc berkeley. directory contains the ldap sdk. docs...
...e and xul for implementing the "cross platform front end." essentially, this is where the mozilla program starts and manages other components to accomplish tasks. this code contains very little platform dependent code; it relies on other components to provide platform independent interfaces to platform specific functionality. xpinstall contains the c interfaces and code for implementing the smartupdate feature from mozilla classic. xpinstall provides code for downloading files, uncompressing them and installing them in a platform independent way. xulrunner contains code for xul runner. firefox firefox is contained in the browser directory app contains contains code to build the firefox executable. base contains the xul and branding code. components contains firefox specific components ...
...oletecontains obsolete stuff. profilecontains the profile manager themescontains themes as they relate to toolkit things. xreis the xul runtime engine. this directory contains the code for initializing the toolkit. original document information author(s): daniel howard other contributors: heikki toivonen (11-nov-1999), hervé renault (for the french translation) (16-nov-1999) last updated date: michael kaply 2-june-2005 copyright information: portions of this content are © 1998-2007 by individual mozilla.org contributors; content available under a creative commons license | details. further history: document history. ...

Enabling the behavior - retrieving tinderbox status - Archive of obsolete content
our mozilla extension now exists, but it doesn't do anything. to make it work we have to add javascript code that changes its status when the tinderbox status changes. the first step is to write a function that queries the tinderbox server and retrieves the current status. var gxmlhttprequest; function loadtinderboxstatus() { gxmlhttprequest = new xmlhttprequest(); gxmlhttprequest.onload = updatetinderboxstatus; gxmlhttprequest.open("get", "http://tinderbox.mozilla.org/seamonkey/panel.html"); gxmlhttprequest.send(null); } xmlhttprequest is an interface in mozilla for retrieving documents via http. although it is designed to retrieve xml content and parse it into a dom, it can retrieve (but not parse) other kinds of content as well. in this case we use it to retrieve an html page con...
...g/seamonkey/panel.html"); gxmlhttprequest.send(null); } xmlhttprequest is an interface in mozilla for retrieving documents via http. although it is designed to retrieve xml content and parse it into a dom, it can retrieve (but not parse) other kinds of content as well. in this case we use it to retrieve an html page containing a brief summary of the current tinderbox state. ...
...ieve an html page containing a brief summary of the current tinderbox state. that document gets updated by the tinderbox server every time a build finishes. it displays a list of active tinderbox clients along with the result of their last build attempt. xmlhttprequest is easy to use in the simple case we have here. we use new to create a new instance of it, set the instance's onload property to updatetinderboxstatus(), the function we want to execute when the document finishes loading, call its open method with the type of http request we want to make and the url of the document to retrieve, and then call its send method to send the request. xmlhttprequest will retrieve the document located at the given url and call the updatetinderboxstatus() function when it is done. notice that we defined...
...method with the type of http request we want to make and the url of the document to retrieve, and then call its send method to send the request. xmlhttprequest will retrieve the document located at the given url and call the updatetinderboxstatus() function when it is done. notice that we defined the instance of xmlhttprequest as a global variable. this is because we need to reference it in the updatetinderboxstatus() function as well as the current function, and we can't pass the object from one function to the other because the one doesn't call the other directly. « previousnext » ...

Twitter - Archive of obsolete content
next! jetpack's twitter library, jetpack.lib.twitter, is a very simple, lightweight layer on top of twitter's rest api. in fact it's hardly more than syntactic sugar for doing xmlhttprequests. to use this library, you therefore need to be familiar with twitter's own api. (it's easy!) methods each method in twitter's api maps to a method here. for example, the twitter method for tweeting, statuses/update, maps to jetpack.lib.twitter.statuses.update(). to call trends/current, use jetpack.lib.twitter.trends.current(). for search, jetpack.lib.twitter.search(). replace slashes with dots. most of twitter's methods are supported, but not all. list methods, spam reporting methods, and oauth are not currently supported. if something is not supported but you would like it to be, please file a bug. (or...
...cond style will be familiar if you have used jquery.ajax() -- in fact the object is passed as-is (almost) to it. in other words, define a data property that is itself an object whose properties correspond to the parameters of the twitter method. with this style you can use any of the various jquery.ajax() options in your request: data, success, complete, etc. example: jetpack.lib.twitter.statuses.update({ data: { status: "o frabjous day!" }, username: "basic_auth_username", password: "basic_auth_password", success: function () console.log("hey!") }); user authentication you can supply a username and password to methods that require authentication using the second, more advanced call style described above. or you can simply rely on firefox. when you call a method that requires auth...
...sername: "basic_auth_username", password: "basic_auth_password", success: function () console.log("hey!") }); user authentication you can supply a username and password to methods that require authentication using the second, more advanced call style described above. or you can simply rely on firefox. when you call a method that requires authentication -- such as jetpack.lib.twitter.statuses.update() -- without providing a username or password, firefox will prompt the user for them if she is not already authenticated with twitter. both methods use http basic authentication. in the future, the library may support oauth. see twitter's authentication documentation for related information. faq see twitter's api faq. since jetpack's twitter library is a very thin wrapper around twitter's api...
...thods use http basic authentication. in the future, the library may support oauth. see twitter's authentication documentation for related information. faq see twitter's api faq. since jetpack's twitter library is a very thin wrapper around twitter's api, most everything there applies here, and not much applies here that doesn't apply there. example usage tweeting jetpack.lib.twitter.statuses.update({ status: "o frabjous day!" }); firefox will prompt for a username and password if the user is not already authenticated with twitter. user info jetpack.lib.twitter.users.show({ id: "mozlabs", success: function (data, status) console.log(data.tosource()), error: function (xhr, errmsg, errobj) console.error(xhr.responsetext) }); friends of a user jetpack.lib.twitter.statuses.friends({ id...

Simple Storage - Archive of obsolete content
owser restarts as a note. all notes are shown in the tools menu. you can install this example from the jetpack gallery. ...
...uture.import("storage.simple");// create the persistent notes array if it doesn't already exist.jetpack.storage.simple.notes = jetpack.storage.simple.notes || [];var notes = jetpack.storage.simple.notes;// updates the jetpack menu with the current notes. we'll add a notes menu with// a submenu, which lists all the notes. if there are no notes, we'll show a// disabled "(empty)" menuitem.function updatejetpackmenu() { jetpack.menu.set({ label: "notes", menu: new jetpack.menu(notes.length > 0 ? notes : [{ label: "(empty)", disabled: true }]) });}// modify the page's context menu by sneaking in before it's shown. if there's// a selection, add a note menuitem that makes a new note. otherwise, don't// modify the menu at all. we'll limit ...
...s a new note. otherwise, don't// modify the menu at all. we'll limit the number of notes to 20. old notes// will be forgotten. ...
... to 20. old notes// will be forgotten. ...

Simple Storage - Archive of obsolete content
starts as a note. all notes are shown in the tools menu. you can install this example from the jetpack gallery. jetpack.future.import("menu"); jetpack.future.import("selection"); jetpack.future.import("storage.simple"); // create the persistent notes array if it doesn't already exist. ...
...ort("storage.simple"); // create the persistent notes array if it doesn't already exist. jetpack.storage.simple.notes = jetpack.storage.simple.notes || []; var notes = jetpack.storage.simple.notes; // updates the jetpack menu with the current notes. we'll add a notes menu with // a submenu, which lists all the notes. if there are no notes, we'll show a // disabled "(empty)" menuitem. function updatejetpackmenu() { jetpack.menu.set({ label: "notes", menu: new jetpack.menu(notes.length > 0 ? notes : [{ label: "(empty)", disabled: true }]) }); } // modify the page's context menu by sneaking in before it's shown. if there's // a selection, add a note menuitem that makes a new note. otherwise, don't // modify the menu at all. w...
.... otherwise, don't // modify the menu at all. we'll limit the number of notes to 20. old notes // will be forgotten. ...
...s // will be forgotten. ...

Space Manager High Level Design - Archive of obsolete content
he space manager are: nsblockreflowstate nsblockframe nsboxtoblockadaptor the general interaction model is to create a space manager for a block frame in the context of a reflow, and to associate it with the blockreflowstate so it is passed down to child frames' reflow methods. after reflow, the space manager is destroyed. during reflow, the space manager stores the space taken up by floats (updatespacemanager in nsblockframe) and provides information about the space available for other elements (getavailablespace in nsblockreflowstate). additionally, there is a need to manage impacts to lines caused by changes to floated elements. this is referred to as propagation of float damage and is handled by the block frame, making use of the space manager. when a float is incrementally reflowed, th...
...gers are effectively 'nested' during reflow, with each new block introducing its own space manager. use case 2: float is added to the space manager after a space manager is created for a block context's reflow chain, a floated block may be added to it. this happens in the method nsblockreflowstate::recoverfloats and nsblockreflowstate::flowandplacefloat (formerly this was done in nsblockframe::updatespacemanager). the general algorithm in nsblockreflowstate::recoverfloats is: for each line in the block, see if it has floated blocks if floats are in the line, iterate over the floats and add each one to the space manager via the addrectregion method. the actual rect for the frame is cached in an nsfloatcache so it does not have to be recomputed. if the block has any block children, then tra...
...e::recoverfloats is: for each line in the block, see if it has floated blocks if floats are in the line, iterate over the floats and add each one to the space manager via the addrectregion method. the actual rect for the frame is cached in an nsfloatcache so it does not have to be recomputed. if the block has any block children, then translate the space manager to the child block's origin and update the space manager in the context for the child block, recursively. when done with the child, restore the space managers coordinates by translating by the negative of the child block's origin. the general algorithm in nsblockreflowstate::flowandplacefloat is: the region that the float currently occupies is recorded. the band of available space is searched (with nsblockreflowstate::getavailable...
...ine) nsblockframe::paint is mucking with nsblockbanddata in and #if 0 block - remove that and the include (compiles fine) nsspacemanger has no way of clearing the float damage interval set - this might be needed if the spacemanager persists beyond a reflow original document information author(s): marc attinasi other contributors: alex savulov, chris waterson, david baron, josh soref last updated date: november 20, 2005 ...

textbox - Archive of obsolete content
e case. the disabled attribute is allowed only for form controls. using it with an anchor tag (an <a> link) will have no effect. the element will, however, still respond to mouse events. to enable the element, leave this attribute out entirely. visible controls have a disabled property which, except for menus and menuitems, is normally preferred to use of the attribute, as it may need to update additional state. focused type: boolean this attribute is true if the element is focused. emptytext deprecated since gecko 2 type: string a string that appears in the textbox when it has no value. this is superseded by the placeholder attribute in gecko 2.0. the old name is retained for compatibility, but you should update your code. hidespinbuttons type: boolean if tru...
...ues. there are several attributes that allow the number textbox to be configured, including decimalplaces, min, max, increment, wraparound, hidespinbuttons, and textbox.value. password a textbox that hides what is typed, used for entering passwords. search a textbox intended for searching. the command event will fire as the user modifies the value. a listener for the command event should update search results. if the searchbutton attribute is set to true, the command event is only fired if the user presses the search button or presses the enter key. you may specify grey text to appear when the search box is empty using the emptytext attribute, and a timeout may be set for the command event using the timeout attribute (defaults to 500). timed this textbox will fire a command event ...
... a certain time has passed. the delay is set with the timeout attribute. the command event will fire if the user presses the enter key. the timed type is deprecated in gecko 1.9.1 and the search textbox may be used instead. value type: string the default value entered in a textbox. the attribute only holds the default value and is never modified when the user enters text. to get the updated value, use the value property. for number boxes, the default is 0 or the minimum value returned by the min property, whichever is higher. wrap type: string set this attribute to the value off to disable word wrapping in the textbox. if this attribute is not specified, word wrapping is enabled. wraparound type: boolean if true, the value of the number box will wrap around when ...
...nd sets the value of the disabled attribute. editor type: nsieditor a reference to the nsieditor for editable text. this property is read only. emptytext deprecated since gecko 2 type: string gets and sets a string that appears in the textbox when it has no value. this is superseded by the placeholder property in gecko 2.0. the old name is retained for compatibility, but you should update your code. increment type: integer gets and sets the value of the increment attribute. inputfield type: textbox element in mozilla, the xul textbox is implemented as a wrapper around an html input element. this read only property holds a reference to this inner input element. label type: string sets the label attribute. gets the label attribute if it is present ...

XULRunner Hall of Fame - Archive of obsolete content
now available with xulrunner 30 with i18n support. mathml support is significant. includes smil audio overlays and idpf fixed layout. ...
...his lightweight extension for firefox, thunderbird, seamonkey, songbird, komodo etc. sqlite manager is also available as a xulrunner application. surebo browselorer a new, simple yet highly functional and customizable web browser, based on xulrunner 22. websecurify web application security testing environment. source yoono desktop win/mac application to get all your friend updates, update your status and share stuff easily across facebook, myspace, twitter, and more - all at once! simplify your online social life. zotero reference manager with firefox, chrome, and safari integration. both firefox extension and xulrunner-based standalone application available. source applications based on xulrunner 1.9 or earlier buzzbird xul-based desktop twitter client.
... pc application to manage tomtom gps devices understanding faith (desktop version) a multimedia religious education resource for catholic secondary schools in australia. vivipos integrated point-of-sales software-hardware solution with customized xul application as the device front-end. english site. inactive projects these projects appear to be less actively developed, with no updates since 2010. they are all based on xulrunner 1.8 or earlier. abstract an accounting package with breakthrough level of automation. latest release: 0.0.2 november 2010 - source clines a clone of color lines (game). latest release: 1.2 november 2008 - source cocoapsyc.app a psyc im/chat client for mac os x (also available as a firefox extension). latest release 0.5 febuary...
...tructions spicebird a collaboration suite - e-mail, calendaring and instant messaging. latest release: june 2010 - build instructions utilities / prototypes ajax toolkit framework (atf) a part of the eclipse web tools platform (wtp) aliwal geocoder geocode addresses onto a map benjamin's xulrunner examples "mybrowser is a very simple example browser", xulmine. an updated version of "mybrowser" that works with firefox 25.0.1+ is available in matthew kastor's xulrunner examples at https://github.com/matthewkastor/xulrunner-examples/ exch a currency conversion tool using updated data from http://finance.yahoo.com/currency. you can use the firefox extension or the stand-alone xul application. opendocument viewer cross-platform viewer for opendocument...

2006-10-06 - Archive of obsolete content
summary: mozilla.dev.l10n - october 6, 2006 announcements english united states dictionary english united states dictionary for firefox 2. firefox 2 sign-off procedure localization team should begin intense qa as outlined here. ffx 2 rc2 testing today l10n builds were completed was completed and ready for test. ...
... firefox 2 sign-off procedure localization team should begin intense qa as outlined here. ffx 2 rc2 testing today l10n builds were completed was completed and ready for test. test resumt will be found here another lightning localization update with some bad news difference has been located between sunbird_0_3_branch (for sunbird 0.3) and mozilla_1_8_branch. sunbird/lightning localization update you need to update your localization if you want your locale to ship with lightning 0.3 or sunbird 0.3. mozillatranslator 5.13 rfes new version of mozillatranslator will be relaesed in a few weeks. calendar localization update rc1 for sunbird 0.3 is out now and ready for testing. l10n locked down - ff2 rc2 code freeze 9/29/2006 at 9am pdt the l10n repository is locked down. discussion...
... meetings none for this week. ...
...lization if you want your locale to ship with lightning 0.3 or sunbird 0.3. mozillatranslator 5.13 rfes new version of mozillatranslator will be relaesed in a few weeks. calendar localization update rc1 for sunbird 0.3 is out now and ready for testing. l10n locked down - ff2 rc2 code freeze 9/29/2006 at 9am pdt the l10n repository is locked down. discussions status update fx2 status update for firefox 2. meetings none for this week. authors paul yanchun gu (gpaul) aditya nanda kuswanto(vipers101) ...

Building a Theme - Archive of obsolete content
note: this tutorial is about building themes for firefox 29 and later. other tutorials exist for building themes for earlier versions of firefox. for an older tutorial, see creating a skin for firefox. note: firefox for mac os x has changed some directories so the guide may be obsolete. setting up the development environment themes and extensions are packaged and distributed in zip files or bundles, with the xpi (pronounced “zippy”) file extension. ...
...ctor is broken. to workaround this, disable hardware acceleration in firefox' options. open up the dom inspector now (located under the "tools" menu), and go to "file->inspect chrome document". this will be a menu containing all the xul documents currently open in firefox. pick the first document with a web page title, like "firefox start page" and select it. for this tutorial, we're going to update the background color of the toolbars. select the node finding tool (the arrow-plus-box in the top-left corner of the dom inspector), and click on any unused space on a toolbar. this should select a node of type "xul:toolbar" in the dom inspector. from here, you can play around with various different stylings for the toolbar and associated elements. by default, the right pane should show the dom ...
...theme directory and install the theme. your theme will not be active the first time you install, and you will need to click "enable" and restart before you can see your change. after it restarts this second time, you should see the background color of the toolbars is displayed in orange now. you can now go back and make additional changes to your css files, close and restart firefox, and see the updates. package now that your theme works, you can package it for deployment and installation. zip up the contents of your theme's folder (not the theme folder itself), and rename the zip file to have a .xpi extension. in windows, you can do this easily by selecting all the files and subfolders in your extension folder, right click and choose "send to -> compressed (zipped) folder". a .zip file wi...
...-> compressed (zipped) folder". a .zip file will be created for you. just rename it and you're done! on mac os or linux, you can use the command-line zip tool: zip -r my_theme.xpi install.rdf chrome.manifest browser communicator global mozapps or, if you have 7-zip installed, you can use that for zipping it up: 7z a -tzip my_theme.xpi chrome chrome.manifest note: the command-line tool will update an existing zip file, not replace it - so if you have files you've deleted from your theme, be sure to remove the .xpi file before running the zip command again. now upload the .xpi file to your server, making sure it's served as application/x-xpinstall. you can link to it and allow people to download and install it. for the purposes of just testing our .xpi file we can just drag it into the add...

Array.observe() - Archive of obsolete content
however, this api has been deprecated and removed from browsers. you can use the more general proxy object instead. syntax array.observe(arr, callback) parameters arr the array to be observed. ...
... to be observed. callback the function called each time changes are made, with the following argument: changes an array of objects each representing a change. the properties of these change objects are: name: the name of the property which was changed. object: the changed array after the change was made. type: a string indicating the type of change taking place. one of "add", "update", "delete", or "splice". oldvalue: only for "update" and "delete" types. the value before the change. index: only for the "splice" type. the index at which the change occurred. removed: only for the "splice" type. an array of the removed elements. addedcount: only for the "splice" type. the number of elements added. description the callback function is called each time a ...
...r the "splice" type. the number of elements added. description the callback function is called each time a change is made to arr, with an array of all changes in the order in which they occurred. changes done via array methods, such as array.prototype.pop() will be reported as "splice" changes. ...
...r in which they occurred. changes done via array methods, such as array.prototype.pop() will be reported as "splice" changes. index assignment changes which do not change the length of the array may be reported as "update" changes. examples logging different change types var arr = ['a', 'b', 'c']; array.observe(arr, function(changes) { console.log(changes); }); arr[1] = 'b'; // [{type: 'update', object: <arr>, name: '1', oldvalue: 'b'}] arr[3] = 'd'; // [{type: 'splice', object: <arr>, index: 3, removed: [], addedcount: 1}] arr.splice(1, 2, 'beta', 'gamma', 'delta'); // [{type: 'splice', object: <arr>, index: 1, removed: ['b', 'c'], addedcount: 3}] specifications strawman proposal specification. ...

Reference - Archive of obsolete content
cial:search?search=javascript1.2&go=go. how should they be revised? --maian 23:43, 21 september 2005 (pdt) i think we need a new section in the reference that specifies the differences between versions, collecting this information into a single location rather than leaving it scattered haphazardly throughout the reference as it currently is. once that is done, the various code samples should be updated to reflect current practices and code if they cannot be written in a "version-neutral" manner. do you think this makes sense? -- dria 04:27, 22 september 2005 (pdt) those examples are not "bad examples" per se. they are there specifically to show the differences between the two versions. i was wondering what should be done about those examples, since they would no longer be valid with fx 1.5+ ...
...rence:statements:for_each...in. the for each...in loop should either be listed on this page or moved to a different category. and somebody should see if there are other features in the same situation. herorev 00:49, 27 october 2006 (pdt) since the for each...in loop is a 1.6 feature (not a 1.5 feature), maybe someone should rename this page/category to be either a general javascript reference or update it to be the 1.6 reference. having 1.6 features defined in the 1.5 reference might be confusing. cstevens 10:23, 20 december 2006 (pst) we do plan to move the pages around, see core javascript 1.5 reference/reorg, but it's not clear when that will happen. in the meantime, newer features from js 1.6 (and hopefully someone will add js 1.7 features too) are being added to the reference with appropri...
... (pst) yes, seeing stuff that doesn't apply to 1.5 on a page titled "... javascript 1.5" might be a little confusing. but there is no other place to put javascript 1.6 features at the moment. (there is no "core javascript 1.6 reference" yet.) what should we do, that will be the most useful to our readers? copy all the "... javascript 1.5 ..." pages to "... javascript 1.6 ..." ? then carefully update all links to the javascript 1.5 pages to link to the javascript 1.6 pages -- unless the links are specifically about javascript 1.5 ? then do it all over again when javascript 1.7, javascript 2.0, javascript xxxxii.1, etc. comes out ? make a footnote on each page, pointing to a page listing "hot new javascript features", which in turn points to 1 page for 1.6, 1 page for 1.7, etc., listing all t...
... footnote on each page, pointing to a page listing "hot new javascript features", which in turn points to 1 page for 1.6, 1 page for 1.7, etc., listing all the differences from one version to the next ? this would be the simplest thing for us to write. but someone trying write some javascript 2.0, wanting a list of all the features it supports, might be annoyed at having to read through *all* the updates. make a footnote on each page, pointing to a page listing "hot new javascript features", which lists all the differences between the current latest version, and the documented 1.5 version ? (every time a new version comes out, a few more things are added to that page). none of those options appeal to me. what is the right way to write about the latest javascript version? --davidcary 06:42, 31 ...

XForms Custom Controls - Archive of obsolete content
ded from file:// urls. it is possible to re-enable this by following the steps on using remote xul. this is required for all examples here to run! purpose you are in the right place if you would like to create your own custom renderings of the xforms controls like input, output, trigger, etc. we will also show you how to create custom controls that work with the xforms model and are automatically updated just like xforms controls. the purpose of this article is to give you enough background information so that you'll be able to get a good start. to really grasp the following information, a good understanding of xforms, xbl, javascript and css is needed. xpcom knowledge will certainly not hurt. but even if you are only comfortable with a couple of these technologies, we hope that the possibilitie...
...o main groups of interfaces -> callback interfaces that must be implemented by the custom controls and the interfaces that custom controls can use to access the mozilla xforms engine. nsixformsuiwidget every custom control should implement the nsixformsuiwidget interface. this interface is used by the xforms engine to interact with the underlying control. ...
... */ void refresh(); /** * is called when focus is advanced to the xforms element. */ boolean focus(); /** * is called when control should be disabled. * this really only applies to the submit element. */ void disable(in boolean disable); /** * is called to get current value of control. ...
... as determined by the mdg. */ boolean isrequired(); /** * return true if instance node is valid as determined by the mdg. */ boolean isvalid(); /** * return true if the control is bound to an instance node. */ boolean hasboundnode(); /** * return the bound instance node. */ nsidomnode getboundnode(); /** * set the content of the instance node. if aforceupdate is true then the * xforms model will rebuild/recalculate/revalidate/refresh. */ void setcontent(in nsidomnode anode, in boolean aforceupdate); } note: setcontent() can be used to set place complexcontent (mixture of text and element nodes) under the control's bound node. please see the comments in the source .idl file for more information on using this method. xbl bindings most xforms co...

XForms Select1 Element - Archive of obsolete content
l) listbox - used when appearance = 'compact' (xhtml/xul) radio group - used when appearance = 'full' (xhtml/xul) combobox displaying a combobox is the default representation (xhtml/xul). xhtml widget characteristics analogous widgets is <html:select/> visual grouping by choices element is supported selection="open" is supported if incremental attribute value is false, the bound node is updated when the select1 control is blurred (i.e. loses focus), otherwise it is updated upon item selection xul widget characteristics analogous widgets are <html:select/> and <xul:menulist/> visual grouping by choices element isn't implemented selection="open" attribute isn't supported if incremental attribute value is false, the bound node is updated when the select control is blurred (i.e. lose...
... is blurred (i.e. loses focus), otherwise it is updated upon item selection xul widget characteristics analogous widgets are <html:select/> and <xul:menulist/> visual grouping by choices element isn't implemented selection="open" attribute isn't supported if incremental attribute value is false, the bound node is updated when the select control is blurred (i.e. loses focus), otherwise it is updated upon item selection listbox the select1 is represented as listbox (xhtml/xul). characteristics analogous widgets are <html:select size="5"/> and <xul:listbox/> visual grouping by choices element isn't implemented selection="open" attribute isn't supported if incremental attribute value is false, the bound node is updated when the select control is blurred (i.e. loses focus), otherwise it...
...on item selection listbox the select1 is represented as listbox (xhtml/xul). characteristics analogous widgets are <html:select size="5"/> and <xul:listbox/> visual grouping by choices element isn't implemented selection="open" attribute isn't supported if incremental attribute value is false, the bound node is updated when the select control is blurred (i.e. ...
...e. loses focus), otherwise it is updated upon item selection radio group the select is represented as group of radios (xhtml/xul). ...

Bounding volume collision detection with THREE.js - Game development
ngsphere property available in geometry. var knot = new three.mesh( new three.torusknotgeometry(0.5, 0.1), new meshnormalmaterial({})); var knotbsphere = new sphere( knot.position, knot.geometry.boundingsphere.radius); unfortunately, there is no equivalent of box3.setfromobject for sphere instances. so if we apply transformations or change the position of the mesh, we need to manually update the bounding sphere. for instance: knot.scale.set(2, 2, 2); knotbsphere.radius = knot.geometry.radius * 2; intersection tests point vs. box3 / sphere both box3 and sphere have a containspoint method to do this test. var point = new three.vector3(2, 4, 7); knotbbox.containspoint(point); box3 vs. box3 the box3.intersectsbox method is available for performing this test. knotbbox.intersectsb...
... mesh representing the bounding box, which shows the bounding box's shape, and can passed to the previously seen setfromobject method in order to have a bounding box matching the mesh. boxhelper is the recommended way to handle 3d collisions with bounding volumes in three.js. you will miss sphere tests, but the tradeoffs are well worth it. the advantages of using this helper are: it has an update() method that will resize its bounding box mesh if the linked mesh rotates or changes its dimensions, and update its position. it takes into account the child meshes when computing the size of the bounding box, so the original mesh and all its children are wrapped. we can easily debug collisions by rendering the meshes that boxhelper creates. by default they are created with a linebasicmaterial...
...), new three.meshnormalmaterial({}) ); var knotboxhelper = new three.boxhelper(knot, 0x00ff00); scene.add(knotboxhelper); in order to also have our actual box3 bounding box, we create a new box3 object and make it assume the boxhelper's shape and position. var box3 = new three.box3(); box3.setfromobject(knotboxhelper); if we change the mesh position, rotation, scale, etc. ...
... assume the boxhelper's shape and position. var box3 = new three.box3(); box3.setfromobject(knotboxhelper); if we change the mesh position, rotation, scale, etc. we need to call the update() method so the boxhelper instance matches its linked mesh. we also need to call setfromobject again in order to make the box3 follow the mesh. knot.position.set(-3, 2, 1); knot.rotation.x = -math.pi / 4; // update the bounding box so it stills wraps the knot knotboxhelper.update(); box3.setfromobject(knotboxhelper); performing collision tests is done in the same way as explained in the above section — we use our box3 object in the same way as described above. // box vs box box3.intersectsbox(otherbox3); // box vs point box3.containspoint(point.position); demos there are two demos you can take a look ...

Move the ball - Game development
conds: function draw() { // drawing code } setinterval(draw, 10); thanks to the infinite nature of setinterval the draw() function will be called every 10 milliseconds forever, or until we stop it. now, let's draw the ball — add the following inside your draw() function: ctx.beginpath(); ctx.arc(50, 50, 10, 0, math.pi*2); ctx.fillstyle = "#0095dd"; ctx.fill(); ctx.closepath(); try your updated code now — the ball should be repainted on every frame. making it move you won't notice the ball being repainted constantly at the moment, as it's not moving. let's change that. first, instead of a hardcoded position at (50,50) we will define a starting point at the bottom center part of the canvas in variables called x and y, then use those to define the position the circle is drawn at. fi...
...oment, as it's not moving. let's change that. first, instead of a hardcoded position at (50,50) we will define a starting point at the bottom center part of the canvas in variables called x and y, then use those to define the position the circle is drawn at. ...
...95dd"; ctx.fill(); ctx.closepath(); } now comes the important part: we want to add a small value to x and y after every frame has been drawn to make it appear that the ball is moving. let's define these small values as dx and dy and set their values to 2 and -2 respectively. add the following below your x and y variable definitions: var dx = 2; var dy = -2; the last thing to do is to update x and y with our dx and dy variable on every frame, so the ball will be painted in the new position on every update. add the following two new lines indicated below to your draw() function: function draw() { ctx.beginpath(); ctx.arc(x, y, 10, 0, math.pi*2); ctx.fillstyle = "#0095dd"; ctx.fill(); ctx.closepath(); x += dx; y += dy; } save your code again and try it in ...
...dth, canvas.height); ctx.beginpath(); ctx.arc(x, y, 10, 0, math.pi*2); ctx.fillstyle = "#0095dd"; ctx.fill(); ctx.closepath(); x += dx; y += dy; } save your code and try again, and this time you'll see the ball move without a trail. every 10 milliseconds the canvas is cleared, the blue circle (our ball) will be drawn on a given position and the x and y values will be updated for the next frame. cleaning up our code we will be adding more and more commands to the draw() function in the next few articles, so it's good to keep it as simple and clean as possible. let's start by moving the ball drawing code to a separate function. replace the existing draw() function with the following two functions: function drawball() { ctx.beginpath(); ctx.arc(x, y, 10, 0,...

Player paddle and controls - Game development
ball we have to enable physics for the paddle. continue by adding the following new line, again at the bottom of the create() function: game.physics.enable(paddle, phaser.physics.arcade); now the magic can start to happen — the framework can take care of checking the collision detection on every frame. to enable collision detection between the paddle and ball, add the collide() method to the update() function as shown: function update() { game.physics.arcade.collide(ball, paddle); } the first parameter is one of the objects we are interested in — the ball — and the second is the other one, the paddle. this works, but not quite as we expected it to — when the ball hits the paddle, the paddle falls off the screen! all we want is the ball bouncing off the paddle and the paddle sta...
...l hits it. to do this, add the below line at the bottom of the create() function: paddle.body.immovable = true; now it works as expected. controlling the paddle the next problem is that we can't move the paddle. to do that we can use the system's default input (mouse or touch, depending on platform) and set the paddle position to where the input position is. add the following new line to the update() function, as shown: function update() { game.physics.arcade.collide(ball, paddle); paddle.x = game.input.x; } now on every new frame the paddle's x position will adjust accordingly to the input's x position, however when we start the game, the position of the paddle is not in the middle. it's because the input position is not yet defined. to fix that we can set the default position (...
...de(ball, paddle); paddle.x = game.input.x; } now on every new frame the paddle's x position will adjust accordingly to the input's x position, however when we start the game, the position of the paddle is not in the middle. it's because the input position is not yet defined. to fix that we can set the default position (if an input position is not yet defined) to be the middle of the screen. update the previous line as follows: paddle.x = game.input.x || game.world.width*0.5; if you haven't already done so, reload your index.html and try it out! position the ball we have the paddle working as expected, so let's position the ball on it. it's very similar to positioning the paddle — we need to have it placed in the middle of the screen horizontally and at the bottom vertically with a l...
... game.add.sprite( ... ) line, and replace it with the following two lines: ball = game.add.sprite(game.world.width*0.5, game.world.height-25, 'ball'); ball.anchor.set(0.5); the velocity stays almost the same — we're just changing the second parameter's value from 150 to -150, so the ball will start the game by moving up instead of down. find the existing ball.body.velocity.set( ... ) line and update it to the following: ball.body.velocity.set(150, -150); now the ball will start right from the middle of the paddle. compare your code you can check the finished code for this lesson in the live demo below, and play with it to understand better how it works: next steps we can move the paddle and bounce the ball off it, but what's the point if the ball is bouncing off the bottom edge of t...

MVC - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
e, quantity and price of each item we need to buy this week. below we'll describe how we could implement some of this functionality using mvc. the model the model defines what data the app should contain. if the state of this data changes, then the model will usually notify the view (so the display can change as needed) and sometimes the controller (if different logic is needed to control the updated view). going back to our shopping list app, the model would specify what data the list items should contain — item, price, etc. — and what list items are already present. the view the view defines how the app's data should be displayed. in our shopping list app, the view would define how the list is presented to the user, and receive the data to display from the model. the controller t...
...ng list app, the model would specify what data the list items should contain — item, price, etc. — and what list items are already present. the view the view defines how the app's data should be displayed. in our shopping list app, the view would define how the list is presented to the user, and receive the data to display from the model. the controller the controller contains logic that updates the model and/or view in response to input from the users of the app. so for example, our shopping list could have input forms and buttons that allow us to add or delete items. these actions require the model to be updated, so the input is sent to the controller, which then manipulates the model as appropriate, which then sends updated data to the view. you might however also want to just upda...
... mvc on the web as a web developer, this pattern will probably be quite familiar even if you've never consciously used it before. ...
...e solution such as indexeddb [en-us].) your app's controlling code is probably written in html/javascript, and your user interface is probably written using html/css/whatever else you like. this sounds very much like mvc, but mvc makes these components follow a more rigid pattern. in the early days of the web, mvc architecture was mostly implemented on the server-side, with the client requesting updates via forms or links, and receiving updated views back to display in the browser. however, these days, more of the logic is pushed to the client with the advent of client-side data stores, and xmlhttprequest allowing partial page updates as required. web frameworks such as angularjs and ember.js all implement an mvc architecture, albeit in slightly different ways. learn more general knowledge ...

From object to iframe — other embedding technologies - Learn web development
label { margin: 0; text-align: right; font-size: 0.7rem; width: 98%; } body { margin: 10px; background: #f5f9fa; } const textarea = document.getelementbyid('code'); const reset = document.getelementbyid('reset'); const solution = document.getelementbyid('solution'); const output = document.queryselector('.output'); let code = textarea.value; let userentry = textarea.value; function updatecode() { output.innerhtml = textarea.value; } reset.addeventlistener('click', function() { textarea.value = code; userentry = textarea.value; solutionentry = htmlsolution; solution.value = 'show solution'; updatecode(); }); solution.addeventlistener('click', function() { if(solution.value === 'show solution') { textarea.value = solutionentry; solution.value = 'hide solution...
...) { textarea.value = code; userentry = textarea.value; solutionentry = htmlsolution; solution.value = 'show solution'; updatecode(); }); solution.addeventlistener('click', function() { if(solution.value === 'show solution') { textarea.value = solutionentry; solution.value = 'hide solution'; } else { textarea.value = userentry; solution.value = 'show solution'; } updatecode(); }); const htmlsolution = '<iframe width="420" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/qh2-tgulwu4" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen>\n</iframe>\n\n<iframe src="https://www.google.com/maps/embed?pb=!1m18!1m12!1m3!1d37995.65748333395!2d-2.273568166412784!3d53.473310471916975!2m3!1f0!2f0!3f0!3m2!1i1024!2i768!4f13.1!3m3!1m2!1s0x487bae6c05743d3d%3a0xf82fddd1e49fc0a1!2sthe+lowry!5e0!3m2!
...ww.google.com/maps/embed?pb=!1m18!1m12!1m3!1d37995.65748333395!2d-2.273568166412784!3d53.473310471916975!2m3!1f0!2f0!3f0!3m2!1i1024!2i768!4f13.1!3m3!1m2!1s0x487bae6c05743d3d%3a0xf82fddd1e49fc0a1!2sthe+lowry!5e0!3m2!1sen!2suk!4v1518171785211" width="600" height="450" frameborder="0" style="border:0" allowfullscreen>\n</iframe>'; let solutionentry = htmlsolution; textarea.addeventlistener('input', updatecode); window.addeventlistener('load', updatecode); // stop tab key tabbing out of textarea and // make it write a tab at the caret position instead textarea.onkeydown = function(e){ if (e.keycode === 9) { e.preventdefault(); insertatcaret('\t'); } if (e.keycode === 27) { textarea.blur(); } }; function insertatcaret(text) { const scrollpos = textarea.scrolltop; const ca...
...const caretpos = textarea.selectionstart; const front = (textarea.value).substring(0, caretpos); const back = (textarea.value).substring(textarea.selectionend, textarea.value.length); textarea.value = front + text + back; caretpos = caretpos + text.length; textarea.selectionstart = caretpos; textarea.selectionend = caretpos; textarea.focus(); textarea.scrolltop = scrollpos; } // update the saved usercode every time the user updates the text area code textarea.onkeyup = function(){ // we only want to save the state when the user code is being shown, // not the solution, so that solution is not saved over the user code if(solution.value === 'show solution') { userentry = textarea.value; } else { solutionentry = textarea.value; } updatecode(); }; iframes ...

Cooperative asynchronous JavaScript: Timeouts and intervals - Learn web development
can also pass any parameters required by the function being executed as subsequent parameters of the setinterval() call. let's look at an example. the following function creates a new date() object, extracts a time string out of it using tolocaletimestring(), and then displays it in the ui. it then runs the function once per second using setinterval(), creating the effect of a digital clock that updates once per second (see this live, and also see the source): function displaytime() { let date = new date(); let time = date.tolocaletimestring(); document.getelementbyid('demo').textcontent = time; } const createclock = setinterval(displaytime, 1000); just like settimeout(), setinterval() returns an identifying value you can use later when you need to clear the interval. clearing inte...
...er of seconds will be the amount of seconds left over when all of the minutes have been removed. you'll want to include a leading zero on your display values if the amount is less than 10, so it looks more like a traditional clock/watch. to pause the stopwatch, you'll want to clear the interval. to reset it, you'll want to set the counter back to 0, clear the interval, and then immediately update the display. you probably ought to disable the start button after pressing it once, and enable it again after you've stopped/reset it. otherwise multiple presses of the start button will apply multiple setinterval()s to the clock, leading to wrong behavior. note: if you get stuck, you can find our version here (see the source code also). things to keep in mind about settimeout() and setinte...
...g requestanimationframe() elsewhere in the course — see for example drawing graphics, and object building practice. the method takes as an argument a callback to be invoked before the repaint. this is the general pattern you'll see it used in: function draw() { // drawing code goes here requestanimationframe(draw); } draw(); the idea is to define a function in which your animation is updated (e.g. your sprites are moved, score is updated, data is refreshed, or whatever). then, you call it to start the process off. at the end of the function block you call requestanimationframe() with the function reference passed as the parameter, and this instructs the browser to call the function again on the next display repaint. this is then run continuously, as the code is calling requestanimat...
...(), guybrush would move his limbs too fast and the animation would look ridiculous. this example therefore throttles the rate at which the sprite cycles its frames using the following code: if (posx % 13 === 0) { if (sprite === 5) { sprite = 0; } else { sprite++; } } so the code only cycles the sprite once every 13 animation frames. ...actually, it's about every 6.5 frames, as we update posx (character's position on the screen) by two each frame: if (posx > width/2) { newstartpos = -( (width/2) + 102 ); posx = math.ceil(newstartpos / 13) * 13; console.log(posx); } else { posx += 2; } this is the code that calculates how to update the position in each animation frame. the method you use to throttle your animation will depend on your particular code. for instance, in th...

Build your own function - Learn web development
inside the function scope. if you tried the last experiment, make sure to undo the last change before carrying on. improving the function with parameters as it stands, the function is still not very useful — we don't want to just show the same default message every time. let's improve our function by adding some parameters, allowing us to call it with some different options. ...
...s to call it with some different options. first of all, update the first line of the function: function displaymessage() { to this: function displaymessage(msgtext, msgtype) { now when we call the function, we can provide two variable values inside the parentheses to specify the message to display in the message box, and the type of message it is. to make use of the first parameter, update the following line inside your function: msg.textcontent = 'this is a message box'; to msg.textcontent = msgtext; last but not least, you now need to update your function call to include some updated message text. change the following line: btn.onclick = displaymessage; to this block: btn.onclick = function() { displaymessage('woo, this is a different message!'); }; if we w...
...xercise (warning and chat) from github. save them in a new folder called icons in the same location as your html file. note: the warning and chat icons were originally found on iconfinder.com, and designed by nazarrudin ansyari — thanks! (the actual icon pages were since moved or removed.) next, find the css inside your html file. we'll make a few changes to make way for the icons. first, update the .msgbox width from: width: 200px; to width: 242px; next, add the following lines inside the .msgbox p { ... } rule: padding-left: 82px; background-position: 25px center; background-repeat: no-repeat; now we need to add code to our displaymessage() function to handle displaying the icons. add the following block just above the closing curly brace (}) of your function: if (msg...
...ackground color is set to aqua blue. if the msgtype parameter is not set at all (or to something different), then the else { ... } part of the code comes into play, and the paragraph is simply given default padding and no icon, with no background panel color set either. this provides a default state if no msgtype parameter is provided, meaning that it is an optional parameter! let's test out our updated function, try updating the displaymessage() call from this: displaymessage('woo, this is a different message!'); to one of these: displaymessage('your inbox is almost full — delete some mails', 'warning'); displaymessage('brian: hi there, how are you today?','chat'); you can see how useful our (now not so) little function is becoming. note: if you have trouble getting the example ...

Basic math in JavaScript — numbers and operators - Learn web development
needed. we've actually provided a simple example showing how this is done — check it out live, and look at the source code to see if you can spot the incrementors! we'll look at loops in detail later on in the course. let's try playing with these in your console. for a start, note that you can't apply these directly to a number, which might seem strange, but we are assigning a variable a new updated value, not operating on the value itself. the following will return an error: 3++; so, you can only increment an existing variable. try this: let num1 = 4; num1++; okay, strangeness number 2! when you do this, you'll see a value of 4 returned — this is because the browser returns the current value, then increments the variable. you can see that it's been incremented if you return the varia...
...ox. the box is drawn using a browser api called the canvas api. there is no need to worry about how this works — just concentrate on the math for now. the width and height of the box (in pixels) are defined by the variables x and y, which are initially both given a value of 50. open in new window in the editable code box above, there are two lines marked with a comment that we'd like you to update to make the box grow/shrink to certain sizes, using certain operators and/or values in each case. let's try the following: change the line that calculates x so the box is still 50px wide, but the 50 is calculated using the numbers 43 and 7 and an arithmetic operator. change the line that calculates y so the box is 75px high, but the 75 is calculated using the numbers 25 and 3 and an arithmeti...
...y season it is zoom a map in or out depending on what zoom level is selected we'll look at how to code such logic when we look at conditional statements in a future article. for now, let's look at a quick example: <button>start machine</button> <p>the machine is stopped.</p> const btn = document.queryselector('button'); const txt = document.queryselector('p'); btn.addeventlistener('click', updatebtn); function updatebtn() { if (btn.textcontent === 'start machine') { btn.textcontent = 'stop machine'; txt.textcontent = 'the machine has started!'; } else { btn.textcontent = 'start machine'; txt.textcontent = 'the machine is stopped.'; } } open in new window you can see the equality operator being used just inside the updatebtn() function. in this case, we are not t...
...if the button is currently saying "stop machine" when it is pressed, we swap the display back again. note: such a control that swaps between two states is generally referred to as a toggle. it toggles between one state and another — light on, light off, etc. ...

Accessibility in React - Learn web development
d in the editing template. const editfieldref = useref(null); const editbuttonref = useref(null); these refs have a default value of null because they will not have value until we attach them to their respective elements. to do that, we'll add an attribute of ref to each element, and set their values to the appropriately named ref objects. ...
...ide effect (3) todo.js:98 that's it for our experimentation for now. delete console.log("main render") now, and lets move on to implementing our focus management. focusing on our editing field now that we know our useeffect() hook works, we can manage focus with it. as a reminder, we want to focus on the editing field when we switch to the editing template. update your existing useeffect() hook so that it reads like this: useeffect(() => { if (isediting) { editfieldref.current.focus(); } }, [isediting]); these changes make it so that, if isediting is true, react reads the current value of the editfieldref and moves browser focus to it. we also pass an array into useeffect() as a second argument. this array is a list of values useeffect() should d...
...t now, and you'll see that when you click an "edit" button, focus moves to the corresponding edit <input>! moving focus back to the edit button at first glance, getting react to move focus back to our "edit" button when the edit is saved or cancelled appears deceptively easy. surely we could add a condition to our useeffect to focus on the edit button if isediting is false? let's try it now — update your useeffect() call like so: useeffect(() => { if (isediting) { editfieldref.current.focus(); } else { editbuttonref.current.focus(); } }, [isediting]); this kind of mostly works. head back to your browser and you’ll see that your focus moves between edit <input> and "edit" button as you start and end an edit. however, you may have noticed a new problem — the "edit" button i...
... function useprevious(value) { const ref = useref(); useeffect(() => { ref.current = value; }); return ref.current; } now we'll define a wasediting constant beneath the hooks at the top of todo(). we want this constant to track the previous value of isediting, so we call useprevious with isediting as an argument: const wasediting = useprevious(isediting); with this constant, we can update our useeffect() hook to implement the pseudocode we discussed before — update it as follows: useeffect(() => { if (!wasediting && isediting) { editfieldref.current.focus(); } if (wasediting && !isediting) { editbuttonref.current.focus(); } }, [wasediting, isediting]); note that the logic of useeffect() now depends on wasediting, so we provide it in the array of dependencies. ...

Styling Vue components with CSS - Learn web development
e adding these files directly to the reset.css stylesheet would work, we'll instead add them to the <style> tags in app.vue to demonstrate how this can be used. there are already some styles present in the file. let's remove those and replace them with the styles below. these styles do a few things — adding some styling to buttons and inputs, and customizing the #app element and its children. ...
...ere's one more semantic and styling change we can make. since our form denotes a specific section of our page, it could benefit from an <h2> element. the label, however, already denotes the purpose of the form. to avoid repeating ourselves, let's wrap our label in an <h2>. there are a few other global css styles which we can add as well. we'll also add the input__lg class to our <input> element. ...
...ut type="text" id="new-todo-input" name="new-todo" autocomplete="off" v-model.lazy.trim="label" class="input__lg" /> <button type="submit" class="btn btn__primary btn__lg"> add </button> </form> </template> let's also add the stack-large class to the <ul> tag in our app.vue file. this will help improve the spacing of our to-do items a bit. update it as follows: <ul aria-labelledby="list-summary" class="stack-large"> adding scoped styles the last component we want to style is our todoitem component. to keep the style definitions close to the component we can add a <style> element inside it. however, if these styles alter things outside of this component, it could be challenging to track down the styles responsible, and fix the problem. ...
...{ opacity: 1; } @media only screen and (min-width: 40rem) { label, input, .custom-checkbox { font-size: 19px; font-size: 1.9rem; line-height: 1.31579; } } now we need to add some css classes to our template to connect the styles. to the root <div>, add a custom-checkbox class. to the <input>, add a checkbox class. last of all, to the <label> add a checkbox-label class. the updated template is below: the app should now have custom checkboxes. your app should look something like the screenshot below. summary our work is done on the styling of our sample app. in the next article we'll return to adding some more functionlity to our app, namely using a computed property to add a count of completed todo items to our app. previous overview: client-side javascript fram...

Theme concepts
s bar, search bar, and tab strip. these theme options can be implemented as static themes (although the theme images themselves may be animated) or as dynamic themes created in a browser extension. if you have a lightweight theme it will be converted to this new theme format automatically before lightweight themes are deprecated. you do not need to port your theme. however, please feel free to update your themes to use any of the new features described here. static themes static themes are specified using the same resources as a browser extension: a manifest.json file to define the theme components with those components stored in the same folder as the manifest.json file or a sub folder. these resources are then packed in a zip for publication on addons.mozilla.org (amo) or for self-distri...
...namic themes. updating static themes if your static theme is hosted on amo, you can upload a new version using the developer hub with the following steps: visit the product page for your theme through the developer hub select "upload new version" on the left upload your packaged file for validation or modify it using the theme generator for self-hosted static themes, a new version can be updated through amo by following the above steps or be handled by you through an updateurl or external application updates. a new version will need to be signed through the developer hub. if you are uploading a packaged file, the version number must be higher than the current version number dynamic themes as an alternative to defining a static theme, you can use the theme api to control the theme ...
...programmatic control. and, obviously, you can combine the two and bundle a programmatically controlled theme with your extension. using the theme api is straightforward. first, request "theme" permission in the extension's manifest.json file. next, you build a json object containing the same information you would use in a static theme’s manifest.json, finally, pass the json object in a theme.update() call. for example, the following code, from the dynamic theme example defines the content for the day and night elements of the dynamic theme: const themes = { 'day': { images: { theme_frame: 'sun.jpg', }, colors: { frame: '#cf723f', tab_background_text: '#111', } }, 'night': { images: { theme_frame: 'moon.jpg', }, colors: { frame: '#...
... day and night elements of the dynamic theme: const themes = { 'day': { images: { theme_frame: 'sun.jpg', }, colors: { frame: '#cf723f', tab_background_text: '#111', } }, 'night': { images: { theme_frame: 'moon.jpg', }, colors: { frame: '#000', tab_background_text: '#fff', } } }; the theme.theme object is then passed to theme.update() to change the header theme, as in this code snippet from the same example: function settheme(theme) { if (currenttheme === theme) { // no point in changing the theme if it has already been set. return; } currenttheme = theme; browser.theme.update(themes[theme]); } learn more about dynamic themes and see an additional example in the following video: if you have not built a...

Performance
rences to the frame script global when it is passed into a jsm. alternatively the frame's unload event or weak maps can be used to ensure that frames can be cleaned up when their respective tab is closed. store heavyweight state once per process bad: // addon.js var main = new myaddonservice(); main.onchange(statechange); function statechange() { services.mm.broadcastasyncmessage("my-addon:update-configuration", {newconfig: main.serialize()}) } // framescript.js var maincopy; function onupdate(message) { maincopy = myaddonservice.deserialize(message.data.newconfig); } addmessagelistener("my-addon:update-configuration", onupdate) // maincopy used by other functions the main issue here is that a separate object is kept for each tab. not only does that increase memory footprint bu...
...used by other functions the main issue here is that a separate object is kept for each tab. not only does that increase memory footprint but the deserialization also has to be executed seperately for each tab, thus requiring more cpu time. ...
...xecuted seperately for each tab, thus requiring more cpu time. ...
...oy a master-slave architecture where the parent has the authoritative state and replicates it to the child processes in advance so they can act based on their local copy. see the previous chapter on how to efficiently replicate addon state to each process. clean up on addon unload bad: all the previous examples, *even the "better" ones* if your addon is restartless or uses the sdk then updates or the user turning it off and on will load to unload/reload events. not handling those properly can lead to duplicate or conflicting code execution, especially when messages are sent. it can also lead to conflicts between the old and new code. under some circumstances it may even cause exceptions when attempting to register something twice under the same id. better: // addon.js function onunl...

Embedding the editor
or per window current composer clients in the mozilla codebase all assume that there is only one <editor> tag per window. they all need to be able to deal with multiple editors. fixing this would require js changes of the following kind: standardize the way that clients get at the editorshell (or its replacement, post-embedding work) from the window. ensure that focus changes between editors update the window's notion of the "current" editor. if we continue to use window.editorshell, then this needs to be updated on focus changes. ensure that each editor is properly constructed on window setup, and torn down on window destruction. ensure that window close tests (e.g. calling window.trytoclose) appropriately consult each editor for state. insulating editor from the chrome composer needs...
...via a new interface that the embedder implements. any ui that is now thrown up by composer should go through this interface. use a new interface, nsieditoruserinterface, to mediate communication between the editor and the ui. an embedder would need to implement this to get native toolbars and menus to work. in composer, we'd have an implementation in js that talks to the existing commands, and updates the xul nodes. fix existing js and c++ code which explicitly addresses elements in the xul document to go through nsieditoruserinterface. steps to embedding this section attempts to lay out an implementation plan, with the aim of keeping everything working as the various steps are taken. some of these tasks can be done concurrently. decide on how to implement editing session multiple-edito...
... implementation plan, with the aim of keeping everything working as the various steps are taken. some of these tasks can be done concurrently. decide on how to implement editing session multiple-editor support eliminate specific interdependencies between composer and the xul document, via nsieditoruserinterface create bottleneck for getting to the focussed editor; ensure that focus changes update state move editor ownership to docshell, creating nsieditorframe created the editing session api which copes with collections of editors (or make editor refocussable) open questions where should file open and save logic live? it seems that some embedders will want composer open and save file logic, and some won't. where should this logic live? can it be in javascript? of course, an embedder ...
... dialogs use the available editor apis to get and set data, so can do all their work through existing apis. ...

L20n Javascript API
lling requestlocales, the resource files will be retrieved, parsed and compiled. you can listen to the ready event (emitted by the context instance when all the resources have been compiled) and use ctx.getsync and ctx.getentitysync to get translations synchronously. alternatively, you can register callbacks to execute when the context is ready (or when globals change and translations need to be updated) with ctx.localize. ctx.localize(['hello', 'new'], function(l10n) { var node = document.queryselector('[data-l10n-id=hello]'); node.textcontent = l10n.entities.hello.value; node.classlist.remove('hidden'); }); ctx.registerlocales(defaultlocale: string?, availablelocales: array<string>?) register the default locale of the context instance, as well as all other locales available to the...
...ler.error, when l20n is unable to evaluate an entity to a string; there are two types of errors in this category: compiler.valueerror, when l20n can still try to use the literal source string of the entity as fallback, and compiler.indexerror otherwise. ctx.removeeventlistener(event: string, callback: function) remove an event listener previously registered with addeventlistener. ...
...e to evaluate an entity to a string; there are two types of errors in this category: compiler.valueerror, when l20n can still try to use the literal source string of the entity as fallback, and compiler.indexerror otherwise. ctx.removeeventlistener(event: string, callback: function) remove an event listener previously registered with addeventlistener. ...
...ise. ctx.removeeventlistener(event: string, callback: function) remove an event listener previously registered with addeventlistener. ctx.updatedata(ctxdata: object) update the context data which will be available to all entities in the context. the ctxdata is an object which extends the context data per key and per level of hierarchy. in other words, the following two calls: ctx.updatedata({ user: { name: "bob" } }); ctx.updatedata({ user: { gender: "masculine" } }); will make the internally-stored context data look like this: { "user" : { "name": "bob", "gender": "masculine" } } ctx.getsync(id: string, ctxdata: object?) retrieve a string value of an entity called id. if passed, ctxdata is a simple hash object with a list of variables that extend the conte...

Encrypt Decrypt MAC Keys As Session Objects
null, keysize, keyid, pr_true, pwdata); if (!key) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "symmetric key generation failed \n"); } return key; } /* * macinit */ secstatus macinit(pk11context *ctx) { secstatus rv = pk11_digestbegin(ctx); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "compute mac failed : pk11_digestbegin()\n"); } return rv; } /* * macupdate */ secstatus macupdate(pk11context *ctx, unsigned char *msg, unsigned int msglen) { secstatus rv = pk11_digestop(ctx, msg, msglen); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "compute mac failed : digestop()\n"); } return rv; } /* * finalize macing */ secstatus macfinal(pk11context *ctx, unsigned char *mac, unsigned int *maclen, unsigned int maxle...
... pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "compute mac failed : pk11_digestfinal()\n"); } return secsuccess; } /* * compute mac */ secstatus computemac(pk11context *ctxmac, unsigned char *ptext, unsigned int ptextlen, unsigned char *mac, unsigned int *maclen, unsigned int maxlen) { secstatus rv = macinit(ctxmac); if (rv != secsuccess) return rv; rv = macupdate(ctxmac, ptext, ptextlen); if (rv != secsuccess) return rv; rv = macfinal(ctxmac, mac, maclen, maxlen); return rv; } /* * writetoheaderfile */ secstatus writetoheaderfile(const char *buf, unsigned int len, headertype type, prfiledesc *outfile) { secstatus rv; char header[40]; char trailer[40]; char *outstring = null...
... != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "encrypt failure\n"); goto cleanup; } /* save the last block of ciphertext as the next iv */ iv = encbuf; ivlen = encbuflen; /* write the cipher text to intermediate file */ nwritten = pr_write(encfile, encbuf, encbuflen); /*pr_assert(nwritten == encbuflen);*/ rv = macupdate(ctxmac, ptext, ptextlen); } rv = macfinal(ctxmac, mac, &maclen, digestsize); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "macfinal failure\n"); goto cleanup; } if (maclen == 0) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "bad mac length\n"); rv = secfailure; goto cleanup; } writetoheaderfile(mac, maclen, mac, headerfile); if (rv != secsuccess...
...ctext, sizeof(ctext))) > 0) { count += ctextlen; /* decrypt cipher text buffer using cbc and iv */ rv = decrypt(ctxenc, decbuf, &decbuflen, sizeof(decbuf), ctext, ctextlen); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "decrypt failure\n"); goto cleanup; } if (decbuflen == 0) break; rv = macupdate(ctxmac, decbuf, decbuflen); if (rv != secsuccess) { goto cleanup; } if (count == filelength) { decbuflen = decbuflen-paddinglength; } /* write the plain text to out file */ temp = pr_write(outfile, decbuf, decbuflen); if (temp != decbuflen) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "write error\n"); rv = secfailure; br...

Encrypt and decrypt MAC using token
null, keysize, keyid, pr_true, pwdata); if (!key) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "symmetric key generation failed \n"); } return key; } /* * macinit */ secstatus macinit(pk11context *ctx) { secstatus rv = pk11_digestbegin(ctx); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "compute mac failed : pk11_digestbegin()\n"); } return rv; } /* * macupdate */ secstatus macupdate(pk11context *ctx, unsigned char *msg, unsigned int msglen) { secstatus rv = pk11_digestop(ctx, msg, msglen); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "compute mac failed : digestop()\n"); } return rv; } /* * finalize macing */ secstatus macfinal(pk11context *ctx, unsigned char *mac, unsigned int *maclen, unsigned int maxle...
... pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "compute mac failed : pk11_digestfinal()\n"); } return secsuccess; } /* * compute mac */ secstatus computemac(pk11context *ctxmac, unsigned char *ptext, unsigned int ptextlen, unsigned char *mac, unsigned int *maclen, unsigned int maxlen) { secstatus rv = macinit(ctxmac); if (rv != secsuccess) return rv; rv = macupdate(ctxmac, ptext, ptextlen); if (rv != secsuccess) return rv; rv = macfinal(ctxmac, mac, maclen, maxlen); return rv; } /* * writetoheaderfile */ secstatus writetoheaderfile(const char *buf, unsigned int len, headertype type, prfiledesc *outfile) { secstatus rv; char header[40]; char trailer[40]; char *outstring = null...
... != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "encrypt failure\n"); goto cleanup; } /* save the last block of ciphertext as the next iv */ iv = encbuf; ivlen = encbuflen; /* write the cipher text to intermediate file */ nwritten = pr_write(encfile, encbuf, encbuflen); /*pr_assert(nwritten == encbuflen);*/ rv = macupdate(ctxmac, ptext, ptextlen); } rv = macfinal(ctxmac, mac, &maclen, digestsize); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "macfinal failure\n"); goto cleanup; } if (maclen == 0) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "bad mac length\n"); rv = secfailure; goto cleanup; } writetoheaderfile(mac, maclen, mac, headerfile); if (rv != secsuccess...
...ctext, sizeof(ctext))) > 0) { count += ctextlen; /* decrypt cipher text buffer using cbc and iv */ rv = decrypt(ctxenc, decbuf, &decbuflen, sizeof(decbuf), ctext, ctextlen); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "decrypt failure\n"); goto cleanup; } if (decbuflen == 0) break; rv = macupdate(ctxmac, decbuf, decbuflen); if (rv != secsuccess) { goto cleanup; } if (count == filelength) { decbuflen = decbuflen-paddinglength; } /* write the plain text to out file */ temp = pr_write(outfile, decbuf, decbuflen); if (temp != decbuflen) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "write error\n"); rv = secfailure; br...

NSS_3.12_release_notes.html
application to specify ocsp timeout bug 361025: support for camellia cipher suites to tls rfc4132 bug 376417: pk11_generatekeypair needs to get the key usage from the caller. bug 391291: shared database integrity checks not yet implemented. bug 391292: shared database implementation slow bug 391294: shared database implementation really slow on network file systems bug 392521: automatic shared db update fails if user opens database r/w but never supplies a password bug 392522: integrity hashes must be updated when passwords are changed. bug 401610: shared db fails on iopr tests bug 388120: build error due to sec_begin_protos / sec_end_protos are undefined bug 415264: make security use of new nspr rotate macros bug 317052: lib/base/whatnspr.c is obsolete bug 317323: set nspr31_lib_prefix to empty...
...: invalid pointer bug 300929: certificate policy extensions not supported bug 129303: nss needs to expose interfaces to deal with multiple token sources of certs. bug 217538: softoken databases cannot be shared between multiple processes bug 294531: design new interfaces for certificate path building and verification for libpkix bug 326482: nss ecc performance problems (intel) bug 391296: need an update helper for shared databases bug 395090: remove duplication of pkcs7 code from pkix_pl_httpcertstore.c bug 401026: need to provide a way to modify and create new pkcs #11 objects. bug 403680: cert_pkixverifycert fails if crls are missing, implement cert_pi_revocationflags bug 427706: nss_3_12_rc1 crashes in passwordmgr tests bug 426245: assertion failure went undetected by tinderbox bug 158242: pk...
...bug 132485: built-in root certs slot description is empty bug 177184: nss_cmsdecoder_cancel might have a leak bug 232392: erroneous root ca tests in nss libraries bug 286642: util should be in a shared library bug 287052: function to get crl entry reason code has incorrect prototype and implementation bug 299308: need additional apis in the crl cache for libpkix bug 335039: nssckfwcryptooperation_updatecombo is not declared bug 340917: crlutil should init nss read-only for some options bug 350948: freebl macro change can give 1% improvement in rsa performance on amd64 bug 352439: reference leaks in modutil bug 369144: certutil needs option to generate subjectkeyid extension bug 391771: pk11_config_name and pk11_config_strings leaked on shutdown bug 401194: crash in lg_findobjects on win64 bug 40...
...bug 330721: remove os/2 vacpp compiler support from nss bug 408260: certutil usage doesn't give enough information about trust arguments bug 410226: leak in create_objects_from_handles bug 415007: pk11_findcertfromdersubjectandnickname is dead code bug 416267: compiler warnings on solaris due t...

NSS 3.24 release notes
3.24, which is a minor release. distribution information the hg tag is nss_3_24_rtm. nss 3.24 requires netscape portable runtime (nspr) 4.12 or newer. nss 3.24 source distributions are available on ftp.mozilla.org for secure https download: source tarballs: https://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/nss/releases/nss_3_24_rtm/src/ new in nss 3.24 nss 3.24 includes two nss softoken updates, a new function to configure ssl/tls server sockets, and two functions to improve the use of temporary arenas. new functionality nss softoken has been updated with the latest national institute of standards and technology (nist) guidance (as of 2015): software integrity checks and post functions are executed on shared library load. these checks have been disabled by default, as they ca...
...hey can cause a performance regression. to enable these checks, you must define symbol nss_force_fips when building nss. counter mode and galois/counter mode (gcm) have checks to prevent counter overflow. additional csps are zeroed in the code. nss softoken uses new guidance for how many rabin-miller tests are needed to verify a prime based on prime size. nss softoken has also been updated to allow nss to run in fips level 1 (no password). this mode is triggered by setting the database password to the empty string. in fips mode, you may move from level 1 to level 2 (by setting an appropriate password), but not the reverse. a ssl_configservercert function has been added for configuring ssl/tls server sockets with a certificate and private key. use this new function in place of ssl...
... deprecate the following functions. (applications should instead use the new ssl_configservercert function.) ssl_setstapledocspresponses ssl_setsignedcerttimestamps ssl_configsecureserver ssl_configsecureserverwithcertchain deprecate the nss_findcertkeatype function, as it reports a misleading value for certificates that might be used for signing rather than key exchange. update sslauthtype to define a larger number of authentication key types. deprecate the member attribute authalgorithm of type sslciphersuiteinfo. instead, applications should use the newly added attribute authtype. rename ssl_auth_rsa to ssl_auth_rsa_decrypt. add a shared library (libfreeblpriv3) on linux platforms that define freebl_lowhash. remove most code related to ssl v2, including the abilit...
...the server-side implementation of the ssl/tls protocol still supports processing of received v2-compatible client hello messages. disable (by default) nss support in optimized builds for logging ssl/tls key material to a logfile if the sslkeylogfile environment variable is set. to enable the functionality in optimized builds, you must define the symbol nss_allow_sslkeylogfile when building nss. update nss to protect it against the cachebleed attack. disable support for dtls compression. improve support for tls 1.3. this includes support for dtls 1.3. note that tls 1.3 support is experimental and not suitable for production use. bugs fixed in nss 3.24 this bugzilla query returns all the bugs fixed in nss 3.24: https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/buglist.cgi?resolution=fixed&classification=compon...

NSS 3.52 release notes
ans petter jansson distribution information the hg tag is nss_3_52_rtm. nss 3.52 requires nspr 4.25 or newer. nss 3.52 source distributions are available on ftp.mozilla.org for secure https download: source tarballs: https://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/nss/releases/nss_3_52_rtm/src/ other releases are available in nss releases. notable changes in nss 3.52 bug 1603628 - update nss to support pkcs #11 v3.0. note: this change modifies the ck_gcm_params struct to include the ulivbits field which, prior to pkcs #11 v3.0, was ambiguously defined and not included in the nss definition. if an application is recompiled with nss 3.52+, this field must be initialized to a value corresponding to ulivlen. alternatively, defining nss_pkcs11_2_0_compat will yield the old defi...
...fips. bug 1630458 - fix problem of gyp msvc builds not producing debug symbol files. bug 1629663 - add ikev1 quick mode kdf. bug 1629661 - mpconfig calls in ssl initialize policy before nss is initialized. bug 1629655 - support temporary session objects in ckfw. bug 1629105 - add pkcs11 v3.0 functions to module debug logger. bug 1626751 - fix error in generation of fuzz32 docker image after updates. bug 1625133 - fix implicit declaration of function 'getopt' error. bug 1624864 - allow building of gcm-arm32-neon on non-armv7 architectures. bug 1624402 - fix compilation error in firefox android. bug 1624130 - require ck_function_list structs to be packed. bug 1624377 - fix clang warning for unknown argument '-msse4'. bug 1623374 - support new pkcs #11 v3.0 message interface for aes-gcm...
...- support new pkcs #11 v3.0 message interface for aes-gcm and chachapoly. bug 1623184 - fix freebl_cpuid for querying extended features. bug 1622555 - fix argument parsing in lowhashtest. bug 1620799 - introduce nss_disable_gcm_arm32_neon to build on arm32 without neon support. bug 1619102 - add workaround option to include both dtls and tls versions in dtls supported_versions. bug 1619056 - update readme: tls 1.3 is not experimental anymore. bug 1618915 - fix ubsan issue in ssl_parsesessionticket. bug 1618739 - don't assert fuzzer behavior in ssl_parsesessionticket. bug 1617968 - update delegated credentials implementation to draft-07. bug 1617533 - update hacl* dependencies for libintvector.h bug 1613238 - add vector accelerated sha2 for power 8+. bug 1612493 - integrate avx2 chacha...
...te avx2 chacha20, poly1305, and chacha20poly1305 from hacl*. bug 1612281 - maintain pkcs11 c_getattributevalue semantics on attributes that lack nss database columns. bug 1612260 - add wycheproof rsa test vectors. bug 1608250 - broken fipstest handling of ki_len. bug 1608245 - consistently handle null slot/session. bug 1603801 - avoid dcache pollution from sdb_measureaccess(). bug 1603628 - update nss to support pkcs #11 v3.0. bug 1561637 - tls 1.3 does not work in fips mode. bug 1531906 - fix overzealous assertion when evicting a cached sessionid or using external cache. bug 1465613 - fix issue where testlib makefile build produced extraneous object files. bug 1619959 - properly handle multi-block seed ecb inputs. bug 1630925 - guard all instances of nsscmssigneddata.signerinfo to av...

NSS Sample Code Sample_3_Basic Encryption and MACing
null, keysize, keyid, pr_true, pwdata); if (!key) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "symmetric key generation failed \n"); } return key; } /* * macinit */ secstatus macinit(pk11context *ctx) { secstatus rv = pk11_digestbegin(ctx); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "compute mac failed : pk11_digestbegin()\n"); } return rv; } /* * macupdate */ secstatus macupdate(pk11context *ctx, unsigned char *msg, unsigned int msglen) { secstatus rv = pk11_digestop(ctx, msg, msglen); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "compute mac failed : digestop()\n"); } return rv; } /* * finalize macing */ secstatus macfinal(pk11context *ctx, unsigned char *mac, unsigned int *maclen, unsigned int maxle...
... pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "compute mac failed : pk11_digestfinal()\n"); } return secsuccess; } /* * compute mac */ secstatus computemac(pk11context *ctxmac, unsigned char *ptext, unsigned int ptextlen, unsigned char *mac, unsigned int *maclen, unsigned int maxlen) { secstatus rv = macinit(ctxmac); if (rv != secsuccess) return rv; rv = macupdate(ctxmac, ptext, ptextlen); if (rv != secsuccess) return rv; rv = macfinal(ctxmac, mac, maclen, maxlen); return rv; } /* * write to header file */ secstatus writetoheaderfile(const char *buf, unsigned int len, headertype type, prfiledesc *outfile) { secstatus rv; char header[40]; char trailer[40]; char *outstring = n...
... != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "encrypt failure\n"); goto cleanup; } /* save the last block of ciphertext as the next iv */ iv = encbuf; ivlen = encbuflen; /* write the cipher text to intermediate file */ nwritten = pr_write(encfile, encbuf, encbuflen); /*pr_assert(nwritten == encbuflen);*/ rv = macupdate(ctxmac, ptext, ptextlen); } rv = macfinal(ctxmac, mac, &maclen, digestsize); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "macfinal failure\n"); goto cleanup; } if (maclen == 0) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "bad mac length\n"); rv = secfailure; goto cleanup; } writetoheaderfile(mac, maclen, mac, headerfile); if (rv != secsuccess...
...ctext, sizeof(ctext))) > 0) { count += ctextlen; /* decrypt cipher text buffer using cbc and iv */ rv = decrypt(ctxenc, decbuf, &decbuflen, sizeof(decbuf), ctext, ctextlen); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "decrypt failure\n"); goto cleanup; } if (decbuflen == 0) break; rv = macupdate(ctxmac, decbuf, decbuflen); if (rv != secsuccess) { goto cleanup; } if (count == filelength) { decbuflen = decbuflen-paddinglength; } /* write the plain text to out file */ temp = pr_write(outfile, decbuf, decbuflen); if (temp != decbuflen) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "write error\n"); rv = secfailure; br...

EncDecMAC using token object - sample 3
te the symmetric key */ key = pk11_tokenkeygen(slot, mechanism, null, keysize, keyid, pr_true, pwdata); if (!key) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "symmetric key generation failed \n"); } return key; } /* * macinit */ secstatus macinit(pk11context *ctx) { secstatus rv = pk11_digestbegin(ctx); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "compute mac failed : pk11_digestbegin()\n"); } return rv; } /* * macupdate */ secstatus macupdate(pk11context *ctx, unsigned char *msg, unsigned int msglen) { secstatus rv = pk11_digestop(ctx, msg, msglen); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "compute mac failed : digestop()\n"); } return rv; } /* * finalize macing */ secstatus macfinal(pk11context *ctx, unsigned char *mac, unsigned int *maclen, unsigned int maxlen) { secstatus rv = pk11_digestfinal(ctx, mac, ...
..._digestfinal(ctx, mac, maclen, maxlen); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "compute mac failed : pk11_digestfinal()\n"); } return secsuccess; } /* * compute mac */ secstatus computemac(pk11context *ctxmac, unsigned char *ptext, unsigned int ptextlen, unsigned char *mac, unsigned int *maclen, unsigned int maxlen) { secstatus rv = macinit(ctxmac); if (rv != secsuccess) return rv; rv = macupdate(ctxmac, ptext, ptextlen); if (rv != secsuccess) return rv; rv = macfinal(ctxmac, mac, maclen, maxlen); return rv; } /* * writetoheaderfile */ secstatus writetoheaderfile(const char *buf, unsigned int len, headertype type, prfiledesc *outfile) { secstatus rv; char header[40]; char trailer[40]; char *outstring = null; switch (type) { case symkey: strcpy(header, enckey_header); strcpy(trailer, encke...
...cksize; } rv = encrypt(ctxenc, encbuf, &encbuflen, sizeof(encbuf), ptext, ptextlen); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "encrypt failure\n"); goto cleanup; } /* save the last block of ciphertext as the next iv */ iv = encbuf; ivlen = encbuflen; /* write the cipher text to intermediate file */ nwritten = pr_write(encfile, encbuf, encbuflen); /*pr_assert(nwritten == encbuflen);*/ rv = macupdate(ctxmac, ptext, ptextlen); } rv = macfinal(ctxmac, mac, &maclen, digestsize); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "macfinal failure\n"); goto cleanup; } if (maclen == 0) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "bad mac length\n"); rv = secfailure; goto cleanup; } writetoheaderfile(mac, maclen, mac, headerfile); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "write mac failure\n"); goto cleanup; } pad[0] ...
...(ek, iv, ivlen, ckm_aes_cbc); filelength = filesize(encryptedfilename); while ((ctextlen = pr_read(infile, ctext, sizeof(ctext))) > 0) { count += ctextlen; /* decrypt cipher text buffer using cbc and iv */ rv = decrypt(ctxenc, decbuf, &decbuflen, sizeof(decbuf), ctext, ctextlen); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "decrypt failure\n"); goto cleanup; } if (decbuflen == 0) break; rv = macupdate(ctxmac, decbuf, decbuflen); if (rv != secsuccess) { goto cleanup; } if (count == filelength) { decbuflen = decbuflen-paddinglength; } /* write the plain text to out file */ temp = pr_write(outfile, decbuf, decbuflen); if (temp != decbuflen) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "write error\n"); rv = secfailure; break; } /* save last block of ciphertext */ memcpy(iv, decbuf, decbuflen); ivlen = decbuflen; bloc...

NSS Tools crlutil
type of crl. possible types are: 0 - sec_krl_type, 1 - sec_crl_type. this option is obsolete -u url specify the url. crl generation script syntax: crl generation script file has the following syntax: line with comments should have <bold>#</bold> as a first symbol of a line set "this update" or "next update" crl fields: update=yyyymmddhhmmssz nextupdate=yyyymmddhhmmssz field "next update" is optional. time should be in generalizedtime format (yyyymmddhhmmssz). for example: 20050204153000z add an extension to a crl or a crl certificate entry: addext extension-name critical/non-critical [arg1[arg2 ...]] where: extensio...
... listing crls in a database this example lists all the crls in the nss database in the specified directory: crlutil -l -d certdir the crl management tool displays output similar to the following: crl name crl type cn=nss test ca,o=bogus nss,l=mountain ...
...l=mountain view,st=california,c=us crl cn=john smith,o=netscape,l=mountain view,st=california,c=us crl to view a particular crl user should specify -n nickname parameter. ...
... crl into a database this example imports crl into a database: crlutil -i -i crl-file -d certdir file should has binary format of asn.1 encoded crl data. modifying crl in a database this example modifies a new crl and importing it in to a database in the specified directory: crlutil -g -d certdir -n cert-nickname -c crl-script-file or crlutil -m -d certdir -n cert-nickname <<eof update=20050204153000z addcert 40-60 20050105153000z eof the crl management tool extracts existing crl from a database, will modify and sign with certificate cert-nickname and will store it in database. to modify while importing crl from file user should supply -i import-crl-file option. ...

Index
atch this document, and that's ok. whenever practical, new code and changes should move code closer to the ideal future. and of course, the idea of the future is always evolving in time as things change and we learn more. 6 gc rooting guide spidermonkey no summary! 7 gcintegration developing mozilla, firefox, garbage collection, intermediate, intro, jsapi, needsupdate, spidermonkey, tools, memory the spidermonkey garbage collector (gc) will be changing a lot in the future. this page is intended to explain the changes that are happening, with a focus on how they will affect gecko code that uses jsapi. at a high level, there are three issues to be aware of: 8 getting spidermonkey source code guide, spidermonkey you can get the spidermo...
...tion). 150 jsreserveslotsop jsapi reference, obsolete, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey jsclass offers the following hook: 151 jsresolveop jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey jsresolveop callback is a hook which is called when a property is not found on an object. 152 jsruntime jsapi reference, needscontent, needsupdate, spidermonkey in the jsapi, jsruntime is the top-level object that represents an instance of the javascript engine. a program typically has only one jsruntime, even if it has many threads. the jsruntime is the universe in which javascript objects live; they can't travel to other jsruntimes. 153 jssecuritycallbacks.contentsecuritypolicyallows the jssecuritycallbacks.con...
...elay js_free(p) invocation as a performance optimization as specified by the given jsfreeop instance. 506 js_malloc jsapi reference, spidermonkey js_malloc allocates a region of memory nbytes in size. on success, js_malloc returns a pointer to the beginning of the region. as with the standard c function malloc, memory allocated by js_malloc is uninitialized. 507 js_updatemalloccounter jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js_updatemalloccounter decrements malloc counter of gc and the zone of the context. 508 object_to_jsval jsapi reference, obsolete, spidermonkey object_to_jsval casts obj from type jsobject * to jsval. if obj is null, the result is jsval_null. 509 private_to_jsval jsapi reference, ob...
...umentation, guide, spidermonkey use these instructions to build the latest spidermonkey source code. 526 rebranding spidermonkey (1.8.5) build documentation, spidermonkey after installing the build pre-requisites and downloading the spidermonkey source tarball issue the following commands at the terminal: 527 spidermonkey internals guide, javascript, needsupdate, spidermonkey at heart, spidermonkey is a fast interpreter that runs an untyped bytecode and operates on values of type js::value—type-tagged values that represent the full range of javascript values. in addition to the interpreter, spidermonkey contains a just-in-time (jit) compiler, a garbage collector, code implementing the basic behavior of javascript values, a standard library implem...

imgIContainer
ormat, [array, size_is(imagelength)] out pruint8 imagedata, out unsigned long imagelength); native code only! obsolete since gecko 2.0 imgicontainer extractcurrentframe([const] in nsintrect arect); native code only! obsolete since gecko 2.0 imgicontainer extractframe(in pruint32 awhichframe, [const] in nsintrect arect, in pruint32 aflags); native code only! void frameupdated(in unsigned long framenum, in nsintrect anewrect); native code only! obsolete since gecko 2.0 void getcurrentframerect(in nsintrect aframerect); native code only! obsolete since gecko 2.0 gfxasurface getframe(in pruint32 awhichframe, in pruint32 aflags); native code only! gfxiimageframe getframeat(in unsigned long index); obsolete since gecko 1.9.2 void get...
...hframe, [const] in nsintrect arect, in pruint32 aflags ); parameters awhichframe frame specifier of the frame_* variety. arect the area of the current frame to be duplicated in the returned imgcontainer's frame. aflags flags of the flag_* variety. ...
... flags of the flag_* variety. return value missing description exceptions thrown missing exception missing description native code only!frameupdated obsolete since gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1)this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. void frameupdated( in unsigned long framenum, in nsintrect anewrect ); parameters framenum missing description anewrect missing description exceptions thrown missing exception missing description native code only!getcurrentframerect obsolete since gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1)this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its us...
...g exception missing description requestdiscard() if this image is unlocked, discard its decoded data. if the image is locked or has already been discarded, do nothing. void requestdiscard(); parameters none. exceptions thrown missing exception missing description violates the xpcom interface guidelines requestrefresh() indicates that this imgicontainer has been triggered to update its internal animation state. likely this should only be called from within nsimageframe or objects of similar type. void requestrefresh( [const] in timestamp atime ); parameters atime missing description exceptions thrown missing exception missing description resetanimation() void resetanimation(); parameters none. exceptions thrown missing exception missing desc...

mozISpellCheckingEngine
name of the current dictionary used by check() and suggest(). this will be either element from the array returned by getdictionarylist() or an empty string if no dictionary is selected. note: setting this value to a value that doesn't match an existing dictionary throws a ns_error_file_not_found exception. when this attribute's value is changed, a "spellcheck-dictionary-update" notification is sent. if the dictionary was set to "no dictionary" (that is, by specifying an empty string), the observer may select another dictionary before returning. language wstring the language this spell checker is using when checking. this is the language of dictionary. read only. when this changes, the spell checker sends a "spellcheck...
...on is sent. if the dictionary was set to "no dictionary" (that is, by specifying an empty string), the observer may select another dictionary before returning. language wstring the language this spell checker is using when checking. this is the language of dictionary. read only. when this changes, the spell checker sends a "spellcheck-dictionary-update" notification. name wstring the name of the engine. not currently used. read only. personaldictionary mozipersonaldictionary the personal dictionary. providespersonaldictionary boolean does the engine provide its own personaldictionary? read only. provideswordutils boolean does ...
...ilities? read only. methods adddirectory() adds all the dictionaries in the specified directory to the spell checker. void adddirectory( nsifile dir ); parameters dir an nsifile object indicating the directory from which to add dictionaries. check() checks a word to determine if it's spelled correctly. when this changes, the spell checker sends a "spellcheck-dictionary-update" notification. boolean check( in wstring word ); parameters word a word to check for correct spelling. return value returns true if word is spelled correctly according to the dictionary attribute, and returns false if word is misspelled. getdictionarylist() gets the list of dictionaries. void getdictionarylist( [array, size_is(count)] out wstring dictionaries, out pruint32 ...
...ovedirectory() removes all the dictionaries in the specified directory from the spell checker. void removedirectory( nsifile dir ); parameters dir an nsifile object indicating the directory whose spell checkers are to be removed from the spell checker. suggest() gets a list of suggestions for a misspelled word. when this changes, the spell checker sends a "spellcheck-dictionary-update" notification. void suggest( in wstring word, [array, size_is(count)] out wstring suggestions, out pruint32 count ); parameters word a word, which is misspelled according to check. suggestions a list of words suggested instead of word. count the length of suggestions. ...

nsICryptoHMAC
netwerk/base/public/nsicryptohmac.idlscriptable this interface provides hmac signature algorithms. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.9 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) method overview acstring finish(in prbool aascii); void init(in unsigned long aalgorithm, in nsikeyobject akeyobject); void reset(); void update([const, array, size_is(alen)] in octet adata, in unsigned long alen); void updatefromstream(in nsiinputstream astream, in unsigned long alen); constants hashing algorithms. these values are to be used by the init() method to indicate which hashing function to use. these values map onto the values defined in mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/pkcs11t.h and are switched to ckm_*_hmac ...
... .getservice(components.interfaces.nsikeyobjectfactory) .keyfromstring(components.interfaces.nsikeyobject.hmac, rawkeydata); exceptions thrown ns_error_invalid_arg if an unsupported algorithm type is passed. reset() reinitialize hmac context to be reused with the same settings (the key and hash algorithm) but on different set of data. void reset(); parameters none. ...
...components.interfaces.nsikeyobjectfactory) .keyfromstring(components.interfaces.nsikeyobject.hmac, rawkeydata); exceptions thrown ns_error_invalid_arg if an unsupported algorithm type is passed. reset() reinitialize hmac context to be reused with the same settings (the key and hash algorithm) but on different set of data. void reset(); parameters none. ...
...the same settings (the key and hash algorithm) but on different set of data. void reset(); parameters none. update() void update( [const, array, size_is(alen)] in octet adata, in unsigned long alen ); parameters adata a buffer to calculate the hash over. alen the length of the buffer adata. exceptions thrown ns_error_not_initialized if init() has not been called. updatefromstream() calculates and updates a new hash based on a given data stream. void updatefromstream( in nsiinputstream astream, in unsigned long alen ); parameters astream an input stream to read from. alen how much to read from the given astream. passing pr_uint32_max indicates that all data available will be used to update the hash. exceptions thrown ns_error_not_initi...

nsIDOMSimpleGestureEvent
tureevent interface is the datatype for all mozilla-specific simple gesture events in the document object model. the following events are generated: mozswipegesture - generated when the user completes a swipe across across the input device. mozmagnifygesturestart - generated when the user begins the magnify ("pinch") gesture. the "delta" value represents the initial movement. mozmagnifygestureupdate - generated periodically while the user is continuing the magnify ("pinch") gesture. the "delta" value represents the movement since the last mozmagnifygesturestart or mozmagnifygestureupdate event. mozmagnifygesture - generated when the user has completed the magnify ("pinch") gesture. if you only want to receive a single event when the magnify gesture is complete, you only need to hook this ev...
...esture. the "delta" value represents the movement since the last mozmagnifygesturestart or mozmagnifygestureupdate event. mozmagnifygesture - generated when the user has completed the magnify ("pinch") gesture. if you only want to receive a single event when the magnify gesture is complete, you only need to hook this event and can safely ignore the mozmagnifygesturestart and the mozmagnifygestureupdate events. the "delta" value is the cumulative amount represented by the user's gesture. mozrotategesturestart - generated when the user begins the rotation gesture. the "delta" value represents the initial rotation. mozrotategestureupdate - generated periodically while the user is continuing the rotation gesture. the "delta" value represents the rotation since the last mozrotategesturestart or mo...
...delta" value is the cumulative amount represented by the user's gesture. mozrotategesturestart - generated when the user begins the rotation gesture. the "delta" value represents the initial rotation. mozrotategestureupdate - generated periodically while the user is continuing the rotation gesture. the "delta" value represents the rotation since the last mozrotategesturestart or mozrotategestureupdate event. mozrotategesture - generated when the user has completed the rotation gesture. if you only want to receive a single event when the rotation gesture is complete, you only need to hook this event and can safely ignore the mozrotategesturestart and the mozrotategestureupdate events. the "delta" value is the cumulative amount of rotation represented by the user's gesture. moztapgesture - gen...
...ong clientxarg, in long clientyarg, in boolean ctrlkeyarg, in boolean altkeyarg, in boolean shiftkeyarg, in boolean metakeyarg, in unsigned short buttonarg, in nsidomeventtarget relatedtargetarg, in unsigned long directionarg, in double deltaarg); attributes attribute type description delta double the delta value indicating how far the gesture moved. for update events, this indicates the movement since the previous update; for the mozrotategesture and mozmagnifygesture events, this indicates the total movement that occurred while the event was being processed. the value is specified in degrees for rotation events (where positive values indicate clockwise rotation and negative values indicate counter-clockwise rotation). for magnify gestures, the un...

nsIDeviceMotion
native code only!addwindowlistener sets the nsiaccelerometer as the source for mozorientation events on the specified dom window. void addwindowlistene...
...pport implementation must begin to notify the specified nsidevicemotionlistener by calling its nsidevicemotionlistener.onaccelerationchange() method as appropriate to share updated acceleration data. void addlistener( in nsidevicemotionlistener alistener ); parameters alistener the nsidevicemotionlistener object whose nsidevicemotionlistener.onaccelerationchange() method should be called with updated acceleration data. native code only!addwindowlistener sets the nsiaccelerometer as the source for mozorientation events on the specified dom window. ...
... native code only!removewindowlistener removes the nsiaccelerometer as the source for mozorientation events on the specified dom window. ...
... native code only!removewindowlistener removes the nsiaccelerometer as the source for mozorientation events on the specified dom window. ...

nsIDownloadManager
ad adddownload(in short adownloadtype, in nsiuri asource, in nsiuri atarget, in astring adisplayname, in nsimimeinfo amimeinfo, in prtime astarttime, in nsilocalfile atempfile, in nsicancelable acancelable, in boolean aisprivate); void addlistener(in nsidownloadprogresslistener alistener); void canceldownload(in unsigned long aid); void cleanup(); void endbatchupdate(); obsolete since gecko 1.9.1 void flush(); obsolete since gecko 1.8 nsidownload getdownload(in unsigned long aid); void onclose(); obsolete since gecko 1.9.1 void open(in nsidomwindow aparent, in nsidownload adownload); obsolete since gecko 1.9.1 void openprogressdialogfor(in nsidownload adownload, in nsidomwindow aparent, in boolean acanceldownloado...
...read only. activedownloads nsisimpleenumerator an enumeration of active nsidownloads. read only. cancleanup boolean whether or not there are downloads that can be cleaned up (removed) that i...
...d the unique id of the download. exceptions thrown ns_error_failure the download is not in progress. cleanup() removes completed, failed, and canceled downloads from the list. also notifies observers of the "download-manager-remove-download" topic with a null subject to allow any download manager consumers to react to the removals. void cleanup(); parameters none. endbatchupdate() obsolete since gecko 1.9.1 (firefox 3.5 / thunderbird 3.0 / seamonkey 2.0) indicate that a batch update is ending. void endbatchupdate(); parameters none. flush() obsolete since gecko 1.8 (firefox 1.5 / thunderbird 1.5 / seamonkey 1.0) flush the download datasource to disk. void flush(); parameters none. getdownload() retrieves a download ...
...d. void retrydownload( in unsigned long aid ); parameters aid the unique id of the download. exceptions thrown ns_error_failure if the download is not in the following states: download_canceled or download_failed. ns_error_not_availale if the download id is not known. savestate() obsolete since gecko 1.8 (firefox 1.5 / thunderbird 1.5 / seamonkey 1.0) update the download datasource. void savestate(); parameters none. startbatchupdate() obsolete since gecko 1.9.1 (firefox 3.5 / thunderbird 3.0 / seamonkey 2.0) indicate that a batch update (for example mass removal) is about to start. void startbatchupdate(); parameters none. see also nsidownload nsidownloadmanagerui nsidownloadprogresslistener the download ma...

nsIFile
ot use the native form unless it is guaranteed that the path passed to a native form function is always ascii. to create an nsifile from a path you can use fileutils.jsm: var fileutils = cu.import("resource://gre/modules/fileutils.jsm").fileutils var nsifile = new fileutils.file( filename ) note: nsilocalfile was merged with this interface in gecko 14. much of the documentation has not been updated to reflect this change. method overview void append(in astring node); void appendnative(in acstring node); native code only! void appendrelativenativepath(in acstring relativefilepath); void appendrelativepath(in astring relativefilepath); nsifile clone(); boolean contains(in nsifile infile); void copyto(in nsifile newparentdir, in...
...te permissions will return false. for specific handling before gecko 9 (firefox 9.0 / thunderbird 9.0 / seamonkey 2.6), please see bug 682571. boolean iswritable(); parameters none. return value true if the file or directory may be modified by the user. otherwise it returns false. moveto() this method moves this file to a new location. note: if this method succeeds, this instance will be updated to point to the new file. if the current file path corresponds to a regular file (for storage of bytes), and if the new leaf name identifies a regular file that already exists, then this method will overwrite the destination file. usually, "move" means to relocate the file to a different directory without changing the file's contents or properties, or in fact the file's serial number (inode). ...
...denied indicates that an attempt was made to move a directory to the location of an existing directory that is not writable. ns_error_file_destination_not_dir indicates that "newparentdir" exists and is not a directory. native code only! movetonative this method moves this file to a new location. [native character encoding variant] note: if this method succeeds, this instance will be updated to point to the new file. if the current file path corresponds to a regular file (for storage of bytes), and if the new leaf name identifies a regular file that already exists, then this method will overwrite the destination file. usually, "move" means to relocate the file to a different directory without changing the file's contents or properties, or in fact the file's serial number (inode). ...
...nent of the path prefix is not a directory. ns_error_file_access_denied read or search permission was denied for a component of the path prefix. renameto() this method moves this file to a new location within the same volume. this method is identical to moveto except that if this file or directory is moved to a a different volume, it fails and if this method succeeds, this instance will not updated to point to the new file. void renameto( in nsifile newparentdir, in astring newname ); parameters newparentdir this parameter specifies the parent directory to move the file into. if this parameter is null, then the parent directory of the file will be used. newname this parameter allows you to specify a new leaf name for the file to be moved. this parameter may be empty, in which ...

nsIMsgDBView
rtordervalue sortorder, in nsmsgviewflagstypevalue viewflags, out long count); void openwithhdrs(in nsisimpleenumerator aheaders, in nsmsgviewsorttypevalue asorttype, in nsmsgviewsortordervalue asortorder, in nsmsgviewflagstypevalue aviewflags, out long acount); void close(); void init(in nsimessenger amessengerinstance, in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow, in nsimsgdbviewcommandupdater acommandupdater); void sort(in nsmsgviewsorttypevalue sorttype, in nsmsgviewsortordervalue sortorder); void docommand(in nsmsgviewcommandtypevalue command); void docommandwithfolder(in nsmsgviewcommandtypevalue command, in nsimsgfolder destfolder); void getcommandstatus(in nsmsgviewcommandtypevalue command, out boolean selectable_p, out nsmsgviewcommandcheckst...
... nsmsgnavigationtypevalue motion); nsmsgkey getkeyat(in nsmsgviewindex index); nsimsgdbhdr getmsghdrat(in nsmsgviewindex index); nsimsgfolder getfolderforviewindex(in nsmsgviewindex index); acstring geturiforviewindex(in nsmsgviewindex index); nsimsgdbview clonedbview(in nsimessenger amessengerinstance, in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow, in nsimsgdbviewcommandupdater acommandupdater); void geturisforselection([array, size_is(count)] out string uris, out unsigned long count); void getindicesforselection([array, size_is(count)] out nsmsgviewindex indices, out unsigned long count); void loadmessagebymsgkey(in nsmsgkey amsgkey); void loadmessagebyviewindex(in nsmsgviewindex aindex); void loadmessagebyurl(in string aur...
...r flags to be used. defined in the interface: nsmsgviewflagstype. return values acount upon return, the count variable may contain the number of messages loaded. close() close the current list of messages. void close(); init() initializes the database view for use. void init(in nsimessenger amessengerinstance, in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow, in nsimsgdbviewcommandupdater acommandupdater); parameters amessengerinstance amsgwindow acommandupdater sort() sorts the currently loaded messages. void sort(in nsmsgviewsorttypevalue sorttype, in nsmsgviewsortordervalue sortorder); parameters sorttype a nsmsgviewsorttypevalue designating the sort type used. defined in the interface: nsmsgviewsorttype. sortorder an nsmsgviewsortordervalue desi...
...index index); parameters index the index to get the url for>. nsmsgviewindex is defined as a unsigned long in mailnewstypes2.idl. return value a string containing the messages url. clonedbview() clones this nsimsgdbview. nsimsgdbview clonedbview(in nsimessenger amessengerinstance, in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow, in nsimsgdbviewcommandupdater acommandupdater); parameters amessengerinstance the nsimessenger to use in the clone. amsgwindow the nsimsgwindow to use in the clone. acommandupdater the nsimsgdbviewcommandupdater to use in the clone. geturisforselection() gets an arry of urls for all currently selected messages. void geturisforselection([array, size_is(count)] out string uris, ...

nsINavBookmarkObserver
r bookmark changes. ...
... 66 introduced gecko 1.8 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 21.0 (firefox 21.0 / thunderbird 21.0 / seamonkey 2.18) method overview void onbeforeitemremoved(in long long aitemid, in unsigned short aitemtype, in long long aparentid, in acstring aguid, in acstring aparentguid); obsolete since gecko 21.0 void onbeginupdatebatch(); void onendupdatebatch(); void onfolderadded(in print64 folder, in print64 parent, in print32 index); obsolete since gecko 1.9 void onfolderchanged(in print64 folder, in acstring property); obsolete since gecko 1.9 void onfoldermoved(in print64 folder, in print64 oldparent, in print32 oldindex, in print64 newparent, in print32 newindex); obsolete since gecko 1.9 void onfolderrem...
...d ); parameters aitemid the id of the bookmark that will be removed. aitemtype the type of the item that is about to be removed; this is one of the nsinavbookmarksservice.type constants. aparentid the id of the folder containing the item. aguid the unique id associated with the item. aparentguid the unique id associated with the item's parent. onbeginupdatebatch() this method notifies this observer that a batch transaction has started. other notifications will be sent during the batch change, but the observer is guaranteed that onendupdatebatch() will be called at the completion of changes. during a batch the observer should do its best to reduce the work done to handle notifications, since multiple changes are going to happen in a short timeframe. ...
... method notifies this observer that a batch transaction has started. other notifications will be sent during the batch change, but the observer is guaranteed that onendupdatebatch() will be called at the completion of changes. during a batch the observer should do its best to reduce the work done to handle notifications, since multiple changes are going to happen in a short timeframe. void onbeginupdatebatch(); parameters none. onendupdatebatch() this method notifies this observer that a batch transaction has ended. void onendupdatebatch(); parameters none. onfolderadded() obsolete since gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) notify this observer that a bookmark folder has been added. void onfolderadded( in print64 folder, in print64 parent, in print32 index ); parameters ...

nsITreeBoxObject
view nsitreeview the view that backs the tree and that supplies it with its data. it is dynamically settable, either using a view attribute on the tree tag or by setting this ...
... view nsitreeview the view that backs the tree and that supplies it with its data. it is dynamically settable, either using a view attribute on the tree tag or by setting this attribute to a new value. ...
...led multiple times. void rowcountchanged(in long index, in long count); parameters index the position at which the new rows were added or at which rows were removed. count the number of rows added or removed. use negative values for removed rows. example you deleted the row with index rowindex. ...
... parameters index the position at which the new rows were added or at which rows were removed. count the number of rows added or removed. use negative values for removed rows. example you deleted the row with index rowindex. inform the tree about this change by calling rowcountchanged(rowindex+1, -1); beginupdatebatch() notify the tree that the view is about to perform a batch update, that is, add, remove or invalidate several rows at once. this must be followed by calling endupdatebatch(), otherwise the tree will get out of sync. void beginupdatebatch(); endupdatebatch() notify the tree that the view has completed a batch update. void endupdatebatch(); clearstyleandimagecaches() called on a theme switch to flush out the tree's style and image caches. void clearstyleandi...

nsIXPConnect
obsolete since gecko 2.0 jsval varianttojs(in jscontextptr ctx, in jsobjectptr scope, in nsivariant value); void wrapjs(in jscontextptr ajscontext, in jsobjectptr ajsobj, in nsiidref aiid, [iid_is(aiid),retval] out nsqiresult result); void wrapjsaggregatedtonativ...
...xtptr read only. deferreleasesuntilaftergarbagecollection prbool obsolete since gecko 1.9 pendingexception nsiexception constants constant value description init_js_standard_classes 1 << 0 flag_system_global_object 1 << 1 omit_components_object 1 << 2 xpc_xow_clearscope 1 tells updatexows() to clear the scope of all of the xows it finds. obsolete since gecko 2.0 methods native code only!addjsholder root js objects held by aholder. void addjsholder( in voidptr aholder, in nsscriptobjecttracerptr atracer ); parameters aholder the object that hold the js objects that should be rooted. atracer missing description exceptions thrown missing exception m...
...nsixpcsecuritymanager amanager, in pruint16 flags ); parameters ajscontext missing description amanager missing description flags missing description exceptions thrown missing exception missing description syncjscontexts() deprecated do-nothing function. void syncjscontexts(); parameters none. ...
... aobject which xpcwrappednative we should find the xows for. away what operation to perform. ...

XPCOM Interface Reference by grouping
loginmanager nsiloginmanagerstorage nsiloginmetainfo history nsiglobalhistory nsiglobalhistory2 nsiglobalhistory3 ssl nsibadcertlistener2 system action nsicancelable application application nsiapplicationupdateservice nsiappshell nsiappshellservice nsiappstartup xul nsixulappinfo nsixulruntime nsixultemplatebuilder nsixultemplatequeryprocessor nsixultemplateresult bookmark livemark nsilivemarkserv...
...nsisocketproviderservice nsisockettransport nsisockettransportservice nsisupports nsiuuidgenerator debug nsistackframe device display nsiscreen nsiscreenmanager geolocation nsigeolocationprovider nsigeolocationupdate orientation nsiacceleration nsiaccelerationlistener nsiaccelerometer misc nsisound nsiwifimonitor document nsiwebnavigation environment nsienvironment event nsieventlisten...
... windows nsitaskbarpreview nsitaskbarpreviewbutton nsitaskbarpreviewcontroller nsitaskbarprogress nsitaskbartabpreview nsitaskbarwindowpreview nsiwintaskbar nsialertsservice nsiwebprogress nsiwebprogresslistener nsiwebprogresslistener2 update nsiupdate nsiupdatechecker nsiupdatechecklistener nsiupdateitem nsiupdatemanager nsiupdatepatch nsiupdateprompt nsiupdatetimermanager nsiprogramminglanguage thunderbird credentials nsimsgaccountmanagerextension element nsieditormailsupport ...
...nglanguage thunderbird credentials nsimsgaccountmanagerextension element nsieditormailsupport message nsidbchangeannouncer nsidbchangelistener nsimessenger nsimsgcompfields nsimsgcustomcolumnhandler nsimsgdatabase nsimsgdbhdr nsimsgdbview nsimsgdbviewcommandupdater nsimsgfolder nsimsgidentity nsimsgmessageservice nsimsgsendlater nsimsgthread nsimsgwindow nsimsgwindowcommands user history nsibrowserhistory nsibrowsersearchservice nsimicrosummary nsimicrosummarygenerator nsimicrosummaryobserver nsimicrosummaryservice nsimicrosummaryset ...

Index
test it? on window and mac, the cached compose window is on by default. to test it 17 content tabs thunderbird content tabs enable thunderbird to display remote content in a tab, which users can browse in (mostly) the same way as with a browser. for example, invoking thunderbird's help | what's new menu option opens a tab that displays web content. the thunderbird team can update this content via the website at any time. 18 cookies in thunderbird cookies, guide, thunderbird in versions of thunderbird prior to 3 the cookie policy was very restrictive (to rss only). thunderbird 3 uses the gecko cookie policy with some changes. 19 creating a gloda message query thunderbird 3, thunderbird this page describes how to programmatically cr...
...tension 9: distributing extensions, thunderbird the addons.mozilla.org site is a distribution site where you can host your extension for free. your extension will be hosted on mozilla's mirror network. mozilla's site also provides users with easier installation and will automatically make new versions available to users of your existing versions when you upload them. in addition mozilla update allows users to comment and provide feedback on your extension. it is highly recommended that you use amo to distribute your extensions. 83 creating a custom column add-ons, extensions, thunderbird in this example we will be developing a small extension that will be adding a column that will display the "reply-to:" field of an email (if it exists, it if often not set). if you...
...erbird application as well as the currently opened tabs. you can do many things with the window object, such as accessing the height or width of the window/tab or setting its title, registering timer events and much more. the window api will give you the complete details. since window is a global variable you can use it directly from your javascript file. 96 access window area needsupdate, missing, thunderbird this page has no content. enrich mdc by contributing. 97 add new tab missing, thunderbird no summary! 98 add option to context menu incomplete, thunderbird assuming this on chrome.manifest: 99 add tab needsupdate, missing, thunderbird this page has no content. enrich mdc by contributing. 100 add ...
...bird version thunderbird on thunderbird version 3.0b3pre and later, you can use the following snippet to get the thunderbird version. (version 3.0b3pre was the first build to include steel.) 105 modify folder pane display missing, thunderbird see https://addons.mozilla.org/thu...er-categories/ for an example. 106 modify message list needscontent, needsupdate, missing, thunderbird this page has no content. enrich mdc by contributing. 107 use sqlite thunderbird if you'd like to use an sqlite database in your extension you'll need to look over the storage docs for an api reference, however this code should get you started. be careful of multi-thread access to your database. 108 folders and message lists guide, t...

Mozilla
existing password management system, or use your own password storage format or database. so for example, on kde is is desirable to fully employ the kde wallet manager, rather than any secondary replacements of kdewallet. creating a spell check dictionary add-on this page describes how to package a hunspell spell check dictionary as a firefox add-on, or how to update your existing add-on, so that it can be installed, uninstalled and updated without a restart. creating javascript callbacks in components xpcom components use idl to create interfaces. these interfaces are used to manipulate the component in c++ and javascript. a common pattern used with interfaces to create a bi-directional communication between two...
... like security and backups. seamonkey seamonkey is mozilla's all in one internet suite. these pages document seamonkey's mailnews component and also provide links to documentation about the mailnews backend which is also used in other projects such as eudora/penelope, thunderbird, correo, etc. setting up an update server the goal of this document is to provide instructions for installing a locally-served firefox update. signing mozilla apps for mac os x mac os x's gatekeeper functionality prevents users from launching applications that haven't been code-signed, in order to help keep their computers secure. firefox and thunderbird releases are both signed before shi...
... the thunderbird community. these pages document thunderbird and the mailnews backend which is also used in other projects such as seamonkey and postbox. toolkit version format this document is a reference for the version format, as used in firefox 1.5 (xulrunner 1.8) and later. this format is used by the extension manager, software update, and other parts of the platform. versions in at least the following places must conform to this format: using c++ in mozilla code documentation moved in-tree using js in mozilla code js language features that are implemented in the mozilla js engine are ordinarily safe to use in mozilla code. using mozilla code in other proj...
...e, this popup notification is displayed when a web site requests geolocation information: using raii classes in mozilla raii classes are useful when two operations (e.g., lock/unlock, addref/release, pushstate/popstate) must be paired. using tab-modal prompts note: this part of the documentation is outdated. the updated prompt documentation can be found in the firefox source docs. using the mozilla source server using the mozilla source server is now even more feature-packed. the nightly debug builds are now also source indexed so that by following a couple of simple steps you can also have the source code served to you for debugging without a loc...

Frame rate - Firefox Developer Tools
the frame rate graph in the performance tool shows you the frame rate over the course of a recording. ...
...e having problems, enabling you to use the other tools for a more in-depth analysis. frame rate and responsiveness frame rate is the rate at which a video device can produce images (or frames). it's most familiar from film and gaming, but is now widely used as a performance measure for websites and web apps. in web performance, a frame encapsulates the work the browser needs to do in order to update and repaint the screen. frame rate is most obviously applicable to animations: if the frame rate is too low, an animation will have a jerky appearance, while a faster frame rate will be smoother. but frame rate is also useful as a general measure of a site's responsiveness as the user interacts with it. for example, if moving the mouse over some page element triggers some javascript that changes...
..., if moving the mouse over some page element triggers some javascript that changes the element's appearance, and that triggers a reflow and a repaint, then all this work needs to be completed in that frame. if it takes too long for the browser to process the frame, then the browser will appear momentarily unresponsive (janky). ...
... however, consistency is especially important: if you can't deliver 60fps, it's better to deliver lower frame rates more consistently, and avoid sudden dips in the frame rate which cause the site to freeze. frame rate graph the frame rate graph is found in the recording overview part of the performance tool. ...

Ajax navigation example - Web APIs
function ajaxerror () { alert("unknown error."); } function ajaxload () { var vmsg, nstatus = this.status; switch (nstatus) { case 200: vmsg = json.parse(this.responsetext); document.title = opageinfo.title = vmsg.page; document.getelementbyid(stargetid).innerhtml = vmsg.content; if (bupdateurl) { history.pushstate(opageinfo, opageinfo.title, opageinfo.url); bupdateurl = false; } break; default: vmsg = nstatus + ": " + (ohttpstatus[nstatus] || "unknown"); switch (math.floor(nstatus / 100)) { /* case 1: // i...
... bisloading = true; oreq.onload = ajaxload; oreq.onerror = ajaxerror; if (spage) { opageinfo.url = filterurl(spage, null); } oreq.open("get", filterurl(opageinfo.url, "json"), true); oreq.send(); oloadingbox.parentnode || document.body.appendchild(oloadingbox); } function requestpage (surl) { if (history.pushstate) { bupdateurl = true; getpage(surl); } else { /* ajax navigation is not supported */ location.assign(surl); } } function processlink () { if (this.classname === sajaxclass) { requestpage(this.href); return false; } return true; } function init () { opageinfo.title = document.title; ...
...available", 504: "gateway timeout", 505: "http version not supported", 506: "variant also negotiates (experimental)", 507: "insufficient storage", 508: "loop detected", 509: "unassigned", 510: "not extended", 511: "network authentication required" }; var oreq, bisloading = false, bupdateurl = false; oloadingbox.id = "ajax-loader"; ocover.onclick = abortreq; oloadingimg.src = "data:image/gif;base64,r0lgodlheaaqapiaap///waaamlcwkjcqgaaagjiyokcgpkskih/c05fvfndqvbfmi4waweaaaah/hpdcmvhdgvkihdpdgggywphegxvywquaw5mbwah+qqjcgaaacwaaaaaeaaqaaadmwi63p4wyklre2mioggznadomgyjrbexwroumcg2lmdewnhqlvsyod2mbzkydadka+diaaah+qqjcgaaacwaaaaaeaaqaaadnai63p5ojcegg4qmu7dmikrxqlfuydezigbmrv...
...addeventlistener("load", init, false) : window.attachevent ? attachevent("onload", init) : (onload = init); // public methods this.open = requestpage; this.stop = abortreq; this.rebuildlinks = init; })(); for more ...

IDBRequest.transaction - Web APIs
or abort the the upgrade. following the upgrade, the transaction ​property will again be null. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var mytransaction = request.transaction; value an idbtransaction. example the following example requests a given record title, onsuccess gets the associated record from the idbobjectstore (made available as objectstoretitlerequest.result), updates one property of the record, and then puts the updated record back into the object store in another request. the source of the requests is logged to the developer console — both originate from the same transaction. for a full working example, see our to-do notifications app (view example live.) var title = "walk dog"; // open up a transaction as usual var objectstore = db.transaction(['todoli...
..."walk dog"; // open up a transaction as usual var objectstore = db.transaction(['todolist'], "readwrite").objectstore('todolist'); // get the to-do list object that has this title as it's title var objectstoretitlerequest = objectstore.get(title); objectstoretitlerequest.onsuccess = function() { // grab the data object returned as the result var data = objectstoretitlerequest.result; // update the notified value in the object to "yes" data.notified = "yes"; // create another request that inserts the item back // into the database var updatetitlerequest = objectstore.put(data); // log the transaction that originated this request console.log("the transaction that originated this request is " + updatetitlerequest.transaction); // when this new request succeeds, run the di...
... openrequest.onupgradeneeded = function(event) { console.log(openrequest.transactio...
...ed = "yes"; // create another request that inserts the item back // into the database var updatetitlerequest = objectstore.put(data); // log the transaction that originated this request console.log("the transaction that originated this request is " + updatetitlerequest.transaction); // when this new request succeeds, run the displaydata() // function again to update the display updatetitlerequest.onsuccess = function() { displaydata(); }; }; this example shows how a the transaction property can be used during a version upgrade to access existing object stores:​ var openrequest = indexeddb.open('db', 2); console.log(openrequest.transaction); // will log "null". openrequest.onupgradeneeded = function(event) { console.log(openrequest.transaction.mode); // will log ...

KeyboardEvent.code - Web APIs
arts at 0° (pointing straight up). finally, spaceship is set to refer to the element with the id "spaceship", which is the svg polygon representing the ship the player controls. ...
... updateposition(). this function takes as input the distance the ship is to be moved, where positive is a forward movement and negative is a backward movement. this function computes the new position of the ship given the distance moved and the current direction the ship is facing. it also handles ensuring that the ship wraps across the boundaries of the play field instead of vanishing. ...
...tening for keydown events, acting on each key by updating the ship position and rotation angle, then calling refresh() to draw the ship at its new position and angle. ...
...refresh() to draw the ship at its new position and angle. ...

Key Values - Web APIs
ode_henkan (214) "dead" a dead "combining" key; that is, a key which is used in tandem with other keys to generate accented and other modified characters. if pressed by itself, it doesn't generate a character. if you wish to identify which specific dead key was pressed (in cases where more than one exists), you can do so by examining the keyboardevent's associated compositionupdate event's data property. see dead keycodes for linux below "finalmode" the final (final mode) key is used on some asian keyboards to enter final mode when using imes. vk_final (0x18) "groupfirst" switches to the first character group on an iso/iec 9995 keyboard. each key may have multiple groups of characters, each in its own column. pressi...
... this key is reported as "unidentified" prior to firefox 37. dead keycodes for linux linux generates accented characters using special dead keys. dead keys are keys which are pressed in combination with character keys to generate accented forms of those characters. you can identify which specific dead key was used (if more than one exists) by examining the keyboardevent's associated compositionupdate event's data property. you can find a table of the dead keys and the characters they can be used with to generate accented or otherwise special characters on linux using gtk. the value of data will be one of the following: compositionevent.data value symbol comments gdk_key_dead_grave (0xfe50) qt::key_dead_grave (0x01001250) ` gdk_key_dead_acute...
...icmute (0x01000113) keycode_mute (91) "microphonevolumeup" increases the microphone's input volume. appcommand_microphone_volume_up qt::key_micvolumeup (0x0100011d) [1] internet explorer, edge, and firefox (48 and earlier) use "volumeup", "volumedown", and "volumemute" instead of "audiovolumeup", "audiovolumedown", and "audiovolumemute". in firefox 49 they were updated to match the latest specification. tv control keys these key values represent buttons or keys present on television devices, or computers or phones which have tv support. keyboardevent.key value description virtual keycode windows mac linux android "tv" [1] switches into tv viewing mode. keycode_tv (170) "tv3dmode" toggle...
..._launche (0x1008ff4e) qt::key_launche (0x010000b0) "launchapplication16" the 16th generic application launcher button. gdk_key_launchf (0x1008ff4f) qt::key_launchf (0x010000b1) [1] internet explorer, edge, and firefox (36 and earlier) use "selectmedia" instead of "launchmediaplayer". firefox 37 through firefox 48 use "mediaselect". firefox 49 has been updated to match the latest specification, and to return "launchmediaplayer". [2] google chrome 57 and earlier returned "launchmycomputer" instead of "launchapplication1". see chrome bug 612743 for more information. [3] google chrome 57 and earlier returned "launchcalculator" instead of "launchapplication2". see chrome bug 612743 for more information. [4] prior to firefox 37, firefox returned the key...

PaymentRequest: paymentmethodchange event - Web APIs
event handler property onpaymentmethodchange examples let's take a look at an example. this code creates a new paymentrequest, adds a handler for the paymentmethodchange event by calling the request's addeventlistener(), then calls show() to present the payment interface to the user. the code assumes the existence of a method detailsforshipping(), which returns a paymentdetailsupdate object containing the shipping options for the ground shipping method, in the form found in the paymentshippingoption dictionary. by doing so, the payment form defaults to the ground shipping method. const options = { requestshipping: true }; const paymentrequest = new paymentrequest(paymentmethods, detailsforshipping("ground"), options); paymentrequest.addeventlistener("paymentmethodc...
..., detailsforshipping("ground"), options); paymentrequest.addeventlistener("paymentmethodchange", handlepaymentchange, false); paymentrequest.show() .then(response => response.complete("success")) .catch(err => console.log("error handling payment request: " + err)); the event handler function itself, handlepaymentchange(), looks like this: handlepaymentchange = event => { const detailsupdate = {}; if (event.methodname === "https://apple.com/apple-pay") { const servicefeeinfo = calculateservicefee(event.methoddetails); object.assign(detailsupdate, servicefeeinfo); } event.updatewith(detailsupdate); }, false); this begins by looking at the event's methodname property; if that indicates that the user is trying to use apple pay, we pass the methoddetails into a function...
... related events merchantvalidation, shippingaddresschange, shippingoptionchange, and payerdetailchange ...
...create to take the information about the transaction, such as the underlying credit card being used to service the apple pay request, and compute and return an paymentdetailsupdate object that specifies changes to be applied to the paymentrequest in order to add any service fees that the payment method might require. before the event handler returns, it calls the event's paymentmethodchangeevent.updatewith.updatewith() method to integrate the changes into the request. related events merchantvalidation, shippingaddresschange, shippingoptionchange, and payerdetailchange specifications specification status comment payment request apithe definition of 'paymentmethodchange' in that specification. candidate recommendation ...

PaymentRequest.shippingAddress - Web APIs
ull by default. syntax var paymentaddress = paymentrequest.shippingaddress; example generally, the user agent will fill the shippingaddress property value. you can trigger this by setting paymentoptions.requestshipping to true when calling the paymentrequest constructor. in the example below, the cost of shipping varies by geography. ...
...paymentaddress = paymentrequest.shippingaddress; example generally, the user agent will fill the shippingaddress property value. you can trigger this by setting paymentoptions.requestshipping to true when calling the paymentrequest constructor. in the example below, the cost of shipping varies by geography. ...
...onshippingaddresschange is called, updatedetails() is called to update the details of the paymentrequest, using shippingaddress to set the correct shipping cost. // initialization of paymentrequest arguments are excerpted for the sake of // brevity. var payment = new paymentrequest(supportedinstruments, details, options); payment.addeventlistener('shippingaddresschange', function(evt) { evt.updatewith(new promise(function(resolve) { updatedetails(details, request.shippingaddress, resolve); })); }); payment.show().then(function(paymentresponse) { // processing of paymentresponse exerpted for brevity. ...
...payment.addeventlistener('shippingaddresschange', function(evt) { evt.updatewith(new promise(function(resolve) { updatedetails(details, request.shippingaddress, resolve); })); }); payment.show().then(function(paymentresponse) { // processing of paymentresponse exerpted for brevity. ...

PaymentResponse.shippingAddress - Web APIs
ect providing details comprising the shipping address provided by the user. example generally, the user agent will fill the shippingaddress property for you. you can trigger this by setting paymentoptions.requestshipping to true when calling the paymentrequest constructor. in the example below, the cost of shipping varies by geography. ...
...ing the shipping address provided by the user. example generally, the user agent will fill the shippingaddress property for you. you can trigger this by setting paymentoptions.requestshipping to true when calling the paymentrequest constructor. in the example below, the cost of shipping varies by geography. ...
... paymentrequest.onshippingaddresschange is called, updatedetails() is called to update the details of the paymentrequest, using shippingaddress to set the correct shipping cost. // initialization of paymentrequest arguments are excerpted for brevity. var payment = new paymentrequest(supportedinstruments, details, options); request.addeventlistener('shippingaddresschange', function(evt) { evt.updatewith(new promise(function(resolve) { updatedetails(details, request.shippingaddress, resolve); })); }); payment.show().then(function(paymentresponse) { // processing of paymentresponse exerpted for the same of brevity. ...
...addeventlistener('shippingaddresschange', function(evt) { evt.updatewith(new promise(function(resolve) { updatedetails(details, request.shippingaddress, resolve); })); }); payment.show().then(function(paymentresponse) { // processing of paymentresponse exerpted for the same of brevity. ...

Pointer Lock API - Web APIs
// pointer lock event listener // hook pointer lock state change events for different browsers document.addeventlistener('pointerlockchange', lockchangealert, false); document.addeventlistener('mozpointerlockchange', lockchangealert, false); this function checks the pointlockelement property to see if it is our canvas. ...
... if it is our canvas. if so, it attached an event listener to handle the mouse movements with the updateposition() function. if not, it removes the event listener again. function lockchangealert() { if (document.pointerlockelement === canvas || document.mozpointerlockelement === canvas) { console.log('the pointer lock status is now locked'); document.addeventlistener("mousemove", updateposition, false); } else { console.log('the pointer lock status is now unlocked'); document.removeeventlistener("mousemove", updateposition, false); } } the updateposition() function updates the position of the ball on the canvas (x and y), and also includes if() statements to check whether the ball has gone off the edges of the canvas. if so, it makes the ball wrap around to the oppo...
...ion() function updates the position of the ball on the canvas (x and y), and also includes if() statements to check whether the ball has gone off the edges of the canvas. if so, it makes the ball wrap around to the opposite edge. it also includes a check whether a requestanimationframe() call has previously been made, and if so, calls it again as required, and calls the canvasdraw() function that updates the canvas scene. a tracker is also set up to write out the x and y values to the screen, for reference. ...
...e ball wrap around to the opposite edge. it also includes a check whether a requestanimationframe() call has previously been made, and if so, calls it again as required, and calls the canvasdraw() function that updates the canvas scene. a tracker is also set up to write out the x and y values to the screen, for reference. ...

SVGAngle - Web APIs
at can be an <angle> or <number> value. an svgangle reflected through the animval attribute is always read only. an svgangle object can be designated as read only, which means that attempts to modify the object will result in an exception being thrown. an svgangle object can be associated with a particular element. the associated element is used to determine which element's content attribute to update if the object reflects an attribute. unless otherwise described, an svgangle object is not associated with any element. every svgangle object operates in one of two modes: reflect the base value of a reflected animatable attribute (being exposed through the baseval member of an svganimatedangle), be detached, which is the case for svgangle objects created with svgsvgelement.createsvgangle()...
...eg an <angle> with a deg unit. svg_angletype_rad an <angle> with a rad unit. svg_angletype_grad an <angle> with a grad unit. properties unittype the type of the value as specified by one of the svg_angletype_* constants defined on this interface. value the value as a floating point value, in user units. ...
...to be updated automatically to reflect this setting. exceptions on setting: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the length corresponds to a read-only attribute, or when the object itself is read-only. valueinspecifiedunits the value as a floating point value, in the units expressed by unittype. setting this attribute will cause value and valueasstring to be updated automatically to reflect this setting. exceptions on setting: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the length corresponds to a read-only attribute, or when the object itself is read-only. valueasstring the value as a domstring value, in the units expressed by unittype. ...
... exceptions on setting: a domexception with code syntax_err is raised if the assigned string cannot be parsed as a valid <angle>. a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the length corresponds to a read-only attribute, or when the object itself is read-only. ...

Screen Wake Lock API - Web APIs
n needs to keep running. wakelocksentinel provides a handle to the underlying platform wake lock and if referenced can be manually released and reacquired. get an instance of the object by calling wakelock.request. navigator.wakelock returns a wakelock object instance, from which all other functionality can be accessed. examples feature detection this code checks for wake lock support and updates the ui accordingly. if ('wakelock' in navigator) { issupported = true; statuselem.textcontent = 'screen wake lock api supported!'; } else { wakebutton.disabled = true; statuselem.textcontent = 'wake lock is not supported by this browser.'; } requesting a wake lock the following example demonstrates how to request a wakelocksentinel object. the wakelock.request method is promise based...
...orted = true; statuselem.textcontent = 'screen wake lock api supported!'; } else { wakebutton.disabled = true; statuselem.textcontent = 'wake lock is not supported by this browser.'; } requesting a wake lock the following example demonstrates how to request a wakelocksentinel object. the wakelock.request method is promise based and so we can create an asynchronous function, which in turn updates the ui to reflect the wake lock is active. // create a reference for the wake lock let wakelock = null; // create an async function to request a wake lock const requestwakelock = async () => { try { wakelock = await navigator.wakelock.request('screen'); // change up our interface to reflect wake lock active statuselem.textcontent = 'wake lock is active!'; } catch (err) { ...
... = 'wake lock is active!'; } catch (err) { // if wake lock request fails - usually system related, such as battery statuselem.textcontent = `${err.name}, ${err.message}`; } } releasing wake lock the following example shows how to release the previously acquired wake lock. wakelock.release() .then(() => { wakelock = null; }); listening for wake lock release this example updates the ui if the wake lock has been released for any reason (such as navigating away from the active window/tab). wakelock.addeventlistener('release', () => { // the wake lock has been released statuselem.textcontent = 'wake lock has been released'; }); reacquiring a wake lock the following code reacquires the wake lock should the visibility of the document change and the wake lock is rele...
... of the document change and the wake lock is released. document.addeventlistener('visibilitychange', () => { if (wakelock !== null && document.visibilitystate === 'visible') { wakelock = await navigator.wakelock.request('screen'); } }); putting it all together you can find the complete code on github here. the demo uses a button to acquire a wake lock and also release it, which in turn updates the ui. the ui also updates if the wake lock is released automatically for any reason. there's a checkbox which when checked, will automatically reacquire the wake lock if the document's visibility state changes and becomes visible again. performance considerations release the screen wake lock when user ends activity that required always-on screen. for example, a ticketing app which uses qr ...

ServiceWorkerRegistration - Web APIs
g indexed content for offline viewing. unimplemented properties serviceworkerregistration.periodicsync read only returns a reference to the periodicsyncmanager interface, which manages periodic background synchronization processes. this was mentioned as an idea in the sw explainer at some point, but as yet has not been implemented anywhere. event handlers serviceworkerregistration.onupdatefound read only an eventlistener property called whenever an event of type updatefound is fired; it is fired any time the serviceworkerregistration.installing property acquires a new service worker. methods also implements methods from its parent interface, eventtarget. serviceworkerregistration.getnotifications() returns a promise that resolves to an array of notification objects. servi...
...the serviceworkerregistration.installing property acquires a new service worker. methods also implements methods from its parent interface, eventtarget. serviceworkerregistration.getnotifications() returns a promise that resolves to an array of notification objects. serviceworkerregistration.shownotification() displays the notification with the requested title. serviceworkerregistration.update() checks the server for an updated version of the service worker without consulting caches. serviceworkerregistration.unregister() unregisters the service worker registration and returns a promise. the service worker will finish any ongoing operations before it is unregistered. examples in this example, the code first checks whether the browser supports service workers and if so registers o...
... for an updated version of the service worker without consulting caches. serviceworkerregistration.unregister() unregisters the service worker registration and returns a promise. the service worker will finish any ongoing operations before it is unregistered. examples in this example, the code first checks whether the browser supports service workers and if so registers one. next, it adds an updatefound listener in which it uses the service worker registration to listen for further changes to the service worker's state. if the service worker hasn't changed since the last time it was registered, then the updatefound event will not be fired. if ('serviceworker' in navigator) { navigator.serviceworker.register('/sw.js') .then(function(registration) { registration.addeventlistener('upd...
...service worker registration to listen for further changes to the service worker's state. if the service worker hasn't changed since the last time it was registered, then the updatefound event will not be fired. if ('serviceworker' in navigator) { navigator.serviceworker.register('/sw.js') .then(function(registration) { registration.addeventlistener('updatefound', function() { // if updatefound is fired, it means that there's // a new service worker being installed. var installingworker = registration.installing; console.log('a new service worker is being installed:', installingworker); // you can listen for changes to the installing service worker's // state via installingworker.onstatechange }); }) .catch(function(error) { consol...

SourceBuffer - Web APIs
pplied to timestamps inside media segments that are subsequently appended to the sourcebuffer. sourcebuffer.trackdefaults specifies the default values to use if kind, label, and/or language information is not available in the initialization segment of the media to be appended to the sourcebuffer. sourcebuffer.updating read only a boolean indicating whether the sourcebuffer is currently being updated — i.e. whether an sourcebuffer.appendbuffer(), sourcebuffer.appendstream(), or sourcebuffer.remove() operation is currently in progress. sourcebuffer.videotracks read only a list of the video tracks currently contained inside the sourcebuffer. event handlers sourcebuffer.onabort fired whenever sourcebuffer.appendbuffer() or sourcebuffer.appendstream() is ended by a call to sourcebuffe...
...r. event handlers sourcebuffer.onabort fired whenever sourcebuffer.appendbuffer() or sourcebuffer.appendstream() is ended by a call to sourcebuffer.abort(). sourcebuffer.updating changes from true to false. sourcebuffer.onerror fired whenever an error occurs during sourcebuffer.appendbuffer() or sourcebuffer.appendstream(). sourcebuffer.updating changes from true to false. ...
...pdating changes from true to false. sourcebuffer.onerror fired whenever an error occurs during sourcebuffer.appendbuffer() or sourcebuffer.appendstream(). sourcebuffer.updating changes from true to false. sourcebuffer.onupdate fired whenever sourcebuffer.appendbuffer() method or the sourcebuffer.remove() completes. sourcebuffer.updating changes from true to false. this event is fired before onupdateend. sourcebuffer.onupdateend fired whenever sourcebuffer.appendbuffer() method or the sourcebuffer.remove() has ended. this event is fired after onupdate. sourcebuffer.onupdatestart fired whenever the value of sourcebuffer.updating transitions from false to true. methods inherits methods from its parent interface, eventtarget. sourcebuffer.abort() aborts the current segment and resets ...
...rc = url.createobjecturl(mediasource); mediasource.addeventlistener('sourceopen', sourceopen); } else { console.error('unsupported mime type or codec: ', mimecodec); } function sourceopen (_) { //console.log(this.readystate); // open var mediasource = this; var sourcebuffer = mediasource.addsourcebuffer(mimecodec); fetchab(asseturl, function (buf) { sourcebuffer.addeventlistener('updateend', function (_) { mediasource.endofstream(); video.play(); //console.log(mediasource.readystate); // ended }); sourcebuffer.appendbuffer(buf); }); } function fetchab (url, cb) { console.log(url); var xhr = new xmlhttprequest; xhr.open('get', url); xhr.responsetype = 'arraybuffer'; xhr.onload = function () { cb(xhr.response); }; xhr.send(); } speci...

Multi-touch interaction - Web APIs
irst touchstart event will have // targettouches length of one, the second event will have a length // of two, and so on. ev.preventdefault(); // cache the touch points for later processing of 2-touch pinch/zoom if (ev.targettouches.length == 2) { for (var i=0; i < ev.targettouches.length; i++) { tpcache.push(ev.targettouches[i]); } } if (logevents) log("touchstart", ev, true); update_background(ev); } touch move handler the touchmove handler calls preventdefault() for the same reason mentioned above, and invokes the pinch/zoom handler. function move_handler(ev) { // note: if the user makes more than one "simultaneous" touches, most browsers // fire at least one touchmove event and some will fire several touchmoves. // consequently, an application might want to "ignore"...
...ve event and some will fire several touchmoves. // consequently, an application might want to "ignore" some touchmoves. // // this function sets the target element's border to "dashed" to visually // indicate the target received a move event. // ev.preventdefault(); if (logevents) log("touchmove", ev, false); // to avoid too much color flashing many touchmove events are started, // don't update the background if two touch points are active if (!(ev.touches.length == 2 && ev.targettouches.length == 2)) update_background(ev); // set the target element's border to dashed to give a clear visual // indication the element received a move event. ev.target.style.border = "dashed"; // check this event for 2-touch move/pinch/zoom gesture handle_pinch_zoom(ev); } touch end handler th...
... or swipe me 3</div> <div id="target4"> tap, hold or swipe me 4</div> <!-- ui for logging/bebugging --> <button id="log" onclick="enablelog(event);">start/stop event logging</button> <button id="clearlog" onclick="clearlog(event);">clear the log</button> <p></p> <output></output> miscellaneous functions these functions support the application but aren't directly involved with the event flow. ...
...pplication but aren't directly involved with the event flow. update background color the background color of the touch areas will change as follows: no touch is white; one touch is yellow; two simultaneous touches is pink, and three or more simultaneous touches is lightblue. see touch move for information about the background color changing when a 2-finger move/pinch/zoom is detected. ...

Basic scissoring - Web APIs
stablishes a clipping region outside which drawing will not occur. clearing the drawing buffer when scissoring applies this is a simple demonstration of a rendering with scissor(). although the clear() drawing command writes the clear color (set by clearcolor()) to all pixels in the drawing buffer, scissor() defines a mask that only allows pixels inside the specified rectangular area to be updated. this is a good opportunity to talk about the difference between pixels and fragments. a pixel is a picture element (in practice, a point) on the screen, or a single element of the drawing buffer, that area in memory that holds your pixel data (such as rgba color components). a fragment refers to the pixel while it is being handled by the webgl pipeline. the reason for this distinction is that...
...e reason for this distinction is that fragment color (and other fragment values, such as depth) may be manipulated and changed several times during graphics operations before finally being written to the screen. we have already seen how fragment color changes during graphics operations, by applying color masking. ...
...the pixel value is not updated), or it may interact with the already existing pixel value (such as when doing color blending for non-opaque elements in the scene). here we see another example of the distinction between fragments and pixels. scissoring is a distinct stage in the webgl/opengl graphics pipeline (it occurs after color clearing, but before color masking). before the actual pixels are updated, fragments must go through the scissor test. if the fragments pass the scissor test, they continue down the graphics pipeline, and the corresponding pixels are updated on the screen. if they fail the test, they are immediately discarded, no further processing occurs, and pixels are not updated. because only fragments within the specified rectangular area successfully pass the scissor test, only ...
... the scissoring stage of the pipeline is disabled by default. ...

Lighting in WebGL - Web APIs
you drop out the concept of point sources and specular lighting, there are two pieces of information we'll need in order to implement our directional lighting: we need to associate a surface normal with each vertex. this is a vector that's perpendicular to the face at that vertex. we need to know the direction in which the light is traveling; this is defined by the direction vector. then we update the vertex shader to adjust the color of each vertex, taking into account the ambient lighting as well as the effect of the directional lighting given the angle at which it's striking the face. we'll see how to do that when we look at the code for the shader. building the normals for the vertices the first thing we need to do is generate the array of normals for all the vertices that comprise o...
... gl.uniformmatrix4fv( programinf...
... the shader a normal matrix, which is used to transform the normals when dealing with the current orientation of the cube in relation to the light source: const normalmatrix = mat4.create(); mat4.invert(normalmatrix, modelviewmatrix); mat4.transpose(normalmatrix, normalmatrix); ... gl.uniformmatrix4fv( programinfo.uniformlocations.normalmatrix, false, normalmatrix); update the shaders now that all the data the shaders need is available to them, we need to update the code in the shaders themselves. the vertex shader the first thing to do is update the vertex shader so it generates a shading value for each vertex based on the ambient lighting as well as the directional lighting. let's take a look at the code: const vssource = ` attribute vec4 avertexpositio...
... amount of directional lighting is computed, we can generate the lighting value by taking the ambient light and adding in the product of the directional light's color and the amount of directional lighting to provide. as a result, we now have an rgb value that will be used by the fragment shader to adjust the color of each pixel we render. ...

Signaling and video calling - Web APIs
t all to the signaling server. readying the chat server for signaling our chat server uses the websocket api to send information as json strings between each client and the server. the server supports several message types to handle tasks, such as registering new users, setting usernames, and sending public chat messages. to allow the server to support signaling and ice negotiation, we need to update the code. we'll have to allow directing messages to one specific user instead of broadcasting to all connected users, and ensure unrecognized message types are passed through and delivered, without the server needing to know what they are. this lets us send signaling messages using this same server, instead of needing a separate server. let's take a look which changes we need to make to the chat...
...t. we could have made it receive our original message object, but in this example it's more efficient this way. since the message has already been stringified, we can send it with no further processing. each entry in connectionarray is a websocket object, so we can just call its send() method directly. our original chat demo didn't support sending messages to a specific user. the next task is to update the main websocket message handler to support doing so. this involves a change near the end of the "connection" message handler: if (sendtoclients) { var msgstring = json.stringify(msg); var i; if (msg.target && msg.target !== undefined && msg.target.length !== 0) { sendtooneuser(msg.target, msgstring); } else { for (i=0; i<connectionarray.length; i++) { connectionarray[i]...
...ehind the scenes. our role is to simply send the candidates, back and forth, through the signaling server. the client application the core to any signaling process is its message handling. it's not necessary to use websockets for signaling, but it is a common solution. you should, of course, select a mechanism for exchanging signaling information that is appropriate for your application. let's update the chat client to support video calling. updating the html the html for our client needs a location for video to be presented. this requires video elements, and a button to hang up the call: <div class="flexchild" id="camera-container"> <div class="camera-box"> <video id="received_video" autoplay></video> <video id="local_video" autoplay muted></video> <button id="hangup-button"...
...r item = document.createelement("li"); item.appendchild(document.createtextnode(username)); item.addeventlistener("click", invite, false); listelem.appendchild(item); }); } after getting a reference to the <ul> which contains the list of user names into the variable listelem, we empty the list by removing each of its child elements. note: obviously, it would be more efficient to update the list by adding and removing individual users instead of rebuilding the whole list every time it changes, but this is good enough for the purposes of this example. then we iterate over the array of user names using foreach(). for each name, we create a new <li> element, then create a new text node containing the user name using createtextnode(). that text node is added as a child of the <li>...

A simple RTCDataChannel sample - Web APIs
nly called a “signalling server,” is usually used to exchange the description (which is in application/sdp form) between the two peers. handling successful peer connection as each side of the peer-to-peer connection is successfully linked up, the corresponding rtcpeerconnection's icecandidate event is fired. these handlers can do whatever's needed, but in this example, all we need to do is update the user interface: function handlelocaladdcandidatesuccess() { connectbutton.disabled = true; } function handleremoteaddcandidatesuccess() { disconnectbutton.disabled = false; } the only thing we do here is disable the "connect" button when the local peer is connected and enable the "disconnect" button when the remote peer connects. connecting the data channel once the rtcpe...
...disabled = false; connectbutton.disabled = true; } else { messageinputbox.disabled = true; sendbutton.disabled = true; connectbutton.disabled = false; disconnectbutton.disabled = true; } } } if the channel's state has changed to "open", that indicates that we have finished establishing the link between the two peers. the user interface is updated correspondingly by enabling the text input box for the message to send, focusing the input box so that the user can immediately begin to type, enabling the "send" and "disconnect" buttons, now that they're usable, and disabling the "connect" button, since it is not needed when the conneciton is open. if the state has changed to "closed", the opposite set of actions occurs: the input box and "se...
...eviously set as that button's handler is called. function disconnectpeers() { // close the rtcdatachannels if they're open. sendchannel.close(); receivechannel.close(); // close the rtcpeerconnections localconnection.close(); remoteconnection.close(); sendchannel = null; receivechannel = null; localconnection = null; remoteconnection = null; // update user interface elements connectbutton.disabled = false; disconnectbutton.disabled = true; sendbutton.disabled = true; messageinputbox.value = ""; messageinputbox.disabled = true; } this starts by closing each peer's rtcdatachannel, then, similarly, each rtcpeerconnection. then all the saved references to these objects are set to null to avoid accidental reuse, and the us...
... next steps you should try out this example and take a look at the webrtc-simple-datachannel source code, available on github. ...

Using DTMF with WebRTC - Web APIs
mf. from there, you can simply call rtcdtmfsender.insertdtmf() to enqueue dtmf signals to be sent on the track to the other peer. the rtcrtpsender will then send the tones to the other peer as packets alongside the track's audio data. each time a tone is sent, the rtcpeerconnection receives a tonechange event with a tone property specifying which tone finished playing, which is an opportunity to update interface elements, for example. when the tone buffer is empty, indicating that all the tones have been sent, a tonechange event with its tone property set to "" (an empty string) is delivered to the connection object. if you'd like to know more about how this works, read rfc 3550: rtp: a transport protocol for real-time applications and rfc 4733: rtp payload for dtmf digits, telephony tones, an...
... dtmf over). we then obtain the rtcrtpsender's dtmf property, which is an rtcdtmfsender object that can send dtmf on the connection, from the caller to the receiver. if getsenders() isn't available, we instead call rtcpeerconnection.createdtmfsender() to get the rtcdtmfsender object. although this method is obsolete, this example supports it as a fallback to let older browsers (and those not yet updated to support the current webrtc dtmf api) run the example. finally, we set the dtmf sender's ontonechange event handler so we get notified each time a dtmf tone finishes playing. you can find the log function at the bottom of the documentation. when a tone finishes playing each time a dtmf tone finishes playing, a tonechange event is delivered to callerpc. the event listener for these is imple...
...dicate when an individual tone has played and when all tones have finished playing. the event's tone property is a string indicating which tone just finished playing. if all tones have finished playing, tone is an empty string; when that's the case, rtcdtmfsender.tonebuffer is empty. in this example, we log to the screen which tone just finished playing. in a more advanced application, you might update the user interface, for example, to indicate which note is currently playing. on the other hand, if the tone buffer is empty, our example is designed to disconnect the call. this is done by stopping each stream on both the caller and the receiver by iterating over each rtcpeerconnection's track list (as returned by its gettracks() method) and calling each track's stop() method. once both the ca...
...nt.candidate is null, that indicates that there are no more candidates available, and we log that information. adding media to the receiver when the receiver begins to receive media, an event is delivered to the receiver's rtcpeerconnection, receiverpc. as explained in starting the connection process, the current webrtc specification uses the track event for this, but some browsers haven't been updated to support this yet, so we also need to handle the addstream event. the handlereceivertrackevent() and handlereceiveraddstreamevent() methods, shown below, handle these. function handlereceivertrackevent(event) { audio.srcobject = event.streams[0]; } function handlereceiveraddstreamevent(event) { audio.srcobject = event.stream; } the track event includes a streams property containing an ...

Window.devicePixelRatio - Web APIs
tx.font = '18px arial'; ctx.textalign = 'center'; ctx.textbaseline = 'middle'; var x = size / 2; var y = size / 2; var textstring = "i love mdn"; ctx.filltext(textstring, x, y); monitoring screen resolution or zoom level changes in this example, we'll set up a media query and watch it to see when the device resolution changes, so that we can check the value of devicepixelratio to handle any updates we need to. javascript the javascript code creates the media query that monitors the device resolution and checks the value of devicepixelratio any time it changes. let pixelratiobox = document.queryselector(".pixel-ratio"); let mqstring = `(resolution: ${window.devicepixelratio}dppx)`; const updatepixelratio = () => { let pr = window.devicepixelratio; let prstring = (pr * 100).tofixed(0...
...y that monitors the device resolution and checks the value of devicepixelratio any time it changes. let pixelratiobox = document.queryselector(".pixel-ratio"); let mqstring = `(resolution: ${window.devicepixelratio}dppx)`; const updatepixelratio = () => { let pr = window.devicepixelratio; let prstring = (pr * 100).tofixed(0); pixelratiobox.innertext = `${prstring}% (${pr.tofixed(2)})`; } updatepixelratio(); matchmedia(mqstring).addlistener(updatepixelratio); the string mqstring is set up to be the media query itself. ...
...string}% (${pr.tofixed(2)})`; } updatepixelratio(); matchmedia(mqstring).addlistener(updatepixelratio); the string mqstring is set up to be the media query itself. the media query, which begins as (resolution: 1dppx) (for standard displays) or (resolution: 2dppx) (for retina/hidpi displays), checks to see if the current display resolution matches a specific number of device dots per px. the updatepixelratio() function fetches the current value of devicepixelratio, then sets the innertext of the element pixelratiobox to a string which displays the ratio both as a percentage and as a raw decimal value with up to two decimal places. ...
...ution: 2dppx) (for retina/hidpi displays), checks to see if the current display resolution matches a specific number of device dots per px. the updatepixelratio() function fetches the current value of devicepixelratio, then sets the innertext of the element pixelratiobox to a string which displays the ratio both as a percentage and as a raw decimal value with up to two decimal places. then the updatepixelratio() function is called once to display the starting value, after which the media query is created using matchmedia() and addeventlistener() is called to set up updatepixelratio() as a handler for the change event. html the html creates the boxes containing the instructions and the pixel-ratio box that will display the current pixel ratio information. <div class="container"> <div clas...

Window.screenX - Web APIs
estanimationframe() to constantly redraw the circle in the same physical position on the screen, even if the window position is moved. ...
...the circle in the same physical position on the screen, even if the window position is moved. ...
... also in the code we include a snippet that...
... also in the code we include a snippet that detects whether screen...

Window.screenY - Web APIs
estanimationframe() to constantly redraw the circle in the same physical position on the screen, even if the window position is moved. ...
...the circle in the same physical position on the screen, even if the window position is moved. ...
... also in the code we include a snippet that...
... also in the code we include a snippet that detects whether screen...

XRRenderState.baseLayer - Web APIs
the read-only baselayer property of the xrrenderstate interface returns the xrwebgllayer instance that is the source of bitmap images and a description of how the image is to be rendered in the device. this property is read-only; however, you can indirectly change its value using xrsession.updaterenderstate. syntax var xrwebgllayer = xrrenderstate.baselayer; value a xrwebgllayer object which is used as the source of the world's contents when rendering each frame of the scene. ...
...ages and a description of how the image is to be rendered in the device. this property is read-only; however, you can indirectly change its value using xrsession.updaterenderstate. syntax var xrwebgllayer = xrrenderstate.baselayer; value a xrwebgllayer object which is used as the source of the world's contents when rendering each frame of the scene. see the examples below to see how to use updaterenderstate() to set the current xrwebgllayer used for rendering the scene. ...
... xrsession.updaterenderstate. syntax var xrwebgllayer = xrrenderstate.baselayer; value a xrwebgllayer object which is used as the source of the world's contents when rendering each frame of the scene. see the examples below to see how to use updaterenderstate() to set the current xrwebgllayer used for rendering the scene. ...
...ate() to set the current xrwebgllayer used for rendering the scene. examples you can set the xrwebgllayer used for rendering by calling updaterenderstate(), like this: let canvas = document.queryselector("canvas"); gl = canvas.getcontext("webgl", { xrcompatible: true }); setnewwebgllayer(); function setnewwebgllayer(gl) { if (!gl) { /* webgl not available */ return; } xrsession.updaterenderstate({ baselayer: new xrwebgllayer(xrsession, gl); }); }; here, the canvas obtained in the first line is the canvas into which webgl is going to draw. that context is passed into new xrwebgllayer() to create an xrwebgllayer which uses the contents of the webgl context gl as the source of the world's image during presentation. specifications specification status comm...

XRView.eye - Web APIs
e, if the flag is true, that view is skipped instead of being rendered. ...
....baselayer; gl.bindframebuffer(gl.framebuffer, gllayer.framebuffer); gl.clearcolor(0,0, 0, 1.0); gl.cleardepth(1.0); gl.clear(gl.color_buffer_bit, gl.depth_buffer_bit); for (let view of xrpose.views) { let skipview = false; if (view.eye == "left" && body.lefteye.injured) || skipview = updateinjury(body.lefteye); } else if (view.eye == "right" && body.righteye.injured) { skipview = updateinjury(body.righteye); } if (!skipview) { let viewport = gllayer.getviewport(view); gl.viewport(viewport.x, viewport.y, viewport.width, viewport.height); renderscene(gl, view); } } for each of the views, the value of eye is checked and if it's either left or right, we check to see if the body.lefteye.injured or body.righteye.injured property is true; if so, we call a function ...
...if the result is false, indicating that the eye is now healthy, we render the scene for that eye. otherwise, we d...
...renderscene(gl, view); } } for each of the views, the value of eye is checked and if it's either left or right, we check to see if the body.lefteye.injured or body.righteye.injured property is true; if so, we call a function updateinjury() on that eye to do things such as allow a bit of healing to occur, track the progress of a poison effect, or the like, as appropriate for the game's needs. updateinjury() returns true if the eye is still injured or false if the eye has been restored to health by the function,. if the result is false, indicating that the eye is now healthy, we render the scene for that eye. otherwise, we don't. specifications specification status comment webxr device apithe definition of 'xrview.eye' in that specification. working draft i...

Using the slider role - Accessibility
r agents and assistive technology note: opinions may differ on how assistive technology should handle this technique. the information provided above is one of those opinions and therefore not normative. examples example 1: simple numerical range in the example below, a simple slider is used to select a value between 1 and 100. the current volume is 50. ...
... the example below, a simple slider is used to select a value between 1 and 100. the current volume is 50. the application will programmatically update the value of aria-valuenow in response to user input. <label for="fader">volume</label> <input type="range" id="fader" min="1" max="100" value="50" step="1" aria-valuemin="1" aria-valuemax="100" aria-valuenow="50" oninput="outputupdate(value)"> <output for="fader" id="volume">50</output> the following code snippet allows you to return the output as it is updated by user input: function outputupdate(vol) { document.queryselector('#volume').value = vol; } example 2: text values sometimes, a slider is used to choose a value that is not, semantically, a number. in these cases, the aria-valuetext attribute is used to provide...
...mple below, the slider is used to select a day of the week. ...
...ider-handle" role="slider" aria-labelledby="day-label" aria-valuemin="1" aria-valuemax="7" aria-valuenow="2" aria-valuetext="monday"> </div> </div> the code snippet below shows a function that responds to user input and updates the aria-valuenow and aria-valuetext attributes: var daynames = ["sunday", "monday", "tuesday", "wednesday", "thursday", "friday", "saturday"]; var updateslider = function (newvalue) { var handle = document.getelementbyid("day-handle"); handle.setattribute("aria-valuenow", newvalue.tostring()); handle.setattribute("aria-valuetext", daynames[newvalue]); }; working examples: slider example notes aria attributes used aria-valuemin aria-valuemax aria-valuenow aria-valuetext aria-orientation related aria techniques ...

ARIA - Accessibility
pplications (especially those developed with javascript) more accessible to people with disabilities. it supplements html so that interactions and widgets commonly used in applications can be passed to assistive technologies when there is not otherwise a mechanism. for example, aria enables accessible navigation landmarks in html4, javascript widgets, form hints and error messages, live content updates, and more. many of these widgets were later incorporated into html5, and developers should prefer using the correct semantic html element over using aria, if such an element exists. for instance, native elements have built-in keyboard accessibility, roles and states. however, if you choose to use aria, you are responsible for mimicking (the equivalent) browser behaviour in script. here's th...
...operties. these are specified by adding attributes to the element. in this example, the role="progressbar" attribute informs the browser that this element is actually a javascript-powered progress bar widget. the aria-valuemin and aria-valuemax attributes specify the minimum and maximum values for the progress bar, and the aria-valuenow describes the current state of it and therefore must be kept updated with javascript. along with placing them directly in the markup, aria attributes can be added to the element and updated dynamically using javascript code like this: // find the progress bar <div> in the dom. var progressbar = document.getelementbyid("percent-loaded"); // set its aria roles and states, // so that assistive technologies know what kind of widget it is. progressbar.setattribute(...
...ind the progress bar <div> in the dom. var progressbar = document.getelementbyid("percent-loaded"); // set its aria roles and states, // so that assistive technologies know what kind of widget it is. progressbar.setattribute("role", "progressbar"); progressbar.setattribute("aria-valuemin", 0); progressbar.setattribute("aria-valuemax", 100); // create a function that can be called at any time to update // the value of the progress bar. function updateprogress(percentcomplete) { progressbar.setattribute("aria-valuenow", percentcomplete); } note that aria was invented after html4, so does not validate in html4 or its xhtml variants. however, the accessibility gains it provides far outweigh any technical invalidity. in html5, all aria attributes validate. the new landmark elements (<main>, <h...
... using aria a practical guide for developers. it suggests what aria attributes to use on html elements. suggestions are based on implementation realities. simple aria enhancements enhancing page navigation with aria landmarks a nice intro to using aria landmarks to improve web page navigation for screen reader users. see also, aria landmark implementation notes and examples on real sites (updated as of july 2011). improving form accessibility aria is not just for dynamic content! learn how to improve accessibility of html forms using additional aria attributes. aria for scripted widgets writing keyboard-navigable javascript widgets built-in elements like <input>, <button> etc have built-in keyboard accessibility. if you 'fake' these with <div>s and aria, you must ensure your widg...

Accessibility documentation index - Accessibility
a) defines ways to make the web more accessible to people with disabilities. a few guidelines to follow that ensure better accessibility, like using drag and drop for placement of the widgets. 7 aria live regions aria, accessibility, arialive using javascript, it is possible to dynamically change parts of a page without requiring the entire page to reload — for instance, to update a list of search results on the fly, or to display a discreet alert or notification which does not require user interaction. while these changes are usually visually apparent to users who can see the page, they may not be obvious to users of assistive technologies. aria live regions fill this gap and provide a way to programmatically expose dynamic content changes in a way that can be announced b...
...ns, suggestion the suggestion landmark role semantically denotes a single proposed change to an editable document. this should be used on an element that wraps an element with an insertion role, and one with a deletion role. 51 aria: alert role aria, aria role, aria alert, aria widget, reference the alert role can be used to tell the user an element has been dynamically updated. screen readers will instantly start reading out the updated content when the role is added. if the user is expected to close the alert, then the alertdialog role should be used instead. 52 aria: application role aria, aria role, aria widget, reference, role application the application role indicates to assistive technologies that an element and all of its children should be...
...tiative at the w3c. aria provides a means to make web applications and widgets more accessible to a diverse range of users, including those who use assistive technologies such as screen readers or magnifiers. 79 widgets accessibility this page was auto-generated because a user created a sub-page to this page. 80 overview accessibility, javascript, landing, needsupdate here's a look at working examples and best practices in building accessible javascript widgets. 81 accessibility faq accessibility, faq mozilla accessibility project 82 accessibility information for web authors accessibility, authoring dhtml accessibility roadmap: a peek into how dhtml will be made accessible in the future. this document gives a pla...
...soft active accessibility (msaa) server accessibility, msaa, microsoft, server this document is for developers working to support msaa in an application in order to make it accessible with 3rd party assistive technologies, as well as for hackers wishing to be involved in mozilla's msaa support specifically. 93 keyboard-navigable javascript widgets accessibility, dom, needsupdate web applications often use javascript to mimic desktop widgets such as menus, tree views, rich text fields, and tab panels. these widgets are typically composed of <div> and <span> elements that do not, by nature, offer the same keyboard functionality that their desktop counterparts do. this document describes techniques to make javascript widgets accessible with the keyboard. 94 ...

Web accessibility for seizures and physical reactions - Accessibility
reduce) { button { animation: none; } } prefers-color-scheme this can be useful if the ambient light api is not available. support is emerging. @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { /* adust styles for dark mode */ } window​.match​media() there is a powerful tool available to developers via window.matchmedia(). a great resource is mdn's document on window.matchmedia() media update feature the more often the screen is refreshed, the more stable it appears to the human eye, and the less it "flickers". the vast majority of modern technology refreshes at a rate that does not cause problems with photosensitivity. however, not everybody is wealthy enough to be able to afford the most recent technology: older or underpowered computers can have low refresh rates. abilitynet's fac...
...sh rates. a very old article, tech republic's epilepsy and crt/lcd screen flicker, had an interesting response concerning the refresh rates in hz. ...
...tive use the update feature which, used in combination with animation-duration or transition-duration, to conclude at a rate that is imperceptible to the human eye. in other words, eric's techniques address the refresh-rate problem. the css below is from the article, css-tricks revisiting prefers-reduced-motion, the reduced motion media query. ...
...it has the values of "none", "slow", and "fast". developmental & experimental features mdn navigator​.donottrack from the documentation: "returns the user's do-not-track setting. ...

transition-delay - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
; -webkit-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top color; -webkit-transition-duration:2s; -webkit-transition-delay:0.5s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: linear; transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top color; transition-duration:2s; transition-delay:0.5s; transition-timing-function: linear; } function updatetransition() { var el = document.queryselector("div.box"); if (el) { el.classname = "box1"; } else { el = document.queryselector("div.box1"); el.classname = "box"; } return el; } var intervalid = window.setinterval(updatetransition, 7000); transition-delay: 1s <div class="parent"> <div class="box">lorem</div> </div> .parent { width: 250px; height:125px;} .b...
...olute; -webkit-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top color; -webkit-transition-duration:2s; -webkit-transition-delay:1s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: linear; transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top color; transition-duration:2s; transition-delay:1s; transition-timing-function: linear; } function updatetransition() { var el = document.queryselector("div.box"); if (el) { el.classname = "box1"; } else { el = document.queryselector("div.box1"); el.classname = "box"; } return el; } var intervalid = window.setinterval(updatetransition, 7000); transition-delay: 2s <div class="parent"> <div class="box">lorem</div> </div> .parent { width: 250px; height:125px;} .b...
...olute; -webkit-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top color; -webkit-transition-duration:2s; -webkit-transition-delay:2s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: linear; transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top color; transition-duration:2s; transition-delay:2s; transition-timing-function: linear; } function updatetransition() { var el = document.queryselector("div.box"); if (el) { el.classname = "box1"; } else { el = document.queryselector("div.box1"); el.classname = "box"; } return el; } var intervalid = window.setinterval(updatetransition, 7000); transition-delay: 4s <div class="parent"> <div class="box">lorem</div> </div> .parent { width: 250px; height:125px;} .b...
... -webkit-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top color; -webkit-transition-duration:2s; -webkit-transition-delay:4s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top color; transition-duration:2s; transition-delay:4s; transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; } function updatetransition() { var el = document.queryselector("div.box"); if (el) { el.classname = "box1"; } else { el = document.queryselector("div.box1"); el.classname = "box"; } return el; } var intervalid = window.setinterval(updatetransition, 7000); specifications specification status comment css transitionsthe definition of 'transition-delay' in ...

transition-duration - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
ebkit-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transform color; -webkit-transition-duration:0.5s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transformv color; transition-duration:0.5s; transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; } function updatetransition() { var el = document.queryselector("div.box"); if (el) { el.classname = "box1"; } else { el = document.queryselector("div.box1"); el.classname = "box"; } return el; } var intervalid = window.setinterval(updatetransition, 7000); transition-duration: 1s <div class="parent"> <div class="box">lorem</div> </div> .parent { width: 250px; height:125px;}...
... -webkit-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top -webkit-transform transform color; -webkit-transition-duration:1s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transform color; transition-duration:1s; transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; } function updatetransition() { var el = document.queryselector("div.box"); if (el) { el.classname = "box1"; } else { el = document.queryselector("div.box1"); el.classname = "box"; } return el; } var intervalid = window.setinterval(updatetransition, 7000); transition-duration: 2s <div class="parent"> <div class="box">lorem</div> </div> .parent { width: 250px; height:125px;}...
... -webkit-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transform color; -webkit-transition-duration:2s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transform color; transition-duration:2s; transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; } function updatetransition() { var el = document.queryselector("div.box"); if (el) { el.classname = "box1"; } else { el = document.queryselector("div.box1"); el.classname = "box"; } return el; } var intervalid = window.setinterval(updatetransition, 7000); transition-duration: 4s <div class="parent"> <div class="box">lorem</div> </div> .parent { width: 250px; height:125px;}...
... -webkit-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transform color; -webkit-transition-duration:4s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transform color; transition-duration:4s; transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; } function updatetransition() { var el = document.queryselector("div.box"); if (el) { el.classname = "box1"; } else { el = document.queryselector("div.box1"); el.classname = "box"; } return el; } var intervalid = window.setinterval(updatetransition, 7000); specifications specification status comment css transitionsthe definition of 'transition-duration' ...

Getting Started - Developer guides
you started. what's ajax? ajax stands for asynchronous javascript and xml. in a nutshell, it is the use of the xmlhttprequest object to communicate with servers. it can send and receive information in various formats, including json, xml, html, and text files. ajax’s most appealing characteristic is its "asynchronous" nature, which means it can communicate with the server, exchange data, and update the page without having to refresh the page. the two major features of ajax allow you to do the following: make requests to the server without reloading the page receive and work with data from the server step 1 – how to make an http request in order to make an http request to the server with javascript, you need an instance of an object with the necessary functionality. this is where x...
...in alertcontents(), we need to replace the line alert(httprequest.responsetext); with: var xmldoc = httprequest.responsexml; var root_node = xmldoc.getelementsbytagname('root').item(0); alert(root_node.firstchild.data); this code takes the xmldocument object given by responsexml and uses dom methods to access some of the data contained in the xml document. you can see the test.xml here and the updated test script here. step 5 – working with data finally, let's send some data to the server and receive a response. our javascript will request a dynamic page this time, test.php, which will take the data we send and return a "computed" string - "hello, [user data]!" - which we'll alert(). first we'll add a text box to our html so the user can enter their name: <label>your name: <input type...
... 312.14 time: 312.15 once the text file is loaded, we split() the items into an array at each newline character (\n — basically where each line break is in the text file), and then print the complete list of timestamps, and the last timestamp, onto the page. this is repeated every 5 seconds, using a setinterval() call. the idea would be that a server-side script of some kind would continually update the text file with new timestamps, and our xhr code would be used to report the latest timestamp on the client-side. <!doctype html> <html> <head> <meta charset="utf-8"> <title>xhr log time</title> <style> </style> </head> <body> <p id="writedata" class="data">off-line</p> <p id="laststamp">no data yet</p> <script> const fulldata = document.getelementbyid...
...tml> <html> <head> <meta charset="utf-8"> <title>xhr log time</title> <style> </style> </head> <body> <p id="writedata" class="data">off-line</p> <p id="laststamp">no data yet</p> <script> const fulldata = document.getelementbyid('writedata'); const lastdata = document.getelementbyid('laststamp'); function fetchdata() { console.log('fetching updated data.'); let xhr = new xmlhttprequest(); xhr.open("get", "time-log.txt", true); xhr.onload = function() { updatedisplay(xhr.response); } xhr.send(); } function updatedisplay(text) { fulldata.textcontent = text; let timearray = text.split('\n'); // included because some file systems always include a blank line at the end of text f...

Mouse gesture events - Developer guides
e user uses three fingers to "swipe" the trackpad. mozmagnifygesturestart the mozmagnifygesturestart event is sent when the user begins performing a "pinch" gesture, by using two fingers as the corners of a rectangle and moving them either closer together or farther apart. this is typically used to zoom in and out on content (this is the default behavior in firefox, for example). mozmagnifygestureupdate the mozmagnifygestureupdate event is sent periodically while processing a magnify gesture, to provide updated status information. the event's delta value represents the amount by which the gesture has moved since the mozmagnifygesturestart or mozmagnifygestureupdate event. note: this event is sent whenever the movement of the user's fingers exceeds the number of pixels indicated by the browser.
...icated by the browser.gesture.pinch.threshold preference. mozmagnifygesture the mozmagnifygesture event is sent when the user completes a "pinch" gesture. if you only care about the end results of the pinch gesture, you can simply watch for this event; however, if you want to provide feedback during the handling of the gesture, you should also watch the mozmagnifygesturestart and mozmagnifygestureupdate events. the delta value is the cumulative change over the course of handling the entire sequence of magnify gesture events. mozrotategesturestart the mozrotategesturestart event is sent when the user begins performing a rotate gesture, by placing two fingers on the trackpad and rotating them around the center of the trackpad. firefox uses this gesture to move backward and forward through the tabs...
...ve change over the course of handling the entire sequence of magnify gesture events. mozrotategesturestart the mozrotategesturestart event is sent when the user begins performing a rotate gesture, by placing two fingers on the trackpad and rotating them around the center of the trackpad. firefox uses this gesture to move backward and forward through the tabs in the current window. mozrotategestureupdate the mozrotategestureupdate event is sent periodically while processing a rotate gesture, to provide updated status information. the event's delta value represents the amount by which the gesture has moved since the mozrotategesturestart or mozrotategestureupdate event. note: this event is sent whenever the movement of the user's fingers exceeds the number of pixels indicated by the browser.gest...
... indicated by the browser.gesture.pinch.threshold preference. mozrotategesture the mozrotategesture event is sent when the user completes a rotate gesture. if you only care about the end results of the rotate gesture, you can simply watch for this event; however, if you want to provide feedback during the handling of the gesture, you should also watch the mozrotategesturestart and mozrotategestureupdate events. the delta value is the cumulative change over the course of handling the entire sequence of rotate gesture events. event fields mouse gesture events have additional fields providing information about the gesture. these are: direction the direction in which the swipe moved. delta the amount by which the gesture moved; for rotation, this value is in degrees. positive values...

<input type="hidden"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
ncoding used to submit the form. using hidden inputs as mentioned above, hidden inputs can be used anywhere that you want to include data the user can't see or edit along with the form when it's submitted to the server. let's look at some examples that illustrate its use. ...
...s to be updated when an edit form is submitted. a typical workflow looks like this: user decides to edit some content they have control over, such as a blog post, or a product entry. they get started by pressing the edit button. the content to be edited is taken from the database and loaded into an html form to allow the user to make changes. after editing, the user submits the form, and the updated data is sent back to the server to be updated in the database. the idea here is that during step 2, the id of the record being updated is kept in a hidden input. when the form is submitted in step 3, the id is automatically sent back to the server with the record content. the id lets the site's server-side component know exactly which record needs to be updated with the submitted data. you ca...
...ke this: <form> <div> <label for="title">post title:</label> <input type="text" id="title" name="title" value="my excellent blog post"> </div> <div> <label for="content">post content:</label> <textarea id="content" name="content" cols="60" rows="5"> this is the content of my excellent blog post. ...
...no scripting is needed in the content to handle this. the output looks like this: note: you can also find the example on github (see the source code, and also see it running live). when submitted, the form data sent to the server will look something like this: title=my+excellent+blog+post&content=this+is+the+content+of+my+excellent+blog+post.+i+hope+you+enjoy+it...

HTTP caching - HTTP
field is omitted in a request. use pragma only for backwards compatibility with http/1.0 clients. freshness once a resource is stored in a cache, it could theoretically be served by the cache forever. caches have finite storage so items are periodically removed from storage. this process is called cache eviction. on the other side, some resources may change on the server so the cache should be updated. as http is a client-server protocol, servers can't contact caches and clients when a resource changes; they have to communicate an expiration time for the resource. before this expiration time, the resource is fresh; after the expiration time, the resource is stale. eviction algorithms often privilege fresh resources over stale resources. note that a stale resource is not evicted or ignored; wh...
...reshnesslifetime - currentage where responsetime is the time at which the response was received according to the browser. revved resources the more we use cached resources, the better the responsiveness and the performance of a web site will be. to optimize this, good practices recommend to set expiration times as far in the future as possible. this is possible on resources that are regularly updated, or often, but is problematic for resources that are rarely and infrequently updated. they are the resources that would benefit the most from caching resources, yet this makes them very difficult to update. this is typical of the technical resources included and linked from each web pages: javascript and css files change infrequently, but when they change you want them to be updated quickly. we...
...d. they are the resources that would benefit the most from caching resources, yet this makes them very difficult to update. this is typical of the technical resources included and linked from each web pages: javascript and css files change infrequently, but when they change you want them to be updated quickly. web developers invented a technique that steve souders called revving[1]. infrequently updated files are named in a specific way: in their url, usually in the filename, a revision (or version) number is added. that way each new revision of this resource is considered as a resource on its own that never changes and that can have an expiration time very far in the future, usually one year or even more. in order to have the new versions, all the links to them must be changed, that is the dra...
...er is present in a response, then the client can issue an if-modified-since request header to validate the cached document. when a validation request is made, the server can either ignore the validation request and response with a normal 200 ok, or it can return 304 not modified (with an empty body) to instruct the browser to use its cached copy. the latter response can also include headers that update the expiration time of the cached document. varying responses the vary http response header determines how to match future request headers to decide whether a cached response can be used rather than requesting a fresh one from the origin server. when a cache receives a request that can be satisfied by a cached response that has a vary header field, it must not use that cached response unless a...

Animation performance and frame rate - Web Performance
r frames, and to drop frames if necessary. however, the performance cost of modifying a css property can vary from one property to another. it's commonly accepted that 60 frames per second is the rate at which animations will appear smooth. for a rate of 60 frames per second, the browser has 16.7 milliseconds to execute scripts, recalculate styles and layout if needed, and repaint the area being updated. slow scripts and animating expensive css properties can result in jank as the browser struggles to hit a smooth frame rate. the rendering waterfall the process a browser uses to paint changes to a page when an element is animating css properties can be described as a waterfall consisting of the following steps: recalculate style: when a property for an element changes, the browser must r...
... out the position and geometry for the elements. this operation is labeled "layout" but is also sometimes called "reflow". paint: finally, the browser needs to repaint the elements to the screen. one last step is not shown in this sequence: the page may be split into layers, which are painted independently and then combined in a process called "composition". ...
... css property cost in the context of the rendering waterfall, some properties are more expensive than others: property type cost examples properties that affect an element's geometry or position trigger a style recalculation, a layout and a repaint. ...
...rigger a style recalculation, a layout and a repaint. left max-width border-width margin-left font-size properties that don't affect geometry or position, but are not rendered in their own layer, do not trigger a layout. color properties that are rendered in their own layer don't even trigger a repaint, because the update is handled in composition. transform opacity the css triggers website shows how much of the waterfall is triggered for each css property, with information for most css properties by browser engine. an example: margin versus transform in this section we'll see how the waterfall can highlight the difference between animating using margin and animating using transform. the i...

Example - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
first, each mote tries to move towards the cursor, and second each mote tries to move away from the average mote position. combined, we get this very natural looking behavior. ...
... this.vy = -max; } // mote::capposition() -- apply an upper/lower limit // on mote position. mote.prototype.capposition = function() { var dims = dimensions(); if( this.x < 0 ) this.x = 0; else if( this.x >= dims[0] ) this.x = dims[0]-1; if( this.y < 0 ) this.y = 0; else if( this.y >= dims[1] ) this.y = dims[1]-1; } // mote::move() -- move a mote, update the screen. mote.prototype.move = function() { // apply attraction to cursor. var attract = parseint( document.getelementbyid('attract_cursor').value ); var cursor = cursor(); this.applyforce(cursor, attract); // apply repulsion from average mote position. var repel = parseint( document.getelementbyid('repel_peer').value ); var average = averagemoteposition(); this.ap...
... // too few? while( motes.length < num ) motes.push( new mote() ); // or too many? if( num == 0 ) motes = []; else if( motes.length > num...
... num = 0; // make sure we have exactly that many... ...

Caching compiled WebAssembly modules - WebAssembly
stance. additionally, it handles creating a database to cache the compiled wasm modules in, attempts to store new modules in the database, and retrieves previously cached modules from the database, saving you from having to download them again. note: the entire site's wasm cache (not just the given url) is versioned by the specified dbversion passed into the function. if the wasm module code is updated, or its url changes, you will need to update dbversion. any subsequent call to instantiatecachedurl() will then clear out the entire cache, allowing you to avoid using out-of-date modules. the function starts off by defining some necessary constants: function instantiatecachedurl(dbversion, url, importobject) { const dbname = 'wasm-cache'; const storename = 'wasm-cache'; setting up the d...
... function opendatabase() { return new promise((resolve, reject) => { var request = indexeddb.open(dbname, dbversion); request.onerror = reject.bind(null, 'error opening wasm cache database'); request.onsuccess = () => { resolve(request.result) }; request.onupgradeneeded = event => { var db = request.result...
... the url of the wasm module you want to instantiate. an import object, if required. const wasmcacheversion = 1; instantiatecachedurl(wasmcacheversion, 'test.wasm').then(instance => console.log("instance says the answer is: " + instance.exports.answer()) ).catch(err => console.error("failure to instantiate: " + err) ); you can f...
...h(url)).then(results => { return results.instance }); }); } caching a wasm module with the above library function defined, getting a wasm module instance and using its exported features (while handling caching in the background) is as simple as calling it with the following parameters: a cache version, which — as we explained above — you need to update when any wasm module is updated or moved to a different url. the url of the wasm module you want to instantiate. an import object, if required. const wasmcacheversion = 1; instantiatecachedurl(wasmcacheversion, 'test.wasm').then(instance => console.log("instance says the answer is: " + instance.exports.answer()) ).catch(err => console.error("failure to instantiate: " + err) ); you can find the source code for this ex...

panel - Archive of obsolete content
this is usually the best approach. embedding an iframe in the panel, and changing its document setting the panel's contenturl property. however, doing this will cause any content scripts to be unloaded and then reloaded, so it may be less efficient, and you'll lose any state associated wi...
...this is usually the best approach. ...
... currently shown or not. this property is read-only. height the height of the panel in pixels. width the width of the panel in pixels. focus whether or not focus will be taken away when the panel is shown. this property is read-only. contenturl the url of content loaded into the panel. this can point to local content loaded from your add-on's "data" directory or remote content. setting it updates the panel's content immediately. allow an object describing permissions for the content. it contains a single key named script whose value is a boolean that indicates whether or not to execute script in the content. contentscriptfile a local file url or an array of local file urls of content scripts to load. content scripts specified by this property are loaded before those specified by the ...

Displaying annotations - Archive of obsolete content
ion assigned to onattach is called. this function: initializes the content script instance with the current set of annotations provides a handler for messages from that content script, handling the three messages - show, hide and detach - that the content script might send adds the worker to an array, so we it can send messages back later. ...
...vides a handler for messages from that content script, handling the three messages - show, hide and detach - that the content script might send adds the worker to an array, so we it can send messages back later. then in the module's scope implement a function to update the matcher's workers, and edit handlenewannotation to call this new function when the user enters a new annotation: function updatematchers() { matchers.foreach(function (matcher) { matcher.postmessage(simplestorage.storage.annotations); }); } function handlenewannotation(annotationtext, anchor) { var newannotation = new annotation(annotationtext, anchor); simplestorage.storage.annotations.push(newannotation); updatematchers(); } annotation panel the annotation panel just shows the content of an annotation. ...
...align:left; } </style> </head> <body> <div id="annotation"> </div> </body> </html> save this in data/annotation as annotation.html. annotation panel content script the annotation panel has a minimal content script that sets the text: self.on('message', function(message) { $('#annotation').text(message); }); save this in data/annotation as annotation.js. updating main.js finally, update main.js with the code to construct the annotation panel: var annotation = panels.panel({ width: 200, height: 180, contenturl: data.url('annotation/annotation.html'), contentscriptfile: [data.url('jquery-1.4.2.min.js'), data.url('annotation/annotation.js')], onshow: function() { this.postmessage(this.content); } }); execute cfx run one last time. activate th...

Bookmarks - Archive of obsolete content
renced by the id newbkmkid. the item uri similarly, you can obtain the uri corresponding to a given bookmark item by calling the nsinavbookmarksservice.getbookmarkuri() method. var thisuri = bmsvc.getbookmarkuri(newbkmkid); assuming you've run all the code samples previous to this one, this will output "http://google.com". you can use the nsinavbookmarksservice.changebookmarkuri() method to update the uri for a given bookmark item: var uri = ios.newuri("http://mozilla.com/", null, null); bmsvc.changebookmarkuri(newbkmkid, uri); this example changes the bookmark to refer to the mozilla web site instead of google. note: all annotations, tags, and so forth are kept when the bookmark's uri is changed. checking to see if a uri is bookmarked if you want to see if a given uri is already...
... set up an observer to listen for changes related to bookmarks, you will need to create an nsinavbookmarkobserver object and use the nsinavbookmarksservice.addobserver() and nsinavbookmarksservice.removeobserver() methods. note that this example takes advantage of xpcomutils to generate the nsisupports.queryinterface() method. ...
...hanges related to bookmarks, you will need to create an nsinavbookmarkobserver object and use the nsinavbookmarksservice.addobserver() and nsinavbookmarksservice.removeobserver() methods. note that this example takes advantage of xpcomutils to generate the nsisupports.queryinterface() method. ...

JavaScript Daemons Management - Archive of obsolete content
oing backwards or not). note: the stop() method is not part of the base system. daemon instances methods mydaemon.isatend() returns a boolean expressing whether the daemon is at the start/end position or not. mydaemon.synchronize() synchronizes the timer of a started daemon with the time of invocation of mydaemon.synchronize(). if the rate property has been changed, the daemon will be updated with the new rate value. mydaemon.pause() pauses the daemon. mydaemon.start([backwards]) starts the daemon forwards (index of each invocation increasing) or backwards (index decreasing). mydaemon.stop() stops the daemon. all original properties will be restored. if it exists a stop listener will be called with three arguments: index (the iterative index of each invocation), length (the num...
...chronously or not. if the reversals argument is specified, the mydaemon.reversals property will be setted on it. if the backwards argument is specified, the daemon will move forwards (false) or backwards (true). if it is not specified the daemon will start in the same direction in which it has been left. ...
... mydaemon.forceposition(index) sets the internal index property equal to the index argument without any kind of control about the range. mydaemon.getduration() returns the duration of the daemon in milliseconds. mydaemon.getposition() returns the internal index property. ...

Deploying a Plugin as an Extension - Archive of obsolete content
historically, most people have chosen to use an install.js script to install a plugin. ...
...historically, most people have chosen to use an install.js script to install a plugin. ...
...fox, the extension manager will include an entry for the rhapsody player engine. because it is an extension, we can disable/enable it, as well as uninstall it. you'll notice that one thing we did not do is provide a mechanism for updating the plugin, as discussed at the beginning of this article. let's cover that now. one of the additional things that can be placed in the install.rdf is called an updateurl. for example: <em:updateurl><http://www.rhapsody.com/update.rdf></em:updateurl> this url specifies an rdf file that can be used to tell firefox that there are updates available for your extension. this rdf file can be updated to indicate that an update to our extension/plugin is available. finally, if you want to package plugins for multiple platforms into a single extension, you can do that ...

Multiple item extension packaging - Archive of obsolete content
as <em:type nc:parsetype="integer">32</em:type>. the xml namespace xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/nc-rdf#" must also be declared in your install.rdf as shown below. ... <rdf xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/nc-rdf#" xmlns:em="http://www.mozilla.org/2004/em-rdf#"> <description about="urn:mozilla:install-manifest"> <!-- nsiupdateitem type for a multiple item package --> <em:type nc:parsetype="integer">32</em:type> ... for the firefox and thunderbird 2.0 extension manager you can use the above syntax or <em:type>32</em:type> as shown below. ... <rdf xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" xmlns:em="http://www.mozilla.org/2004/em-rdf#"> <description about="urn:mozilla:install-manifest"> <!-- ns...
...tem type for a multiple item package --> <em:type nc:parsetype="integer">32</em:type> ... for the firefox and thunderbird 2.0 extension manager you can use the above syntax or <em:type>32</em:type> as shown below. ... <rdf xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" xmlns:em="http://www.mozilla.org/2004/em-rdf#"> <description about="urn:mozilla:install-manifest"> <!-- nsiupdateitem type for a multiple item package --> <em:type>32</em:type> ... when specifying em:targetapplication the minversion specified should be the highest minversion and the maxversion specified should be the lowest maxversion from all of the installable bundles contained by the multiple item package for the em:targetapplication. if this is not done, any items that are not compatible will not be...
...type>32</em:type> ... when specifying em:targetapplication the minversion specified should be the highest minversion and the maxversion specified should be the lowest maxversion from all of the installable bundles contained by the multiple item package for the em:targetapplication. if this is not done, any items that are not compatible will not be installed unless a compatibility check discovers updated compatibility information. installation installation can be performed using any of the existing methods used for installing extensions / themes. the same user interface is used for installing a multiple item package (i.e. the individual packages contained in the multiple item package will not be listed). this also allows displaying of signing information for the multiple item package. if a ma...

Chapter 6: Firefox extensions and XUL applications - Archive of obsolete content
ogram at the spot where you inserted the breakpoint with venkman, and start the debugger. the local variables screen should always display variables and objects during step-by-step execution. with functions that include a lot of variables, this will be hard to read, so you can point out specific variables that you want to watch (figure 4). watched variables appear under the watches tab, and are updated every time they are evaluated. you can then continue with stepwise execution and watch the changes in the program and variables. once you’ve finished your inspection, you can continue and let the halted program resume execution. the author has done almost no work developing extensions, but has used this to investigate how extensions were implemented. in the quicknote example, we first set o...
... b = this.pop(); this.push(func(a, b)); }, plus: function() { return this._letfunc(this._plus); }, _plus: function(a, b) { return a + b; }, pop: function() { return this.stack.pop(); } } check for errors now you’re ready for your first test. when you run it, you should see a red bar, showing that it failed. implement in calc.js we need to flesh out calc.js. update it with the contents of listing 3. run test run the test again. you should see a green bar showing that the test succeeded. implement the subtraction operation now let’s add subtraction. create test case first, add the test case for the subtraction method. open test_calc.js and update it with the method in listing 4. implement in calc.js next we need to add the executable code. this wil...
... run test run the test again. you should see a green bar showing that the test succeeded. implement the subtraction operation now let’s add subtraction. create test case first, add the test case for the subtraction method. open test_calc.js and update it with the method in listing 4. implement in calc.js next we need to add the executable code. this will work much as it did for addition. update calc.js with the method in listing 5. run test if we run the test at this point, we’ll get a red bar. what’s the matter? the screen will display “expected -1, got 1”. somehow, using pop() got the order of the arguments mixed up. so let’s update the _letfunc function as shown in listing 6. if we run the test again, we should get a green bar, showing that it ran correctly. benefits of...

Tabbed browser - Archive of obsolete content
bbrowser/> elements, use dom inspector or look in browser.xml for corresponding xbl bindings (or just look at the current reference pages on browser and tabbrowser. getting the browser that fires the http-on-modify-request notification see the observer notifications page for information on http-on-* notifications. ...
...rowser. getting the browser that fires the http-on-modify-request notification see the observer notifications page for information on http-on-* notifications. note that some http requests aren't associated with a tab; for example, rss feed updates, extension manager requests, xhr requests from xpcom components, etc. in those cases, the following code returns null. warning: this code should be updated to use nsiloadcontext instead of getinterface(components.interfaces.nsidomwindow). updated example is in section below this observe: function (subject, topic, data) { if (topic == "http-on-modify-request") { subject.queryinterface(components.interfaces.nsihttpchannel); var url = subject.uri.spec; /* url being requested. you might want this for something else */ var browser = this.
...the previous section was left intact so people can see the old way of doing things. components.utils.import('resource://gre/modules/services.jsm'); services.obs.addobserver(httpobs, 'http-on-modify-request', false); //services.obs.removeobserver(httpobs, 'http-on-modify-request'); //uncomment this line, or run this line when yo...

Promises - Archive of obsolete content
e; // use the response to construct form data object for the // second request. let form = new formdata; form.append("id", data.id); form.append("content", data.content); // make the second request. resp = yield new promise((resolve, reject) => { let xhr = new xmlhttprequest; xhr.onload = resolve; xhr.onerror = reject; xhr.open("post", updateurl); xhr.send(form); }); // use the response of the second request. notifyuser(resp.target.responsetext); }); example using promise-based helper the following example relies on the helper function defined below. task.spawn(function* () { // make the initial request. let xhr = yield request(dataurl, { responsetype: "json" }); let data = xhr.response; // us...
... task.spawn(function* () { // make the initial request. let xhr = yield request(dataurl, { responsetype: "json" }); let data = xhr.response; // use the response to construct form data object for the // second request. let form = new formdata; form.append("id", data.id); form.append("content", data.content); // make the second request. xhr = yield request(updateurl, { data: form }); // use the response of the second request. notifyuser(xhr.responsetext); }); downloading remote files nearly all previous methods of downloading remote files have been superseded by the much simpler downloads.jsm module. the downloads object provides a promise-based api for downloading remote files, with full support for progress tracking, pause and resume, and, op...
... yield db.executecached( "insert into nodes (id, owner, key, value) \ values (:id, :owner, :key, :value);", { params: { id: node.id, owner: node.owner.id, key: node.key, value: node.value }}); }); // perform a bulk update. yield db.execute( "update owners, nodes \ set owners.name = nodes.name \ where owners.id = nodes.owner and nodes.key = 'name';"); // process some results. yield db.execute( "select owners.group as group, nodes.value as task \ from nodes \ inner join owners on owner.id = nodes.owner \ ...

downloading - Archive of obsolete content
read only. ...
...read only. ...
... property type description target eventtarget (dom element) the event target (the topmost target in the dom tree). read only. type string the type of event. read only. canbubble boolean does the event normally bubble? read only. cancelable boolean is it possible to cancel the event? read only. related events checking noupdate progress cached updateready obsolete error ...

Index of archived content - Archive of obsolete content
an extension developing add-ons displaying web content in an extension without security issues downloading json and javascript in extensions enhanced extension installation extension etiquette extension library extension packaging extension samples extension theming guidelines extension versioning, update and compatibility extensions support in seamonkey 2 firefox addons developer guide hiding browser chrome hotfix extension how to convert an overlay extension to restartless inline options install manifests installing extensions and themes from web pages interaction between privileged and non-privileged pages...
... install script template xpinstall api reference examples file.macalias file.windowsshortcut install.adddirectory install.addfile installtrigger.installchrome installtrigger.startsoftwareupdate trigger scripts and install scripts windows install file object methods install object methods properties ...
...df engine extending gecko with xbl and xtf mozilla e4x rich web svg and canvas in mozilla xul - mozilla's xml user interface language xtech 2006 presentations xul explorer xulrunner application update article building xulrunner building xulrunner with python commandline components creating xulrunner apps with the mozilla build system creating a windows inno setup installer for xulrunner applications custom app bundles for mac os x debugging a xulrunner application deploying x...

List of Former Mozilla-Based Applications - Archive of obsolete content
eveloped name description additional information aphrodite browser inactive aol client for mac internet software no longer available beonex communicator internet software last news item on site from 2004 chameleon theme builder inactive civil netizen p2p file delivery (email attachment replacement) site not updated since 2006 compuserve client internet software no longer available doczilla sgml/xml/html browser last release on site from july 2005 fabula language learning application inactive galeon browser last news item on site from september 2006 gencatrss rss reader domain switched over to domain parking service ghostzil...
...old article available about how borland embedded mozilla in kylix 2 mango im client last news item on site from january 2007 mobidvd dvd/vcd/cd ripping software site down mozilla suite internet application suite development shifted to fi...
...the authoring part of this app was xulrunner based. other places to find former mozilla-based applications: archived mozilla hall of fame page siftery ...

List of Mozilla-Based Applications - Archive of obsolete content
a list of former mozilla-based applications is also available. ...
...framework designed for elderly people with dementia but other applications mac os x operating system makes use of some mpl files such as libsecurity_asn1 maemo browser browser for maemo internet tablet development name is microb magooclient business process management tool uses mozilla rhino mantra security tool mccoy secure update tool for add-ons xulrunner application mediacoder media converter transcoder for video, audio, and even devices such as zen, zune, pocketpcs, ipods, and psps mekhala browser part of the khmeros linux distro midbrowser mobile web browser mockery mockup creation tool built on xulrunner mongodb database project uses spide...
...l daim image tool xul explorer development tool xulrunner application xuljet javascript framework uses xulrunner xulmine game standalone version yahoo! ...

Localizing an extension - Archive of obsolete content
ch is used as the title of the preference window. the stockwatcher2.dtd file contains the mappings for the stockwatcher2.xul file: <!entity panel_loading "loading..."> <!entity menu_refresh_now.label "refresh now"> <!entity menu_apple.label "apple (aapl)"> <!entity menu_google.label "google (goog)"> <!entity menu_microsoft.label "microsoft (msft)"> <!entity menu_yahoo.label "yahoo (yhoo)"> update the xul files each xul file needs to reference its corresponding locale file. we also need to update the code to use the entities instead of the strings, so that the substitutions take place based on the currently active locale. to add a reference to the correct locale file for a given xul file, we need to add one line to the xul file. to options.xul, we add this line: <!doctype window system "c...
...rovide in your chrome manifest. then we simply replace each text string in our xul files with the corresponding entity. for example, in stockwatcher2.xul, we change this line: <menuitem label="refresh now" oncommand="stockwatcher.refreshinformation()"/> to <menuitem label="&menu_refresh_now.label;" oncommand="stockwatcher.refreshinformation()"/> do this for every string used in each xul file. update the chrome manifest to let firefox know about the locale files, we need to make a revision to our chrome.manifest file, adding one line for each localization: locale stockwatcher2 en-us chrome/locale/ this instructs firefox that the en-us localization is located in the chrome/locale/en-us directory. localizing strings in javascript code if your javascript code contains literal strings that need...
...hrome://stockwatcher2/locale/stockwatcher2.properties"/> </stringbundleset> this establishes a new string bundle, referenced by the id "string-bundle", whose keys and values are to be loaded from the stockwatcher2.properties file we've already created. note: you should use a unique id for each string bundle element for each file you use to avoid conflicts. (e.g. id="myextensionname-filename") update the javascript code now we're ready to revise the javascript code to load the strings from the string bundle instead of using literal strings. this involves rewriting the refreshinformation() function to load the strings, and its enclosed inforeceived() function to use the loaded, localized, strings instead of string literals. we add to refreshinformation() the following code: var stringsbundle ...

Block and Line Layout Cheat Sheet - Archive of obsolete content
objects this section presents some of the classes involved in block and line reflow, along with important members of each object that control reflow processing. ...
...r holds current frame in the reflow chain. nslinelayout encapsulates the transient reflow state for a nslinebox that contains inline frames. a new nslinelayout object is created for each inline linebox that is flowed. mflags ll_endsinwhitespace set to true by default when starting line layout. ...
... also be directly manipulated if a line is split, or if frames are pushed from one line to the next. mframe the perframedata of the inline frame that "owns" the span, or null if this is the root span. mframe is initialized to the containing inline frame's perframedata when a new perspandata is pushed in nslinelayout::beginspan. original document information author(s): chris waterson last updated date: december 4, 2004 copyright information: portions of this content are © 1998–2007 by individual mozilla.org contributors; content available under a creative commons license | details. ...

Building Firefox with Rust code - Archive of obsolete content
ough guide for people using rust in firefox. see also the documentation on this topic on the oxidation wiki page. adding rust code we generally target stable rust, but sometimes issues temporarily require a beta or custom toolchain build. our goal is to always ship a firefox release build with a stable rust toolchain release. if you don't have rust already, use the rustup tool to install it and update as new releases become available, or use the ./mach bootstrap command. the build system will generate a special 'rust unified library' crate, compiled to a static library (libgkrust.a) which is in turn linked into xul, so all public symbols will be available to c++ code. if you have new rust libraries that code in libxul calls directly, then you should add the appropriate extern crate lines in ...
...rate depends on any other crates, their sources must also be checked into the tree, and e10s's cargo.toml must have path attributes for each of its dependencies, and so on. this is automated by the mach vendor command, which installs the dependencies in third_party/rust. be sure the licenses of all dependent crates are compatible. cargo.lock files have also been checked in, so you will need to update those as well when appropriate. crates for unit tests can be added in a similar fashion to the files in toolkit/library/gtest/rust/. if your crate has optional features that aren't normally turned on, you are strongly encouraged to remove dependencies for those features when importing code so the build system doesn't require that (unused) code to live in-tree. the build system will check...
...bxul. if this turns out to be a serious problem in practice, we can look into ways of relaxing that check. if you need to locally patch a third-party crate, you'll need to add a [replace] section to the referencing cargo.toml to declare that the vendored source shouldn't match the upstream release. this works even if you use the existing vendored source location, but be aware that other vendor updates could clobber your patch in that case. testing rust code there's a simple linkage unit test in the tree. you can use it to check that rust is enabled and working with your build setup. ./mach gtest rust.* look for the rust.callfromcpp test to pass, along with any others. ...

Layout System Overview - Archive of obsolete content
rmatting, or reflow. the presentation shell owns and maintains a reflow queue where requests for reflow are held until it is time to perform a reflow, and then pulled out and executed. it is also important to see the presentation shell as an observer of many kinds of events in the system. for example, the presentation shell receives notifications of document load events, which are used to trigger updates to the formatting of the frames in some cases. the presentation shell also receives notifications about changes in cursor and focus states, whereby the selection and caret updates can be made visible. there are dozens of other data objects managed by the presentation shell and presentation context, all necessary for the internal implementation. these data members and their roles will be discusse...
...gnated as the primary frame for a piece of content. when a frame is created for a piece of content, it may be the 'primary frame' for that content element (content elements that require multiple frames have primary and secondary frames; only the primary frame is mapped). the frame manager is then instructed to store the mapping from a content element to the primary frame. this mapping facilitates updates to frames that result in changes to content (see discussion above). another important mapping maintained by the frame manager is that of the undisplayed content. when a content element is defined as having no display (via the css property 'display:none') it is noted by a special entry in the undisplayed map. this is important because no frame is generated for these elements yet changes to their ...
.... ...

Microsummary topics - Archive of obsolete content
onent. see generating a uuid in the nsiuuidgenerator documentation. you may also use another form appropriate to your extension. note: when web sites install generators via window.sidebar.addmicrosummarygenerator(), firefox sets their uri attribute to urn:source:sourceurl, where sourceurl is the url from which the generator was downloaded. ...
...it does not generally download related content like embedded images and javascript scripts referenced by the page. ...
...m those initiated automatically by firefox for the purpose of summarizing that page, check for the presence and value of the x-moz request header. if the x-moz header is present, and its value is microsummary, then the request is a microsummary-related request. otherwise, it is a user-initiated request. controlling the frequency of microsummary requests when firefox downloads content in order to update a microsummary, it honors cache-related http response headers. thus, if you would like to control how frequently firefox initiates microsummary-related requests to your web server, you can do so by including an http expires or cache-control header in your response to a microsummary-related request. for example, you might include the following header in your response to prevent firefox from making...

Modularization techniques - Archive of obsolete content
introduction the purpose of this document is provide all the information you need to create a new mozilla module or break existing code into a module. the mechanism we're using is based on the principles laid down by com, so pretty much anything you know about com can be applied here, and any reference on com can provide you with more interesting and complex examples than the ones provided here. the basics interfaces the basic building blocks of modules are c++ pure virtual interfaces. ...
..., 0xae3c, 0x11d1, {0xb6, 0x6c, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x8a, 0x26, 0x76}}; why the b66c couplet gets broken up and grouped with the last set of bytes is probably a footnote somewhere. on windows you can use the programs uuidgen and guidgen, which ship with visual c++, to generate ids. a simple example it is recommended that you use xpidl to define your interfaces. this sample code should be updated to reflect this, but it gives you a good basic understanding of com from the c++ perspective. file nsisample.h nsisample.h defines an extremely simple interface and its interface id (iid). the important things to notice are that the interface inherits from nsisupports, and all member functions are pure virtual methods. #include "nsisupports.h" // {57ecad90-ae1a-11d1-b66c-00805f8a2676} #defi...
...ns we are not going to be doing that. in house equivalents to the important elements of this technology will be developed as needed. ...

Mozilla Application Framework in Detail - Archive of obsolete content
nstallation archives (called xpis, or "zippies"), in which packages such as new skins for the browser, patches, browser extensions, new gecko-based applications, and third party standalone applications are stored. xpinstall makes it easy to write both simple installation scripts and complex installations that check versions, log installation data to the local system, execute other installers, and update the appropriate registry settings. it is often used to install mozilla-based applications and browser add-ons, but can just as easily be used to create installations for third party software that use the browser as a delivery device on any platform. mozdev is just one place where this cross-platform installation technology is used to provide a simple installation and registration facilities for m...
...or third party software that use the browser as a delivery device on any platform. mozdev is just one place where this cross-platform installation technology is used to provide a simple installation and registration facilities for mozilla application developers. the mozblog application hosted at mozdev.org, for example, uses xpinstall to make several different versions available simultaneously as updates are made and the browser itself advances versions. the xpinstall api makes the following functionality available as high-level javascript objects: an install trigger that initiates installations windows registry access mozilla registration interfaces for registering new mozilla software facilities for detecting and maintaining application versions high-level objects for manipulating local ...
...nd s/mime support; an sql support that provides the ability to set up data sources, query a database, and retrieve results as javascript objects or rdf data sources; and an api for directory services via the lightweight directory access protocol (ldap). original document information author(s): myk melez, ian oeschger original document: http://www.mozilla.org/why/framework-details.html last updated date: february 15, 2006 copyright information: copyright (c) myk melez, ian oeschger ...

Mozilla Crypto FAQ - Archive of obsolete content
ssl, s/mime, and related features based on cryptographic technology. note that this document is for your information only and is not intended as legal advice. if you wish to develop and distribute cryptographic software, particularly for commercial sale or distribution, then you should consult an attorney with expertise in the particular laws and regulations that apply in your jurisdiction. i've updated this version of the mozilla crypto faq to discuss the situation now that the rsa public key algorithm is in the public domain and a full open source crypto implementation is being added to the mozilla code base. information in the faq also reflects the new u.s. encryption export regulations published on january 14, 2000, the release on february 11, 2000, of source code for ssl, s/mime, and gener...
...ss and psm will be included in the mozilla binary releases distributed by mozilla.org. for more information on the rsa patent see the rsa security press release announcing release of the patent into the public domain, and the rsa patent itself. for information on new us encryption export regulations, see the u.s. department of commerce press release announcing the new regulations as well as the updated regulations (pdf) themselves. export of source code for open source software is addressed in part 740 (pdf), section 740.13(e), "unrestricted encryption source code"; export of binaries is addressed in 740.17. (you may also be interested in a more in-depth analysis of the new regulations, with an emphasis on how they affect open source software.) for more information on the ssl, s/mime, pki, a...
...commerce, by stewart baker and paul hurst. an in-depth (but badly outdated) discussion of the legal framework for regulation of cryptography in various countries around the world, including the u.s. see the epic bookstore for more recommendations of books discussing privacy in general and public policies related to privacy issues. original document information author(s): frank hecker last updated date: september 10, 2000 (version 2.11) copyright information: portions of this content are © 1998–2007 by individual mozilla.org contributors; content available under a creative commons license | details. ...

The life of an HTML HTTP request - Archive of obsolete content
(1) the loading of the url is started in nswebshell::doloadurl (called from some loadurl or loaduri variant in the webshell). the webshell then tells its documentloader to load (command "view") the specified url. [note: passes nswebshell.mobserver as nsistreamobserver and the webshell as nsicontentviewercontainer to the docloader.] (2) the document loader calls ns_openuri with the url to begin transfering the requested file. ...
... in places like nshtmlcontentsink::willinterrupt() and nshtmlcontentsink::didbuildmodel(). willinterrup is called by the parser between every 8kb block of data (unless the parser is temporarily blocked). (7) since the presentation shell (nspresshell) has registred as an documentobserver with the nsidocument it also gets notified of changes in the document/content tree. this is used to create and update the nsiframe hierarchy. this is done by the nscssframeconstructor, which creates frames for each content node according to the rules specified in the user agent stylesheet (ua.css) and the document specific style sheets. each content node corresponds to one or more nsiframe, except content with displaytype "none". if there are several frames created from a content node, then the first of these ar...
...::paint() method of all frames. these get passed references to the presentation context and a rendering context to do the drawing on. the rendering context implementation is a native class (nsgtkrenderingcontext on unix) that knows how to draw in a window. todo: views, viewmanager, eventstatemanager? diagram created with dia. original document information author(s): alexander larsson last updated date: october 8, 1999 copyright information: portions of this content are © 1998–2007 by individual mozilla.org contributors; content available under a creative commons license | details. ...

Learn XPI Installer Scripting by Example - Archive of obsolete content
quite similar, and you can easily take what you learn here and apply it to installations on any platform that mozilla supports. about browser.xpi browser.xpi is the xpi archive in which the main components of the mozilla browser are archived for installation. mozilla cross-platform installations use the xpi format as a way to organize, compress, and automate software installations and software updates. a xpi is a pkzip-compressed archive (like zip and jar files) with a special script at the highest level that manages the installation. that installer script , usually named install.js, is the subject of this article. first, a quick scan of the contents of the xpi file (which you can open using with any unzip utility) reveals the following high-level directory structure: install.js bin\ chro...
...e two files in a xpi (which, as described above, is simply a zip file with an install.js script at the top and a suffix of '.xpi'), the next step is to add an installation script to the xpi. minimally, the installation script must: call initinstall with the name and version of the executable (the version is not optional, though you may or may not use the version in subsequent installations or updates) find somewhere to put the installed files. in the example below, getfolder is used with the "program" keyword to specify the browser's program directory as the target for installation. since i am using ns6 right now on a windows machine, that target directory is "c:\program files\netscape\netscape 6\". add files to the initialized installation using addfile. call performinstall to execute th...
...y-hosted xpi (called here 'cdrip.xpi') and trigger its installation: function putit() { xpi={'cd_ripper':'cdrip.xpi'}; installtrigger.install(xpi); } ... <a href="#" onclick="putit();">install the cd ripper now!</a> see the installtrigger object in the xpinstall api reference for more information on triggering installations. original document information author(s): ian oeschger last updated date: 01/26/2006 copyright information: copyright (c) ian oeschger ...

events - Archive of obsolete content
focus: occurs when the focused element changes. select: occurs when the selected text changed. ...
... focus: occurs when the focused element changes. select: occurs when the selected text changed. ...
... focus: occurs when the focused element changes. select: occurs when the selected text changed. ...

RDF Modifications - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » one of the most useful aspects of using templates with rdf datasources is that when the rdf datasource changes, for instance a new triple is added, or a triple is removed, the template updates accordingly, adding or removing result output as needed. no extra code needs to be written to do this; it happens automatically. this involves a third type of observer involved in a template builder, an nsirdfobserver, used to listen for modifications to the rdf datasource. naturally, this only applies to rdf queries. when the datasource is modified, the datasource will notify any observers of the change. the template builder uses these notifcations to update the template as necessary based on the new or removed information. you don't need to implement this observer yours...
...not exist yet, it will be added. any triples that don't exist in the new data but were there before are removed. this means that the observer will be called only for the triples that differ between the new and old version of the data. if the reloaded datasource hasn't changed, the builder won't receive any notifications. this saves a lot of extra work. the rdf observer also has two methods onbeginupdatebatch and onendupdatebatch. these are called when performing a lot of operations on a datasource. when changing the datasource, the changes are surrounded by begin and end batch calls. then, rather than notify on every change, the datasource will send one notification when the changes are finished. the template builder then rebuilds the template completely when done. this is useful when making a l...
...ables. in this case, there are no other statements, so the builder accepts this result as a new match. since all the variables have been filled in, the action body can be processed and a new block of content generated and inserted into the output. we'll find out how the builder determines where to insert the new content is an upcoming section. however, this does show that the template builder can update the output upon changes without rebuilding the entire template. when an unassertion occurs, or data is removed from the datasource, a different process is used. in this case, the builder looks at the results and determines which ones to remove. when it had first generated the results, the builder stored extra information to specify what parts of the graph were navigated over. it uses this informa...

Broadcasters and Observers - Archive of obsolete content
on. for example, a command would be used for an action such as back, cut or delete. a broadcaster would be used to hold, for instance, a flag to indicate whether the user was online or not. in the former case, menu items and toolbar buttons would need to be disabled when there was no page to go back to, or no text to cut or delete. in the latter case, various user interface elements might need to update when the user switches from offline mode to online mode. the simplest broadcaster is shown below. you should always use an id attribute so that it can be referred to by other elements. <broadcasterset> <broadcaster id="isoffline" label="offline"/> </broadcasterset> any elements that are watching the broadcaster will be modified automatically whenever the broadcaster has its label attribute ...
...he broadcaster above: <button id="offline_button" observes="isoffline"/> the observes attribute has been placed on the button and its value has been set to the value of the id on the broadcaster to observe. here the button will observe the broadcaster which has the id isoffline, which is the one defined earlier. if the value of the label attribute on the broadcaster changes, the observers will update the values of their label attributes also. we could continue with additional elements. as many elements as you want can observe a single broadcaster. you can also have only one if you wanted to but that would accomplish very little since the main reason for using broadcasters is to have attributes forwarded to multiple places. you should only use broadcasters when you need multiple elements that...
...he key won't use any of the received attributes for anything, but it will be disabled when the broadcaster is disabled. you can use a broadcaster to observe any attribute that you wish. the observers will grab all the values of any attributes from the broadcasters whenever they change. whenever the value of any of the attributes on the broadcaster changes, the observers are all notified and they update their own attributes to match. attributes of the observers that the broadcaster doesn't have itself are not modified. the only attributes that are not updated are the id and persist attributes; these attributes are never shared. you can also use your own custom attributes if you wish. broadcasters aren't used frequently as commands can generally handle most uses. one thing to point out is that t...

Tree Box Objects - Archive of obsolete content
e tree or removed from the tree. the tree will redraw the affected area. you don't need to call the rowcountchanged() function when a row has simply changed in some way, for example if a cell's label changes. in this case, there are other drawing functions that can be used. the simplest is to call invalidaterow() which will redraw a specific row in the tree. the tree will call the view to get the updated data and update the contents of the tree on screen. other redrawing functions are invalidatecell() to redraw only a single cell invalidatecolumn() to redraw a column invalidaterange() to redraw a range of rows invalidate() to redraw the entire tree. note that redrawing does not occur until the calling script ends since mozilla does not redraw in the background. note: it is not necessar...
...is since rows always take up the entire horizontal space of the tree. one important thing to note is that the coordinates are measured from the upper left corner of the containing document, not the edge of the tree itself. this makes it easy to pass event coordinates directly to these functions, as in the following example of the getcellat() function. ...
...itreeboxobject); boxobject.getcellat(event.clientx, event.clienty, row, column, part); if (column.value && typeof column.value != "string") column.value = column.value.id; document.getelementbyid("row").value = row.value; document.getelementbyid("column").value = column.value; document.getelementbyid("part").value = part.value; } </script> <tree id="thetree" flex="1" onmousemove="updatefields(event);"> <treecols> <treecol id="utensil" label="utensil" primary="true" flex="1"/> <treecol id="count" label="count" flex="1"/> </treecols> <treechildren> <treeitem> <treerow> <treecell label="fork"/> <treecell label="5"/> </treerow> </treeitem> <treeitem> <treerow> <treecell label="knife"/> <treecell label="2"/> ...

Extentsions FAQ - Archive of obsolete content
h a firefox tab isn't quite the same as having a completely separate explorer window. however, it's functional and does allow for the explorer to be handling the display of the folder contents, and all of the right-click context menu support is present so it should meet my needs. what is the valid location and things needed to to release a mozilla extension on mozallia site? you must remove updateurl from the install.rdf and use a known to amo minversion/maxversion. no confirmation that the answer given worked yet. is it possible to open the url in a new tab? var tab = gbrowser.addtab( url ); // and if you want it to load in the foreground: gbrowser.selectedtab = tab; is it possible to read the html-code of the current url/site? yes, this is possible. use the dom api (http://www.w...
...thunderbird presumably)? could someone make an addressbook enhancer extension that has the ability to put pictures on a contact and other features the thunderbird address book lacks. ...
...nhancer extension that has the ability to put pictures on a contact and other features the thunderbird address book lacks. ...

2006-12-01 - Archive of obsolete content
group. windows dde shell integration removal robert strong announces that a long standing bug in firefox's use of the windows dde shell integration code has been uncovered during vist os integration testing. firefox's use of this code has been removed but the windows dde shell integration code has been kept so that 3rd party apps depending on this code can stay working. ...
...ces that a long standing bug in firefox's use of the windows dde shell integration code has been uncovered during vist os integration testing. firefox's use of this code has been removed but the windows dde shell integration code has been kept so that 3rd party apps depending on this code can stay working. firefox 1.5.0.9/2.0.0.1 update - we need help! jay patael calls for help getting the next update ff 1.5.x and 2.x. he requests blocker bug owners get their patches in asap and since check approval will be granted daily that they be ready to check their patches in as soon as they are approved. automatic configure updated back preed announces that the machine that does the automatic autoconf/configure generation (egg.build.mozilla.org) is back up. gecko 1.9a1 triage meetings vlad announced...
... discussion november 29th gecko 1.9/gran paradiso status meeting other than annoucing the meeting, this thread discusses where else can info about what happens at the meetings be found (since the agenda often seems bare). m.d.planning and dev news blog are suggested. ...

Threats - Archive of obsolete content
example, a mail which appears to be to be sent from a bank, asking to verify your identity by giving away your private information. ddos network attack. the volume and strength of ddos attacks are growing as hackers try to bring organizations offline or steal their data by flooding websites and networks with spurious traffic. original document information author(s): ella deon lackey last updated date: 2012 copyright information: © 2012 red hat, inc. link: red hat certificate system common criteria certification 8.1: deployment, planning, and installation original document information author(s): joint task force transformation initiative title: national institute of standards and technology (nist) special publication 800-30 revision 1, guide for conducting risk assessments la...
...ate: 2012 copyright information: © 2012 red hat, inc. ...
...cial publication 800-30 revision 1, guide for conducting risk assessments last updated date: september 2012 copyright information: this document is not subject to copyright. original document information author(s): karen scarfone, wayne jansen, and miles tracy title: national institute of standards and technology (nist) special publication 800-123, guide to general server security last updated date: july 2008 copyright information: this document is not subject to copyright. ...

Object.observe() - Archive of obsolete content
to be observed. callback the function called each time changes are made, with the following argument: changes an array of objects each representing a change. the properties of these change objects are: name: the name of the property which was changed. object: the changed object after the change was made. type: a string indicating the type of change taking place. one of "add", "update", or "delete". oldvalue: only for "update" and "delete" types. the value before the change. acceptlist the list of types of changes to be observed on the given object for the given callback. if omitted, the array ["add", "update", "delete", "reconfigure", "setprototype", "preventextensions"] will be used. return value the object to be observed. description callback is called e...
...escription callback is called each time a change is made to obj, with an array of all changes in the order in which they occurred. ...
...proto__', object: <obj>, type: 'setprototype', oldvalue: <prototype>}] object.seal(obj); // [ // {name: 'foo', object: <obj>, type: 'reconfigure'}, // {name: 'bar', object: <obj>, type: 'reconfigure'}, // {object: <obj>, type: 'preventextensions'} // ] data binding // a user model var user = { id: 0, name: 'brendan eich', title: 'mr.' }; // create a greeting for the user function updategreeting() { user.greeting = 'hello, ' + user.title + ' ' + user.name + '!'; } updategreeting(); object.observe(user, function(changes) { changes.foreach(function(change) { // any time name or title change, update the greeting if (change.name === 'name' || change.name === 'title') { updategreeting(); } }); }); custom change type // a point on a 2d plane var point = {x: ...

Back to the Server: Server-Side JavaScript On The Rise - Archive of obsolete content
erver-side script block to expose a particular server-side function to the browser. this statement is of the form <functionname>.proxy = true. ensure the server-side function name is contained within the jaxer.proxies array. generally it's a best practice to use either the second or third strategy since in this case you are exposing only what's needed to the client. see listing 5 for an update to listing 1 to reflect this. listing 5 - demonstration of server-proxy <script runat="server"> function notexposed() { // runs on the server, hidden from the browser return "can't see me!"; } function exposed() { // runs on the server, callable from the browser return "exposed to the browser"; } exposed.proxy = true; // tell jaxer this function is ok to be called f...
...ng the dom server-side <script runat="server"> window.onserverload = function() { document.getelementbyid( "out-logger" ).innerhtml = jaxer.file.read( "dump.txt" ); } </script> the code in listing 7 is executed server-side and takes advantage of the onserverload event which ensures that we have a complete dom before trying to access it. this code is simple in that it updates the innerhtml of the logging div with the contents of a text file. the contents of this file are obtained through the file i/o capabilities exposed by jaxer which is what we'll examine next. file i/o jaxer ships with a comprehensive filesystem i/o capability that is very useful. there are numerous methods in this namespace which allow for a simple, yet powerful approach...
... listing 8 - submitting comment data <script> function formhandler() { // get the form values var name = txt_name.getvalue(); var email = txt_email.getvalue(); var message = txt_message.getvalue(); // if the form passes validation client-side, submit results to the processor if( validatecomments( name, email, message ) ) { formprocessor( name, email, message ); // update the logger with the most recent entry document.getelementbyid( "out-logger" ).innerhtml += "name: " + name + "<br/>email: " + email + "<br/>message: " + message + "<br/><br/>"; } else { ext.msg.alert( "error", "please enter the required fields" ); } } </script> <!-- processes the form contents --> <script runat="server"> function formprocessor( name, email, message ) { // perform the same...

Archive of obsolete content
er current. gecko compatibility handbook ** notes ** - the solution quick reference needs more attention. - i'm also looking for a way to organize all that information. - some inline examples were removed because of technical limitations. they are actually replaced by ''-(example removed)-'' the goal of this handbook is to help you update websites to work with standards-based browsers and properly detect gecko. getting the page url in npapi plugin sometimes, you want to restrict an npapi plugin to be loadable only from a certain url or domain or scheme. or whenever you make network requests yourself, you almost always need to enforce same-origin policy. index of archived content ...
... list of mozilla-based applications the following is a list of all known active applications that are built using mozilla technologies. this list is likely to be incomplete since we think there are many dark matter projects that we don't know about. if you have information about a new project or extra information about an existing project, please feel free to update this page. localizing an extension this article expands upon the previous samples on extension writing by adding localization support to our stock watcher extension. performing a few simple steps makes your extension much easier to localize into various languages without having to edit the xul or javascript files themselves. makefile - ...
...rin central, please see the basics of web services summary: a current hot topic on the web right now are web services. this short guide will allow you to learn more about web services. themes archived theme documentation. updating an extension to support multiple mozilla applications this article shows how to take an existing extension and update it so that it can be used in additional mozilla applications. we'll build upon the stock watcher extension created in earlier articles in this series, updating it so it can also be used in thunderbird and sunbird (previous versions worked only in firefox). using firebug and jquery (screencast) note: this screencast is originally from: http://ej...

Building up a basic demo with PlayCanvas editor - Game development
double click on it, you'll be moved to a code editor. as you can see, the file contains some boilerplate code already: pc.script.create('boxanimation', function (app) { // creates a new boxanimation instance var boxanimation = function (entity) { this.entity = entity; }; boxanimation.prototype = { // called once after all resources are loaded and before the first update initialize: function () { }, // called every frame, dt is time in seconds since last update update: function (dt) { } }; return boxanimation; }); the most interesting part is the update() function, which is where we can put any code that we want repeated on every frame. add the following line inside this function, to rotate the cube on every fram...
... for cylinder. first: create a new script asset. name it cylinderanimation.js. double click the script icon to launch the code editor. this time instead of rotating the object we will try to scale it. for that we'll need a timer to store the total amount of time passed since the start of the animation. add this code to the initialize() function: this.timer = 0; and those two lines to the update() function: this.timer += dt; this.entity.setlocalscale(1, math.abs(math.sin(this.timer)), 1); the setlocalscale() method applies the given values to the x, y and z axes of the object. in our case we're modifying the scale of the cylinder on the y axis, giving it as a value the math.sin() of the timer, with math.abs() applied to the result of that to have the values always above zero (0-1; sin ...
...o add the cylinderanimation.js file to the cylinder object to apply the given animations. the cone time to play with the last object — the cone. create a coneanimation.js file and double click it to open it in the editor. next, add the following line to the initialize() function: this.timer = 0; to move the cone up and down we will use the setposition() method — add the code below to the update() function: this.timer += dt; this.entity.setposition(2, math.sin(this.timer*2), 0); the position of the cone will be animated on each frame by being passed the math.sin() value of the timer at each point in time — we have doubled the this.timer value to make it move higher. add the coneanimation.js script to the cone object, as before. test the demo out launch the demo to see the effects ...

Desktop mouse and keyboard controls - Game development
we can also offer firing control alternatives. for cursor keys the natural shooting button would be on the other side of the keyboard, so the player can use the other hand — for example the x key. for w a s d keys it can be the space bar: this.keyfire1 = this.input.keyboard.addkey(...
...ment key options. we can also offer firing control alternatives. for cursor keys the natural shooting button would be on the other side of the keyboard, so the player can use the other hand — for example the x key. ...
...re2 = this.input.keyboard.addkey(phaser.keycode.spacebar); in the update() function we can easily check if any of those two were pressed on each frame: if(this.keyfire1.isdown || this.keyfire2.isdown) { // fire the weapon } if yes, then it's time to shoot some bullets! we can even define a secret cheat button: this.keycheat = this.input.keyboard.addkey(phaser.keycode.c); and then in the update() function whenever c is pressed we'll do this: if(this.keycheat.isdown) { this.player.health = this.player.maxhealth; } we can set the health of the player to maximum. remember: it's a secret, so don't tell anyone! how to play we've implemented the controls, and now we should inform the player about their options to control the game — they wouldn't know about them otherwise. when showi...

Implementing game control mechanisms - Game development
e javascript files split as a separate states — boot.js, preloader.js, mainmenu.js and game.js — these are loaded into the index file in this exact order. the first one initializes phaser, the second preloads all the assets, the third one controls the main menu welcoming the player, and the fourth controls the actual gameplay. every state has its own default methods: preload(), create(), and update(). the first one is needed for preloading required assets, create() is executed once the state had started, and update() is executed on every frame. for example, you can define a button in the create() function: create: function() { // ... var buttonenclave = this.add.button(10, 10, 'logo-enclave', this.clickenclave, this); // ... } it will be created once at the start of the game, and wil...
...) is executed on every frame. for example, you can define a button in the create() function: create: function() { // ... var buttonenclave = this.add.button(10, 10, 'logo-enclave', this.clickenclave, this); // ... } it will be created once at the start of the game, and will execute this.clickenclave() action assigned to it when clicked, but you can also use the mouse's pointer value in the update() function to make an action: update: function() { // ... if(this.game.input.mousepointer.isdown) { // do something } // ... } this will be executed whenever the mouse button is pressed, and it will be checked against the input's isdown boolean variable on every frame of the game. that should give you some understanding of the project structure. we'll be playing mostly with the mainm...
...put.mousepointer.isdown) { // do something } // ... } this will be executed whenever the mouse button is pressed, and it will be checked against the input's isdown boolean variable on every frame of the game. that should give you some understanding of the project structure. we'll be playing mostly with the mainmenu.js and game.js files, and we'll explain the code inside the create() and update() methods in much more detail in later articles. pure javascript demo there's also a small online demo with full source code available on github where the basic support for the control mechanisms described in the articles is implemented in pure javascript. it will be explained in the given articles themselves below, but you can play with it already, and use the code however you want for learnin...

Efficient animation for web games - Game development
to keep unnecessary work outside your animation functions. for example, it may make sense for animation setup to happen in a settimeout/cleartimeout callback rather than a requestanimationframe callback. though it is possibly overkill for simple games, you may also want to consider using web worker threads. it is worth trying to batch similar operations, and to schedule them at a time when screen updates are unlikely to occur, or when such updates are of a more subtle nature. modern console games, for example, tend to prioritise framerate during player movement and combat, but may prioritise image quality or physics detail when compromise to framerate and input response would be less noticeable. measure performance there are some popular animation-related libraries and ui toolkits with animati...
...ing scope-creep. it does one thing, and it does it well. animator.js is a fire-and-forget style animation library, designed to be used with games, or other situations where you need many, synchronised, custom animations. it includes a handful of built-in tweening functions, the facility to add your own, and helper functions for animating object properties. ...
...when you request a redraw outside of animations, the animator’s activeanimations property is queried first to avod mistakenly drawing multiple times in a single animation frame. this gives nice, synchronised animations at a very low cost. puzzowl isn’t out yet, but here’s a little screencast of it running on a nexus 5: note: this article was originally written and published by ...

Collision detection - Game development
and the ball changes its direction. the problem is that the bricks are staying where they are. we have to figure out a way to get rid of the ones we've already hit with the ball. we can do that by adding an extra parameter to indicate whether we want to paint each brick on the screen or not. in the part of the code where we initialize the bricks, let's add a status property to each brick object. ...
...bricks = []; for(var c=0; c<brickcolumncount; c++) { bricks[c] = []; for(var r=0; r<brickrowcount; r++) { bricks[c][r] = { x: 0, y: 0, status: 1 }; } } next we'll check the value of each brick's status property in the drawbricks() function before drawing it — if status is 1, then draw it, but if it's 0, then it was hit by the ball and we don't want it on the screen anymore. ...
...x.closepath(); } } } } tracking and updating the status in the collision detection function now we need to involve the brick status property in the collisiondetection() function: if the brick is active (its status is 1) we will check whether the collision happens; if a collision does occur we'll set the status of the given brick to 0 so it won't be painted on the screen. ...

CSS and JavaScript accessibility best practices - Learn web development
tain ways, according to their functionality, and these common conventions are expected by users. as an example, a screen reader user can't navigate a page via heading elements if the developer hasn't appropriately used heading elements to markup the content. by the same token, a heading loses its visual purpose if you style it so it doesn't look like a heading. the rule of thumb is that you can update the styling of a page feature to fit in your design, but don't change it so much that it no longer looks or behaves as expected. the following sections summarize the main html features to consider. "standard" text content structure headings, paragraphs, lists — the core text content of your page: <h1>heading</h1> <p>paragraph</p> <ul> <li>my list</li> <li>has two items.</li> </ul> som...
...ur design. as an example, you might want to make sure your main content area can handle bigger text (maybe it will start to scroll to allow it all to be seen), and won't just hide it, or break completely. javascript javascript can also break accessibility, depending on how it is used. modern javascript is a powerful language, and we can do so much with it these days, from simple content and ui updates to fully-fledged 2d and 3d games. there is no rule that says all content has to be 100% accessible to all people — you just need to do what you can, and make your apps as accessible as possible. simple content and functionality is arguably easy to make accessible — for example text, images, tables, forms and push button that activate functions. as we looked at in our html: a good basis for ...
...mented in this simple demo. we've made this form validation pretty accessible too. ...

Legacy layout methods - Learn web development
h with 6.25%. we need to do the same with our gutter width: 20 / 960 = 0.02083333333 so we need to replace the 20 pixel margin-left on our .col rule and the 20 pixel padding-right on .wrapper with 2.08333333%. updating our grid to get started in this section, make a new copy of your previous example page, or make a local copy of our simple-grid-finished.html code to use as a starting point. ...
...make a local copy of our simple-grid-finished.html code to use as a starting point. update the second css rule (with the .wrapper selector) as follows: body { width: 90%; max-width: 980px; margin: 0 auto; } .wrapper { padding-right: 2.08333333%; } not only have we given it a percentage width, we have also added a max-width property in order to stop the layout becoming too wide. next, update the fourth css rule (with the .col selector) like so: .col { float: left; margin-left: 2.08333333%; width: 6.25%; background: rgb(255, 150, 150); } now comes the slightly more laborious part — we need to update all our .col.span rules to use percentages rather than pixel widths. ...
..., update the fourth css rule (with the .col selector) like so: .col { float: left; margin-left: 2.08333333%; width: 6.25%; background: rgb(255, 150, 150); } now comes the slightly more laborious part — we need to update all our .col.span rules to use percentages rather than pixel widths. this takes a bit of time with a calculator; to save you some effort, we've done it for you below. update the bottom block of css rules with the following: /* two column widths (12.5%) plus one gutter width (2.08333333%) */ .col.span2 { width: 14.58333333%; } /* three column widths (18.75%) plus two gutter widths (4.1666666) */ .col.span3 { width: 22.91666666%; } /* and so on... */ .col.span4 { width: 31.24999999%; } .col.span5 { width: 39.58333332%; } .col.span6 { width: 47.91666665%; } .col.span7 ...

Positioning - Learn web development
t flow — nothing special to see here." to demonstrate this, and get your example set up for future sections, first add a class of positioned to the second <p> in the html: <p class="positioned"> ... </p> now add the following rule to the bottom of your css: .positioned { position: static; background: yellow; } if you now save and refresh, you'll see no difference at all, except for the updated background color of the 2nd paragraph. this is fine — as we said before, static positioning is the default behavior! note: you can see the example at this point live at 1_static-positioning.html (see source code). relative positioning relative positioning is the first position type we'll take a look at. this is very similar to static positioning, except that once the positioned element ha...
...t this point live at 1_static-positioning.html (see source code). relative positioning relative positioning is the first position type we'll take a look at. this is very similar to static positioning, except that once the positioned element has taken its place in the normal layout flow, you can then modify its final position, including making it overlap other elements on the page. go ahead and update the position declaration in your code: position: relative; if you save and refresh at this stage, you won't see a change in the result at all. so how do you modify the element's position? you need to use the top, bottom, left, and right properties, which we'll explain in the next section. introducing top, bottom, left, and right top, bottom, left, and right are used alongside position to spe...
... fixed containing block due to its transform property being different from none. this means that you can create useful ui items that are fixed in place, like persisting navigation menus that are always visible no matter how much the page scrolls. let's put together a simple example to show what we mean. first of all, delete the existing p:nth-of-type(1) and .positioned rules from your css. now, update the body rule to remove the position: relative; declaration and add a fixed height, like so: body { width: 500px; height: 1400px; margin: 0 auto; } now we're going to give the <h1> element position: fixed;, and get it to sit at the top of the viewport. add the following rule to your css: h1 { position: fixed; top: 0; width: 500px; margin-top: 0; background: white; padding: 10...

What is a Domain Name? - Learn web development
a given domain name is available, go to a domain name registrar's website. most of them provide a “whois” service that tells you whether a domain name is available. ...
...org: $ whois mozilla.org domain name:mozilla.org domain id: d1409563-lror creation date: 1998-01-24t05:00:00z updated date: 2013-12-08t01:16:57z registry expiry date: 2015-01-23t05:00:00z sponsoring registrar:markmonitor inc. (r37-lror) sponsoring registrar iana id: 292 whois server: referral url: domain status: clientdeleteprohibited domain status: clienttransferprohibited domain status: clientupdateprohibited registrant id:mmr-33684 registrant name:dns admin registrant organization:mozilla foundation registrant street: 650 castro st ste 300 registrant city:mountain view registrant state/province:ca registrant postal code:94041 registrant country:us registrant phone:+1.6509030800 as you can see, i can't register mozilla.org because the mozilla foundation has already registered it. on the o...
...e in some countries registrars may be forced to close the domain if they cannot provide a valid address. dns refreshing dns databases are stored on every dns server worldwide, and all these servers refer to a few special servers called “authoritative name servers” or “top-level dns servers.” — these are like the boss servers that manage the system. whenever your registrar creates or updates any information for a given domain, the information must be refreshed in every dns database. each dns server that knows about a given domain stores the information for some time before it is automatically invalidated and then refreshed (the dns server queries an authoritative server and fetches the updated information from it). thus, it takes some time for dns servers that know about this domain...

Example 4 - Learn web development
ct.classlist.add('active'); }; function toggleoptlist(select, show) { var optlist = select.queryselector('.optlist'); optlist.classlist.toggle('hidden'); } function highlightoption(select, option) { var optionlist = select.queryselectorall('.option'); optionlist.foreach(function (other) { other.classlist.remove('highlight'); }); option.classlist.add('highlight'); }; function updatevalue(select, index) { var nativewidget = select.previouselementsibling; var value = select.queryselector('.value'); var optionlist = select.queryselectorall('.option'); nativewidget.selectedindex = index; value.innerhtml = optionlist[index].innerhtml; highlightoption(select, optionlist[index]); }; function getindex(select) { var nativewidget = select.previouselementsibling; ret...
...lur', function (event) { deactivateselect(select); }); }); }); window.addeventlistener('load', function () { var selectlist = document.queryselectorall('.select'); selectlist.foreach(function (select) { var optionlist = select.queryselectorall('.option'), selectedindex = getindex(select); select.tabindex = 0; select.previouselementsibling.tabindex = -1; updatevalue(select, selectedindex); optionlist.foreach(function (option, index) { option.addeventlistener('click', function (event) { updatevalue(select, index); }); }); select.addeventlistener('keyup', function (event) { var length = optionlist.length, index = getindex(select); if (event.keycode === 27) { deactivateselect(select); } if (ev...
...function (event) { updatevalue(select, index); }); }); select.addeventlistener('keyup', function (event) { var length = optionlist.length, index = getindex(select); if (event.keycode === 27) { deactivateselect(select); } if (event.keycode === 40 && index < length - 1) { index++; } if (event.keycode === 38 && index > 0) { index--; } updatevalue(select, index); }); }); }); result ...

Example 5 - Learn web development
ct.classlist.add('active'); }; function toggleoptlist(select, show) { var optlist = select.queryselector('.optlist'); optlist.classlist.toggle('hidden'); } function highlightoption(select, option) { var optionlist = select.queryselectorall('.option'); optionlist.foreach(function (other) { other.classlist.remove('highlight'); }); option.classlist.add('highlight'); }; function updatevalue(select, index) { var nativewidget = select.previouselementsibling; var value = select.queryselector('.value'); var optionlist = select.queryselectorall('.option'); optionlist.foreach(function (other) { other.setattribute('aria-selected', 'false'); }); optionlist[index].setattribute('aria-selected', 'true'); nativewidget.selectedindex = index; value.innerhtml = optionli...
... form.classlist.remove("no-widget"); form.classlist.add("widget"); }); window.addeventlistener('load', function () { var selectlist = document.queryselectorall('.select'); selectlist.foreach(function (select) { var optionlist = select.queryselectorall('.option'), selectedindex = getindex(select); select.tabindex = 0; select.previouselementsibling.tabindex = -1; updatevalue(select, selectedindex); optionlist.foreach(function (option, index) { option.addeventlistener('mouseover', function () { highlightoption(select, option); }); option.addeventlistener('click', function (event) { updatevalue(select, index); }); }); select.addeventlistener('click', function (event) { toggleoptlist(select); }); ...
...tener('blur', function (event) { deactivateselect(select); }); select.addeventlistener('keyup', function (event) { var length = optionlist.length, index = getindex(select); if (event.keycode === 27) { deactivateselect(select); } if (event.keycode === 40 && index < length - 1) { index++; } if (event.keycode === 38 && index > 0) { index--; } updatevalue(select, index); }); }); }); result ...

Adding vector graphics to the Web - Learn web development
label { margin: 0; text-align: right; font-size: 0.7rem; width: 98%; } body { margin: 10px; background: #f5f9fa; } const textarea = document.getelementbyid('code'); const reset = document.getelementbyid('reset'); const solution = document.getelementbyid('solution'); const output = document.queryselector('.output'); let code = textarea.value; let userentry = textarea.value; function updatecode() { output.innerhtml = textarea.value; } reset.addeventlistener('click', function() { textarea.value = code; userentry = textarea.value; solutionentry = htmlsolution; solution.value = 'show solution'; updatecode(); }); solution.addeventlistener('click', function() { if(solution.value === 'show solution') { textarea.value = solutionentry; solution.value = 'hide solution...
...) { textarea.value = code; userentry = textarea.value; solutionentry = htmlsolution; solution.value = 'show solution'; updatecode(); }); solution.addeventlistener('click', function() { if(solution.value === 'show solution') { textarea.value = solutionentry; solution.value = 'hide solution'; } else { textarea.value = userentry; solution.value = 'show solution'; } updatecode(); }); const htmlsolution = ''; let solutionentry = htmlsolution; textarea.addeventlistener('input', updatecode); window.addeventlistener('load', updatecode); // stop tab key tabbing out of textarea and // make it write a tab at the caret position instead textarea.onkeydown = function(e){ if (e.keycode === 9) { e.preventdefault(); insertatcaret('\t'); } if (e.keycode === 27...
...const caretpos = textarea.selectionstart; const front = (textarea.value).substring(0, caretpos); const back = (textarea.value).substring(textarea.selectionend, textarea.value.length); textarea.value = front + text + back; caretpos = caretpos + text.length; textarea.selectionstart = caretpos; textarea.selectionend = caretpos; textarea.focus(); textarea.scrolltop = scrollpos; } // update the saved usercode every time the user updates the text area code textarea.onkeyup = function(){ // we only want to save the state when the user code is being shown, // not the solution, so that solution is not saved over the user code if(solution.value === 'show solution') { userentry = textarea.value; } else { solutionentry = textarea.value; } updatecode(); }; summary ...

Introduction to web APIs - Learn web development
e dom (document object model) api, which allows you to manipulate html and css — creating, removing and changing html, dynamically applying new styles to your page, etc. every time you see a popup window appear on a page or some new content displayed, for example, that's the dom in action. find out more about these types of api in manipulating documents. apis that fetch data from the server to update small sections of a webpage on their own are very commonly used. this seemingly small detail has had a huge impact on the performance and behaviour of sites — if you just need to update a stock listing or list of available new stories, doing it instantly without having to reload the whole entire page from the server can make the site or app feel much more responsive and "snappy". apis that make...
...re responsive and "snappy". apis that make this possible include xmlhttprequest and the fetch api. you may also come across the term ajax, which describes this technique. find out more about such apis in fetching data from the server. apis for drawing and manipulating graphics are now widely supported in browsers — the most popular ones are canvas and webgl, which allow you to programmatically update the pixel data contained in an html <canvas> element to create 2d and 3d scenes. for example, you might draw shapes such as rectangles or circles, import an image onto the canvas, and apply a filter to it such as sepia or grayscale using the canvas api, or create a complex 3d scene with lighting and textures using webgl. such apis are often combined with apis for creating animation loops (such as...
... grabbing video from your web camera to be manipulated via a canvas (see above) or displayed on someone else's computer in a web conference, or adding effects to audio tracks (such as gain, distortion, panning, etc). device apis are basically apis for manipulating and retrieving data from modern device hardware in a way that is useful for web apps. examples include telling the user that a useful update is available on a web app via system notifications (see the notifications api) or vibration hardware (see the vibration api). client-side storage apis are becoming a lot more widespread in web browsers — the ability to store data on the client-side is very useful if you want to create an app that will save its state between page loads, and perhaps even work when the device is offline. there ar...

Properly configuring server MIME types - Learn web development
background by default, many web servers are configured to report a mime type of text/plain or application/octet-stream for unknown content types. as new content types are invented or added to web servers, web administrators may fail to add the new mime types to their web server's configuration. this is a major source of problems for users of gecko-based browsers, which respect the mime types as reported by web servers and web applications. ...
...t the top of your doget or dopost method, where response is a reference to the httpservletresponse. ...
...re response is a reference to the httpservletresponse. ...

Introduction to client-side frameworks - Learn web development
tically simple in isolation. we can iterate over the data to render it; we can add to an object to make a new task; we can use an identifier to find, edit, or delete a task. when we remember that the application has to let the user to do all of these things through the browser, however, some cracks start to show. the real problem is this: every time we change our application’s state, we need to update the ui to match. we can examine the difficulty of this problem by looking at just one feature of our todo list app: rendering a list of tasks. the verbosity of dom changes building html elements and rendering them in the browser at the appropriate time takes a surprising amount of code. let's say that our state is an array of objects structured like this: const state = [ { id: 'todo-0',...
...yle our list-items! working directly with the dom, as in this example, requires understanding many things about how the dom works: how to make elements; how to change their properties; how to put elements inside of each other; how to get them on the page. none of this code actually handles user interactions, or addresses adding or deleting a task. if we add those features, we have to remember to update our ui in the right time and in the right way. javascript frameworks were created to make this kind of work a little easier — they exist to provide a better developer experience. they don't bring brand-new powers to javascript; they give you easier access to javascript's powers so you can build for today's web. if you want to see code samples from this section in action, you can check out a w...
...dress bar changes. you can save this new url and come back to the page later on, or share it with others so they can easily find the same page. your browser remembers your navigation history and allows you to navigate back and forth, too. this is called server-side routing. modern web applications typically do not fetch and render new html files — they load a single html shell, and continually update the dom inside it (referred to as single page apps, or spas) without navigating users to new addresses on the web. each new pseudo-webpage is usually called a view, and by default, no routing is done. when an spa is complex enough, and renders enough unique views, it's important to bring routing functionality into your application. people are used to being able to link to specific pages in an ap...

Framework main features - Learn web development
xample, consider a button that counts how many times it has been clicked. this component should be responsible for tracking its own count state, and could be written like this: function counterbutton() { const [count] = usestate(0); return ( <button>clicked {count} times</button> ); } usestate() is a react hook which, given an initial data value, will keep track of that value as it is updated. the code will be initially rendered like so in the browser: <button>clicked 0 times</button> the usestate() call keeps track of the count value in a robust way across the app, without you needing to write code to do that yourself. events in order to be interactive, components need ways to respond to browser events, so our applications can respond to our users. frameworks each provide their ...
...ng to write code to do that yourself. events in order to be interactive, components need ways to respond to browser events, so our applications can respond to our users. frameworks each provide their own syntax for listening to browser events, which reference the names of the equivalent native browser events. in react, listening for the click event requires a special property, onclick. let’s update our counterbutton code from above to allow it to count clicks: function counterbutton() { const [count, setcount] = usestate(0); return ( <button onclick={() => setcount(count + 1)}>clicked {count} times</button> ); } in this version we are using additional usestate() functionality to create a special setcount() function, which we can invoke to update the value of count. we call this ...
...s for you, you typically don't interact with the dom yourself. this abstraction away from the dom is more complex and more memory-intensive than updating the dom yourself, but without it, frameworks could not allow you to program in the declarative way they’re known for. the virtual dom is an approach whereby information about your browser's dom is stored in javascript memory. your application updates this copy of the dom, then compares it to the "real" dom — the dom that is actually rendered for your users — in order to decide what to render. the application builds a "diff" to compare the differences between the updated virtual dom and the currently rendered dom, and uses that diff to apply updates to the real dom. both react and vue utilize a virtual dom model, but they do not apply the...

Componentizing our React app - Learn web development
{false} /> <todo name="repeat" completed={false} /> as before, we must go back to todo.js to actually use these props. change the defaultchecked attribute on the <input /> so that its value is equal to the completed prop. once you’re done, the todo component's <input /> element will read like this: <input id="todo-0" type="checkbox" defaultchecked={props.completed} /> and your browser should update to show only eat being checked: if you change each <todo /> component’s completed prop, your browser will check or uncheck the equivalent rendered checkboxes accordingly. gimme some id, please right now, our <todo /> component gives every task an id attribute of todo-0. this is bad html because id attributes must be unique (they are used as unique identifiers for document fragments, by css...
...s to keep track of which one is which in order to render them properly. react tries to do its own guesswork to keep track of things, but we can help it out by passing a key prop to our <todo /> components. key is a special prop that's managed by react – you cannot use the word key for any other purpose. because keys should be unique, we're going to re-use the id of each task object as its key. update your tasklist constant like so: const tasklist = props.tasks.map(task => ( <todo id={task.id} name={task.name} completed={task.completed} key={task.id} /> ) ); you should always pass a unique key to anything you render with iteration. nothing obvious will change in your browser, but if you do not use unique keys, react will log warnings to your console and your...
...button; note: you might notice that we are making the same mistake here as we first made for the <todo /> component, in that each button will be the same. that’s fine! we’re going to fix up this component later on, in back to the filter buttons. importing all our components let's make use of our new components. add some more import statements to the top of app.js, to import them. then, update the return statement of app() so that it renders our components. when you’re done, app.js will read like this: import react from "react"; import form from "./components/form"; import filterbutton from "./components/filterbutton"; import todo from "./components/todo"; function app(props) { const tasklist = props.tasks.map(task => ( <todo id={task.id} name={task.name} ...

Creating our first Vue component - Learn web development
regular html attribute: <to-do-item label="my todo item"></to-do-item> now you'll see the label in your app, and the warning won't be spat out in the console again. so that's props in a nutshell. next we'll move on to how vue persists data state. vue's data object if you change the value of the label prop passed into the <to-do-item></to-do-item> call in your app component, you should see it update. this is great. we have a checkbox, with an updatable label. however, we're currently not doing anything with the "done" prop — we can check the checkboxes in the ui, but nowhere in the app are we recording whether a todo item is actually done. to achieve this, we want to bind the component's done prop to the checked attribute on the <input> element, so that it can serve as a record of whether...
...his works in arrow functions (binding to the parent’s context), you wouldn’t be able to access any of the necessary attributes from inside data if you used an arrow function. so don’t use an arrow function for the data property. so let's add a data property to our todoitem component. this will return an object containing a single property that we'll call isdone, whose value is this.done. update the component object like so: export default { props: { label: { required: true, type: string }, done: { default: false, type: boolean } }, data() { return { isdone: this.done }; } }; vue does a little magic here — it binds all of your props directly to the component instance, so we don’t have to call this.props.done. it also binds other attributes (data, which...
...bute on the <input> element. both of the following are equivalent: <input type="checkbox" id="todo-item" v-bind:checked="isdone" /> <input type="checkbox" id="todo-item" :checked="isdone" /> you're free to use whichever pattern you would like. it's best to keep it consistent though. because the shorthand syntax is more commonly used, this tutorial will stick to that pattern. so let's do this. update your <input> element now to replace checked="false" with :checked="isdone". test out your component by passing :done="true" to the todoitem call in app.vue. note that you need to use the v-bind syntax, because otherwise true is passed as a string. the displayed checkbox should be checked. <template> <div id="app"> <h1>my to-do list</h1> <ul> <li> <to-do-item label="my to...

Understanding client-side JavaScript frameworks - Learn web development
y new todo items. along the way, we'll look at using events in ember, creating component classes to contain javascript code to control interactive features, and setting up a service to keep track of the data state of our app. 4. ember interactivity: footer functionality, conditional rendering now it's time to start tackling the footer functionality in our app. here we'll get the todo counter to update to show the correct number of todos still to complete, and correctly apply styling to completed todos (i.e. where the checkbox has been checked). we'll also wire up our "clear completed" button. along the way, we'll learn about using conditional rendering in our templates. 5. routing in ember in this article we learn about routing or url-based filtering as it is sometimes referred to. we'll use...
...cies changes. 7. vue conditional rendering: editing existing todos now it is time to add one of the major parts of functionality that we're still missing — the ability to edit existing todo items. to do this, we will take advantage of vue's conditional rendering capabilities — namely v-if and v-else — to allow us to toggle between the existing todo item view and an edit view where you can update todo item labels. we'll also look at adding functionality to delete todo items. 8. focus management with vue refs we are nearly done with vue. the last bit of functionality to look at is focus management, or put another way, how we can improve our app's keyboard accessibility. we'll look at using vue refs to handle this — an advanced feature that allows you to have direct access to the underl...
...article we'll be using variables and props to make our app dynamic, allowing us to add and delete todos, mark them as complete, and filter them by status. 4. componentizing our svelte app the central objective of this article is to look at how to break our app into manageable components and share information between them. we'll componentize our app, then add more functionality to allow users to update existing components. 5. advanced svelte: reactivity, lifecycle, accessibility in this article we will add the app's final features and further componentize our app. we will learn how to deal with reactivity issues related to updating objects and arrays. to avoid common pitfalls, we'll have to dig a little deeper into svelte's reactivity system. we'll also look at solving some accessibility focu...

Implementing feature detection - Learn web development
res you need feature detects for. then when you click the build button, you'll download a custom build containing only those feature detects, making for a much smaller file size. css let's have a look at how modernizr works in terms of selectively applying css. first, make a copy of supports-feature-detect.html and supports-styling.css. save them as modernizr-css.html and modernizr-css.css. update your <link> element in your html so it points to the correct css file (you should also update your <title> element to something more suitable!): <link href="modernizr-css.css" rel="stylesheet"> above this <link> element, add a <script> element to apply the modernizr library to the page, as shown below. this needs to be applied to the page before any css (or javascript) that might make use of...
...age before any css (or javascript) that might make use of it. <script src="modernizr-custom.js"></script> now edit your opening <html> tag, so that it looks like this: <html class="no-js"> at this point, try loading your page, and you'll get an idea of how modernizr works for css features. if you look at the dom inspector of your browser's developer tools, you'll see that modernizr has updated your <html> class value like so: <html class="js no-htmlimports sizes flash transferables applicationcache blobconstructor blob-constructor cookies cors ...and loads more values!> it now contains a large number of classes that indicate the support status of different technology features. as an example, if the browser didn't support flexbox at all, <html> would be given a class name of no-flexb...
...ou search through the class list, you'll also see others relating to flexbox, like: flexboxlegacy for the old flexbox spec (2009). flexboxtweener for 2011 in between syntax supported by ie10. flexwrap for the flex-wrap property, which isn't present in some implementations. note: you can find a list of what all the class names mean — see features detected by modernizr. moving on, let's update our css to use modernizr rather than @supports. go into modernizr-css.css, and replace the two @supports blocks with the following: /* properties for browsers with modern flexbox */ .flexbox main { display: flex; } .flexbox main div { padding-right: 4%; flex: 1; } .flexbox main div:last-child { padding-right: 0; } /* fallbacks for browsers that don't support modern flexbox */ .no-fl...

Handling common JavaScript problems - Learn web development
message we saw before the console.log() output shows that the superheroes object doesn't appear to contain anything. a very common problem with async requests like this is when you try to do something with the response object before it has actually been returned from the network. ...
...ou can examine the environment in its current state and see what is going on. let's get to work. the error is now being thrown at line 51. click on line number 51 in the center panel to add a breakpoint to it (you'll see a blue arrow appear over the top of it). now refresh the page (cmd/ctrl + r) — the browser will pause execution of the code at line 51. at this point, the right-hand side will update to show some very useful information. under breakpoints, you'll see the details of the break-point you have set. under call stack, you'll see a few entries — this is basically a list of the series of functions that were invoked to cause the current function to be invoked. at the top, we have showheroes() the function we are currently in, and second we have onload, which stores the event h...
...information in here. expand the showheroes scope — you can see from this that the heroes variable is undefined, indicating that accessing the members property of jsonobj (first line of the function) didn't work. you can also see that the jsonobj variable is storing a text string, not a json object. exploring further down the call stack, click onload in the call stack section. the view will update to show the request.onload function in the center panel, and its scopes in the scopes section. if you expand the onload scope, you'll see that the superheroes variable is a text string too, not an object. this settles it — our xmlhttprequest call is returning the json as text, not json. we'd like you to try fixing this problem yourself. to give you a clue, you can either tell the xmlhttprequ...

Learn web development
a server-side app using two popular frameworks: django (python) and express (node.js). getting our code examples the code examples you'll encounter in the learning area are all available on github. if you want to copy them all to your computer, the easiest way is to download a zip of the latest master code branch. if you prefer to copy the repo in a more flexible way that allows for automatic updates, you can follow the more complex instructions: install git on your machine. this is the underlying version control system software that github works on top of. open your computer's command prompt (windows) or terminal (linux, macos). to copy the learning area repo to a folder called learning-area in the current location your command prompt/terminal is pointing to, use the following command:...
...ommand prompt (windows) or terminal (linux, macos). to copy the learning area repo to a folder called learning-area in the current location your command prompt/terminal is pointing to, use the following command: git clone https://github.com/mdn/learning-area you can now enter the directory and find the files you are after (either using your finder/file explorer or the cd command). ...
...now enter the directory and find the files you are after (either using your finder/file explorer or the cd command). you can update the learning-area repository with any changes made to the master version on github with the following steps: in your command prompt/terminal, go inside the learning-area directory using cd. for example, if you were in the parent directory: cd learning-area update the repository using the following command: git pull contact us if you want to get in touch with us about anything, the best way is to drop us a message on our discourse forum. we'd like to hear from you about anything you think is wrong or missing on the site, requests for new learning topics, requests for help with items you don't understand, or any other questions or concerns. if you'r...

Displaying Places information using views
pe_bookmarks; var uri = histserv.queriestoquerystring([query], 1, opts); var tree = document.getelementbyid("mytree"); tree.place = uri; these two examples use the built-in tree view, but the point is to demonstrate the use of the place attribute and property. in this regard the built-in menu and toolbar views are no different. when a view's underlying data changes, the view will automatically update itself so that it displays the new data. this update is handled by logic between the view and its results. all places views implement or own an instance of interface nsinavhistoryresultviewer, which is the point of interaction between a view and its results. results themselves observe places changes, and if on a places change a result determines that its data specifically has changed, it notifies...
...of its own, the built-in places tree view's view. this view is an object that implements three interfaces: from most specific to most general, nsinavhistoryresulttreeviewer, nsinavhistoryresultobserver , and nsitreeview. nsinavhistoryresulttreeviewer maps between row indices and the nsinavhistoryresultnode objects contained in the rows. nsinavhistoryresultobserver notifies observing clients about updates when the underlying data changes. it's not so useful for our purposes here. nsitreeview provides a high-level interface for trees in general. finally, the built-in tree view implements several convenience methods and properties of its own. you therefore have four points of interaction with the built-in places tree view: the convenience methods and properties implemented directly on the view...
...f nsinavhistoryresultobserver. if your view implements nsinavhistoryresultobserver, then you can pass your viewer object. if your view contains an internal instance of nsinavhistoryresultobserver, you would pass it instead. (the three built-in views take this approach.) the results object then communicates to your view via this instance, notifying it about changes in the underlying data so it can update its display. var bmserv = components.classes["@mozilla.org/browser/nav-bookmarks-service;1"]. getservice(components.interfaces.nsinavbookmarksservice); var histserv = components.classes["@mozilla.org/browser/nav-history-service;1"]. getservice(components.interfaces.nsinavhistoryservice); var opts = histserv.getnewqueryoptions(); var query = histserv.getnewquery(); query.setfolders([...

Performance best practices for Firefox front-end engineers
for example, change dom node attributes (either directly or by adding or removing classes from elements), and can also add, remove, or delete dom nodes. because styles are normally scoped to the entire document, the cost of doing these style calculations is proportional to the number of dom nodes in the document (and the number of styles being applied). it is expected that over time, script will update the dom, requiring us to recalculate styles. normally, the changes to the dom just result in the standard style calculation occurring immediately after the javascript has finished running during the 16ms window, inside the "style" step. that's the ideal scenario. however, it's possible for script to do things that force multiple style calculations (or style flushes) to occur synchronously during...
...s. the first time a document (xul or html) loads, we parse the markup, and then apply styles. once the styles have been calculated, we then need to calculate where things are going to be placed on the page. this layout step can be seen in the “16ms” pipeline graphic above, and occurs just before we paint things to be composited for the user to see. it is expected that over time, script will update the dom, requiring us to recalculate styles, and then update layout. normally, however, the changes to the dom just result in the standard style calculation that occurs immediately after the javascript has finished running during the 16ms window. interruptible reflow since the early days, gecko has had the notion of interruptible reflow. this is a special type of content-only reflow that checks...
...use uninterruptible layout has the potential to be much worse (see next section). to repeat, only interruptible reflows in web content can be interrupted. uninterruptible reflow uninterruptible reflow is what we want to avoid at all costs. uninterruptible reflow occurs when some dom node’s styles have changed such that the size or position of one or more nodes in the document will need to be updated, and then javascript asks for the size or position of anything. since everything is pending a reflow, the answer isn't available, so everything stalls until the reflow is complete and the script can be given an answer. flushing layout also means that styles must be flushed to calculate the most up-to-date state of things, so it's a double-whammy. here’s a simple example, cribbed from this blo...

DownloadTarget
a downloadtarget object represents the target of a download, for example a file in the global downloads directory, or a file in the system temporary directory. method overview promise refresh() properties attribute type description exists read only boolean indicates whether or not the target file exists. this is a dynamic property, which is updated when the download is completed or when the download.refresh() method is called. you can use this instead of using file system calls to check for the existence of the file in order to reduce io overhead. path read only string the path of the target file. partfilepath read only string the path of the ".part" file containing the data downloaded so far, or null to dis...
... transfer instead. for downloads of multiple files, such as downloading a web page and its required media to disk, the meaning of this property is undefined. it currently indicates the size of the main file (such as the html document) rather than the sum of all of the files' sizes, but you must not rely upon this behavior, as it is subject to change. this is a dynamic property, which is updated when the download finishes or whenever the download.refresh() method is called. you can use this value from the front-end to reduce file i/o that would be required to check the file directly. methods refresh() updates the state of a finished, failed, or canceled download based on the current state as indicated by the file system. if the download is in progress or has been finalized,...
...end to reduce file i/o that would be required to check the file directly. methods refresh() updates the state of a finished, failed, or canceled download based on the current state as indicated by the file system. if the download is in progress or has been finalized, this method does nothing and returns a resolved promise. calling this method lets the download object's properties be updated if the user moves or deletes the target file or its associated ".part" file, which contains a partially-downloaded file's contents. promise refresh(); parameters none. promise resolves to undefined when the state of the download has been updated. promise can be rejected with never. ...

Localization content best practices
er) and just drop the (entity name/key) reference. land good quality strings don't land temporary strings. if you already know that your strings are temporary, they shouldn't be exposed to the localization process. this would waste everybody's time and create unnecessary frustration: localizers have to translate strings that are destined to change, developers will need to use new ids later to update them. if you're reviewing a patch, check also strings for grammar errors, capitalization or inconsistencies. for example, use the single unicode …, and not three dots. if you have any doubts about the quality of strings, ask a copywriter to do a copy review of this text. ideally, all strings landing in code should originate from approved ux wireframes, any copy review should be part of the ini...
...ization files (.dtd, .properties). one possible way to test a patch for localizability issues is to alter the en-us localization files, adding extraneous characters to the original strings: this can help to identify both hard-coded strings and "flexibility issues" in the ui. changing existing strings updating entity names if you are changing a string such that its meaning has changed, you must update the entity or property name for the string to match the new meaning. if your changes are relevant only for english — for example, to correct a typographical error or to make letter case consistent — then there is generally no need to update the entity name. changing the string id will invalidate the existing translation, the new string will be reported as missing in all tools, and localizers...
...typographical error or to make letter case consistent — then there is generally no need to update the entity name. changing the string id will invalidate the existing translation, the new string will be reported as missing in all tools, and localizers will have to retranslate it. given the diversity of tools used by localization teams, this is the only reliable method to ensure that localizers update existing localizations. if you change the entity or property name of a string, you must also update all instances where that entity or property name is used in the source code, including localization comments. if you change the entity or property name of a string, and the string has an accompanying access key, command key, or tooltip, you should update their names as well for consistency. this ...

Localizing with Mozilla Translator
s and translation memory to leverage your work from previous translations, thus cutting time and effort when localizing new versions of mozilla applications. getting started with mozillatranslator mt uses products as groups of localization files with a common root directory (for instance, you may have a product for thunderbird, other for seamonkey, other for dom, other for toolkit, etc.) you update your repository copy using your favorite repository tool, and then update the product(s) in mt. this will remove obsolete strings and files from the internal database of mt, and will present you with a list of new and updated strings. if you are starting a new localization, all strings will be marked as new or updated.mt puts a fuzzy flag on each flag and saves it in its database. all this means...
...tform can't be part of a partial glossary (because they are not components), and platform neutral itself can't be selected either, since it is not a component, but a platform. for these few files, you will have to export them individually and reimport them. if you are a ''not so good'' mt user, however, you can just create a new product (or several ones; see next recipe to know why), run file -> update on them (you'll get a list of all the strings) and then run edit -> autotranslate. most of the strings will be automatically filled, although if you do this you should review them, because for en-us strings with several possible translations, mt will choose one of them, which could not be the one you want. from cvs to mercurial in mt so, you have a firefox product in mt with a platform neutra...
...ld be able to adjust your current mt product paths so you can keep using it just like with cvs. keep in mind that mt doesn't really know if you are using cvs, svn, or mercurial. it is just instructed to read directory subtrees and ignore "cvs" and ".svn" directories it finds. if you have opted for the first solution, you will find yourself with some new products completely untranslated (once you update each of them). to migrate the existing translation in the old product, you need to export partial glossaries from the old product, selecting the ''link'' origin (see the previous section) and importing them into the ''link'' target. defining symbolic links for browser this is an example just for browser, without shared components, but it should suffice to get the idea. ; assuming we are in...

SVN for Localizers
ewvc interface. after you commit your changes, wait 15 minutes and check the staging website for your locale. your recent changes should now be visible online. you will have the chance to see how the localized website will look when it's pushed to prod (i.e., a website that regular visitors will see). when localizing websites, l10n-drivers will always add needed files to your repository or update your files with new strings in english. it's very important for you to update your working copy with the newest files from mozilla svn repository before you start making changes. enter the following command from the command-line: svn update your local svn repository (i.e., working directory) will be updated with the newest files from the url you initially cloned your repository from. it's ver...
...y cloned your repository from. it's very important that you do this often. as a general rule, you should at least do it before translating anything. sometimes mistakes happen and you need to start over. go back to the root of your working directory and execute this command: svn revert * this is a really helpful command because it reverts all of your changes to your working directory's last updated state. this is a huge blessing if you have been updating frequently. it's a nightmare if you haven't because it throws away all of your recent hard work. keep this in mind because if you did a lot of work and you made some errors in just one file, maybe it would be wiser to simply correct those errors instead of reverting your working directory and losing all your work. note: sometimes you'll ...
...mare if you haven't because it throws away all of your recent hard work. keep this in mind because if you did a lot of work and you made some errors in just one file, maybe it would be wiser to simply correct those errors instead of reverting your working directory and losing all your work. note: sometimes you'll find references to commands in abbreviated form (svn ci = svn commit, svn up = svn update, svn co = svn checkout, etc.) commit doesn't work, what's wrong? make you sure you're checking out the repository with https:// make sure you're adding a commit message when running svn commit. commits with an empty message will be rejected. svn accounts are disabled after 6 months of inactivity. to be used again, they need to be reenabled. if you have any doubts, ping l10n-drivers on ir...

Cryptography functions
3.2 and later pk11_isreadonly mxr 3.2 and later pk11_isremovable mxr 3.12 and later pk11_ivfromparam mxr 3.2 and later pk11_keygen mxr 3.2 and later pk11_linkgenericobject mxr 3.9.2 and later pk11_listcerts mxr 3.2 and later. updated 3.8 with new options. see bug 215186 pk11_listfixedkeysinslot mxr 3.4 and later pk11_listprivkeysinslot mxr 3.4 and later pk11_listpublickeysinslot mxr 3.4 and later pk11_loadprivkey mxr 3.4 and later pk11_logoutall mxr 3.4 and later pk11_mak...
... 3.9.3 and later pk11_pubencryptraw mxr 3.2 and later pk11_pubunwrapsymkey mxr 3.2 and later pk11_pubunwrapsymkeywithflags mxr 3.6 and later pk11_pubunwrapsymkeywithflagsperm mxr 3.9 and later pk11_pubwrapsymkey mxr 3.2 and later pk11_randomupdate mxr 3.2 and later pk11_readrawattribute mxr 3.9.2 and later pk11_referencesymkey mxr 3.2 and later pk11_resettoken mxr 3.4 and later pk11_restorecontext mxr 3.2 and later pk11_savecontext mxr 3.2 and later pk11_savecontextalloc ...
...xr 3.2 and later pk11_traverseslotcerts mxr 3.4 and later pk11_unlinkgenericobject mxr 3.9.2 and later pk11_unwrapsymkey mxr 3.2 and later pk11_unwrapsymkeywithflags mxr 3.2 and later pk11_unwrapsymkeywithflagsperm mxr 3.9 and later pk11_updateslotattribute mxr 3.8 and later pk11_userenableslot mxr 3.8 and later pk11_userdisableslot mxr 3.8 and later pk11_verify mxr 3.2 and later pk11_verifykeyok mxr 3.2 and later pk11_waitfortokenevent mxr 3.7 and later pk11_wrapsymkey ...

NSS 3.14 release notes
tsrtpcipher (in ssl.h) ssl_setrtpciphers (in ssl.h) support for aes-gcm support for aes-gcm has been added to the nss pkcs #11 module (softoken), based upon the draft 7 of pkcs #11 v2.30. warning: because of ambiguity in the current draft text, applications should only use gcm in single-part mode (c_encrypt/c_decrypt). they should not use multi-part apis (c_encryptupdate/c_decryptupdate). support for application-defined certificate chain validation callback when using libpkix to better support per-application security policies, a new callback has been added for applications that use libpkix to verify certificates. applications may use this callback to inform libpkix whether or not candidate certificate chains meet application-specific securit...
...these changes have the observed...
...these changes have the observed effect of doubl...

NSS 3.15 release notes
ent and server sockets. tls client applications may enable this via a call to ssl_optionsetdefault(ssl_enable_ocsp_stapling, pr_true); added function secitem_reallocitemv2. it replaces function secitem_reallocitem, which is now declared as obsolete. support for single-operation (eg: not multi-part) symmetric key encryption and decryption, via pk11_encrypt and pk11_decrypt. certutil has been updated to support creating name constraints extensions. new functions in ssl.h ssl_peerstapledocspresponse - returns the server's stapled ocsp response, when used with a tls client socket that negotiated the status_request extension. ssl_setstapledocspresponses - set's a stapled ocsp response for a tls server socket to return when clients send the status_request extension. ...
...ameconstraintsextension, added in nss 3.10. in secitem.h secitem_allocarray secitem_duparray secitem_freearray secitem_zfreearray - utility functions to handle the allocation and deallocation of secitemarrays secitem_reallocitemv2 - replaces secitem_reallocitem, which is now obsolete. secitem_reallocitemv2 better matches caller expectations, in that it updates item->len on allocation. for more details of the issues with secitem_reallocitem, see bug 298649 and bug 298938. in pk11pub.h pk11_decrypt - performs decryption as a single pkcs#11 operation (eg: not multi-part). this is necessary for aes-gcm. pk11_encrypt - performs encryption as a single pkcs#11 operation (eg: not multi-part). this is necessary for aes-gcm. ...
... ssl_enable_ocsp_stapling - used with ssl_optionset to configure tls client sockets to request the certificate_status extension (eg: ocsp stapling) when set to pr_true notable changes in nss 3.15 secitem_reallocitem is now deprecated. please consider using secitem_reallocitemv2 in all future code. nss has migrated from cvs to the mercurial source control management system. updated build instructions are available at migration to hg as part of this migration, the source code directory layout has been re-organized. the list of root ca certificates in the nssckbi module has been updated. the default implementation of ssl_authcertificate has been updated to add certificate status responses stapled by the tls server to the ocsp cache. applications t...

NSS 3.18.1 release notes
ow. distribution information the hg tag is nss_3_18_1_rtm. nss 3.18.1 requires nspr 4.10.8 or newer. nss 3.18.1 source distributions are available on ftp.mozilla.org for secure https download: source tarballs: https://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/nss/releases/nss_3_18_1_rtm/src/ new in nss 3.18.1 no new functionality is introduced in this release. this is a patch release to update the list of root ca certificates. notable changes in nss 3.18.1 the following ca certificate had the websites and code signing trust bits restored to their original state to allow more time to develop a better transition strategy for affected sites. the websites and code signing trust bits were turned off in nss 3.18. but when firefox 38 went into beta, there was a huge spike in the number of...
...bsites and code signing trust bits restored to their original state to allow more time to develop a better transition strategy for affected sites. the websites and code signing trust bits were turned off in nss 3.18. but when firefox 38 went into beta, there was a huge spike in the number of certificate verification errors attributed to this change. so, to give website administrators more time to update their web servers, we reverted the trust bits back to being enabled. ou = equifax secure certificate authority sha1 fingerprint: d2:32:09:ad:23:d3:14:23:21:74:e4:0d:7f:9d:62:13:97:86:63:3a the following ca certificate was removed after discussion about it in the mozilla.dev.security.policy forum. cn = e-guven kok elektronik sertifika hizmet saglayicisi ...
...:5e:84:b3:80:7e:4b:b1:fd:99:41:34 the following intermediate ca certificate has been added as actively distrusted because it was misused to issue certificates for domain names the holder did not own or control. cn=mcsholding test, o=mcsholding, c=eg sha1 fingerprint: e1:f3:59:1e:76:98:65:c4:e4:47:ac:c3:7e:af:c9:e2:bf:e4:c5:76 the version number of the updated root ca list has been set to 2.4 bugs fixed in nss 3.18.1 this bugzilla query returns all the bugs fixed in nss 3.18.1: https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/buglist.cgi?resolution=fixed&classification=components&query_format=advanced&product=nss&target_milestone=3.18.1 compatibility nss 3.18.1 shared libraries are backward compatible with all older nss 3.18 shared libraries. a program linked with ...

NSS 3.48 release notes
517d1f6732a2d5ab97c533ec70779ee3270a62fb4ac4238372460e6f01e88 upcoming changes in nss 3.49 the legacy dbm database, libnssdbm, will no longer be built by default. see bug 1594933 for details. ...
... bug 1591178 - add entrust root certification authority - g4 certificate to nss bug 1590001 - prevent negotiation of versions lower than 1.3 after helloretryrequest bug 1596450 - added a simplified and unified mac implementation for hmac and cmac behind pkcs#11 bug 1522203 - remove an old pentium pro performance workaround bug 1592557 - fix prng known-answer-test scripts bug 1586176 - encryptupdate should use maxout not block size (cve-2019-11745) bug 1593141 - add `notbefore` or similar "beginning-of-validity-period" parameter to mozilla::pkix::trustdomain::checkrevocation bug 1591363 - fix a pbkdf2 memory leak in nsc_generatekey if key length > max_key_len (256) bug 1592869 - use arm neon for ctr_xor bug 1566131 - ensure sha-1 fallback disabled in tls 1.2 bug 1577803 - mark pkcs#11 t...
...led in tls 1.2 bug 1577803 - mark pkcs#11 token as friendly if it implements ckp_public_certificates_token bug 1566126 - power ghash vector acceleration bug 1589073 - use of new pr_assert_arg in certdb.c bug 1590495 - fix a crash in pk11_makecertfromhandle bug 1591742 - ensure des iv length is valid before usage from pkcs#11 bug 1588567 - enable mozilla::pkix gtests in nss ci bug 1591315 - update nsc_decrypt length in constant time bug 1562671 - increase nss mp kdf default iteration count, by default for modern key4 storage, optionally for legacy key3.db storage bug 1590972 - use -std=c99 rather than -std=gnu99 bug 1590676 - fix build if arm doesn't support neon bug 1575411 - enable tls extended master secret by default bug 1590970 - ssl_settimefunc has incomplete coverage bug 15906...

NSS 3.50 release notes
istribution information the hg tag is nss_3_50_rtm. nss 3.50 requires nspr 4.25 or newer. nss 3.50 source distributions are available on ftp.mozilla.org for secure https download: source tarballs: https://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/nss/releases/nss_3_50_rtm/src/ other releases are available in nss releases. notable changes in nss 3.50 verified primitives from hacl* were updated, bringing performance improvements for several platforms. note that intel processors with sse4 but without avx are currently unable to use the improved chacha20/poly1305 due to a build issue; such platforms will fall-back to less optimized algorithms. see bug 1609569 for details. updated dtls 1.3 implementation to draft-30. see bug 1599514 for details. added nist sp800-108 kbkdf - p...
...ith sse4 but without avx are currently unable to use the improved chacha20/poly1305 due to a build issue; such platforms will fall-back to less optimized algorithms. see bug 1609569 for details. updated dtls 1.3 implementation to draft-30. see bug 1599514 for details. added nist sp800-108 kbkdf - pkcs#11 implementation. see bug 1599603 for details. bugs fixed in nss 3.50 bug 1599514 - update dtls 1.3 implementation to draft-30 bug 1603438 - fix native tools build failure due to lack of zlib include dir if external bug 1599603 - nist sp800-108 kbkdf - pkcs#11 implementation bug 1606992 - cache the most recent pbkdf1 password hash, to speed up repeated sdr operations, important with the increased kdf iteration counts. nss 3.49.1 sped up pbkdf2 operations, though pbkdf1 operations ar...
...f chacha20, poly1305, and 64-bit curve25519 bug 1608327 - two problems with neon-specific code in freebl bug 1575843 - detect aarch64 cpu features on freebsd bug 1607099 - remove the buildbot configuration bug 1585429 - add more hkdf test vectors bug 1573911 - add more rsa test vectors bug 1605314 - compare all 8 bytes of an mp_digit when clamping in windows assembly/mp_comba bug 1604596 - update wycheproof vectors and add support for cbc, p256-ecdh, and cmac tests bug 1608493 - use aes-ni for non-gcm aes ciphers on platforms with no assembly-optimized implementation, such as macos. bug 1547639 - update zlib in nss to 1.2.11 bug 1609181 - detect arm (32-bit) cpu features on freebsd bug 1602386 - fix build on freebsd/powerpc* bug 1608151 - introduce nss_disable_altivec bug 1612623 - ...

NSS 3.55 release notes
with verifiable implementations from fiat-crypto and ecckiila. special thanks to the network and information security group (nisec) at tampere university. pk11_findcertinslot is added. with this function, a given slot can be queried with a der-encoded certificate, providing performance and usability improvements over other mechanisms. see bug 1649633 for more details. dtls 1.3 implementation is updated to draft-38. see bug 1647752 for details. nspr dependency updated to 4.27. known issues on some platforms, using the makefile builds fails to locate seccomon.h; ensure you are using make all rather than just make. another potential workaround is to use the gyp-based build.sh script. if this affects you, please help us narrow down the cause in bug 1653975. bugs fixed in nss 3.55 bug 1...
...ero bytes (sanitizer fix). bug 1649322 - don't memcpy zero bytes (sanitizer fix). bug 1653202 - fix initialization bug in blapitest when compiled with nss_disable_deprecated_seed. bug 1646594 - fix avx2 detection in makefile builds. bug 1649633 - add pk11_findcertinslot to search a given slot for a der-encoded certificate. bug 1651520 - fix slotlock race in nsc_gettokeninfo. bug 1647752 - update dtls 1.3 implementation to draft-38. bug 1649190 - run cipher, sdr, and ocsp tests under standard test cycle in ci. bug 1649226 - add wycheproof ecdsa tests. bug 1637222 - consistently enforce iv requirements for des and 3des. bug 1067214 - enforce minimum pkcs#1 v1.5 padding length in rsa_checksignrecover. bug 1643528 - fix compilation error with -werror=strict-prototypes. bug 164632...
...t cycle in ci. bug 1649226 - add wycheproof ecdsa tests. bug 1637222 - consistently enforce iv requirements for des and 3des. bug 1067214 - enforce minimum pkcs#1 v1.5 padding length in rsa_checksignrecover. bug 1643528 - fix compilation error with -werror=strict-prototypes. bug 1646324 - advertise pkcs#1 schemes for certificates in the signature_algorithms extension. bug 1652331 - update nss 3.55 nspr version to 4.27. this bugzilla query returns all the bugs fixed in nss 3.55: https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/buglist.cgi?resolution=fixed&classification=components&query_format=advanced&product=nss&target_milestone=3.55 compatibility nss 3.55 shared libraries are backward compatible with all older nss 3.x shared libraries. a program linked with older nss 3.x shared libraries will ...

NSS API Guidelines
publickey() parameter ordering most functions will have a 'natural' ordering for parameters. to keep consistency we should have some minimal parameter consistency. for most functions, they can be seen as operating on a particular object. this object, that the function is operating on, should come first. for instance, in most ssl functions this is the nspr socket, or the ssl socket structure: update, final, encrypt, decrypt type functions operating on their state contexts, etc. all encrypt and decrypt functions, which return data inline, should have a consistent signature: secstatus my_functionname(mycontext *context, unsigned char *outbuf, secbufferlen *outlen, secbufferlenmaxoutlength, unsigned char...
... secbufferlen *outlen, secbufferlenmaxoutlength, unsigned char *inbuf, secbufferleninlen) encrypt and decrypt like functions which have different properties, additional parameters, callbacks, etc., should insert their additional parameters between the context (first parameter) and the output buffer. ...
... secbufferlen *outlen, secbufferlenmaxoutlength, unsigned char *inbuf, secbufferleninlen) encrypt and decrypt like functions which have different properties, additional parameters, callbacks, etc., should insert their additional parameters between the context (first parameter) and the output buffer. ...

Enc Dec MAC Using Key Wrap CertReq PKCS10 CSR
_with_rsa_encryption, pk); if (!sgn) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "unable to create context for signing\n"); rv = secfailure; goto cleanup; } rv = sgn_begin(sgn); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "problem while sgn_begin\n"); goto cleanup; } while ((nb = pr_read(infile, ibuf, sizeof(ibuf))) > 0) { rv = sgn_update(sgn, ibuf, nb); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "problem while sgn_update\n"); goto cleanup; } } rv = sgn_end(sgn, res); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "problem while sgn_end\n"); goto cleanup; } cleanup: if (infile) { pr_close(infile); } if (sgn) { sgn_...
... pwdata); if (!vfy) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "unable to create context for verifying signature\n"); rv = secfailure; goto cleanup; } rv = vfy_begin(vfy); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "problem while vfy_begin\n"); goto cleanup; } while ((nb = pr_read(infile, ibuf, sizeof(ibuf))) > 0) { rv = vfy_update(vfy, ibuf, nb); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "problem while vfy_update\n"); goto cleanup; } } rv = vfy_end(vfy); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "problem while vfy_end\n"); goto cleanup; } cleanup: if (infile) { pr_close(infile); } if (vfy) { vfy_destr...
...aparams; void *params; seckeyprivatekey *privkey = null; secstatus rv; unsigned char randbuf[blocksize + 1]; rv = generaterandom(randbuf, blocksize); if (rv != secsuccess) { fprintf(stderr, "error while generating the random numbers : %s\n", port_errortostring(rv)); goto cleanup; } pk11_randomupdate(randbuf, blocksize); switch (keytype) { case rsakey: rsaparams.keysizeinbits = size; rsaparams.pe = publicexponent; mechanism = ckm_rsa_pkcs_key_pair_gen; algtag = sec_oid_pkcs1_md5_with_rsa_encryption; params = &rsaparams; break; default:...

sample2
goto cleanup; } /* sign using private key */ sgn = sgn_newcontext(sec_oid_pkcs1_md5_with_rsa_encryption, pk); if (!sgn) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "unable to create context for signing\n"); rv = secfailure; goto cleanup; } rv = sgn_begin(sgn); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "problem while sgn_begin\n"); goto cleanup; } while ((nb = pr_read(infile, ibuf, sizeof(ibuf))) > 0) { rv = sgn_update(sgn, ibuf, nb); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "problem while sgn_update\n"); goto cleanup; } } rv = sgn_end(sgn, res); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "problem while sgn_end\n"); goto cleanup; } cleanup: if (infile) { pr_close(infile); } if (sgn) { sgn_destroycontext(sgn, pr_true); } return rv; } /* * verify the signature using public key */ secstatus verifydata(cons...
...to cleanup; } vfy = vfy_createcontext(pk, sigitem, sec_oid_pkcs1_md5_with_rsa_encryption, pwdata); if (!vfy) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "unable to create context for verifying signature\n"); rv = secfailure; goto cleanup; } rv = vfy_begin(vfy); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "problem while vfy_begin\n"); goto cleanup; } while ((nb = pr_read(infile, ibuf, sizeof(ibuf))) > 0) { rv = vfy_update(vfy, ibuf, nb); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "problem while vfy_update\n"); goto cleanup; } } rv = vfy_end(vfy); if (rv != secsuccess) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "problem while vfy_end\n"); goto cleanup; } cleanup: if (infile) { pr_close(infile); } if (vfy) { vfy_destroycontext(vfy, pr_true); } return rv; } /* * write cryptographic parameters to header file */ secstatus writetoheade...
...this may take a few moments...\n\n"); privkey = pk11_generatekeypair(slot, mechanism,...

Notes on TLS - SSL 3.0 Intolerant Servers
ased browsers. see bug 59321. servers currently known to exhibit this intolerant behavior as of this writing, this problem has been reported for the following servers: (wherever there is an upgraded version which fixes the problem, it is indicated by an asterisked remark in the parentheses. ) domino-go-webserver/4.6.2.6 (and perhaps some later versions) ibm_http_server/1.3.6.3 or earlier (* update to 1.3.6.4) ibm_http_server/1.3.12.1 or earlier (* update to 1.3.12.2) java web server 2 osu/3.2 - decthreads http server for openvm stronghold/2.2 webmail v. 3.6.1 by infinite technologies (* update available) n.b. there might be servers other than those listed above which exhibit this problem. if you find such a server, feel free to add it to this page. for up-to-date information, you ca...
... free to add it to this page. for up-to-date information, you can read this bug 59321 which keeps a list of tls/ssl 3.0 intolerant servers. users: how to avoid this problem? netscape 6.1 preview release 1, or mozilla 0.9.1 and earlier these versions shipped with the tls option turned on as the default but with no way to deal with the problem servers. if you are using these old versions, please update to the latest netscape or mozilla versions. you can also avoid such a problem by editing an existing profile -- check the preference option setting at: edit | preferences | privacy and security | ssl | enable tls, and turn it off if it is on for these earlier browsers. netscape 6.1 or mozilla 0.9.2 and later these browsers shipped with the tls option on but also included a graceful rollback mec...
...der ssl certificate information. for instance, to check https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/, then visit http://toolbar.netcraft.com/site_rep...a.mozilla.org/. add the information on such a server (software, url) to bug 59321 at bugzilla. (note: you will be asked to provide your email address before you can file a bug at bugzilla.) original document information author : katsuhiko momoi last updated date: january 27th, 2003 copyright © 2001-2003 netscape. all rights reserved. ...

Python binding for NSS
n they are loaded, but earlier code failed to to that. it's is not likely that an previous code was failing to pass initialization data or the der_is_signed flag so this change should be backwards compatible. fix bug #922247, pkcs12decoder.database_import() method. importing into a nss database would sometimes fail or segfault. error codes and descriptions were updated from upstream nspr & nss. the password callback did not allow for breaking out of a password prompting loop, now if none is returned from the password callback the password prompting is terminated. nss.nss_shutdown_context now called from initcontext destructor, this assures the context is shutdown even if the programmer forgot to. it's still best to explicitl...
...cess. add prnetaddr_port() utility to hide host vs. network byte order requirements when accessing the port inside a prnetaddr and simplify accessing the ipv4 vs. ipv6 port variants. replace the use of pr_initializenetaddr() with pr_setnetaddr(), the later properly handles ipv6, the former did not. rename networkaddress.addr to networkaddress.pr_netaddr for naming consistency. ...
... replace incorrect use of free() with pymem_free for string data returned by python's utf-8 encoder. add header dependency information to setup.py so modules will be rebuilt when header files change. add utility tuple_str() to convert a tuple to a string representation by calling str() on each object in the tuple. ...

S/MIME functions
nss_cmscontentinfo_setcontent_envelopeddata mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmscontentinfo_setcontent_signeddata mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsdecoder_cancel mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsdecoder_finish mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsdecoder_start mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsdecoder_update mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsdigestcontext_cancel mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsdigestcontext_finishmultiple mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsdigestcontext_finishsingle mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsdigestcontext_startmultiple mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsdigestcontext_startsingle ...
...ext_cancel mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsdigestcontext_finishmultiple mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsdigestcontext_finishsingle mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsdigestcontext_startmultiple mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsdigestcontext_startsingle mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsdigestcontext_update mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsdigesteddata_create mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsdigesteddata_destroy mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsdigesteddata_getcontentinfo mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsderencode mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsencoder_cancel mxr 3.2 and later ...
...r 3.2 and later nss_cmsdigesteddata_getcontentinfo mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsderencode mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsencoder_cancel mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsencoder_finish mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsencoder_start mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsencoder_update mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsencrypteddata_create mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsencrypteddata_destroy mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsencrypteddata_getcontentinfo mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsenvelopeddata_addrecipient mxr 3.2 and later nss_cmsenvelopeddata_create mxr ...

Rhino Debugger
r whenever the execution is about to return from a function or script. moving up and down the stack the lower-left (dockable) pane in the debugger main window contains a combo-box labeled "context:" which displays the current stack of the executing script. you may move up and down the stack by selecting an entry in the combo-box. when you select a stack frame the variables and watch windows are updated to reflect the names and values of the variables visible at that scope. setting and clearing breakpoints the main desktop of the debugger contains file windows which display the contents of each script you are debugging. you may set a breakpoint in a script by doing one of the following: place the cursor on the line at which you want to set a breakpoint and right-click with the mouse. this...
...ontains a tab-pane with two tabs, labeled "this" and "locals". each pane contains a tree-table which displays the properties of the current object and currently visible local variables, respectively. this the properties of the current object are displayed in the this table. if a property is itself a javascript object the property may be expanded to show its sub-properties. ...
...the property may be expanded to show its sub-properties. the this table is updated each time control returns to the debugger or when you change the stack location in the context: window. locals the local variables of the current function are displayed in the locals table. if a variable is itself a javascript object the variable may be expanded to show its sub-properties. the locals table is updated each time control returns to the debugger or when you change the stack location in the context: window watch window you may enter arbitrary javascript expressions in the watch: table located in the lower-right (dockable) pane in the debugger main window. the expressions you enter are re-evaluated in the current scope and their current values displayed each time control returns to the debugge...

SpiderMonkey 1.8.5
easy to detect and updating the code is a fairly straightforward job. here is a list of the most significant changes. previous versions of spidermonkey supported two types of native functions: jsnative and jsfastnative. all support for the slow native function type has been removed, and the fast signature has been renamed to jsnative. embeddings that defined jsnatives in previous versions must update all those functions to the new signature. getters and setters of type jspropertyop took an id parameter of type jsval. the type of the parameter has been changed to jsid. many getters and setters simply ignore the id anyway; if the value is needed, use js_idtovalue. the type of setters has changed from jspropertyop to jsstrictpropertyop (to accomodate es5 strict mode). to migrate, simply add a ...
...ely interchange jsid and jsval. they are no longer compatible; using js_valuetoid and js_idtovalue to convert between the two is mandatory. jsnative, jsfastnative previous versions of jsapi supported two types of native functions -- jsnative and jsfastnative. the so-called "slow natives" are no longer supported; as such jsfastnative has been renamed to jsnative and relevant interfaces have been updated accordingly. embedders converting functions from old-jsnative to new-jsnative (jsfastnative) should study the jsfastnative documentation thoroughly, and pay particular that they do not reference negative indices of argv in spidermonkey 1.8.5; the js_callee, js_this, etc. macros must be used instead. see bug 581263. global objects global objects have been specialized, and must be be created with ...
...ncodestringtobuffer (not an exhaustive list). numbers spidermonkey 1.8.5 now stores integers up to 32-bits in the jsval. this means that the int_fits_in_jsval macro is always returns true (be careful to only use this macro with jsints, not 64-bit integers). the jsval now also stores jsdoubles directly, rather than storing them on the heap. the jsval_to_double and double_to_jsval macros have been updated to work directly on jsdoubles rather than their pointers, and the js_newdoublevalue and js_newdouble interfaces have been removed. javascript shell changes there are many new built-in functions in the javascript shell, mostly useful for testing spidermonkey. the scatter function has been removed, and a shell worker class (similar to html dom workers) has been added. known issues mac os x 10.5 (l...

Web Replay
devtools' debugger and console can be used to inspect and control the replay. ...
...eplaying process extensions during initialization the child process spawns a thread that does not participate in the recording — any ipc or other system calls it performs are live, even when replaying. this thread sends and receives messages from the middleman. messages describe actions the child process is able to do independently from the recording; currently this includes sending graphics updates, taking and restoring process snapshots, and responding to debugger requests. rewinding infrastructure a child process can be rewound to an earlier state in response to a message from the middleman. after a recording process rewinds, it becomes a replaying process. rewinding happens by periodically taking memory snapshots during execution, and then later restoring them. care must be taken f...
...here are the main differences: explicit commands must be sent to the debugger to control execution. the replayresumebackward() and replayresumeforward() members may be called to resume execution, and the replaypause() member may be called to pause execution at the next opportunity. a child process can only pause at breakpoints and at snapshot points (currently these only happen when graphics updates are performed, at which point there is no js on the stack). there is a new onpopframe handler, which is needed when doing reverse-step-in operations. operations on the debuggee which require interaction with the system will fail. these operations may be property accesses, evals, or object calls, and an example is accessing the font property of a canvasrenderingcontext2d. failed operations cu...

Mozilla Projects
umber of functions and capabilities, including: mccoy mccoy uses xulrunner which is bound to break, for details see this post. mozilla calls mccoy a "simple system" which is a clear sign that something probably is not working, and indeed, is not. ...
...mccoy mccoy uses xulrunner which is bound to break, for details see this post. mozilla calls mccoy a "simple system" which is a clear sign that something probably is not working, and indeed, is not. mccoy is an application that allows add-on authors to provide secure updates to their users. applications periodically look for and install updates to their add-ons. it's important that the update information retrieved has not been tampered with since being written by the add-on author. specifically, it focuses on the process of digitally signing update manifests so the applications can verify the integrity of a manifest retrieved over normally insecure channels. midas m...
...or sync (which is a misnomer, since it doesn't do any profiling), and it should not be confused with the similarly named tests in talos. web replay web replay allows firefox content processes to record their behavior, replay it later, and rewind to earlier states. replaying processes preserve all the same js behavior, dom structures, graphical updates, and most other behaviors that occurred while recording. webreplayroadmap this document describes existing, planned, and potential features for the firefox developer tools that are based on web replay, along with their ui. the low level, yet flexible architecture (described here) provides an extremely powerful platform for implemen...

Manipulating bookmarks using Places
renced by the id newbkmkid. the item uri similarly, you can obtain the uri corresponding to a given bookmark item by calling the nsinavbookmarksservice.getbookmarkuri() method. var thisuri = bmsvc.getbookmarkuri(newbkmkid); assuming you've run all the code samples previous to this one, this will output "http://google.com". you can use the nsinavbookmarksservice.changebookmarkuri() method to update the uri for a given bookmark item: var uri = ios.newuri("http://mozilla.com/", null, null); bmsvc.changebookmarkuri(newbkmkid, uri); this example changes the bookmark to refer to the mozilla web site instead of google. note: all annotations, tags, and so forth are kept when the bookmark's uri is changed. checking to see if a uri is bookmarked if you want to see if a given uri is already boo...
... set up an observer to listen for changes related to bookmarks, you will need to create an nsinavbookmarkobserver object and use the nsinavbookmarksservice.addobserver() and nsinavbookmarksservice.removeobserver() methods. note that this example takes advantage of xpcomutils to generate the nsisupports.queryinterface() method. ...
...hanges related to bookmarks, you will need to create an nsinavbookmarkobserver object and use the nsinavbookmarksservice.addobserver() and nsinavbookmarksservice.removeobserver() methods. note that this example takes advantage of xpcomutils to generate the nsisupports.queryinterface() method. ...

Observer Notifications
nsiappwindow called just after a xul window is made visible. browsing-context-discarded browsingcontext called while a browsingcontext is being discarded. by this point, the browsingcontext will have been detached from its browsingcontextgroup and parent windowcontext, and removed from any browsingcontext tree it was a part of. this is sent before browsingcontext::closed() is updated. window-global-created windowglobalparent called just after a windowglobalparent is initialized. a windowglobal actor has a lifetime matching that of an nsglobalwindowinner. window-global-destroyed windowglobalparent called just before a windowglobalparent is destroyed. by this point, the wgp being destroyed will have cleaned up most of its state, including its brow...
...e login manager's database. passwordmgr-storage-changed hostsavingenabled host saving has been enabled. passwordmgr-storage-changed hostsavingdisabled host saving has been disabled. places this topic indicates when actions related to places (the history and bookmarks database) occur. topic data description places-autocomplete-feedback-updated sent when places updates the location bar's autocompletion display. places-connection-closed sent after places has closed its database connection. once this has been sent, no places features will work. places-connection-closing sent as the last notification before the places service closes its database connection. warning: this is for internal use...
...en the user requests to preview a lightweight theme, but before existing windows are styled with the new theme. lightweight-theme-change-requested json sent to indicate that the user has chosen a new theme in the add-ons manager, but before the change takes effect. lightweight-theme-changed - sent after the current theme is changed. lightweight-theme-styling-update json sent when the current theme being used is changed; this is sent even when the user is previewing a theme, not just when the theme is actually selected. lightweight-theme-list-changed - the list of available lightweight themes has changed. developer tools these topics let you know about things that have happened related to firefox's built-in developer tools. ...

amIInstallTrigger
constant value description skin 1 locale 2 content 4 package 7 methods enabled() tests if installation is enabled.
....3 / seamonkey 2.1) method overview boolean enabled(); boolean install(in nsivariant aargs, [optional] in amiinstallcallback acallback); boolean installchrome(in pruint32 atype, in astring aurl, in astring askin); deprecated since gecko 2.0 boolean startsoftwareupdate(in astring aurl, [optional] in print32 aflags); deprecated since gecko 2.0 boolean updateenabled(); deprecated since gecko 2.0 constants retained for backwards compatibility. constant value description skin 1 locale 2 content 4 package 7 methods enabled() tests if installation is enabled. boolean enabled(); parameters none. return value install() starts a new installation of a...
...ng a new add-on. this method is deprecated, please use install() in the future. boolean installchrome( in pruint32 atype, in astring aurl, in astring askin ); parameters atype unused, retained for backwards compatibility. aurl the url of the add-on. askin unused, retained for backwards compatibility. return value true if the installation was successfully started. startsoftwareupdate starts installing a new add-on. boolean startsoftwareupdate( in astring aurl, in print32 aflags optional ); parameters aurl the url of the add-on. aflags optional unused, retained for backwards compatibility. return value true if the installation was successfully started. updateenabled tests if installation is enabled. boolean updateenabled(); parameters none. return value...

mozIVisitInfoCallback
void handleerror( in nsresult aresultcode, in moziplaceinfo aplaceinfo ); parameters aresultcode nsresult indicating the reason why...
...leerror() called when a moziplaceinfo couldn't be processed. void handleerror( in nsresult aresultcode, in moziplaceinfo aplaceinfo ); parameters aresultcode nsresult indicating the reason why the change failed. aplaceinfo the information that was unable to be processed. handleresult() called for each visit added, title change, or guid change when passed to moziasynchistory.updateplaces(). if more than one operation is done for a given visit, this method is only called once (for all changes at once). void handleresult( in moziplaceinfo aplaceinfo ); parameters aplaceinfo the information that was entered into the database. oncomplete() obsolete since gecko 8.0 (firefox 8.0 / thunderbird 8.0 / seamonkey 2.5) called for each visit added...
..., this method is only called once (for all changes at once). void handleresult( in moziplaceinfo aplaceinfo ); parameters aplaceinfo the information that was entered into the database. oncomplete() obsolete since gecko 8.0 (firefox 8.0 / thunderbird 8.0 / seamonkey 2.5) called for each visit added, title change, or guid change when passed to moziasynchistory.updateplaces(). void oncomplete( in nsresult aresultcode, in moziplaceinfo aplaceinfo ); parameters aresultcode nsresult of the change indicating success or failure reason. aplaceinfo the information that was being entered into the database. notes this method was replaced by the separate handleresult() and handleerror() methods in gecko 8.0 (firefox 8.0 / thunderbird 8.0 / seamonk...

nsIAutoCompleteObserver
toolkit/components/autocomplete/public/nsiautocompletesearch.idlscriptable please add a summary to this article. ...
...result the search result object. ...
...pdatesearchresult(in nsiautocompletesearch search, in nsiautocompleteresult result); methods onsearchresult() called when a search is complete and the results are ready. void onsearchresult( in nsiautocompletesearch search, in nsiautocompleteresult result ); parameters search the search object that processed this search. result the search result object. onupdatesearchresult() called to update with new results. void onupdatesearchresult( in nsiautocompletesearch search, in nsiautocompleteresult result ); parameters search the search object that processed this search. result the search result object. ...

ExtensionManager (Toolkit)
the extensionmanager follows the nsiextensionmanager api. note: this api is obsolete starting in gecko 2.0, and has been replaced by the new add-on manager. ...
... the extensionmanager follows the nsiextensionmanager api. note: this api is obsolete starting in gecko 2.0, and has been replaced by the new add-on manager. ...
... the extensionmanager follows the nsiextensionmanager api. note: this api is obsolete starting in gecko 2.0, and has been replaced by the new add-on manager. ...

nsIGeolocationProvider
ion has been discovered. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.9.1 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.9.2 (firefox 3.6 / thunderbird 3.1 / fennec 1.0) this must be called on the main thread interface provides location information to the nsgeolocator via the nsidomgeolocationcallback interface. after startup() is called, any geo location change should call callback.update(). the nsigeolocationprovider interface provides information about the current users location to interested parties via nsigeolocationupdate. after the provider has been initialized, any changes to location should call callback.onrequest(). you may find the wifi access point monitoring service useful if you wish to implement support for wifi-based location services. see dom/src/geolocation/networ...
...uld call callback.onrequest(). you may find the wifi access point monitoring service useful if you wish to implement support for wifi-based location services. see dom/src/geolocation/networkgeolocationprovider.js for an example of how to write a geolocation provider. method overview boolean isready(); obsolete since gecko 1.9.2 void shutdown(); void startup(); void watch(in nsigeolocationupdate callback); methods isready() obsolete since gecko 1.9.2 (firefox 3.6 / thunderbird 3.1 / fennec 1.0) reports whether or not the device is ready and has a position. boolean isready(); parameters none. return value true if the device is ready and has a position available to return; otherwise false. shutdown() shuts down the location device. void shutdown(); parameters...
...ready and has a position available to return; otherwise false. shutdown() shuts down the location device. void shutdown(); parameters none. startup() start up the provider. this is called before any other method and may be called multiple times. void startup(); parameters none. watch() attaches a callback listener to be notified when a location change is observed. void watch( in nsigeolocationupdate callback ); parameters callback an nsigeolocationupdate to be notified when position changes. your location provider should call this routine whenever new position data is available. see also using geolocation w3c geolocation specification ...

nsILivemarkService
long long createlivemark( in long long folder, in astring name, in nsiuri siteuri, in nsiuri feeduri, in long index ); parameters folder the id of the parent folder. name the name to show when displaying the livemark. siteuri the uri of the site from which the livemark was created. feeduri the uri of the...
... see also places livemark service nsinavbookmarksservice ...
...identifies a folder that isn't a livemark container; also if the siteuri argument isn't a valid nsiuri object (or null) start() this method starts the livemark refresh timer. being able to manually control this allows activity such as bookmarks import to occur without kicking off http traffic. void start(); parameters none. stopupdatelivemarks() stop the livemark refresh timer. void stopupdatelivemarks(); parameters none. see also places livemark service nsinavbookmarksservice ...

nsIMicrosummaryGenerator
ryservice.idlscriptable this interface provides access to a microsummary that has been installed in firefox. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.8 obsolete gecko 6.0 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) warning: microsummary support was removed in gecko 6.0 (firefox 6.0 / thunderbird 6.0 / seamonkey 2.3) method overview long calculateupdateinterval(in nsidomnode apagecontent); boolean equals(in nsimicrosummarygenerator aother); astring generatemicrosummary(in nsidomnode apagecontent); attributes attribute type description loaded boolean has the generator itself (which may be a remote resource) been loaded. read only. localuri nsiuri for generators installed by the user or bundled with the browser, the local uri points...
... generator. read only. needspagecontent boolean whether or not this generator needs page content to generate a microsummary. microsummaries generated by xslt templates need page content, while those which represent the actual microsummary do not. read only. uri nsiuri the canonical location and unique identifier of the generator. it tells us where the generator comes from and where to go for updates. read only. for generators referenced by web pages via <link> tags, this uri is the url specified by the tag. for generators installed via nsisidebar.addmicrosummarygenerator(), this uri is a urn of the form urn:source:<url>, where <url> is the remote location from which we installed the generator. for generators installed via some other mechanism (for example an extension that dynamically creat...
...r generators installed via some other mechanism (for example an extension that dynamically creates generators), this uri is a urn in a form of the extension's own choosing, with the only restriction being that the uri be globally unique. to ensure this, we recommend that such extensions incorporate uuids created by nsiuuidgenerator into the urns of the generators they create. methods calculateupdateinterval() calculates the interval until the microsummary should be updated for the next time, depending on the page content. if the generator doesn't specify an interval, null is returned. long calculateupdateinterval( in nsidomnode apagecontent ); parameters apagecontent the content of the page being summarized. return value the interval in milliseconds until the next update request. equals...

nsIMicrosummaryObserver
onelementappended() called when an element is appended to a microsummary set. void onelementappe...
... / seamonkey 2.3) method overview void oncontentloaded(in nsimicrosummary microsummary); void onelementappended(in nsimicrosummary microsummary); void onerror(in nsimicrosummary microsummary); methods oncontentloaded() called when an observed microsummary updates its content. since an observer might watch multiple microsummaries at the same time, the microsummary whose content has been updated gets passed to this handler. void oncontentloaded( in nsimicrosummary microsummary ); parameters microsummary the microsummary whose content has just been updated. onelementappended() called when an element is appended to a microsummary set. void onelementappended( in nsimicrosummary microsummary ); parameters microsummary the microsummary that has just been appended to the set. onerro...
...ry microsummary ); parameters microsummary the microsummary whose content has just been updated. onelementappended() called when an element is appended to a microsummary set. void onelementappended( in nsimicrosummary microsummary ); parameters microsummary the microsummary that has just been appended to the set. onerror() called when an observed microsummary encounters an error during an update. void onerror( in nsimicrosummary microsummary ); parameters microsummary the microsumary which could not be updated. see also microsummary topics creating a microsummary ...

nsIMsgDatabase
d long len2); native code only! ...
... speed up saved search folders. ...
...lders. ...

nsINavHistoryResultObserver
1.0 66 introduced gecko 2.0 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 11.0 (firefox 11.0 / thunderbird 11.0 / seamonkey 2.8) note: in gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1), this interface replaced the older nsinavhistoryresultviewer interface, which only allowed one client at a time. ...
...ributes attribute type description result nsinavhistoryresult the nsinavhistoryresult this observer monitors. although this attribute is read-write, you should not alter it directly; instead, call nsinavhistoryresult.addobserver() to add an observer to a result. methods batching() lets the observer know when a batch operation in places is about to start or end. the observer can then pause updates or events until the batch is completed, so that it won't handle the large number of updates that are about to be notified. this is especially useful when updating user interfaces, to avoid flicker or continuous selection changes, which may result in performance degradation (for example, if updating a view for each update). void batching( in boolean atogglemode ); parameters atogglemode speci...
...title the new title of the node. nodeurichanged() called right after the uri of a node has changed. void nodeurichanged( in nsinavhistoryresultnode anode, in autf8string anewuri ); parameters anode the node whose uri has changed. anewuri the node's new uri. sortingchanged() this is called to indicate to the ui that the sort has changed to the given mode. for trees, for example, this would update the column headers to reflect the sorting. for many other types of views, this will not be applicable. void sortingchanged( in unsigned short sortingmode ); parameters sortingmode one of the nsinavhistoryqueryoptions.sorting methods, indicating the new sorting mode. ...

nsISelectionPrivate
see the idl file linked above for up-to-date information. ...
... void endbatchchanges(); parameters none. native code only!getcachedframeoffset returns cached value for nstextframe::getpointfromoffset. void getcachedframeoffset( in nsiframe aframe, in print32 inoffset, in nspointref apoint ); parameters aframe inoffset apoint getenumerator() nsienumerator getenumerator(); paramete...
...sshell native code only!settextrangestyle set the painting style for the range. the range must be a range in the selection. the textrangestyle will be used by text frame when it is painting the selection. void settextrangestyle( in nsidomrange range, in consttextrangestyleref textrangestyle ); parameters range textrangestyle startbatchchanges() will stop user interface updates while multiple selection methods are called. call endbatchchanges() to resume user interface updates. void startbatchchanges(); parameters none. tostringwithformat() wstring tostringwithformat( in string formattype, in unsigned long flags, in print32 wrapcolumn ); parameters formattype flags wrapcolumn return value ...

Mail and RDF
mozilla mail exposes many of it's data structures to rdf through a few datasources. this allows exposure of mailnews-specific data to user interface using rdf templates. you should learn about rdf before reading this document or you will be hopelessly confused. overview of mail rdf graph the root resource for all accounts, folders and messages is the rdf resource named msgaccounts:/. from this resource, you can follow a number of arcs to find servers, folders, and finally messages. ...
...ng? what else do we store?) datasources are created when each window's javascript is loaded by declaring the datasource variables in the source javascript as global variables. in the document's onload= handler the datasources are attached to their respective widgets by setting the database property on each rdf template's parent element. reflecting data to rdf in order to have a dynamic ui that updates when the underlying content changes, a datasource must implement two key methods of reflecting data into rdf. answering queries: when rdf asks for information about a resource, datasources answer with the results of the query. asynchronously notifying rdf when the data itself changes, rdf needs to be notified. the details answering queries mail uses rdf resource factories to attach mail-...
...folder datasource registers itself with the mail session as a folder listener rdf template registers itself with the datasource as a content observer. notification: folder data changes. folder notifies mail session that it's data changed. mail session notifies folder listeners that the folder has changed. folder datasource notifies rdf content observers of the changes. content observers update ui. an aside: rational behind the design after reviewing this design, it might seem unnecessary to have the double-levels of notification/registration. why can't folders directly notify the rdf content observers when things change? here is the rational behind this design: it keeps all rdf datasource-related code in one place and out of the messages and folders themselves. this allows the m...

Mail composition back end
by richard h. ...
... ns_imethod onstatus(const char *amsgid, - the message id for the message being sent const prunichar *amsg) = 0; - a message concerning the status of the send operation onstopsending the onstopsending interface is called when the sending operation has completed. this will be called in the case of both success and failure. ...
... createandsendmessage the onprogress interface is called with progress notification of the send later operation. ns_imethod onprogress( pruint32 acurrentmessage, - the current message being sent pruint32 atotalmessage) = 0; - the total messages to be sent createandsendmessage the onstatus gives the listener status updates for the current operation. ns_imethod onstatus( const prunichar *amsg) = 0; - the progress so far createandsendmessage the onstopsending interface is called when the send later operation has completed. ns_imethod onstopsending( nsresult astatus, - the resulting status for the send operation ...

Mail event system
interfaces the key interfaces here are: nsifolder.idl is an interface for storing a hierarchy of objects with properties. this interface is not (should not be) mail-related. ...
... interfaces the key interfaces here are: nsifolder.idl is an interface for storing a hierarchy of objects with properties. this interface is not (should not be) mail-related. nsifolders each store individual lists of folder listeners which are maintained with addlistener() and removelistener(). ...
...sages": this->notifyintpropertychanged(ktotalmessagesatom, 4, 5);. notifypropertychanged broadcasts this event to each its nsifolderlisteners by calling onitemintpropertychanged on each listener: listener->onintpropertychanged(this, ktotalmessagesatom, 4, 5); the dialog is one of these folder-specific listeners. in its implementation of onintpropertychanged, it uses this information to update the message count in the dialog. notifypropertychanged then broadcasts this event to the mail session: mailsession->onintpropertychanged(this, ktotalmessagesatom, 4, 5); the mail session rebroadcasts this information to each of the global listeners that has been registered with it. for each global listener, it calls onintpropertychanged: listener->onintpropertychanged(folder, ktotalmes...

Plugin Roadmap for Firefox - Plugins
with firefox 56 in september 2017, firefox for android will remove all support for plugins (bug 1381916). 2019 in september 2019, firefox 69 will remove the "always activate" flash option so we always ask for user permission before activating flash on a website. 2020 in december 2020, flash support will be completely removed from consumer versions of firefox. adobe will stop shipping security updates for flash at the end of 2020. see also mozilla firefox october 2015 - npapi plugins in firefox july 2016 - reducing adobe flash usage in firefox july 2017 - firefox roadmap for flash end-of-life adobe flash november 2015 - flash, html5 and open web standards july 2017 - flash & the future of interactive content google chrome flash roadmap sep 2013 - saying goodbye to our old ...
... 2020. ...
...deprecation november 2014 - the final countdown for npapi august 2016 - flash and chrome december 2016 - roll-out plan for html5 by default july 2017 - saying goodbye to flash in chrome microsoft edge and internet explorer april 2016 - putting users in control of flash december 2016 - extending user control of flash with click-to-run july 2017 - flash on windows timeline august 2019 - update on removing flash from microsoft edge and internet explorer apple safari june 2016 - next steps for legacy plug-ins july 2017 - adobe announces flash distribution and updates to end ...

Debugging service workers - Firefox Developer Tools
ur service worker in any case, when the service worker is successfully registered, you'll see information about it displayed in the application > service workers view (along with any other service workers registered on the same domain): this gives you a variety of information about your service worker: the url that the service worker is registered on. that last time the service worker was updated (if the service has not been updated, this is when it was first installed). the path to the service worker source file. the server worker’s status, which can be one of the following: stopped: the service worker is installed, but not currently running. when the service worker is stopped, a start button is provided to start it running, allowing you to trigger the service worker lifecycle...
... allowing you to trigger the service worker lifecycle. running: the service worker is running. there are a couple of other useful controls on this view, too. unregister on the right-hand side of the service workers view there is an unregister button, which when pressed unregisters the service worker. this is very useful because, once registered, the service worker will not necessarily update to the new version immediately, which can make debugging a pain. from updating your service worker: if your service worker has previously been installed, but then a new version of the worker is available on refresh or page load, the new version is installed in the background, but not yet activated. it is only activated when there are no longer any pages loaded that are still using the old servi...
...s you two options: delete all — delete all caches under this origin. delete "name of cache" — delete only the highlighted cache. you can also click on one of the individual items stored in the cache, then right/ctrl click on it to get options for deleting just that item, or every item in the cache. these options make it much easier to remove a cache if it is required for testing a code update. it is also worth knowing that if you are testing an app's offline capabilities, you'll be able to see whether requests are being retrieved from a service worker-initiated cache rather than from the network by looking at network monitor. resources retrieved from the cache are indicated with service worker in the transferred column. note: there is currently a bug whereby the network monitor ...

Animating CSS properties - Firefox Developer Tools
can also give better performance, as they give the browser more control over when to render frames, and to drop frames if necessary. however, the performance cost of modifying a css property can vary from one property to another. animating expensive css properties can result in jank as the browser struggles to hit a smooth frame rate. the css rendering waterfall the process the browser uses to update the page when a css property has changed can be described as a waterfall consisting of the following steps: recalculate style: every time a css property for an element changes, the browser must recalculate computed styles. layout: next, the browser uses the computed styles to figure out the position and geometry for the elements. this operation is labeled "layout" but is also sometimes call...
...the elements. this operation is labeled "layout" but is also sometimes called "reflow". paint: finally, the browser needs to repaint the elements to the screen. one last step is not shown in this sequence: the page may be split into layers, which are painted independently and then combined in a process called "composition". this sequence needs to fit into a single frame, since the screen isn't updated until it is complete. it's commonly accepted that 60 frames per second is the rate at which animations will appear smooth. for a rate of 60 frames per second, that gives the browser 16.7 milliseconds to execute the complete flow. css property cost in the context of the rendering waterfall, some properties are more expensive than others: property type cost examples ...
...rigger a style recalculation, a layout and a repaint. left max-width border-width margin-left font-size properties that don't affect geometry or position, but are not rendered in their own layer, do not trigger a layout. color properties that are rendered in their own layer don't even trigger a repaint, because the update is handled in composition. transform opacity the css triggers website shows how much of the waterfall is triggered for each css property, with information for most css properties by browser engine. an example: margin versus transform in this section we'll see how the waterfall can highlight the difference between animating using margin and animating using transform. the i...

Waterfall - Firefox Developer Tools
f thing your site is doing: javascript-heavy sites will have a lot of orange, while visually dynamic sites will have a lot of purple and green. but there are common patterns which can alert you to possible performance problems. rendering waterfall one pattern that you'll often see in the waterfall view is something like this: this is a visualization of the basic algorithm the browser uses to update the page in response to some event: javascript function call: some event - for example, a dom event - causes some javascript in the page to run. the javascript changes some of the page's dom or cssom. recalculate style: if the browser thinks the computed styles for page elements have changed, it must then recalculate them. layout: next, the browser uses the computed styles to figure out the ...
...the elements. this operation is labeled "layout" but is also sometimes called "reflow". paint: finally, the browser needs to repaint the elements to the screen. one last step is not shown in this sequence: the page may be split into layers, which are painted independently and then combined in a process called "composition". this sequence needs to fit into a single frame, since the screen isn't updated until it is complete. it's commonly accepted that 60 frames per second is the rate at which animations will appear smooth. for a rate of 60 frames per second, that gives the browser 16.7 milliseconds to execute the complete flow. importantly for responsiveness, the browser doesn't always have to go through every step: css animations update the page without having to run any javascript. not ...
...esn't even have to repaint when the element is moved: the new position of the element is handled in composition. the animating css properties article shows how animating different css properties can give different performance outcomes, and how the waterfall can help signal that. blocking javascript by default, a site's javascript is executed in the same thread that the browser uses for layout updates, repaints, dom events, and so on. this means that long-running javascript functions can cause unresponsiveness (jank): animations may not be smooth, or the site might even freeze. using the frame rate tool and the waterfall together, it's easy to see when long-running javascript is causing responsiveness problems. in the screenshot below, we've zoomed in on a js function that's caused a drop in...

AudioContext.createMediaElementSource() - Web APIs
mymediaelement an htmlmediaelement object that you want to feed into an audio processing graph to manipulate. returns a mediaelementaudiosourcenode. example this simple example creates a source from an <audio> element using createmediaelementsource(), then passes the audio through a gainnode before feeding it into the audiodestinationnode for playback. when the mouse pointer is moved, the updatepage() function is invoked, which calculates the current gain as a ratio of mouse y position divided by overall window height. you can therefore increase and decrease the volume of the playing music by moving the mouse pointer up and down. note: you can also view this example running live, or view the source. var audioctx = new (window.audiocontext || window.webkitaudiocontext)(); var myaudio ...
...e.pagey : event.clienty + (document.documentelement.scrolltop ? document.documentelement.scrolltop : document.body.scrolltop); gainnode.gain.value = cury/height; } // connect the audiobuffersourcenode to the gainnode // and the gainnode to the destination, so we can play the // music and adjust the volume using the mouse cursor sou...
...e.pagey : event.clienty + (document.documentelement.scrolltop ? document.documentelement.scrolltop : document.body.scrolltop); gainnode.gain.value = cury/height; } // connect the audiobuffersourcenode to the gainnode // and the gainnode to the destination, so we can play the // music and adjust the volume using the mouse cursor source.connect(gainnode);...

Gamepad.timestamp - Web APIs
note: this property is not currently supported anywhere. ...
... note: this property is not currently supported anywhere. ...
... note: this property is not currently supported anywhere. syntax readonly attribute domhighrestimestamp timestamp; example var gp = navigator.getgamepads()[0]; console.log(gp.timestamp); value a domhighrestimestamp. ...

HTMLDialogElement.close() - Web APIs
return value void. ...
... id="favanimal" name="favanimal"> <option></option> <option>brine shrimp</option> <option>red panda</option> <option>spider monkey</option> </select></p> </section> <menu> <button id="cancel" type="reset">cancel</button> <button type="submit">confirm</button> </menu> </form> </dialog> <menu> <button id="updatedetails">update details</button> </menu> <script> (function() { var updatebutton = document.getelementbyid('updatedetails'); var cancelbutton = document.getelementbyid('cancel'); var dialog = document.getelementbyid('favdialog'); dialog.returnvalue = 'favanimal'; function opencheck(dialog) { if(dialog.open) { console.log('dialog open'); ...
... updatebutton = document.getelementbyid('updatedetails'); var cancelbutton = document.getelementbyid('cancel'); var dialog = document.getelementbyid('favdialog'); dialog.returnvalue = 'favanimal'; function opencheck(dialog) { if(dialog.open) { console.log('dialog open'); } else { console.log('dialog closed'); } } // update button opens a modal dialog updatebutton.addeventlistener('click', function() { dialog.showmodal(); opencheck(dialog); }); // form cancel button closes the dialog box cancelbutton.addeventlistener('click', function() { dialog.close('animalnotchosen'); opencheck(dialog); }); })(); </script> note: you can find this example on g...

HTMLDialogElement.returnValue - Web APIs
<p><label>favorite animal: <select name="favanimal" required> <option></option> <option>brine shrimp</option> <option>red panda</option> <option>spider monkey</option> </select> </label></p> <menu> <button>cancel</button> <button>confirm</button> </menu> </form> </dialog> <menu> <button id="updatedetails">update details</button> </menu> <script> (function() { var updatebutton = document.getelementbyid('updatedetails'); var dialog = document.getelementbyid('favdialog'); dialog.returnvalue = 'favanimal'; function opencheck(dialog) { if (dialog.open) { console.log('dialog open'); } else { console.log('dialog closed'); ...
... specifications specification status comment ...
... specifications specification status comment html living standardthe definition of 'returnvalue' in t...

IDBRequest.readyState - Web APIs
ate; value the idbrequestreadystate of the request, which takes one of the following two values: value meaning pending the request is pending. done the request is done. example the following example requests a given record title, onsuccess gets the associated record from the idbobjectstore (made available as objectstoretitlerequest.result), updates one property of the record, and then puts the updated record back into the object store in another request. the readystate of the 2nd request is logged to the developer console. for a full working example, see our to-do notifications app (view example live.) var title = "walk dog"; // open up a transaction as usual var objectstore = db.transaction(['todolist'], "readwrite").objectstore('todoli...
..."walk dog"; // open up a transaction as usual var objectstore = db.transaction(['todolist'], "readwrite").objectstore('todolist'); // get the to-do list object that has this title as it's title var objectstoretitlerequest = objectstore.get(title); objectstoretitlerequest.onsuccess = function() { // grab the data object returned as the result var data = objectstoretitlerequest.result; // update the notified value in the object to "yes" data.notified = "yes"; // create another request that inserts the item // back into the database var updatetitlerequest = objectstore.put(data); // log the source of this request console.log("the readystate of this request is " + updatetitlerequest.readystate); // when this new request succeeds, run the displaydata() // function again t...
...he notified value in the object to "yes" data.notified = "yes"; // create another request that inserts the item // back into the database var updatetitlerequest = objectstore.put(data); // log the source of this request console.log("the readystate of this request is " + updatetitlerequest.readystate); // when this new request succeeds, run the displaydata() // function again to update the display updatetitlerequest.onsuccess = function() { displaydata(); }; }; specifications specification status comment indexed database api 2.0the definition of 'readystate' in that specification. recommendation indexed database api draftthe definition of 'readystate' in that specification. recommendation browser compatibility ...

IDBRequest.source - Web APIs
ers. syntax var idbindex = request.source; var idbcursor = request.source; var idbobjectstore = request.source; value an object representing the source of the request, such as an idbindex, idbobjectstore or idbcursor. example the following example requests a given record title, onsuccess gets the associated record from the idbobjectstore (made available as objectstoretitlerequest.result), updates one property of the record, and then puts the updated record back into the object store in another request. the source of the 2nd request is logged to the developer console. for a full working example, see our to-do notifications app (view example live.) var title = "walk dog"; // open up a transaction as usual var objectstore = db.transaction(['todolist'], "readwrite").objectstore('todolist')...
... "walk dog"; // open up a transaction as usual var objectstore = db.transaction(['todolist'], "readwrite").objectstore('todolist'); // get the to-do list object that has this title as its title var objectstoretitlerequest = objectstore.get(title); objectstoretitlerequest.onsuccess = function() { // grab the data object returned as the result var data = objectstoretitlerequest.result; // update the notified value in the object to "yes" data.notified = "yes"; // create another request that inserts the item // back into the database var updatetitlerequest = objectstore.put(data); // log the source of this request console.log("the source of this request is " + updatetitlerequest.source); // when this new request succeeds, run the displaydata() // function again to update ...
...value in the object to "yes" data.notified = "yes"; // create another request that inserts the item // back into the database var updatetitlerequest = objectstore.put(data); // log the source of this request console.log("the source of this request is " + updatetitlerequest.source); // when this new request succeeds, run the displaydata() // function again to update the display updatetitlerequest.onsuccess = function() { displaydata(); }; }; specifications specification status comment indexed database api 2.0the definition of 'source' in that specification. recommendation indexed database api draftthe definition of 'source' in that specification. recommendation browser compatibility the compatibility table on this p...

Checking when a deadline is due - Web APIs
vent) { note.innerhtml += '<li>new item added to database.</li>'; title.value = ''; hours.value = null; minutes.value = null; day.value = 01; month.value = 'january'; year.value = 2020; }; } this next section creates a log message to say the new item addition is successful, and resets the form so it's ready for the next task to be entered. // update the display of data to show the newly added item, by running displaydata() again. displaydata(); }; last of all, we run the displaydata() function, which updates the display of data in the app to show the new task that was just entered. checking whether a deadline has been reached at this point our data is in the database; now we want to check whether any of the the deadlines have been reach...
..., but our data might. the notified == "no" check is designed to make sure you will only get one notification per to-do item. ...
...be set off on it again // first open up a tranaction as usual var objectstore = db.transaction(['todolist'], "readwrite").objectstore('todolist'); // get the to-do list object that has this title as it's title var request = objectstore.get(title); request.onsuccess = function() { // grab the data object returned as the result var data = request.result; // update the notified value in the object to "yes" data.notified = "yes"; // create another request that inserts the item back into the database var requestupdate = objectstore.put(data); // when this new request succeeds, run the displaydata() function again to update the display requestupdate.onsuccess = function() { displaydata(); } if the checks all match...

MediaElementAudioSourceNode - Web APIs
iaelement read only the htmlmediaelement used when constructing this mediastreamaudiosourcenode. methods inherits methods from its parent, audionode. example this simple example creates a source from an <audio> element using createmediaelementsource(), then passes the audio through a gainnode before feeding it into the audiodestinationnode for playback. when the mouse pointer is moved, the updatepage() function is invoked, which calculates the current gain as a ratio of mouse y position divided by overall window height. you can therefore increase and decrease the volume of the playing music by moving the mouse pointer up and down. note: you can also view this example running live, or view the source. var audioctx = new (window.audiocontext || window.webkitaudiocontext)(); var myaudio ...
...e.pagey : event.clienty + (document.documentelement.scrolltop ? document.documentelement.scrolltop : document.body.scrolltop); gainnode.gain.value = cury/height; } // connect the audiobuffersourcenode to the gainnode // and the gainnode to the destination, so we can play the // music and adjust the volume using the mouse cursor sou...
...e.pagey : event.clienty + (document.documentelement.scrolltop ? document.documentelement.scrolltop : document.body.scrolltop); gainnode.gain.value = cury/height; } // connect the audiobuffersourcenode to the gainnode // and the gainnode to the destination, so we can play the // music and adjust the volume using the mouse cursor source.connect(gainnode);...

PaymentRequest: shippingoptionchange event - Web APIs
shipping information, and for which shipping options are offered, the shippingoptionchange event is sent to the paymentrequest whenever the user chooses a shipping option from the list of available options. the string identifying the currently-selected shipping option can be found in the shippingoption property. bubbles no cancelable no interface paymentrequestupdateevent event handler property onshippingoptionchange examples this code snippet sets up a handler for the shippingoptionchange event. the code recalculates the total charge for the payment based on the selected shipping option. for example, if there are three options (such as "free ground shipping", "2-day air", and "next day"), each time the user chooses one of those options, t...
...pping", "2-day air", and "next day"), each time the user chooses one of those options, this event handler is called to recalculate the total based on the changed shipping option. paymentrequest.addeventlistener("shippingoptionchange", event => { const value = calculatenewtotal(paymentrequest.shippingoption); const total = { currency: "eur", label: "total due", value, }; event.updatewith({ total }); }, false); after caling a custom function, calculatenewtotal(), to compute the updated total based on the newly-selected shipping option as specified by the shippingoption. the revised total is submitted back to the payment request by calling the event's updatewith() method. you can also create an event handler for shippingoptionchange using its corresponding event handler prop...
...payment request by calling the event's updatewith() method. you can also create an event handler for shippingoptionchange using its corresponding event handler property, onshippingoptionchange: paymentrequest.onshippingoptionchange = event => { const value = calculatenewtotal(paymentrequest.shippingoption); const total = { currency: "eur", label: "total due", value, }; event.updatewith({ total }); }; specifications specification status comment payment request apithe definition of 'shippingoptionchange' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

PaymentResponse.shippingOption - Web APIs
mentrequest interface returns the id attribute of the shipping option selected by the user. this option is only present when the requestshipping option is set to true in the paymentoptions object passed to the paymentrequest constructor. syntax var shippingoption = paymentrequest.shippingoption; example in the example below, the paymentrequest.onshippingaoptionchange event is called. ...
...example in the example below, the paymentrequest.onshippingaoptionchange event is called. it calls updatedetails() to toggle the shipping method between "standard" and "express". // initialization of paymentrequest arguments are excerpted for brevity. var payment = new paymentrequest(supportedinstruments, details, options); request.addeventlistener('shippingoptionchange', function(evt) { evt.updatewith(new promise(function(resolve, reject) { updatedetails(details, request.shippingoption, resolve, reject); })); }); payment.show().then(function(paymentresponse) { // processing of paymentresponse exerpted for the same of brevity. ...
...er('shippingoptionchange', function(evt) { evt.updatewith(new promise(function(resolve, reject) { updatedetails(details, request.shippingoption, resolve, reject); })); }); payment.show().then(function(paymentresponse) { // processing of paymentresponse exerpted for the same of brevity. ...

RTCPeerConnection: signalingstatechange event - Web APIs
an signalingstatechange event is sent to an rtcpeerconnection to notify it that its signaling state, as indicated by the signalingstate property, has changed. ...
...nt handler property rtcpeerconnection.onsignalingstatechange examples given an rtcpeerconnection, pc, and an updatestatus() function that presents status information to the user, this code sets up an event handler to let the user know when the ice negotiation process finishes up. ...
...nt handler to let the user know when the ice negotiation process finishes up. pc.addeventlistener("signalingstatechange", ev => { switch(pc.signalingstate) { case "stable": updatestatus("ice negotiation complete"); break; } }, false); using onsignalingstatechange, it looks like this: pc.onsignalingstatechange = ev => { switch(pc.signalingstate) { case "stable": updatestatus("ice negotiation complete"); break; } }; specifications specification status comment webrtc 1.0: real-time communication between browsersthe definition of 'signalingstatechange' in that specification. candidate recommendation ...

SVGLength - Web APIs
ing the pc units defined in css2. properties name type description unittype unsigned short the type of the value as specified by one of the svg_lengthtype_* constants defined on this interface. value float the value as a floating point value, in user units. setting this attribute will cause valueinspecifiedunits and valueasstring to be updated automatically to reflect this setting. exceptions on setting: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the length corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. valueinspecifiedunits float the value as a floating point value, in the units expressed by unittype. setting this attribute will cause value and valuea...
...y to reflect this setting. exceptions on setting: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the length corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. valueinspecifiedunits float the value as a floating point value, in the units expressed by unittype. setting this attribute will cause value and valueasstring to be updated automatically to reflect this setting. exceptions on setting: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the length corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. valueasstring domstring the value as a string value, in the units expressed by unittype. setting this attribute will cause value, valueinspecifiedunits...
...flect this setting. exceptions on setting: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the length corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. valueasstring domstring the value as a string value, in the units expressed by unittype. setting this attribute will cause value, valueinspecifiedunits, and unittype to be updated automatically to reflect this setting. exceptions on setting: a domexception with code syntax_err is raised if the assigned string cannot be parsed as a valid <length>. a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the length corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. methods name & arguments ...

ServiceWorkerContainer - Web APIs
most importantly, it exposes the serviceworkercontainer.register() method used to register service workers, and the serviceworkercontainer.controller property used to determine whether or not the current page is actively controlled. ...
...error fired whenever an error occurs in the associated service workers. also available via the serviceworkercontainer.onerror property. message occurs when incoming messages are received by the serviceworkercontainer object (e.g. via a messageport.postmessage() call.) also available via the serviceworkercontainer.onmessage property. methods serviceworkercontainer.register() creates or updates a serviceworkerregistration for the given scripturl. serviceworkercontainer.getregistration() gets a serviceworkerregistration object whose scope matches the provided document url. the method returns a promise that resolves to a serviceworkerregistration or undefined. serviceworkercontainer.getregistrations() returns all serviceworkerregistration objects associated with a serviceworkercont...
...ther the current page is controlled // by an existing service worker, and when that // controller changes. // first, do a one-off check if there's currently a // service worker in control. if (navigator.serviceworker.controller) { console.log('this page is currently controlled by:', navigator.serviceworker.controller); } // then, register a handler to detect when a new or // updated service worker takes control. navigator.serviceworker.oncontrollerchange = function() { console.log('this page is now controlled by:', navigator.serviceworker.controller); }; } else { console.log('service workers are not supported.'); } specifications specification status comment service workersthe definition of 'serviceworkercontainer' in that specification. ...

Visual Viewport API - Web APIs
code below is based on the sample the specification, though it adds a few things that make it function better. it shows a function called viewporthandler(). when called it queries the offsetleft and height properties for values it uses in a css translate() method. you invoke this function by passing it to both event calls. ...
...adds a few things that make it function better. it shows a function called viewporthandler(). when called it queries the offsetleft and height properties for values it uses in a css translate() method. you invoke this function by passing it to both event calls. one thing that may not be clear in this example is the use of the pendingupdate flag and the call to requestanimationframe(). ...
...sing it to both event calls. one thing that may not be clear in this example is the use of the pendingupdate flag and the call to requestanimationframe(). the pendingupdate flag serves to prevent multiple invocations of the transfrom that can occur when onresize and onscroll fire at the same time. using requestanimationframe() ensures that the transform ocurrs before the next render. let pendingupdate = false; function viewporthandler(event) { if (pendingupdate) return; pendingupdate = true; requestanimationframe(() => { pendingupdate = false; var layoutviewport = document.getelementbyid('layoutviewport'); // since the bar is position: fixed we need to offset it by the // visual viewport's offset from the layout viewport origin. var viewport = event.target; var...

WebGLRenderingContext.isEnabled() - Web APIs
abled(cap); parameters cap a glenum specifying which webgl capability to test. possible values: constant description gl.blend blending of the computed fragment color values. see webglrenderingcontext.blendfunc(). gl.cull_face culling of polygons. see webglrenderingcontext.cullface(). gl.depth_test depth comparisons and updates to the depth buffer. see webglrenderingcontext.depthfunc(). gl.dither dithering of color components before they get written to the color buffer. gl.polygon_offset_fill adding an offset to depth values of polygon's fragments. see webglrenderingcontext.polygonoffset(). gl.sample_alpha_to_coverage computation of a temporary coverage value determined b...
...mporary coverage value determined by the alpha value. gl.sample_coverage anding the fragment's coverage with the temporary coverage value. see webglrenderingcontext.samplecoverage(). gl.scissor_test scissor test that discards fragments that are outside of the scissor rectangle. see webglrenderingcontext.scissor(). gl.stencil_test stencil testing and updates to the stencil buffer. see webglrenderingcontext.stencilfunc(). when using a webgl 2 context, the following values are available additionally: constant description gl.rasterizer_discard primitives are discarded immediately before the rasterization stage, but after the optional transform feedback stage. gl.clear() commands are ignored. ...
...ons specification status comment webgl 1.0the definition of 'isenabled' in that specification. recommendation initial definition for webgl. opengl es 2.0the definition of 'glisenabled' in that specification. standard man page of the (similar) opengl es 2.0 api. webgl 2.0the definition of 'isenabled' in that specification. editor's draft updated definition for webgl 2. opengl es 3.0the definition of 'glisenabled' in that specification. standard man page of the (similar) opengl es 3.0 api. ...

Using textures in WebGL - Web APIs
hed loading copy it into the texture. // function loadtexture(gl, url) { const texture = gl.createtexture(); gl.bindtexture(gl.texture_2d, texture); // because images have to be download over the internet // they might take a moment until they are ready. // until then put a single pixel in the texture so we can // use it immediately. when the image has finished downloading // we'll update the texture with the contents of the image. const level = 0; const internalformat = gl.rgba; const width = 1; const height = 1; const border = 0; const srcformat = gl.rgba; const srctype = gl.unsigned_byte; const pixel = new uint8array([0, 0, 255, 255]); // opaque blue gl.teximage2d(gl.texture_2d, level, internalformat, width, height, border, srcformat, srctype,...
...ertex of each face. note that the texture coordinates range from 0.0 to 1.0; the dimensions of textures are normalized to a range of 0.0 to 1.0 regardless of their actual size, for the purpose of texture mapping. once we've set up the texture mapping array, we pass the array into the buffer, so that webgl has that data ready for its use. updating the shaders the shader program also needs to be updated to use the textures instead of solid colors. the vertex shader we need to replace the vertex shader so that instead of fetching color data, it instead fetches the texture coordinate data. const vssource = ` attribute vec4 avertexposition; attribute vec2 atexturecoord; uniform mat4 umodelviewmatrix; uniform mat4 uprojectionmatrix; varying highp vec2 vtexturecoord; ...
...tion = uprojectionmatrix * umodelviewmatrix * avertexposition; vtexturecoord = atexturecoord; } `; the key change here is that instead of fetching the vertex color, we're fetching the texture coordinates and passing them to the vertex shader; this will indicate the location within the texture corresponding to the vertex. ...

Establishing a connection: The WebRTC perfect negotiation pattern - Web APIs
ere's time in which the remote peer might attempt to send an offer of its own, causing us to leave the stable state and enter the have-remote-offer state, which means we are now waiting for a response to the offer. but once it receives the offer we just sent, so is the remote peer. this leaves both peers in a state in which the connection attempt cannot be completed. ...
... just sent, so is the remote peer. this leaves both peers in a state in which the connection attempt cannot be completed. ...
... an sdp description, it's simply delivered to the ice layer by passing it into the rtcpeerconnection method addicecandidate(). if an error occurs here and we didn't just discard an offer due to being the impolite peer during a collision, we throw the error so the caller can handle it. otherwise, we drop the error, ignoring it, since it doesn't matter in this context. perfect negotiation with the updated api the updated code takes advantage of the fact that you can now call setlocaldescription() with no parameters so it just does the right thing for you, as well as the fact that setremotedescription() automatically rolls back if necessary. this lets us get rid of the need to use a promise to keep the timing in order, since the rollback becomes an essentially atomic part of the setremotedescript...

Movement, orientation, and motion: A WebXR example - Web APIs
elviewmatrix: gl.getuniformlocation(shaderprogram, 'umodelviewmatrix'), normalmatrix: gl.getuniformlocation(shaderprogram, 'unormalmatrix'), usampler: gl.getuniformlocation(shaderprogram, 'usampler') }, }; buffers = initbuffers(gl); texture = loadtexture(gl, 'https://cdn.glitch.com/a9381af1-18a9-495e-ad01-afddfd15d000%2ffirefox-logo-solid.png?v=1575659351244'); xrsession.updaterenderstate({ baselayer: new xrwebgllayer(xrsession, gl) }); if (session_type == "immersive-vr") { refspacetype = "local"; } else { refspacetype = "viewer"; } mat4.fromtranslation(cubematrix, viewerstartposition); vec3.copy(cubeorientation, viewerstartorientation); xrsession.requestreferencespace(refspacetype) .then((refspace) => { xrreferencespace = refspace.ge...
... code, so refer to lighting in webgl and its preceding articles creating 3d objects using webgl and using textures in webgl. then our loadtexture() function is called to load the texture file. now that the rendering structures and data are loaded, we start preparing to run the xrsession. we connect the session to the webgl layer so it konws what to use as a rendering surface by calling xrsession.updaterenderstate() with a baselayer set to a new xrwebgllayer. we then look at the value of the session_type constant to see whether the webxr context should be immersive or inline. immersive sessions use the local reference space, while inline sessions use the viewer reference space. the glmatrix library's fromtranslation() function for 4x4 matrices is used to convert the viewer's start position as...
...to call a function called sessionended(). function sessionended() { xrbutton.innertext = "enter webxr"; if (animationframerequestid) { xrsession.cancelanimationframe(animationframerequestid); animationframerequestid = 0; } xrsession = null; } we can also call sessionended() directly if we wish to programmatically end the webxr session. in either case, the label of the button is updated to indicate that a click will start a session, and then, if there is a pending request for an animation frame, we cancel it by calling cancelanimationframe once that's done, the value of xrsession is changed to null to indicate that we're done with the session. implementing the controls now let's take a look at the code that handles turning keyboard and mouse events into something usable for ...

Starting up and shutting down a WebXR session - Web APIs
as published a webxr polyfill which you can use to simulate webxr on browsers which don't have support for the webxr apis. if the browser supports the older webvr api, that is used. otherwise, the polyfill falls back to an implementation which uses google's cardboard vr api. the polyfill is maintained alongside the specification, and is kept up to date with the specification. additionally, it is updated to maintain compatibility with browsers as their support for webxr and other technologies related to it and to the implementation of the polyfill change over time. be sure to read the readme carefully; the polyfill comes in several versions depending on what degree of compatibility with newer javascript features your target browsers include. webxr api emulator extension the mozilla webxr team...
...s: async function runsession(session) { let worlddata; session.addeventlistener("end", onsessionend); let canvas = document.queryselector("canvas"); gl = canvas.getcontext("webgl", { xrcompatible: true }); // set up webgl data and such worlddata = loadglprograms(session, "worlddata.xml"); if (!worlddata) { return null; } // finish configuring webgl worlddata.session.updaterenderstate({ baselayer: new xrwebgllayer(worlddata.session, gl) }); // start rendering the scene referencespace = await worlddata.session.requestreferencespace("unbounded"); worlddata.referencespace = referencespace.getoffsetreferencespace( new xrrigidtransform(worlddata.playerspawnposition, worlddata.playerspawnorientation)); worlddata.animationframerequestid = worlddata.
...t, a handler for the end event is set up. then the rendering canvas is obtained and a reference to its webgl context is retrieved, specifying the xrcompatible option when calling getcontext(). next, any data and setup needed for the webgl renderer is performed before then configuring webgl to use the framebuffer of the webgl context as its own framebuffer. this is done using the xrsession method updaterenderstate() to set the render state's baselayer to a newly-created xrwebgllayer encapsulating the webgl context. preparing to render the scene at this point, the xrsession itself has been fully configured, so we can begin rendering. first, we need a reference space within which coordinates for the world will be stated. we can get the initial reference space for the session by calling the xrses...

Advanced techniques: Creating and sequencing audio - Web APIs
trol these using range inputs on the interface: <label for="attack">attack</label> <input name="attack" id="attack" type="range" min="0" max="1" value="0.2" step="0.1" /> <label for="release">release</label> <input name="release" id="release" type="range" min="0" max="1" value="0.5" step="0.1" /> now we can create some variables over in javascript and have them change when the input values are updated: let attacktime = 0.2; const attackcontrol = document.queryselector('#attack'); attackcontrol.addeventlistener('input', function() { attacktime = number(this.value); }, false); let releasetime = 0.5; const releasecontrol = document.queryselector('#release'); releasecontrol.addeventlistener('input', function() { releasetime = number(this.value); }, false); the final playsweep() functio...
...the final version looks like this: function playsample(audiocontext, audiobuffer) { const samplesource = audiocontext.createbuffersource(); samplesource.buffer = audiobuffer; samplesource.playbackrate.setvalueattime(playbackrate, audioctx.currenttime); samplesource.connect(audiocontext.destination) samplesource.start(); ...
...revious two functions. function scheduler() { // while there are notes that will need to play before the next interval, schedule them and advance the pointer. while (nextnotetime < audioctx.currenttime + scheduleaheadtime ) { schedulenote(currentnote, nextnotetime); nextnote(); } timerid = window.settimeout(scheduler, lookahead); } we also need a draw function to update the ui, so we can see when the beat progresses. let lastnotedrawn = 3; function draw() { let drawnote = lastnotedrawn; let currenttime = audioctx.currenttime; while (notesinqueue.length && notesinqueue[0].time < currenttime) { drawnote = notesinqueue[0].note; notesinqueue.splice(0,1); // remove note from queue } // we only need to draw if the note has mov...

Using the Web Audio API - Web APIs
e volume. this can be done using a gainnode, which represents how big our sound wave is. there are two ways you can create nodes with the web audio api. you can use the factory method on the context itself (e.g. audiocontext.creategain()) or via a constructor of the node (e.g. new gainnode()). we'll use the factory method in our code: const gainnode = audiocontext.creategain(); now we have to update our audio graph from before, so the input is connected to the gain, then the gain node is connected to the destination: track.connect(gainnode).connect(audiocontext.destination); this will make our audio graph look like this: the default value for gain is 1; this keeps the current volume the same. gain can be set to a minimum of about -3.4 and a max of about 3.4. here we'll allow the boombo...
... 0 (this will effectively mute our sound). let's give the user control to do this — we'll use a range input: <input type="range" id="volume" min="0" max="2" value="1" step="0.01"> note: range inputs are a really handy input type for updating values on audio nodes. you can specify a range's values and use them directly with the audio node's parameters. so let's grab this input's value and update the gain value when the input node has its value changed by the user: const volumecontrol = document.queryselector('#volume'); volumecontrol.addeventlistener('input', function() { gainnode.gain.value = this.value; }, false); note: the values of node objects (e.g. gainnode.gain) are not simple values; they are actually objects of type audioparam — these called parameters. this is why we...
...n) are not simple values; they are actually objects of type audioparam — these called parameters. this is why we have to set gainnode.gain's value property, rather than just setting the value on gain directly. this enables them to be much more flexible, allowing for passing the parameter a specific set of values to change between over a set period of time, for example. great, now the user can update the track's volume! the gain node is the perfect node to use if you want to add mute functionality. adding stereo panning to our app let's add another modification node to practise what we've just learnt. there's a stereopannernode node, which changes the balance of the sound between the left and right speakers, if the user has stereo capabilities. note: the stereopannernode is for simple cas...

Window.requestAnimationFrame() - Web APIs
this will request that your animation function be called before the browser performs the next repaint. ...
...this will request that your animation function be called before the browser performs the next repaint. the number of callbacks is usually 60 times per second, but will generally match the display refresh rate in most web browsers as per w3c recommendation. ...
...(1000 µs). be sure to always use the first argument (or some other method for getting the current time) to calculate how much the animation will progress in a frame, otherwise the animation will run faster on high refresh rate screens. check the example below for a way to do this. syntax window.requestanimationframe(callback); parameters callback the function to call when it's time to update your animation for the next repaint. the callback function is passed one single argument, a domhighrestimestamp similar to the one returned by performance.now(), indicating the point in time when requestanimationframe() starts to execute callback functions. return value a long integer value, the request id, that uniquely identifies the entry in the callback list. this is a non-zero value, but ...

Window.screenLeft - Web APIs
estanimationframe() to constantly redraw the circle in the same physical position on the screen, even if the window position is moved. ...
...the circle in the same physical position on the screen, even if the window position is moved. ...
....screentop + canvaselem.offsettop; function positionelem() { let newleft = window.screenleft + canvaselem.offsetleft; let newtop = window.screentop + canvaselem.offsettop; let leftupdate = initialleft - newleft; let topupdate = initialtop - newtop; ctx.fillstyle = 'rgb(0, 0, 0)'; ctx.fillrect(0, 0, width, height); ctx.fillstyle = 'rgb(0, 0, 255)'; ctx.beginpath(); ctx.arc(leftupdate + (width/2), topupdate + (height/2) + 35, 50, degtorad(0), degtorad(360), false); ctx.fill(); pelem.textcontent = 'window.screenleft: ' + window.screenleft + ', window.screentop: ' + window.screentop; window.requestanimationframe(positionelem); } window.requestanimationframe(positionelem); also in the code we include a snippet that detects whether screenleft is supported, and if not, po...

Window.screenTop - Web APIs
estanimationframe() to constantly redraw the circle in the same physical position on the screen, even if the window position is moved. ...
...the circle in the same physical position on the screen, even if the window position is moved. ...
....screentop + canvaselem.offsettop; function positionelem() { let newleft = window.screenleft + canvaselem.offsetleft; let newtop = window.screentop + canvaselem.offsettop; let leftupdate = initialleft - newleft; let topupdate = initialtop - newtop; ctx.fillstyle = 'rgb(0, 0, 0)'; ctx.fillrect(0, 0, width, height); ctx.fillstyle = 'rgb(0, 0, 255)'; ctx.beginpath(); ctx.arc(leftupdate + (width/2), topupdate + (height/2) + 35, 50, degtorad(0), degtorad(360), false); ctx.fill(); pelem.textcontent = 'window.screenleft: ' + window.screenleft + ', window.screentop: ' + window.screentop; window.requestanimationframe(positionelem); } window.requestanimationframe(positionelem); also in the code we include a snippet that detects whether screenleft is supported, and if not, po...

Using XMLHttpRequest - Web APIs
t transfers follows the specification for progress events: these events implement the progressevent interface. the actual events you can monitor to determine the state of an ongoing transfer are: progress the amount of data that has been retrieved has changed. load the transfer is complete; all data is now in the response var oreq = new xmlhttprequest(); oreq.addeventlistener("progress", updateprogress); oreq.addeventlistener("load", transfercomplete); oreq.addeventlistener("error", transferfailed); oreq.addeventlistener("abort", transfercanceled); oreq.open(); // ... // progress on transfers from the server to the client (downloads) function updateprogress (oevent) { if (oevent.lengthcomputable) { var percentcomplete = oevent.loaded / oevent.total * 100; // ... } else { ...
...."); } function transfercanceled(evt) { console.log("the transfer has been canceled by the user."); } lines 3-6 add event listeners for the various events that are sent while performing a data transfer using xmlhttprequest. note: you need to add the event listeners before calling open() on the request. otherwise the progress events will not fire. the progress event handler, specified by the updateprogress() function in this example, receives the total number of bytes to transfer as well as the number of bytes transferred so far in the event's total and loaded fields. however, if the lengthcomputable field is false, the total length is not known and will be zero. progress events exist for both download and upload transfers. the download events are fired on the xmlhttprequest object itself,...
...e lengthcomputable field is false, the total length is not known and will be zero. progress events exist for both download and upload transfers. the download events are fired on the xmlhttprequest object itself, as shown in the above sample. the upload events are fired on the xmlhttprequest.upload object, as shown below: var oreq = new xmlhttprequest(); oreq.upload.addeventlistener("progress", updateprogress); oreq.upload.addeventlistener("load", transfercomplete); oreq.upload.addeventlistener("error", transferfailed); oreq.upload.addeventlistener("abort", transfercanceled); oreq.open(); note: progress events are not available for the file: protocol. note: starting in gecko 9.0, progress events can now be relied upon to come in for every chunk of data received, including the last chunk i...

ARIA: feed role - Accessibility
article>s or have role article. each article within a feed should be focusable, with tabindex of 0 or -1. an article should be scrolled into view when it, or a descendant element, receives focus. if the addition of articles occupies the main browser thread, make sure to set aria-busy="true" on the feed itself, and make sure to set it back to false when processing ends, or the user may not see the updates. to ensure good user experience, avoid inserting or removing articles in the middle of a feed, load new articles before the user has reached the end of the feed, and provide keyboard commands for moving focus among articles so that keyboard users can navigate through your feed. see keyboard interactions below. if the number of articles is known, set aria-setsize on the articles themselves. how...
...he feed has no visible title, the feed element has a label specified with aria-label. if it does, see aria-labelledby. aria-labelledby if the feed has a visible title, the feed element has aria-labelledby referring to the element containing the title. if not, add an aria-label. aria-busy when busy, such as when articles are being added or removed from the feed, set aria-busy="true" during the update operation. make sure it's reset to false when the operation is complete or the changes may not become visible. article each section of content in a feed should be contained in an <article> or element with role article. each article should have an aria-labelledby referring to the article title or other child that can serve as a distinguishing label. each article should preferably have aria-descr...
... the feed and an aria-setsize set to a value that represents either the total number of articles that have been loaded or the total number in the feed, depending on which value is more helpful to users. if the total number in the feed is not known, set aria-setsize="-1". required javascript features none, except as required by any attributes. for example, setting aria-busy to true during the update operation if needed, and then to false upon completion. examples example implementation of feed pattern specifications specification status accessible rich internet applications (wai-aria) 1.1the definition of 'feed' in that specification. recommendation screen reader support coming soon ...

An overview of accessible web applications and widgets - Accessibility
using generic elements such as <div> and <span>. while this results in a widget that looks like its desktop counterpart, there usually isn't enough semantic information in the markup to be usable by an assistive technology. the problem dynamic content on a web page can be particularly problematic for users who, for whatever reason, are unable to view the screen. stock tickers, live twitter feed updates, progress indicators, and similar content modify the dom in ways that an assistive technology (at) may not be aware of. that's where aria comes in. example 1: markup for a tabs widget built without aria labeling. there's no information in the markup to describe the widget's form and function. <!-- this is a tabs widget. how would you know, looking only at the markup? --> <ol> <li id="ch1tab"...
...="tp1" class="tooltip" role="tooltip" aria-hidden="true">your first name is optional</div> </div> the css for this markup is shown in example 2b. note that there is no custom classname used, only the status of the aria-hidden attribute on line 1. example 2b. ...
...s optional</div> </div> the css for this markup is shown in example 2b. note that there is no custom classname used, only the status of the aria-hidden attribute on line 1. example 2b. attribute-based selector for indicating state div.tooltip[aria-hidden="true"] { display: none; } the javascript to update the aria-hidden property has the form shown in example 2c. note that the script only updates the aria-hidden attribute (line 2); it does not need to also add or remove a custom classname. example 2c. javascript to update the aria-checked attribute var showtip = function(el) { el.setattribute('aria-hidden', 'false'); } role changes aria allows developers to declare a semantic role for an element that otherwise offers incorrect or no semantics. the role of an element should not cha...

CSS Grid Layout and Progressive Enhancement - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
id-row-span. this version does not include auto-placement capability, or grid template areas. some simple grid layouts could be implemented for ie10, through to edge 15, using the -ms properties. as these properties are vendor prefixed, they will not effect any browser supporting the up to date and unprefixed specification. autoprefixer grid layout support the popular tool autoprefixer has been updated to support the -ms- grid version. by default, grid prefixes are disabled, but you can enable it with grid: true option. autoprefixer({ grid: 'autoplace' }) grid prefixes are disabled by default because some properties can’t be prefixed. is it safe to use css grids for my layout? as with any front-end technology choice, the decision to use css grid layout will come down to the browsers your...
...d by default because some properties can’t be prefixed. is it safe to use css grids for my layout? as with any front-end technology choice, the decision to use css grid layout will come down to the browsers your site visitors are typically using. if they tend to use up-to-date versions of firefox, chrome, opera, and safari, then it would make sense to start using css grids once those browsers update. if your site serves a market sector that is tied to older browsers, however, it may not make sense yet. however, my suggestion is not to make assumptions based on how new specifications have been rolled out in browsers in the past. css grid layout is very different, in terms of the amount of time it has been in development, and the work of the various browser vendors to ensure that what ships wo...
......

Cubic Bezier Generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
<html> <canvas id="bezier" width="336" height="336"> </canvas> <form> <label for="x1">x1 = </label><input onchange="updatecanvas();" type="text" maxlength=6 id="x1" value="0.79" class='field'> <label for="y1">y1 = </label><input onchange="updatecanvas();return true;" type="text" maxlength=6 id="y1" value="0.33" class='field'> <label for="x2">x2 = </label><input onchange="updatecanvas();return true;" type="text" maxlength=6 id="x2" value="0.14" class='field'> <label for="y2">y2 = </label><input onchange="updatecanvas();return true;" type="text" maxlength=6 id="y2" value="0.53" class='field'> <br> <output id="output">log</output> </form> </html> .field { width: 40px; } function updatecanvas() { var x1 = d...
...this is not really yet a useful tool, but will be! ...
...this is not really yet a useful tool, but will be! ...

Used value - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
nd properties (e.g., background) are consistent with those of their component properties (e.g., background-color or background-size) and with position and float. note: the getcomputedstyle() dom api returns the resolved value, which may either be the computed value or the used value, depending on the property. ...
...it width: 50%.</p> <p class="show-used-width">..</p> <div id="width-inherit"> <p>explicit width: inherit.</p> <p class="show-used-width">..</p> </div> </div> </div> css #no-width { width: auto; } #width-50 { width: 50%; } #width-inherit { width: inherit; } /* make results easier to see */ div { border: 1px solid red; padding: 8px; } javascript function updateusedwidth(id) { var div = document.queryselector(`#${id}`); var par = div.queryselector('.show-used-width'); var wid = window.getcomputedstyle(div)["width"]; par.textcontent = `used width: ${wid}.`; } function updateallusedwidths() { updateusedwidth("no-width"); updateusedwidth("width-50"); updateusedwidth("width-inherit"); } updateallusedwidths(); window.addeventlistener('resize',...
...sedwidth(id) { var div = document.queryselector(`#${id}`); var par = div.queryselector('.show-used-width'); var wid = window.getcomputedstyle(div)["width"]; par.textcontent = `used width: ${wid}.`; } function updateallusedwidths() { updateusedwidth("no-width"); updateusedwidth("width-50"); updateusedwidth("width-inherit"); } updateallusedwidths(); window.addeventlistener('resize', updateallusedwidths); result difference from computed value css 2.0 defined only computed value as the last step in a property's calculation. then, css 2.1 introduced the distinct definition of used value. an element could then explicitly inherit a width/height of a parent, whose computed value is a percentage. for css properties that don't depend on layout (e.g., display, font-size, or line-heigh...

Video player styling basics - Developer guides
in the previous cross browser video player article we described how to build a cross-browser html5 video player using the media and fullscreen apis. this follow-up article looks at how to style this custom player, including making it responsive. the example in action you can find the code for the updated, styled example on github, and view it live. preliminary modifications from the original example this section summarises the modifications that were made to the original video player example to make the styling task easier, before the bulk of the work was started. html markup there are a few changes that were made to the html markup shown in the previous article. the custom video controls and <progress> element are now contained within <div> elements, rather than residing insid...
...ght:65%; } .controls progress span { width:0%; height:100%; display:inline-block; background-color:#2a84cd; } a .data-state class is also used here when a <progress> element is being "faked"; when it's in this state the background colour needs to be set. the internal <span> element used as the actual progressing part of the faked progress bar has its width initially set to 0% (it is updated via javascript) and it also has its background colour set. there are some browser-specific properties that need to be set to ensure that firefox and chrome use the required colour for the progress bar: .controls progress::-moz-progress-bar { background-color:#0095dd; } .controls progress::-webkit-progress-value { background-color:#0095dd; } although the same properties are set to the s...
...there is a reason for this! even though the ...

<dialog>: The Dialog element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
t the form. the ::backdrop css pseudo-element can be used to style behind a <dialog> element when the dialog is displayed with htmldialogelement.showmodal(). for example, to dim unreachable content behind the modal dialog. examples simple example <dialog open> <p>greetings, one and all!</p> </dialog> advanced example this example opens a pop-up dialog box that contains a form, when the "update details" button is clicked. html <!-- simple pop-up dialog box containing a form --> <dialog id="favdialog"> <form method="dialog"> <p><label>favorite animal: <select> <option></option> <option>brine shrimp</option> <option>red panda</option> <option>spider monkey</option> </select> </label></p> <menu> <button value="cancel">cancel...
..."dialog"> <p><label>favorite animal: <select> <option></option> <option>brine shrimp</option> <option>red panda</option> <option>spider monkey</option> </select> </label></p> <menu> <button value="cancel">cancel</button> <button id="confirmbtn" value="default">confirm</button> </menu> </form> </dialog> <menu> <button id="updatedetails">update details</button> </menu> <output aria-live="polite"></output> javascript var updatebutton = document.getelementbyid('updatedetails'); var favdialog = document.getelementbyid('favdialog'); var outputbox = document.queryselector('output'); var selectel = document.queryselector('select'); var confirmbtn = document.getelementbyid('confirmbtn'); // "update details" button opens the...
...tails</button> </menu> <output aria-live="polite"></output> javascript var updatebutton = document.getelementbyid('updatedetails'); var favdialog = document.getelementbyid('favdialog'); var outputbox = document.queryselector('output'); var selectel = document.queryselector('select'); var confirmbtn = document.getelementbyid('confirmbtn'); // "update details" button opens the <dialog> modally updatebutton.addeventlistener('click', function onopen() { if (typeof favdialog.showmodal === "function") { favdialog.showmodal(); } else { alert("the <dialog> api is not supported by this browser"); } }); // "favorite animal" input sets the value of the submit button selectel.addeventlistener('change', function onselect(e) { confirmbtn.value = selectel.value; }); // "confirm" button of ...

<input type="checkbox"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
x when submitting the form, if the checkbox is currently toggled on checked a boolean attribute indicating whether or not this checkbox is checked by default (when the page loads). it does not indicate whether this checkbox is currently checked: if the checkbox’s state is changed, this content attribute does not reflect the change. (only the htmlinputelement’s checked idl attribute is updated.) note: unlike other input controls, a checkboxes value is only included in the submitted data if the checkbox is currently checked. if it is, then the value of the checkbox's value attribute is reported as the input's value. unlike other browsers, firefox by default persists the dynamic checked state of an <input> across page loads. use the autocomplete attribute to control this feature. i...
...ate is used to state that collecting the ingredients has started, but the recipe is not yet complete. ...
...ting the ingredients has started, but the recipe is not yet complete. ...

<input type="file"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
nput.style.opacity = 0; note: opacity is used to hide the file input instead of visibility: hidden or display: none, because assistive technology interprets the latter two styles to mean the file input isn't interactive. next, we add an event listener to the input to listen for changes to its selected value changes (in this case, when files are selected). the event listener invokes our custom updateimagedisplay() function. input.addeventlistener('change', updateimagedisplay); whenever the updateimagedisplay() function is invoked, we: use a while loop to empty the previous contents of the preview <div>. grab the filelist object that contains the information on all the selected files, and store it in a variable called curfiles. check to see if no files were selected, by checking if curf...
...t the browser reports the size in absolute bytes). generate a thumbnail preview of the image by calling url.createobjecturl(curfiles[i]). then, insert the image into the list item too by creating a new <img> and setting its src to the thumbnail. if the file type is invalid, we display a message inside a list item telling the user that they need to select a different file type. ...
...ent('p'); if(validfiletype(file)) { para.textcontent = `file name ${file.name}, file size ${returnfilesize(file.size)}.`; const image = document.createelement('img'); image.src = url.createobjecturl(file); listitem.appendchild(image); listitem.appendchild(para); } else { para.textcontent = `file name ${file.name}: not a valid file type. update your selection.`; listitem.appendchild(para); } list.appendchild(listitem); } } } the custom validfiletype() function takes a file object as a parameter, then uses array.prototype.includes() to check if any value in the filetypes matches the file's type property. if a match is found, the function returns true. if no match is found, it returns false. // https://develop...

<video>: The Video Embed element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
but estimates that not enough data has been loaded to play the media up to its end without having to stop for further buffering of content. canplaythrough the browser estimates it can play the media up to its end without stopping for content buffering. complete the rendering of an offlineaudiocontext is terminated. durationchange the duration attribute has been updated. emptied the media has become empty; for example, this event is sent if the media has already been loaded (or partially loaded), and the load() method is called to reload it. ended playback has stopped because the end of the media was reached. loadeddata the first frame of the media has finished loading. loadedmetadata the metadata has been loaded.
.... progress fired periodically as the browser loads a resource. ratechange the playback rate has changed. seeked a seek operation completed. seeking a seek operation began. stalled the user agent is trying to fetch media data, but data is unexpectedly not forthcoming. suspend media data loading has been suspended. timeupdate the time indicated by the currenttime attribute has been updated. volumechange the volume has changed. waiting playback has stopped because of a temporary lack of data usage notes browsers don't all support the same video formats; you can provide multiple sources inside nested <source> elements, and the browser will then use the first one it understands. <video...
...ix this problem for the apache web server by adding the extension used by your video files (".webm" is the most common one) to the mime type "video/webm" via the "mime.types" file in "/etc/apache" or via the "addtype" configuration directive in httpd.conf. addtype video/webm .webm your web host may provide an easy interface to mime type configuration changes for new technologies until a global update naturally occurs. accessibility concerns videos should provide both captions and transcripts that accurately describe its content (see adding captions and subtitles to html5 video for more information on how to implement these). captions allow people who are experiencing hearing loss to understand a video's audio content as the video is being played, while transcripts allow people who need addi...

HTTP response status codes - HTTP
http response status codes indicate whether a specific http request has been successfully completed. responses are grouped in five classes: informational responses (100–199), successful responses (200–299), redirects (300–399), client errors (400–499), and server errors (500–599). the below status codes are defined by section 10 of rfc 2616. you can find an updated specification in rfc 7231. if you receive a response that is not in this list, it is a non-standard response, possibly custom to the server's software. information responses 100 continue this interim response indicates that everything so far is ok and that the client should continue the request, or ignore the response if the request is already finished. 101 switching protocol this code is sent in respons...
...turned meta-information is not exactly the same as is available from the origin server, but is collected from a local or a third-party copy. this is mostly used for mirrors or backups of another resource. except for that specific case, the "200 ok" response is preferred to this status. 204 no content there is no content to send for this request, but the headers may be useful. the user-agent may update its cached headers for this resource with the new ones. 205 reset content tells the user-agent to reset the document which sent this request. 206 partial content this response code is used when the range header is sent from the client to request only part of a resource. 207 multi-status (webdav) conveys information about multiple resources, for situations where multiple status codes might b...
...d. 426 upgrade required the server refuses to perform the request using the current protocol but might be willing to do so after the client upgrades to a different protocol. the server sends an upgrade header in a 426 response to indicate the required protocol(s). 428 precondition required the origin server requires the request to be conditional. this response is intended to prevent the 'lost update' problem, where a client gets a resource's state, modifies it, and puts it back to the server, when meanwhile a third party has modified the state on the server, leading to a conflict. 429 too many requests the user has sent too many requests in a given amount of time ("rate limiting"). 431 request header fields too large the server is unwilling to process the request because its header field...

Regular expressions - JavaScript
ent substring. split() uses a regular expression or a fixed string to break a string into an array of substrings. when you want to know whether a pattern is found in a string, use the test() or search() methods; for more information (but slower execution) use the exec() or match() methods. if you use exec() or match() and if the match succeeds, these methods return an array and update properties of the associated regular expression object and also of the predefined regular expression object, regexp. if the match fails, the exec() method returns null (which coerces to false). in the following example, the script uses the exec() method to find a match in a string. var myre = /d(b+)d/g; var myarray = myre.exec('cdbbdbsbz'); if you do not need to access the properties of the r...
...('cdbbdbsbz') outputs array [ 'dbbd', 'bb', index: 1, input: 'cdbbdbsbz' ]. (see different behaviors for further info about the different behaviors.) if you want to construct the regular expression from a string, yet another alternative is this script: var myre = new regexp('d(b+)d', 'g'); var myarray = myre.exec('cdbbdbsbz'); with these scripts, the match succeeds and returns the array and updates the properties shown in the following table. results of regular expression execution. object property or index description in this example myarray the matched string and all remembered substrings. ['dbbd', 'bb', index: 1, input: 'cdbbdbsbz'] index the 0-based index of the match in the input string. 1 input the original string.
...based index of the match in the input string. 1 input the original string. 'cdbbdbsbz' [0] the last matched characters. 'dbbd' myre lastindex the index at which to start the next match. (this property is set only if the regular expression uses the g option, described in advanced searching with flags.) 5 source the text of the pattern. updated at the time that the regular expression is created, not executed. 'd(b+)d' as shown in the second form of this example, you can use a regular expression created with an object initializer without assigning it to a variable. if you do, however, every occurrence is a new regular expression. for this reason, if you use this form without assigning it to a variable, you cannot subsequently ...

The arguments object - JavaScript
on that accepts rest, default, or destructured parameters. doing so will throw a syntax error. non-strict functions that are passed only simple parameters (that is, not rest, default, or restructured parameters) will sync the value of variables new values in the body of the function with the arguments object, and vice versa: function func(a) { arguments[0] = 99; // updating arguments[0] also updates a console.log(a); } func(10); // 99 and also: function func(a) { a = 99; // updating a also updates arguments[0] console.log(arguments[0]); } func(10); // 99 conversely, non-strict functions that are passed rest, default, or destructured parameters will not sync new values assigned to argument variables in the function body with the arguments object. instead, the arguments object in n...
...dy with the arguments object. ...
... ...

Introduction to progressive web apps - Progressive web apps (PWAs)
mers. is it worth doing all that? absolutely! with a relatively small amount of effort required to implement the core pwa features, the benefits are huge. for example: a decrease in loading times after the app has been installed, thanks to caching with service workers, along with saving precious bandwidth and time. pwas have near-instantaneous loading (from the second visit). the ability to update only the content that has changed when an app update is available. in contrast, with a native app, even the slightest modification can force the user to download the entire application again. a look and feel that is more integrated with the native platform—app icons on the home screen or app launcher, applications that automatically run in full screen mode, etc. re-engaging with users through...
... this for years with best practices such as progressive enhancement. by using progressive enhancement, pwas are cross-browser. this means developers should take into account the differences in implementation of some pwa features and technologies between different browser implementations. ...
...es and technologies between different browser implementations. re-engageability one major advantage of native platforms is the ease with which users can be re-engaged by updates and new content, even when they aren't looking at the app or using their devices. modern web apps can now do this too, using new technologies such as service workers for controlling pages, the web push api for sending updates straight from server to app via a service worker, and the notifications api for generating system notifications to help engage users when they're not actively using their web browser. responsiveness responsive web apps use technologies like media queries and viewport to make sure that their uis will fit any form factor: desktop, mobile, tablet, or whatever comes next. safety the web plat...

Using the WebAssembly JavaScript API - WebAssembly
when the time comes to call a function pointer, the webassembly caller supplies the index, which can then be safety bounds checked against the table before indexing and calling the indexed function reference. thus, tables are currently a rather low-level primitive used to compile low-level programming language features safely and portably. tables can be mutated via table.prototype.set(), which updates one of the values in a table, and table.prototype.grow(), which increases the number of values that can be stored in a table. this allows the indirectly-callable set of functions to change over time, which is necessary for dynamic linking techniques. the mutations are immediately accessible via table.prototype.get() in javascript, and to wasm modules. a table example let’s look at a simple...
... multiplicity now we’ve demonstrated usage of the main key webassembly building blocks, this is a good place to mention the concept of multiplicity. th...
...ssembly.global({value:'i32', mutable:true}, 0); webassembly.instantiatestreaming(fetch('global.wasm'), { js: { global } }) .then(({instance}) => { asserteq("getting initial value from wasm", instance.exports.getglobal(), 0); global.value = 42; asserteq("getting js-updated value from wasm", instance.exports.getglobal(), 42); instance.exports.incglobal(); asserteq("getting wasm-updated value from js", global.value, 43); }); note: you can see the example running live on github; see also the source code. multiplicity now we’ve demonstrated usage of the main key webassembly building blocks, this is a good place to mention the concept of multiplicity. this provides webassembly with a multitude of advances in terms of architectural efficiency: one module can have n instan...

SDK API Lifecycle - Archive of obsolete content
o retire old apis when they're no longer optimal or supported by the underlying platform. the api lifecycle aims to balance these competing demands. it has two main components: a stability index that defines how stable each module is a deprecation process that defines when and how stable sdk apis can be changed or removed from future versions of the sdk while giving developers enough time to update their code. stability index the stability index is adopted from node.js. the sdk uses only four of the six values defined by node.js: experimental the module is not yet stabilized. you can try it out and provide feedback, but we may change or remove it in future versions without having to pass through a formal deprecation process. unstable the api is in the process of ...
...ompatibility should not be expected. don’t start using it, and plan to migrate away from this module to its replacement. the stability index for each module is written into that module’s metadata structure, and is displayed at the top of each module's documentation page. deprecation process deprecation in the chosen release, the sdk team will communicate the module's deprecation: update the module's stability index to be "deprecated" include a deprecation notice in the release notes, the add-ons blog, and the jetpack google group. the deprecation notice should point developers at a migration guide. migration the deprecation period defaults to 18 weeks (that is, three releases) although in some cases, generally those out of our control, it might be shorter than this. during ...

platform/xpcom - Archive of obsolete content
apper = components.classesbyid[id].createinstance(ci.nsisupports); var helloworld = wrapper.wrappedjsobject; console.log(helloworld.hello()); replacing factories if the factory you create has the same contract id as an existing registered factory, then your factory will replace the existing one. however, the components.classes object commonly used to look up factories by contract id will not be updated at run time. to access the replacement factory you need to do something like this: var id = components.manager.queryinterface(ci.nsicomponentregistrar). contractidtocid('@me.org/helloworld'); var wrapper = components.classesbyid[id].createinstance(ci.nsisupports); the xpcom module exports a function factorybycontract to simplify this technique: var wrapper = xpcom.factorybycontract('@me.org...
...or service identified by the class id. factorybycontract(contract) given a contract id this function returns the associated factory or service. if the factory or service isn't registered, this function throws components.results.ns_error_factory_not_registered. this function is similar to the standard components.classes[contractid] with one significant difference: that components.classes is not updated at runtime. so if a factory is registered with the contract id "@me.org/mycomponent", and another factory is already registered with that contract id, then: components.classes["@me.org/mycomponent"] will return the old factory, while: xpcom.factorybycontract("@me.org/mycomponent") will return the new one. parameters contract : string contract id of the factory or service to retrieve. re...

ui/frame - Archive of obsolete content
, title: "city info", items: [frame] }); from add-on to all frames to send a message from the add-on code to all frames, attached to all open browser windows, you can use frame.postmessage(). ...
... all browser windows with that city's current weather (it just reads this from a dictionary, where in a real case it might ask a web service): var { frame } = require("sdk/ui/frame"); var { toolbar } = require("sdk/ui/toolbar"); var weather = { "london" : "rainy", "toronto" : "snowy", "san francisco" : "foggy" } var frame = new frame({ url: "./city-info.html", onmessage: (e) => { updateweather(e.data); } }); var toolbar = toolbar({ name: "city-info", title: "city info", items: [frame] }); function updateweather(location) { frame.postmessage(weather[location], frame.url); } to listen to these messages in the frame script, add a listener to the window's message event: window.addeventlistener("message", updateweather, false); function updateweather(message) { var l...

cfx to jpm - Archive of obsolete content
.js. it replaces the old cfx tool. you can use jpm from firefox 38 onwards. this article highlights the main differences between cfx and jpm. a guide to working with jpm if you're already familiar with cfx. installation cfx is python-based and is distributed as a zip file. jpm is node-js-based and is distributed through npm. so for jpm you don't need python, but you do need npm. to get new updates of cfx you download and extract a new zip file, while to get the new version of jpm, use npm update. for jpm installation instructions, see the installation section in the jpm reference. activation you need to call cfx activate before you can use cfx, and this only works in the current command shell: if you open a new shell you have to call activate again. with jpm, you don't need to activat...
...ost respects, add-ons created with cfx will work fine with jpm. however, there are a few differences you have to know about. add-on id the add-on id is a unique identifier for your add-on. in a built xpi, it's the id field in the add-on's install manifest (install.rdf) file. the id is used for a variety of purposes. for example: addons.mozilla.org uses it to distinguish between new add-ons and updates to existing add-ons, and the simple-storage module uses it to figure out which stored data belongs to which add-on. id handling with cfx when you use cfx, the id is taken from the id field in the add-on's package.json file. you can edit this file to create your own id, but if you don't, cfx will generate one for you, which will look something like "jid1-f3boogbjqje67a". add-on ids need to be ...

Creating custom Firefox extensions with the Mozilla build system - Archive of obsolete content
you know that you are going to build a large, complex extension, you would do well to consider the approach described in this article. one final note: i've only tried these techniques inside firefox, but they'll probably work more or less unchanged on other gecko-based platforms like thunderbird or seamonkey. if someone can confirm this and/or provide guidelines for what's different, i'll update the article to incorporate this information. bambi meets mozilla none of this is for the faint of heart. in particular, the initial step involves building mozilla, which is a huge - nay, gargantuan! - project. many intelligent developers have been driven to the brink of insanity trying to build it for the first time. if you're not an experienced c++ developer, i wouldn't even bother...
...r the library. this works well for libraries that have a straightforward make process without extensive configuration. a good example of this is the sqlite library included in the mozilla build tree at db/sqlite. by adapting the makefile in this way, the library is created as part of the standard mozilla build process, which eliminates additional build steps. the downside is that you will need to update the modified makefile any time a new version of the library is released. for libraries that have complex configuration processes, use a non-standard compiler or have other special characteristics, it may be unfeasible to create a mozilla-compliant makefile. in this case, i would recommend placing the entire library distribution inside the project or subproject that uses it. so if library acmelib...

Appendix B: Install and Uninstall Scripts - Archive of obsolete content
it can be used to write or copy necessary files to the profile folder, like the initial db the add-on will use for storage. a few others require cleanup code to be run after the add-on is uninstalled. ...
...case you would need to declare the first run preference in your default preferences file, with a default value of false. you should also change the preference value before you run any other first run code. keep in mind that the user could have set multiple firefox windows to open at startup, so there's a race condition on which window will run the first run code. if you need to run code on every update, or some of them, the code would be very similar. instead of a boolean preference, it would be best to use a string preference with the last-installed add-on version. and then do a version comparison to decide which code to run. the current version number can be hard-coded in the first run function, or you can use the add-on manager to dynamically get it. this can get tricky with the firefox 4 ad...

Appendix C: Avoiding using eval in Add-ons - Archive of obsolete content
is almost always unnecessary, and many times even a security vulnerability. moreover, code using eval is harder to parse for a human mind, is often pretty complex, and relies on assumptions that are not necessarily true in the future or even now. this article is aimed at presenting alternatives to common eval uses in add-ons and other javascript code. add-on authors are strongly encouraged to update their code to eliminate all instances of eval, no matter if the add-on is to be hosted in the mozilla add-ons gallery or not. in order to host your add-on with mozilla it is crucial to minimize or completely eliminate eval use in order to receive a positive review and have your add-on made public. if it cannot be easily proven that an eval() call is benign and necessary because there are no viabl...
...mmand() xul elements that have a command (oncommand or command attribute) assigned will also have a working docommand method. document.getelementbyid("mymenu").docommand(); alternative: just hard-code what should happen if you know that the current version of the application will call { executesomething(); executesomethingelse();} then just do the same in your code. of course, you'll need to update your add-on if the application changes. accessing properties via computed names not that common anymore, but still existing, are add-ons or other javascript programs that access object properties using eval when the property name is not a literal, but computed on the fly. //do not use! eval("myaddon.phrases.word" + word + " = '" + phrase + "';"); again, this is not only unnecessarily hard to ...

Signing an XPI - Archive of obsolete content
certificate. see signing an extension for a practical guide. introduction this article describes how to sign your own firefox extensions with a code-signing certificate on a windows platform. it was developed from the linux article so you want to sign your xpi package? by mozdev group's pete collins. this article is a mirror of the original, with minor reformatting, some new info and all links updated in march 2010. get network security services 1. download the latest network security services (nss) package from the mozilla ftp site at https://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.or.../nss/releases/. for windows, you'll want the nss-3.11.4.zip package in the nss_3_11_4_rtm/msvc6.0/winnt5.0_opt.obj/ folder - it is by 2010 the only one with the right binaries. 2. extract the contents of the archive f...
...l: pkcs12 import successful c:\projects\codesigning> certutil -l -d . mytestcert u,u,cu certum root ca ct,c,c certum level iii ca c,c,c code signing (certum) u,u,u you should notice that the existing certificate has been updated. sign extension with real certificate this is a repeat of the earlier steps using the real certificate's details. here's the output on a test directory: c:\projects\codesigning>signtool -d . -k "code signing (certum)" -p ******* test using certificate directory: . generating test/meta-inf/manifest.mf file.. --> test.txt generating zigbert.sf file.. tree "test" signed successfully incorporati...

Autodial for Windows NT - Archive of obsolete content
introduction this document is intended to explain how the autodial helper feature implemented for bug 93002 works and why it works that way. a brief history of autodial on windows in the consumer versions of windows, (windows 95, windows 98, windows me) autodial for all applications is controlled from the control panel, in the internet options applet, under the tab connections. if you turn on the autodial feature, windows will automatically dial whenever any application tries to access a network address that can't be reached. technically, this control panel applet (internet options) is part of internet explorer. ...
... interaction with the autodial service to work a little more reliably. i don't see a need to expose this pref in the ui, but perhaps it should be there. or pehaps we should assume mozilla users can configure the autodial service and disable the helper by default, but netscape users need a little more help, and enable it for them. original document information author(s): benjamin chuang last updated date: october 2, 2002 copyright information: portions of this content are © 1998–2007 by individual mozilla.org contributors; content available under a creative commons license | details. ...

Creating a Firefox sidebar extension - Archive of obsolete content
the content, locale and skin folders are packed into emptysidebar.jar, which should be created in the chrome folder. on unix systems: ~/src/emptysidebar$ cd chrome ~/src/emptysidebar/chrome$ zip -r emptysidebar.jar content/ locale/ on windows systems, use a zip tool to create emptysidebar.zip and then rename to emptysidebar.jar. since we are packaging the extension with a jar file, we need to update the chrome.manifest file to take to jar file into consideration: example 7. chrome.manifest content emptysidebar jar:chrome/emptysidebar.jar!/content/ locale emptysidebar en-us jar:chrome/emptysidebar.jar!/locale/ skin emptysidebar classic/1.0 jar:chrome/emptysidebar.jar!/skin/ overlay chrome://browser/content/browser.xul chrome://emptysidebar/content/firefoxoverlay.xul finally, create ...
...talled. you can download the empty sidebar project to use as a basis for your own sidebars. the emptysidebar extension resources code snippets:sidebar building an extension creating applications with mozilla packaging firefox/thunderbird extensions creating a firefox 1 sidebar original document information author: j.c. wesdorp <jcwesdorp . at . occidopagus.nl> - may 30, 2005. updated for firefox 2 - dec 12, 2006. permission granted to migrate in jan 2006, including permission to relicense under the cc:by-sa. original source: http://occidopagus.nl/firefox/emptysidebar/ ...

Enabling the behavior - updating the status periodically - Archive of obsolete content
now that we have code to retrieve tinderbox status and update the icon, we need to run it periodically. function loadtinderboxstatus() { gxmlhttprequest = new xmlhttprequest(); gxmlhttprequest.onload = updatetinderboxstatus; gxmlhttprequest.open("get", "http://tinderbox.mozilla.org/seamonkey/panel.html"); gxmlhttprequest.send(null); window.settimeout(loadtinderboxstatus, 60000); } window.settimeout(loadtinderboxstatus, 1000); window.settimeout schedules functions to run at some future time. we use it inside the loadtinderboxstatus function to make that function run a second (1,000 milliseconds) after startup and a minute (60,000 milliseconds) after each invocation. ...
...end(null); window.settimeout(loadtinderboxstatus, 60000); } window.settimeout(loadtinderboxstatus, 1000); window.settimeout schedules functions to run at some future time. we use it inside the loadtinderboxstatus function to make that function run a second (1,000 milliseconds) after startup and a minute (60,000 milliseconds) after each invocation. this allows users to get relatively frequent updates about tinderbox without overloading the tinderbox server or slowing down mozilla with requests. our code is now ready to run, but mozilla doesn't know about it yet. to enable its functionality, we have to add a reference to our javascript code into navigator.xul, just as we put a reference to our css code into that file back in specifying the appearance. put the javascript code into a file call...

Getting Started - Archive of obsolete content
s is the most critical directory in a theme. skin\classic\help help contains all the files for theming the help dialog window. skin\classic\messenger messenger contains styles of the mail client. skin\classic\messenger-newsblog messenger-newsblog contains the only css file. skin\classic\mozapps mozapps contains all the styles and icons for the browser peripherals, such as the extension manager or update wizard. skin\classic\navigator navigator contains some icons and styles for all sm components. install your new theme before you can see the changes you make to a seamonkey theme (since live edits are restrictively difficult to set up) you must first learn how to repackage the classic theme to make it installable. for the sake of this discussion we will call your theme "my_theme", though you can...
...or. this file is a small xml database that describes the skin. <description about="urn:mozilla:install-manifest"> <em:id>{themes_uuid}</em:id> <em:version>themes_version</em:version> the first section requires that you establish a uuid for your theme and that you give your theme a version number. once you've done this, insert the information as above, and scroll down. ...

Creating a hybrid CD - Archive of obsolete content
as a cross platform product, releases of mozilla on cd should also work on any platform. the cd should support hfs (macintosh), joliet (win32), and rock ridge (unix). many mozilla files have long file names which makes creating the cd on a macintosh difficult because the hfs filesystem limits the length of file names to 32 characters. the utility mkhybrid lets you create hybrid cds that work with all three filesystems. mkhybrid was written by james pearson and is is a component of the latest versions of cdrecord. i used version 1.8.1a03 although you'll probably want to get a newer one. ...
... ...

Creating a Release Tag - Archive of obsolete content
here are directions for creating a release from a linux system. note that there are a couple of extra files for win32 and macintosh that aren't pulled by the normal script and need to be pulled by hand. the mini-branch is created so you can check in the build scripts with the necessary changes without touching the original branch. check out mozilla from the branch you want to tag. remember to also check out extra mac and win32 files that aren't normally checked out on linux or the tag won't build on those platforms. ...
...anch and change it from the branch you originally pulled from to the new tag you are creating. mozilla/client.mk check the build scripts back in to the mini-branch. cvs ci mozilla/client.mk create the tag. find . -type d \! -name cvs | xargs -l -p10 cvs tag -l mozilla_0_9_4_1_release >& ../taglog original document information author(s): dawn endico last updated date: november 1, 2005 copyright information: portions of this content are © 1998–2007 by individual mozilla.org contributors; content available under a creative commons license | details. ...

Creating a Skin for Firefox/Getting Started - Archive of obsolete content
otten about promptly. skin\classic\global global contains almost all of the important css files that define the appearance of the browser. this is the most critical directory in a theme. skin\classic\help help contains all the files for theming the help dialog window. skin\classic\mozapps mozapps contains all the styles and icons for the browser peripherals, such as the extension manager or update wizard. install your new theme before you can see the changes you make to a firefox theme (since live edits are restrictively difficult to set up) you must first learn how to repackage the classic theme to make it installable. for the sake of this discussion we will call your theme "my_theme", though you can replace that with any name. copying the necessary files the first step is to move al...
... this file is a small xml database that describes the skin. <description about="urn:mozilla:install-manifest"> <em:id>{themes_uuid}</em:id> <em:version>themes_version</em:version> the first section requires that you establish a uuid for your theme and that you give your theme a version number. once you've done this, insert the information as above, and scroll down. ...

Developing New Mozilla Features - Archive of obsolete content
tips for contributing new features to mozilla. learn the codebase and coding practices before you start your feature include learning time in your schedule. mozilla is a complex codebase. our portability requirements may be new to even seasoned developers. our cross-platform component model (“xpcom”) is similar to com, but you’ll want to make sure you use it well before going too far with your project. and of course, we have a set of coding practices to help everyone live together. life will be much easier if your team has one or more members who are already familiar with and to the mozilla world. ...
...rs rather than everyone in the tree. we’re committed to this style of development, but recognize that vigilance is necessary to make sure newcomers and their features don’t get lost. if you’re having a particularly bad experience or if you’ve got suggestions on how to improve our process, please let mozilla.org staff know. original document information author(s): mitchell baker last updated date: october 30, 2004 copyright information: portions of this content are © 1998–2007 by individual mozilla.org contributors; content available under a creative commons license | details. ...

Editor Embedding Guide - Archive of obsolete content
below is the sequence of steps that need to be followed for the same: 1. get the nsicommandmanager from the nsiwebbrowser using do_getinterface: nscomptr<nsicommandmanager> commandmanager; nsiwebbrowser->do_getinterface(getter_addrefs(commandmgr)); 2. call a command -- docommand: commandmanager->docommand(acommand, acommandparams);...
...etbooleanvalue getlongvalue getdoublevalue getstringvalue getcstringvalue getisupportsvalue all of these take pointers to values except for getstringvalue which demands a reference to an nsastring. commandparam->getbooleanvalue("state_enabled",&boolval); original document information authors: michael judge (mjudge@netscape.com) contributor: kathleen brade (brade@netscape.com) last updated date: march 27, 2003 original document: a guide to embedding the gecko editor ...

Document Loading - From Load Start to Finding a Handler - Archive of obsolete content
" coords="721,113,821,157" href="#necko"> <area alt="nsuriloader" coords="23,335,215,455" href="#nsuriloader"> <area coords="227,515,485,575" href="#nsiuricontentlistener"> <area alt="nsdocshell" coords="47,83,203,153" href="#nsdocshell"></map> this block diagram is out of date as of january 2012 with regard to some minor control flow shuffling in nsuriloader. the prose description below has been updated. the changes do not affect functionality and the step numbers in the diagram are still accurate. guided tour during startup and component initialization, components register themselves with the uriloader via registercontentlistener. these registered listeners are used later during content dispatch. api calls to load a new uri. these can come in via nsiwebnavigation (a scriptable embedding i...
...just need to pump data into it and let the downstream nsdocumentopeninfo handle the final dispatch. if we still do not have a stream listener, that means that we failed to find an nsiuricontentlistener or nsicontenthandler for this type. give the load to the helper app service; this will return an nsistreamlistener that we can use. original document information author(s): boris zbarsky last updated date: october 24, 2003 copyright information: portions of this content are © 1998–2007 by individual mozilla.org contributors; content available under a creative commons license | details. ...

HTTP Class Overview - Archive of obsolete content
this document provides an overview of the classes used by the mozilla http implementation. it's meant as a guide to developers wishing to understand or extend the mozilla http implementation. ...
... ...

Helper Apps (and a bit of Save As) - Archive of obsolete content
bird's eye view flow of control uriloader tries to find a content listener for the mime type in question. when this fails, uriloader asks an nsiexternalhelperappservice to handle the load. the nsexternalhelperappservice looks up the nsimimeinfo for the load and creates an nsihelperapplauncher to manage the load. the nsexternalapphandler (which implements nsihelperapplauncher) uses the nsimimeinfo and an nsihelperapplauncherdialog to decide what to do with the data. the nsexternalapphandler does whatever it decided to do. ...
...r choices better. gnome integration for unix. future work fix the deficiencies in nsimimeinfo. better support for mailcap syntax. possible kde integration. possibly reflecting the os settings in our helper app preferences (readonly? writable?). have a way for users to override things in the "not overridable" built-in list. original document information author(s): boris zbarsky last updated date: september 12, 2002 copyright information: portions of this content are © 1998–2007 by individual mozilla.org contributors; content available under a creative commons license | details. ...

Menu - Archive of obsolete content
nuitem constructor is exposed, because jetpack automatically boxes simple javascript objects into menuitem objects. creating menuitems to pass a new menuitem into the api, pass one of the following types: null a simple menu separator. (note that any falsey value will suffice, including undefined, null, and the empty string. null is recommended because it stands out.) function a menuitem that will update itself when its menu is shown. the function is invoked just before the item's menu is shown and when the items array of the item's menu is retrieved. it must return a non-function menuitem. if the item belongs to a context menu, the function is called as function(context) and otherwise function(). context is an object describing the context in which the menu was shown. string a simple menuitem wi...
...ttp://example.com/ice-cream.png", menu: new jetpack.menu(["vanilla", "chocolate", "pistachio", null, "none"]), command: function (menuitem) jetpack.notifications.show(menuitem.label) }); add an item to the hyperlink context menu that tweets the link: jetpack.menu.context.page.on("a").add(function (context) { return { label: "tweet", command: function () jetpack.lib.twitter.statuses.update({ status: context.node.href }) }; )); add an item to the page's context menu depending on some complex criteria that can't be completely expressed via a css selector: jetpack.menu.context.page.beforeshow = function (menu, context) { menu.reset(); if (matchesmycriteria(context)) menu.add("match!"); }; add an item to both the hyperlink context menu and the image context menu: ...

jspage - Archive of obsolete content
st",url:this.get("action")},a));},get:function(a){if(a||!this.retrieve("send")){if(a||!this.retrieve("send:options")){this.set("send",a); }this.store("send",new request(this.retrieve("send:options")));}return this.retrieve("send");}};element.implement({send:function(a){var b=this.get("send"); b.send({data:this,url:a||b.options.url});return this;}});request.html=new class({extends:request,options:{update:false,append:false,evalscripts:true,filter:false},processhtml:function(c){var b=c.match(/<body[^>]*>([\s\s]*?)<\/body>/i); c=(b)?b[1]:c;var a=new element("div");return $try(function(){var d="<root>"+c+"</root>",g;if(browser.engine.trident){g=new activexobject("microsoft.xmldom"); g.async=false;g.loadxml(d);}else{g=new domparser().parsefromstring(d,"text/xml");}d=g.getelementsbytagname("root")[0];...
...d){return null;}for(var f=0,e=d.childnodes.length; f<e;f++){var h=element.clone(d.childnodes[f],true,true);if(h){a.grab(h);}}return a;})||a.set("html",c);},success:function(d){var c=this.options,b=this.response; b.html=d.stripscripts(function(e){b.javascript=e;});var a=this.processhtml(b.html);b.tree=a.childnodes;b.elements=a.getelements("*");if(c.filter){b.tree=b.elements.filter(c.filter); }if(c.update){document.id(c.update).empty().set("html",b.html);}else{if(c.append){document.id(c.append).adopt(a.getchildren());}}if(c.evalscripts){$exec(b.javascript); }this.onsuccess(b.tree,b.elements,b.html,b.javascript);}});element.properties.load={set:function(a){var b=this.retrieve("load");if(b){b.cancel();}return this.eliminate("load").store("load:options",$extend({data:this,link:"cancel",update:this,me...

RDF Datasource How-To - Archive of obsolete content
to the tree element, http://foo.bar.com/, the graph will be traversed and content will be constructed using the pattern specified within the template tags. for a complete description of how content is built from rdf, see the xul:template guide. ...
...r a complete description of how content is built from rdf, see the xul:template guide. 1 as of this writing, it is not currently possible to implement javascript xpcom components; however, it may soon be possible to do so via xpconnect. ...

Space Manager Detailed Design - Archive of obsolete content
nd unavailable in a band of space. the client provides a vertical offset, the yoffset, that corresponds to the band that is of interest. this will be the y offset of the frame that is being reflowed. the caller also provides a collection of banddata objects (an array) and the number of items that the collection can handle. if the collection is too small, then an error is returned and the count is updated to indicate the size required. the algorithm to provide the band data is as follows: get a vertical offset in world coordinates (instead of frame-relative coordinates) by adding the y-origin of the spacemanager to the y offset passed in if the (adjusted) y value passed in is greater than the greatest band being managed, then all space is available so a single trapezoid is returned,marked as a...
...he left edge to be that of the previous bandrect) and remove the previous bandrect. if the current band or prior band had a rect occupied by the frame,then try to join the two bands via joinbands finally, destroy the frameinfo for the frame. cross-component algorithms tech notes original document information author(s): marc attinasi other contributors: david baron, josh soref last updated date: november 25, 2005 ...

Standalone XPCOM - Archive of obsolete content
standalone xpcom is a tree configuration that builds a minimal set of libraries (shared mostly) that can be used to get all features of xpcom. the contents of this standalone xpcom in general are: nspr : mozilla/nsprpub xpcom : mozilla/xpcom note 1: xpcom apis are not frozen yet. by xpcom 1.0 release they will be. note 2: xpcom standalone differs from the xpcom built with mozilla. hence cannot be used with the mozilla browser. ...
...lone xpcom and the xpcom that ships with the mozilla browser. the one functional difference is that xpt files cannot be read from .zip files in standalone xpcom. todo for v 1.0 optional exclusion of specific features into standalone xpcom like registry, xpconnect. tweeking these options will cause reduction in memory requirements and size. get xpcom/tests directory upto date and documented. update this document for mac. api freeze and documentation original document information author: suresh duddi last updated date: 15 may 2000 copyright information: portions of this content are © 1998–2007 by individual mozilla.org contributors; content available under a creative commons license | details. ...

Table Cellmap - Archive of obsolete content
is attribute is one ("1"). the value zero ("0") means that the cell spans all columns from the current column to the last column of the column group (colgroup) in which the cell is defined. the handling of zero spans introduces overhead as one can not mark in advance the corresponding cells as spanned by the zero spans. the current solution is to use nscellmap::getdataat with a special argument aupdatezerospan to repair the cellmap if it encounters a empty cell (nsnull), by looking for a origin of a zero row- or colspan that spans the queried place in the cellmap. this can produce enormous costs once the cellmap contains large holes that are not caused by zero spans, this is at least a o2(n) algorithm. the following routines seem to be hot spots performance wise: nscellmap::colhasspanningcell...
...ap::colhasspanningcells nscellmap::rowhasspanningcells nscellmap::rowisspannedinto users of nscellmap::getdataat outside nscellmap.cpp the border collapse code relies on the cellmap. the collapsing of rows and columns uses the cellmap. and finally the line iterator methods which are used for arrow navigation through a table. original document information author(s): bernd mielke last updated date: september 27, 2003 copyright information: portions of this content are © 1998–2007 by individual mozilla.org contributors; content available under a creative commons license | details. ...

Table Layout Regression Tests - Archive of obsolete content
andards1.rgd failed. the first regression test has failed and it is marked so. adding new regression tests once you have checked in the code: please add your testcase for the bug to the regression tests. a testcase should only contain local files. place the images in table/images block/images or (don't forget cvs commit -kb) and the test file in the table/bugs or block/bugs directory. update the rtest.lst file in the corresponding directory in order to include your file. additional notes there is a special type of frame dumps - the printing regression tests, they are invoked by the -prt command line argument to the viewer and include first a display then a frame dump taking into account the printer pages. please contact if you need help with running those tests. i would like to th...
...they are invoked by the -prt command line argument to the viewer and include first a display then a frame dump taking into account the printer pages. please contact if you need help with running those tests. i would like to thank chris karnaze for his guidance and fantasai for her language support. original document information author(s): bernd mielke other contributors: boris zbarsky last updated date: february 5, 2007 copyright information: portions of this content are © 1998–2007 by individual mozilla.org contributors; content available under a creative commons license | details. ...

URIs and URLs - Archive of obsolete content
overview handling network and locally retrievable resources is a central part of necko. ...
... by an internet-based server or a scheme-specific registry of naming authorities. ... the structure of a registry-based naming authority is specific to the uri scheme, but constrained to the allowed characters for an authority component. are not supported. references main reference for uris, urls and url-parsing is rfc 2396. original document information author(s): andreas otte last updated date: january 2, 2002 copyright information: portions of this content are © 1998–2007 by individual mozilla.org contributors; content available under a creative commons license | details. ...

Using addresses of stack variables with NSPR threads on win16 - Archive of obsolete content
pr_true); rv = pr_jointhread(thread); return (pr_success == rv) ? 0 : 1; } this is a completely correct (albeit trivial) program that will run predictably on all nspr platforms other than win-16. on win-16, the thread's attempt to address the <tt>shareddata</tt> through the pointer shared will provide interesting (though always incorrect) results. it's difficult to tell exaclty where the updated <tt>counter</tt> is being stored. the only portable manner to write this program requires that the shared structure be allocated from the heap. well, that isn't so hard to remember, is it? what is probably more likely to cause problems is passing addresses of automatically allocated variables to a function that wends its way though arbitrary amounts of convoluted logic, and finds its way into an...
...ocated variables to a function that wends its way though arbitrary amounts of convoluted logic, and finds its way into an object that is shared. ...

XBL 1.0 Reference - Archive of obsolete content
this example is targeted to demonstrate the xbl usage rather than to be a practically useful application. for this reason it contains many comments and some blocks could be avoided in a more compact solution yet used here for demonstration purposes. notes.html notes.xml notes.css view this example download all files (.zip archive)...
... yet used here for demonstration purposes. ...

Install script template - Archive of obsolete content
var plid = "@myplugin.com/myplugin,version=5.3"; var version = "5.3.0.0"; var mimetype = "application/x-my-plugin"; var suffix = "my"; var suf...
... var plid = "@myplugin.com/myplugin,version=5.3"; var version = "5.3.0.0"; var mimetype = "application/x-my-plugin"; var suffix = "my"; var suffix_description = "my plugin files"; var company_name = "mypluginco"; var plugin_description = "my exempla...

Windows Install - Archive of obsolete content
// subkeys have to exist before values can be put in. var subkey; // the name of the subkey you are poking around in var valname; // the name of the value you want to look at var value; ...
...8dot3ini != null) { for(i = 0; i < listlongfilepaths.length; i++) { flongfilepath = getfolder(fprogram, listlongfilepaths[i]); sshortfilepath = file.windowsgetshortname(flongfilepath); if(sshortfilepath) { fren8dot3ini.writestring("rename", sshortfilepath, flongfilepath); binicreated = true; } } if(binicreated) updatewinreg4ren8dot3() ; } return(0); } // main var srdest; var err; var fprogram; srdest = 449; err = initinstall(prettyname, regname, "6.0.0.2000110801"); logcomment("initinstall: " + err); fprogram = getfolder("program"); logcomment("fprogram: " + fprogram); if(verifydiskspace(fprogram, srdest)) { setpackagefolder(fprogram); err = adddirectory("", "6.0.0.2000110801", "bin", // di...

addDirectory - Archive of obsolete content
ryname, string xpisourcepath, object localdirspec, string relativelocalpath); public int adddirectory ( string registryname, string version, string xpisourcepath, object localdirspec, string relativelocalpath); public int adddirectory ( string registryname, string version, string xpisourcepath, object localdirspec, string relativelocalpath, boolean forceupdate); public int adddirectory ( string registryname, installversion version, string xpisourcepath, object localdirspec, string relativelocalpath, boolean forceupdate); parameters the adddirectory method has the following parameters: registryname the pathname in the client version registry for the root directory of the files that are to be installed.this parameter ca...
...s of this method without a version argument the value from initinstall will be used. xpisourcepath a string specifying the location of the directory within the xpi file.an empty string ("") causes the creation of a subdirectory node in the registry without actually unpacking any files, which may be useful when you are updating a package that contains subcomponents that could also be updated separately. when xpisourcepath is an empty string, registryname cannot be null. localdirspec an object representing a directory. the file is installed under this directory on the user's computer. you create this object by passing a string representing the directory to the getfolder method. subdir the name of a directory to append to localdirspec, using '/' as the path...

addFile - Archive of obsolete content
addfile unpacks a single subcomponent into a temporary location. queues the subcomponent for addition to the client version registry and installation to its final destination. ...
...llation to its final destination. ...

patch - Archive of obsolete content
method of install object syntax int patch ( string registryname, string xpisourcepath, object localdirspec, string relativelocalpath); int patch ( string registryname, installversion version, string xpisourcepath, object localdirspec, string relativelocalpath); int patch ( string registryname, string version, string xpisourcepath, object localdirspec, string relativelocalpath); parameters the patch method has the following parameters: registryname the pathname in the client version registry for the component that is to be patched.this parameter can be an absolute pathname, such as /royalairways/royalsw/executable or a relative pathname, such as executable. ...
...hname relative to the localdirspec parameter that identifies the subcomponent that is to be patched. you must always use forward slashes (/) in this pathname, regardless of the convention of the underlying operating system. if this parameter is blank or null, xpisourcepath is used. returns an integer error code. for a list of possible values, see return codes. description the patch method to update an existing component by applying a set of differences between two known versions. the set of differences is in gdiff format and is created by the nsdiff utility. a patch can only be applied between two known versions. if the existing version of the file does not match the checksum stored in the gdiff file, patch returns an error without applying the patch. after patch applies a patch, it compa...

XPInstall API reference - Archive of obsolete content
rofile getwinregistry initinstall loadresources logcomment patch performinstall refreshplugins registerchrome reseterror setpackagefolder installtrigger no properties methods compareversion enabled getversion install installchrome startsoftwareupdate installversion properties methods compareto init tostring file no properties methods copy dircreate dirgetparent dirremove dirrename diskspaceavailable execute exists isdirectory isfile macalias moddate moddatechanged ...
... setrootkey setvalue setvaluenumber setvaluestring valueexists winregvalue constructor other information return codes see complete list examples trigger scripts and install scripts code samples file.macalias file.windowsshortcut install.adddirectory install.addfile installtrigger.installchrome installtrigger.startsoftwareupdate windows install ...

A XUL Bestiary - Archive of obsolete content
head, the links, the body, any tags, are available as nodes whose attributes can be got and set. there are, unfortunately, different document object models corresponding to different types of documents and also to different proprietary notions about what in a document should be exposed programmatically. the w3c has standardized on a particular dom and already has a candidate recommendation for an updated version. this is the dom that is reflected in xul and in the mozilla browser. at the highest level in the tree of nodes that is the dom sits the window object itself. the window has child nodes like the document itself, a history object which records the pages a user has seen, frame nodes, and so on, all of which are accessible programmatically. with the dramatic improvements in the object mode...
...files. ...

sizemode - Archive of obsolete content
maximized the window is maximized, and occupies the full size of the screen. normal the window appears in a normal state at the desired size. this attribute is used to save and restore the state of a window (together with the persist attribute) and for css styles (e.g. to hide the resizer grippy on maximized windows). note: when a window is minimized, the sizemode attribute is not updated. this is done so that if a window is closed while minimized, its persisted sizemode attribute wouldn't be minimized. setting this attribute does not change the window state. use window.maximize(), window.restore(), or window.minimize() to change the window state. to get the window state from javascript code, use window.windowstate. listen to the sizemodechange event dispatched to the dom windo...
... the window state. to get the window state from javascript code, use window.windowstate. listen to the sizemodechange event dispatched to the dom window to get notified when the window state changes. note: prior to gecko 13.0, this did not work on mac os x. note: prior to gecko 1.9.2, this was not always reliable. issues with this attribute (at least on firefox 3): sizemode is only updated when the value of the persist attribute on the root element (such as <window>) contains sizemode. ...

Attribute (XUL) - Archive of obsolete content
onaccesskeyextra1 buttonaccesskeyextra2 buttonaccesskeyhelp buttonalign buttondir buttondisabledaccept buttonlabelaccept buttonlabelcancel buttonlabeldisclosure buttonlabelextra1 buttonlabelextra2 buttonlabelhelp buttonorient buttonpack buttons checked checkstate clicktoscroll class closebutton closemenu coalesceduplicatearcs collapse collapsed color cols command commandupdater completedefaultindex container containment contentcontextmenu contenttooltip context contextmenu control crop curpos current currentset customindex customizable cycler datasources decimalplaces default defaultbutton defaultset description dir disableautocomplete disableautoselect disableclose disabled disablehistory disablekeynavigation disablesecurity dlgtype drag...
...kedpanel max maxheight maxlength maxpos maxrows maxwidth member menu menuactive min minheight minresultsforpopup minwidth mode modifiers mousethrough movetoclick multiline multiple name negate newlines next noautofocus noautohide noinitialfocus nomatch norestorefocus object observes onbeforeaccept onbookmarkgroup onchange onclick onclosetab oncommand oncommandupdate ondialogaccept ondialogcancel ondialogclosure ondialogextra1 ondialogextra2 ondialoghelp onerror onerrorcommand onextra1 onextra2 oninput onload onnewtab onpageadvanced onpagehide onpagerewound onpageshow onpaneload onpopuphidden onpopuphiding onpopupshowing onpopupshown onsearchcomplete onselect ontextcommand ontextentered ontextrevert ontextreverted onunload onwiza...

textbox (Toolkit autocomplete) - Archive of obsolete content
e case. the disabled attribute is allowed only for form controls. using it with an anchor tag (an <a> link) will have no effect. the element will, however, still respond to mouse events. to enable the element, leave this attribute out entirely. visible controls have a disabled property which, except for menus and menuitems, is normally preferred to use of the attribute, as it may need to update additional state. disablekeynavigation type: boolean if this attribute is not used, the user can navigate to specific items within the element by pressing keys corresponding to letters in the item's label. this is done incrementally, so typing more letters with select more specific items. this feature may be disabled by setting this attribute to true. note: for seamonkey 2.0 and al...
...ues. there are several attributes that allow the number textbox to be configured, including decimalplaces, min, max, increment, wraparound, hidespinbuttons, and textbox.value. password a textbox that hides what is typed, used for entering passwords. search a textbox intended for searching. the command event will fire as the user modifies the value. a listener for the command event should update search results. if the searchbutton attribute is set to true, the command event is only fired if the user presses the search button or presses the enter key. you may specify grey text to appear when the search box is empty using the emptytext attribute, and a timeout may be set for the command event using the timeout attribute (defaults to 500). timed this textbox will fire a command event ...

Textbox (XPFE autocomplete) - Archive of obsolete content
e case. the disabled attribute is allowed only for form controls. using it with an anchor tag (an <a> link) will have no effect. the element will, however, still respond to mouse events. to enable the element, leave this attribute out entirely. visible controls have a disabled property which, except for menus and menuitems, is normally preferred to use of the attribute, as it may need to update additional state. disablehistory obsolete since gecko 2.0 type: boolean note: applies to: thunderbird and seamonkeyif false, an arrow button will appear on the end of the textbox which will open a dropdown menu of all available results. the default value is true, hiding the dropdown button. this attribute only works correctly in seamonkey 1.x; for thunderbird and seamonkey 2.0 you shou...
...ues. there are several attributes that allow the number textbox to be configured, including decimalplaces, min, max, increment, wraparound, hidespinbuttons, and textbox.value. password a textbox that hides what is typed, used for entering passwords. search a textbox intended for searching. the command event will fire as the user modifies the value. a listener for the command event should update search results. if the searchbutton attribute is set to true, the command event is only fired if the user presses the search button or presses the enter key. you may specify grey text to appear when the search box is empty using the emptytext attribute, and a timeout may be set for the command event using the timeout attribute (defaults to 500). timed this textbox will fire a command event ...

Commands - Archive of obsolete content
l often use a single controller for multiple related commands. the iscommandenabled method returns true if the command should be enabled. in this case, we check if there is a selected item in the listbox and return true if there is. if there is no selection, false is returned. if you delete all the rows in the example, the delete command will become disabled. you may have to click the listbox to update the menu in this simple example. the docommand method will be called when the delete menu item is selected, and this will cause the selected row in the listbox to be deleted. nothing needs to happen for the onevent method, so no code is added for this method. override default controller we attach this controller to the listbox by calling the appendcontroller method of the listbox's controllers.
... « previousnext » ...

Install Scripts - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » this section describes the install script. creating an install script note: for firefox extensions, install.js are no longer used. you should create a install.rdf instead. you will usually want some form of control over your install process. for example, you may wish to check versions of files and only install updated files, or perhaps you wish to apply patches to existing files. the install script is even flexible enough to allow you to uninstall files. for this reason, installers include an install script to handle the installation process. the installer script must be called install.js and must be placed at the top level of the installer archive. the script will contain javascript code which calls a number of install functions. in an html document, or a xu...
...use of this, you can easily specify a number of files to be installed, come across some kind of error, and abort the whole process without modifying the user's system. the component registry mozilla maintains a file which is a registry of all the components that are currently installed. components include new chrome packages, skins and plugins. when a new component is installed, the registry gets updated. the registry also stores the set of files and version information about the installed components. that way, it is easier to check if a version of your component is already present and only update it if necessary. the component registry works somewhat like the windows registry does. it consists of a hierarchy of keys and values. you don't need to know much about it to create xul applications unl...

Modifying a XUL Interface - Archive of obsolete content
ton in the group and well as change it. changing a element disabled or enabled it is common to disable particular fields that don't apply in a given situation. for example, in a preferences dialog, one might have the choice of several possibilities, but one choice allows additional customization. here is an example of how to create this type of interface. ...
... might have the choice of several possibilities, but one choice allows additional customization. here is an example of how to create this type of interface. example 7 : source view <script> function updatestate(){ var name = document.getelementbyid("name"); var sindex = document.getelementbyid("group").selectedindex; name.disabled = sindex == 0; } </script> <radiogroup id="group" onselect="updatestate();"> <radio label="random name" selected="true"/> <hbox> <radio label="specify a name:"/> <textbox id="name" value="jim" disabled="true"/> </hbox> </radiogroup> in this example a function updatestate() is called whenever a select event is fired on the radio group. this will happen whenever a radio button is selected. this function will retrieve the currently selected radio ele...

More Event Handlers - Archive of obsolete content
the coordinates of the mouse position where the event occurred. there are two sets of coordinates. the first is the screenx and screeny properties and are relative to the top left corner of the screen. the second set, clientx and clienty, are relative to the top left corner of the document. here is an example which displays the current mouse coordinates: example 4 : source view <script> function updatemousecoordinates(e){ var text = "x:" + e.clientx + " y:" + e.clienty; document.getelementbyid("xy").value = text; } </script> <label id="xy"/> <hbox width="400" height="400" onmousemove="updatemousecoordinates(event);"/> in this example, the size of the box has been set explicitly so the effect is easier to see. the event handler gets the clientx and clienty properties and creates a string f...
...if you move the mouse quickly across the border of the box, you might notice that the coordinates don't generally stop right at 400. ...

Skinning XUL Files by Hand - Archive of obsolete content
applications such as the mozilla browser. what you have done manually in this article will be done dynamically and much more completely by a mechanism called thechrome registry. this needs rewording: , which, like the windows registry, is a database in which information about a user's software and environment can be recorded and accessed as necessary. software components and users will be able to update the chrome registry and change the global skin. and with the advent of new css2 conventions like positioning, the changes you can make to the presentation and behavior of the basic structure in a xul file is dramatic. the syntax for creating all this information with text -- added to the distributed nature and the sheer volume of text required to define a single chrome -- can sometimes make the ...
...ion of these interfaces is equally democratic. ...

The Implementation of the Application Object Model - Archive of obsolete content
y. this capability is desirable for two reasons. what is local/remote merging good for? the first reason to have local/remote merging is that a remote file must be able to reference local data and have it merged in with the information that it specified. an example of this feature is a downloadable file that describes the user's main bookmarks folder. because the file lives remotely, it can be updated whenever the owner of the web site sees fit. a site admin could add new bookmarks to the file, and then the user would pick them up. however, in order for this to work, the local bookmarks have to be merged in with the remote bookmarks specified by the site. the second reason to have local/remote merging is to save state and/or to record customizations that the user has made to his or her user i...
...aces. this layer would serve several useful functions. first of all it could streamline the redundancy in the interface methods and present a new interface for pluggable content that was much smaller and easier to plug into than the 4-5 interfaces required if directly implementing the content tree interfaces. furthermore, should the content tree interfaces change, only this layer would need to be updated. the pluggable content, safe behind this layer, wouldn't have to change at all. one natural solution to try for implementing such a layer might be inheritance. however, in this xpcom world, where each type of pluggable content is off in its own dll, there's no clean way to inherit functionality from some base class implementation, when that implementation must necessarily reside in a different d...

menulist - Archive of obsolete content
dth, you may be able to use the max-width css property (or the maxwidth attribute) to override this size. for example, for a menuitem in a menu you can add the following css rule when you want to use the value none: menupopup > menuitem, menupopup > menu { max-width: none; } disableautoselect type: boolean if this attribute is true or omitted, the selected item on the menu will update to match what the user entered in the textbox. if the text does not match any of the items in the list, the menu selection is cleared. if this attribute is false, the selection is never updated to match the text box. this attribute applies only to editable menulists. disabled type: boolean indicates whether the element is disabled or not. if this attribute is set, the element is disabled.
...e case. the disabled attribute is allowed only for form controls. using it with an anchor tag (an <a> link) will have no effect. the element will, however, still respond to mouse events. to enable the element, leave this attribute out entirely. visible controls have a disabled property which, except for menus and menuitems, is normally preferred to use of the attribute, as it may need to update additional state. editable type: boolean indicates that the value of the menulist can be modified by typing directly into the value field. this is rendered as a textbox with a drop-down arrow beside it. the user may enter text into the textbox or select one of the choices by clicking from the drop-down. focused type: boolean this attribute is true if the element is focused. ...

preference - Archive of obsolete content
e case. the disabled attribute is allowed only for form controls. using it with an anchor tag (an <a> link) will have no effect. the element will, however, still respond to mouse events. to enable the element, leave this attribute out entirely. visible controls have a disabled property which, except for menus and menuitems, is normally preferred to use of the attribute, as it may need to update additional state. instantapply type: boolean if true, the preference will be changed as soon as the user interface is modified. inverted type: boolean for boolean preferences, if this attribute is set to true, it indicates that the value of the preference is the reverse of the user interface element attached to it. for instance, checking the checkbox disables the preference in...
...be written to preferences based on the current state of the supplied element. this function calls onsynctopreference. boolean iselementeditable(in domelement element) returns true, if the given element is "editable" (see below). void setelementvalue(in domelement element); initializes the supplied element from the value stored in the preference. this function calls onsyncfrompreference. void updateelements(); update all elements that observe this preference. inherited methods addeventlistener(), appendchild(), blur, click, clonenode(), comparedocumentposition, dispatchevent(), docommand, focus, getattribute(), getattributenode(), getattributenodens(), getattributens(), getboundingclientrect(), getclientrects(), getelementsbyattribute, getelementsbyattributens, getelementsbyclassname(...

toolbar - Archive of obsolete content
s on the toolbar. this will be modified when the user customizes the toolbar. the value of this attribute should be a comma-separated list of item ids from the toolbarpalette or, additionally, any of the following strings: "separator", "spring", "spacer". customindex not in seamonkey 1.x type: integer this value is the index of the toolbar in the list of the custom toolbars. the value is updated automatically by the toolbar customization dialog. customizable not in seamonkey 1.x type: boolean set this attribute to true on toolbars that can be customized. this causes the set of buttons to be persisted across sessions. defaultset not in seamonkey 1.x type: comma-separated list of item ids the default set of displayed items on the toolbar. this should be set to a comma-se...
...of strings holds a comma-separated list of the ids of the items currently on the toolbar. for spacers, separators, and flexible spacers the following strings are used instead of ids: "spacer", "separator", "spring". an empty toolbar has a currentset value of "__empty". you may change the current set of items by setting this property. be careful, as setting this property doesn't automatically update the currentset attribute. firstpermanentchild not in seamonkey 1.x type: element the first permanent child of the toolbar. a permanent child is one that is not customizable and remains on the toolbar. items that are placed directly inside the toolbar without being in the toolbarpalette are permanent. lastpermanentchild not in seamonkey 1.x type: element the last permanent child ...

tree - Archive of obsolete content
within the treechildren element. in this situation, a content view (which implements the interface nsitreecontentview) which is a more specialized type of view, uses the treeitem elements and their descendants to determine the data to display in the tree. however, the treeitems are not displayed directly; they are used only as data to the content view. however, the content view will automatically update the tree if treeitems are changed. rdf tree nsitreeview, nsixultreebuilder no this tree is generated from an rdf datasource. it is used when a tree has a datasources attribute, and has dont-build-content in its flags attribute. for this tree, the data comes directly from the rdf datasource. dom treeitems are not created. even though the template uses treeitem elements to define ...
...e case. the disabled attribute is allowed only for form controls. using it with an anchor tag (an <a> link) will have no effect. the element will, however, still respond to mouse events. to enable the element, leave this attribute out entirely. visible controls have a disabled property which, except for menus and menuitems, is normally preferred to use of the attribute, as it may need to update additional state. disablekeynavigation type: boolean if this attribute is not used, the user can navigate to specific items within the element by pressing keys corresponding to letters in the item's label. this is done incrementally, so typing more letters with select more specific items. this feature may be disabled by setting this attribute to true. editable type: boolean indi...

CommandLine - Archive of obsolete content
toolkit.singletonwindowtype for more information), the last example still applies the first time your application is launched. however, if you'd like to retrieve the latest command line arguments (to open a file for example), a possible solution is to create your own command line handler. for the sake of simplicity, the proposed solution involves the observer service to notify observers that the updated arguments are available. a similar and better way to implement this solution is by defining argument specific handlers with registering and unregistering functions in your command line handler service. this has the advantage to accumulate unhandled arguments until a specific handler is added. this approach has been used in songbird. example notice the changes since gecko 2.0 (component registr...
...ss"?> <window xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul" id="main" title="&window.title;" windowtype="xulmine" style="width: 300px; height: 350px;" persist="screenx screeny width height sizemode"> <script type="application/javascript" src="cmdline.js" /> ... </window> original document information author: georges-etienne legendre last updated date: august 21st, 2007 ...

XUL Explorer - Archive of obsolete content
or. the xul can be loaded from and saved to files. a xul validator and the error console are both available to help debug problems. the help menu provides access to xul information on mdc. there is even simple “keyword” help lookup for xul elements. roadmap features: the preview pane can be toggled with the editor. previewing in a popup window is still available. option to automatically update the preview as the editor changes. indicator in the statusbar shows errors. double-click to display error console. option to specify the snippet used to load the editor on startup. option to include a user snippet file. the snippets are merged with the built-in snippets at startup. double-click or drag-and-drop to insert a snippet file > new allows user to pick any “template” snippet, as...
...explorer:planning#feature_planning_for_xul_explorer. ...